Google
This is a digital copy of a book that was preserved for general ions on library shelves before il was carefully scanned by Google as part of a project
to make the world's books discoverable online.
Il has survived long enough for the copyright to expire and the book to enter the public domain. A public domain book is one that was never subject
to copyright or whose legal copyright term has expired. Whether a book is in the public domain may vary country to country. Public domain books
are our gateways to the past, representing a wealth of history, culture and knowledge that's often diflicult to discover.
Marks, notations and other marginalia present in the original volume will appear in this file - a reminder of this book's long journey from the
publisher to a library and finally to you.
Usage guidelines
Google is proud to partner with libraries to digitize public domain materials and make them widely accessible. Public domain books belong to the
public and we are merely their custodians. Nevertheless, this work is expensive, so in order to keep providing this resource, we have taken steps to
prevent abuse by commercial parlies, including placing technical restrictions on automated querying.
We also ask that you:
+ Make non-commercial use of the plus We designed Google Book Search for use by individuals, and we request that you use these files for
personal, non-commercial purposes.
+ Refrain from automated querying Do not send automated queries of any sort to Google's system: If you are conducting research on machine
translation, optical character recognition or other areas where access to a large amount of text is helpful, please contact us. We encourage the
use of public domain materials for these purposes and may be able to help.
+ Maintain attribution The Google "watermark" you see on each file is essential for informing people about this project and helping them find
additional materials through Google Book Search. Please do not remove it.
+ Keep it legal Whatever your use, remember that you are responsible for ensuring that what you are doing is legal. Do not assume that just
because we believe a b<x>k is in the public domain for users in the United States, that the work is also in the public domain for users in other
countries. Whether a book is still in copyright varies from country to country, and we can't offer guidance on whether any specific use of
any specific book is allowed. Please do not assume that a book's appearance in Google Book Search means il can be used in any manner
anywhere in the world. Copyright infringement liability can be quite severe.
About Google Book Search
Google's mission is to organize the world's information and to make it universally accessible and useful. Google Book Search helps readers
discover the world's hooks while helping authors ami publishers reach new audiences. You can search through I lie lull text of this book on I lie web
at|http : //books . qooqle . com/|
FIRST STEPS IN ASSYRIAN
FIRST STEPS IN ASSYRIAN
A BOOK FOR BEGINNERS
BEING
A SERIES OF HISTORICAL, MYTHOLOGICAL, RELIGIOUS,
MAGICAL, EPISTOLARY AND OTHER TEXTS PRINTED IN
CUNEIFORM CHARACTERS WITH INTERLINEAR
TRANSLITERATION AND TRANSLATION
AND
A SKETCH OF ASSYRIAN GRAMMAR, SIGN-LIST AND
VOCABULARY
BY
L. W. KING, M. A.,
ASSISTANT IX THE DEPT. OP EGYPTIAN AND ASSYRIAN ANTIQUITIES,
BRITISH MUSEUM
« - • • •
* . - ,
LONDON
KEGAN PAUL, TRENCH, TROBNER & CO., Ltd.
PATERNOSTER HOUSE, CHARING CROSS ROAD
1898.
(ALL RIGHTS RKSEKVF.n. ]
236423
Primed by Adoiphui Hot;
PREFACE.
THE aim of the present work is to furnish the beginner with
all the materials which he will require in his earliest studies of
the Assyrian language and the cuneiform inscriptions. It con-
tains a sketch of the most useful facts concerning the cuneiform
«
system of writing, and an outline of the principles of Assyrian
grammar ; a list of the more common signs and ideograms ; a
series of texts and extracts printed in the Assyrian cuneiform
character with interlinear transliteration and translation, ranging
in date from about B. C. 2250 to B. C. 260 ; and a full voca-
bulary to all the texts printed in the book. To enable the reader
to apply the knowledge he can obtain by a perusal of the first
294 pages, and to give him practice in independent decipher-
ment, a few untransliterated and untranslated texts have been
added.
For the convenience of the beginner all the Babylonian texts
included in this volume have been transcribed into the Assyrian
character. It is of the greatest importance for him to become
master of the so-called Ninevite script as soon as possible for
almost every work found in Ashur-bani-pal's Royal Library at
Nineveh is written in it. His Babylonian studies should begin
when he is able to read the ordinary Assyrian character with
ease.
The texts here chosen represent all the main divisions of
Babylonian and Assyrian literature and include examples of histor-
VI PREFACE.
ical, mythological, religious, magical, epistolary and other do-
cuments, and care has been taken in selecting them to include
those which are of importance from an historical point of view.
Among these may be specially mentioned the account of the
siege of Jerusalem by Sennacherib in 701 B. C. and of the taking
of Babylon by Cyrus in 538 B. C. Students of Eastern cosmo-
gonies will be glad to have in a handy form the Babylonian
legends of the Creation and the Deluge. The other legends
here given, viz. the Descent of Ishtar into Hades and the Loves,
of Ishtar, the Treachery of the god Zu, the story of the Eagle
and the Serpent, and of Etana's flight to heaven with the Eagle,
etc. illustrate the stories with which the early dwellers on the
plains of Mesopotamia amused their leisure in the childhood of
their race. Recent discoveries- are illustrated by some extracts
from the now famous correspondence between the kings of Egypt
and their Babylonian allies and vassals in the fifteenth century
B. C. as found in the Tell el-Amarna tablets.
The translations have been made as literal as is consistent
with the difference which exists between the Assyrian and English
languages, and usually the meaning of every word will be found
beneath it. In the few passages in which this is not the case
reference to the vocabulary will enable the reader to identify
the words and their meanings. In the full vocabulary which
follows the texts the words are arranged alphabetically ; words
. clearly derived from the same root are placed together, but where-
ever this might cause the beginner difficulty cross references have
been added. It may be remarked, in passing, that the reader
who possesses a knowledge of Hebrew will find it most useful
in his Assyrian studies ; such knowledge, however, on his part,
has not been assumed anywhere throughout the book.
The remarks that Dr. Wallis Budge has made in the Preface
to his first Steps in Egyptian with reference to the scarcity of
material for study at the disposal of the beginner in Egyptian
\
PREFACE. VII
are true, mutatis mutandis^ for Assyrian. 1 undertook this work at
his suggestion and I have carried it out practically on the lines
adopted in his book. I take this opportunity of thanking him
for many valuable suggestions and for his friendly advice which
he has freely placed at my disposal during the course of the
work.
L. W. KING.
London, May 2nd, 1898.
CONTENTS.
Preface
PAGE.
Part I.
Introduction : —
Cuneiform inscriptions
• • •
XVII
Cuneiform writing
••• ••• ••• •••
• • •
XXI
The Assyrian method of writing ...
• • •
XXVI
Syllabic signs ...
••• *•• ••• •••
■ • •
XXXII
Ideograms
• • • • • • • • • •■•
• • •
XXXV
Determinatives and
phonetic complements
• • •
XXXIX
Phonetic changes
•-• ••• • • • •••
• • •
XLV
Pronouns
• • • ••• ••• • * •
• • •
XLVIII
Nouns ...
• • • • • • ••• • • •
• • •
LIII
Adverbs
• • • • • • ••• • • •
* • •
LXI
Prepositions
• • • ••• ••• • • •
• • •
I. XIV
Conjunctions ...
• • • ■•• *•• •••
• • •
LXVI
Verbs
••• • • • ••• •••
• • •
LXVIU
List of Assyrian signs
• •• • • • ••• •••
• * •
LXXXVIII
List of numerals
• •• ••• • • • ■••
■ • •
CXXXIII
List of determinatives
•• • • • • ••• • • •
• • •
CXXX1V
List of ideograms for th
e months
• • m
cxxxv
List of ideograms for th
e principal deities ...
• • •
cxxxvu
List of ideograms for the principal countries,
cities
and rivers
••■ ••• • • • *••
• • •
CXXXVIII
X CONTENTS.
PAGE.
Part II.
Texts with interlinear transliteration and translation: —
i. Names and titles of early Babylonian and
ASSYRIAN KINGS i-^
2. INSCRIPTION FROM A CYLINDER OF rjAMMURABI,
king of Babylon, about 2200 B. C.
See Strassmaier and Winckler, Zeitschr. fur Assyr.,
**> f* 75 • ••• ••• •*• ••• ••• ••• 5 — 7
3. TheMemorialTabletofRamman-nirariI, king
of Assyria, about 1325 B C.
See Cun. Inscr. of West. Asia, Vol. IV (2nd ed.j,
pi. 3g, and Jastrow, Am. fount, of Sent. Lang, and
Lit., Vol. XII, pp. 143 If. ... ... ... ... 8 — 17
4. The hunting-expeditions of Tiglath-pileser I,
king of Assyria, about uoo B. C.
See Cun. Inscr. of West. Asia, Vol. I, pi. 14 ... 18 — 21
5. Introduction to the annals of Assur-nasir-
pal, king of Assyria, 884—860 B. C.
Sec Cun. Inscr. of West. Asia, Vol. I, pi. 17 ... 22 — 28
6. THE ENDOWMENT OF THE TEMPLE OF THE Sl'N-CiOD.
See Cun. Inscr. of West. Asia, Vol. V, pi. 60 f.,
and Jeremias, Beitr. zur Assyr., I, pp. 268 ff. ... 29 — 36
7. The siege of Damascus by Shalmaneser II and
THE TRIBUTE OF JEHU, KING OF ISRAEL, 842 B. C.
See Cun. Inscr. of West. Asia, Vol. Ill, pi. 5, No. 6 37 — 3g
8. Extracts from the records of Tiglath-pi-
leser III.
See Cun. Inscr. of West. Asia, Vol. Ill, pi. 9, No. 3,
and pi. 10, No. 2; and Rost, Die Keilschriftiexte
Tight -Piiesers III, pp. 22 f., 26 f., 78 ff. ... ... 40 — 46
9. Extracts from the annals of Sargon.
See Botta, Monument de Ninive, Vol. IV, pll. 145,
CONTENTS. XI
PAGE.
82 and 65, and Wirtckler, Die Keilschrifttexte Sargons,
I, pp. 38 If., 100 f., II, pll. 9, 14, 3o f. 47 — 51
10. Sennacherib's invasion of Palestine and the
siege of Jerusalem, 701 B. C.
See Cun. Inscr. of West. Asia, Vol. I, pi. 38 f. ... 52 — 66
n. The murder of Sennacherib, 68i B. C.
See Abel and Wincklcr, Keilschrifttexte, p. 48;
Scheil, Rccueil de travaux, Vol. XVIII, p. 17, and
Messerschmidt , Mitteilungen der Vorderasiatischen Ge-
seltschaft, 1896, I, pp. 24 f., 73 ... ... ... 67 — 69
12. The destruction of Sidon by Esarhaddon.
See Cun. Inscr. of West. Asia, Vol. I, pi. 45 ... 70 — 76
i3. The sack of Thebes by Ashurbanipal.
See Cun. Inscr. of West. Asia, Vol. V, pi. 2 ... 77 — 80
14. The embassy of Gyges, king of Lydia.
See Cun. Inscr. of West. Asia, Vol. V, pi. 2 ... 81 — 87
15. The cutting of the canal of Sippar by Nabo-
polassar, king of Babylon, 625—604 B. C.
See Strassmaier and Winckler, Zcilschr. fiir Assyr.r.
II, pp. 69 ff. ... ... ... ... ... ... 88 — 90
16. The completion of the walls of Babylon by
Nebuchadnezzar II, king of Babylon, 604—
561 B. C.
See Cun. Inscr. of West. Asia, Vol. V, pi. 34, and
Winckler, Zcitschr. fur Assy r., II, p. 143 ... ... 91 — 94
17. The defeat of astyages by Cyrus.
See Cun. Inscr. of West. Asia, Vol. V, pi. 64; Hagen
and Delitzsch, Beitr. zur Assyr., II, pp. 218 f., 248 95 — 102
18. The taking of Babylon by Cyrus.
See Cun. Inscr. of West. Asia, Vol. V, pi. 35 ; Hagen
and Delitzsch, Beitr. zur Assyr., II, pp. 210 ff., 222 f.,
*40 ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... 1 \J J x 14
XII CONTENTS.
PAGl£.
19. Inscription of Darius, king of Babylon, 521
—485 B. C.
See Schulz, Journal Asiatique, Troisi&me Serie,
t. IX, pi. VIII, Col. a, and Bezold, Die Achdmeniden-
inschriften, pp. 36 f., 73, 87 ... ... m ... ... 115 — 116
20. Inscription of antiochus-Soter, king of Ba-
bylon, 280—260 B. C.
See Cun. Inscr. of West. Asia, Vol. V, pi. 66 ... 117 — 121
21. The Creation of the gods.
See George Smith, Trans, of the Soc. of BibL Arch.,
Vol. IV, p. 362 f., and Chaldean account of Genesis,
p. 62 f.; Jensen, Die Kosmologie der Babylonier, pp.
268 ff.; Zimmern in Gunkel's Schopfung und Chaos,
p. 401 f.; and Delitzsch, Abh. der konigi. Gesellsch. der
Wissensch., Bd. XVII, pp. 22 f., 92 ... ... ... 122 — 123
22. The Revolt of Tiamat, the Dragon.
See S. A. Smith, Miscellaneous Texts, pp. 1 — 5;
Zimmern, op. cit., pp. 407 ff.; and Delitzsch, op. cit.,
pp. 32 ff., 100 ff. ... ... ... ... ... 124 — 136
23. The Fight of Marduk and the Dragon.
See E. A. Wallis Budge, Proc. of the Soc. of Bibl.
Arch., Vol. X, p. 86 (six plates); Delitzsch, Assyrische
Lesestiicke (3nd ed.), pp. 97 ff.; Jensen, Die Kosmologie
der Babylonier, pp. 278 ff.; Zimmern in Gunkel's
Schopfung und Chaos, pp. 410 ff. ; and Delitzsch,
Abh. der konigi. Gesellsch. der Wissensch., Bd. XVII,
L/L'. «£^1.,IJ^ ... ... ... ... ... ... I J / ~~~~ 1 *j I
24. The Creation of the Heavenly Bodies and
the Seasons.
See George Smith, Trans, of the Soc. of Bibl. Arch.,
Vol. IV, p. 362 f., pi. 2; Jensen, op. cit., p. 288 f.,
Zimmern, op. cit., p. 414; and Delitzsch, op. cit.,
pp. 46 ff., 108 f. ... ... ... ... ... ... 158 — 160
CONTENTS. XIII
PAGE.
25. The Story of the Deluge.
See Cun. Inscr. of West. Asia, Vol. IV (2nd ed.), pi.
43 f. ; Haupt, Das babylonische Nimrodepos, pp. 134 ff. ;
George Smith, Chaldean account of Genesis, pp. 264 ff. ;
Jensen, Die Kosmologie der Babylonier, pp. 368 ff.; and
Zimmern in Gunkel's Schopfung und Chaos, pp.
A mnJ 11. ... ... ... ... .*• ... ... L \J I IOI
26. The Descent of Ishtar into Hades.
See Cun. Inscr. of West. Asia, Vol. IV, pi. 3i ; and
Jeremias, Die babylonisch-assyrischen Vorstellungen vom
Leben nach dem Tode, pp. 10 ff. ... ... ... 182 — 185
27. The Loves of Ishtar.
See Cun. Inscr. of West. Asia, Vol. IV (2nd ed.),
pi. 41 ; Haupt, Das babylonische Nimrodepos, pp. 42 ff. ;
and Jeremias, Izdubar-Nimrod, pp. 24 f., 51 f. ... 186 — 191
28. The Treachery of the god Zu.
See George Smith, Chaldean account of Genesis, pp.
115 ff . ; and E. T. Harper, Beitr. zur Assyr., II,
pp. 409 ff., 467 ff. ... ... ... ... ... 192 — 199
29. Etana's Journey to Heaven with the Eagle.
See E. T. Harper, Beitr. zur Assyr., II, pp. 3 96 ff.,
449, 453 f. ... .'.. ... ... ... ... 200 — 2o3
30. The Story of the Eagle, the Serpent, and
the Sun-god.
See Morris Jastrow, Beitr. zur Assyr., Ill, pp. 363 ff. ;
George Smith, Chaldean account of Genesis, p. i3g f . ;
and E. T. Harper, Beitr. zur Assyr., II, pp. 392 tf.,
4^9 • ••• ••• ••• •*• *•* *** "*" 204~ ~ 214
3 1. HOW ADAPA BROKE THE WING OF THE SOUTH-
WIND.
See Winckler, Der Thontafelfund von El-Amarna,
pp. 166 (a and b); and E. T. Harper, Beitr. zur Assyr.,
II, pp. 418 ff. ... ... ... ... ... ... 215 — 218
XIV CONTENTS.
PAGE.
32. The Song of Ura, the Plague-god.
See George Smith, Chaldean account of Genesis,
p.i33 f.; E. T. Harper, Beitr. zur Assyr., II, pp. 432 f.,
495 f. ; and King, Zeitschr. fur Assyr., XI, pp. 53, 56, 61 219 — 222
33. Legend concerning the Birth and Boyhood
of king sargon i.
See Cun. Inscr. of West. Asia, Vol. Ill, pi. 4, No. 7 223 — 225
34. Extracts from Penitential Psalms.
See Haupt, Akkadische und sumerische Keilschrifttexte,
p. 1 16 f. ; Cun. Inscr. of West. Asia, Vol. IV (2nd ed.),
pi. 26, No. 8; pi. 27, No. 3; pi. 29**, No. 5;
pi. 24; Haupt, op. cit., p. 122 f. ; Cun. Inscr. of
West. Asia, Vol. IV (2nd ed.), pi. 59, No. 2 ; pi. 54,
No. 1 ; and Zimmern , Babyhnische Busspsalmen,
pp. 33 f., 85 f., 1 f., 62 ff., 52, 100 f., 89 f. ... 226 — 240
35. Hymns and Prayers.
See Cun. Inscr. of West. Asia, Vol. IV (2nd ed.),
pi. 20, No. 2; Bertin, Revue dt Assyr iologie, Vol. I,
pp. 157 ff. ; Cun. Inscr. of West. Asia, Vol. IV (2nd
ed.), pi. 29, No. 1; King, Babylonian Magic and
Sorcery, pp. 16 ff., pi. 4 f. ; Cun. Inscr. of West. Asia,
Vol. IV, pi. 20, No. 3 ; and Briinnow, Zeitschr. fur
Assyr., V, pp. 66 ff., 79 ... ... ... ... 241 — 251
36. Incantations.
See Tallqvist, Die assy rise he Beschworungsserie
Maqlu, I, pp. 48 f., 58 f., 38 f. ; II, p. i3, 19 f., 7 ;
Cun. Inscr. of West. Asia, Vol. IV (2nd ed.), pi. 51 ;
and Zimmern, Beitrage zur Kenntnis der babylonischen
Religion, I, p. 4 f. ... ... ... ... ... 252 — 260
37. Assyrian Letter-tablets.
See R. F. Harper, Assyrian and Babylonian Letters,
I, p. 42, III, pp. 276, 327, IV, p. 350; S. A. Smith,
Proc. of the Soc. of Bibl. Arch., X, No. 1, pi. VIII ;
4
CONTENTS. XV
PAGE,
and Delitzsch, Beitr. zur Assyr., I, pp. 189 ff.,
198 ff., 212 ff., 222 ff. ... ... ... ... 261 — 269
38. Letters from Tell el-Amarna.
See Budge and Bezold, The Tell el-Amarna Tablets
in the British Museum, pp. 6 f., 24 f . ; Bezold, Oriental
Diplomacy, pp. 3 f., i3; and Schrader, Keilinschriftliche
Bibliothek, V, pp. 14 ff., 48 f. ... ... 270 — 281
39. Observatory Reports.
See Cun. fnscr. of West. Asia, Vol. Ill, pi. 51,
Nos. i, 3, 6, and 7 ... ... ... ... ... 282 — 285
40. Reports from Assyrian Astrologers.
See Cun. Inscr. of West. Asia, Vol. Ill, pi. 51, Nos. I
and II ; and pi. 58, No. 1 ... ... 286 — 288
41. Some ancient Babylonian Laws.
See Cun. Inscr. of West. Asia, Vol. V, pi. 25 ... 289 — 292
42. Proverbs and Sayings.
See Delitzsch, Assyrische Lesestucke (3rd ed.), p. 134;
Cun Inscr. of West. Asia, Vol. II, pi. 16; and Bezold,
Catalogue of the Cuneiform Tablets in the Kouyunjik
Collection, Vol. IV, p. 1742 ... ... ... ... 293 — 294
Part III.
Texts to be transliterated and translated ... ... 295—314
Part IV.
Vocabulary to texts in Parts II and III 315 — 399
A LIST OF ASSYRIAN GRAMMARS AND
DICTIONARIES.
Jules Oppert. Jtiments de la grammaire assyrienne. First edition
(Paris, i860). Second edition, Paris, 1868.
Edward Hincks. Specimen -Chapters of an Assyrian Grammar,
London, 1866.
J. Menant. Expose' des iliments de la grammaire assyrienne,
Paris, 1868.
Eberhard Schrader. Die assyrisch-babylonischen Keilinschriften, Leip-
zig, 1872.
A. H. Sayce. An Assyrian Grammar, London, 1872.
Do. An Elementary Grammar, London, 1875.
George Rertin. Abridged Grammars of the Languages of the Cu-
neiform Inscriptions, London, 1888.
Friedrich Delitzsch. Assyrische Grammatik, Berlin, 1889. English
translation by R. S. Kennedy (London, 1889).
Edwin Norris. Assyrian Dictionary. Parts t — III, London,
1868 — 72 (unfinished).
J. N. Strassmaier. Alphabetisches Verzeichnissy Leipzig, 1886.
Friedrich Delitzsch. Assyrisches Worterbuch. Parts I — III, Leipzig,
1887— 1888 (unfinished).
R. E. Brim now. A classified List of cuneiform ideographs, etc.,
Leyden, 1889; Indices, 1897.
W. Muss-ArnolL A concise Dictionary of the Assyrian Language,
Berlin, 1894. (In progress.)
Friedrich Delitzsch. Assyrisches Handworterbuch, Leipzig, 1896.
B. Meissner. Supplement zu den assyrischen Worterbuchern,
Leyden, 1898.
INTRODUCTION.
Assyrian is the name that now indicates the language once The
spoken by the inhabitants of Mesopotamia, Assyrians and ^T™*11
Babylonians alike. It belongs to the northern group of the
Semitic family of languages and is closely akin to Phoenician
and Hebrew, Syriac and Chaldee ; these are distinct from Sabaean
or Himyaritic, Arabic and Ethiopic, which form the southern
group. The language is made known to us by numerous in-
scriptions on stone and clay, written in "cuneiform" x or wedge-
shaped characters ; the greater number of these inscriptions have
been unearthed from the buried cities of Mesopotamia during
the present century.
The decipherment of the Assyrian inscriptions is a natural The deci-
result of the labours of scholars who have investigated the old Phcrment
of the in-
Persian cuneiform inscriptions. The Achaemenian kings who scriptions.
ruled over Persia from the sixth to the fourth century before
Christ, after the fashion of other races in Western Asia at that
period, borrowed from the Babylonians the idea of cuneiform
writing;2 they, however, considerably simplified the Babylonian
1. In German "Keilschrift" ; the Arabs call it ^ ,1 % ir t (mismari) "nail-
writing".
2. The Susians, the Elamites, and the people who lived around Lake Van,
for instance, all used cuneiform characters. The discovery in 1888 of the "Tell
el-Amarna tablets** at Tell el-Amarna in Upper Egypt showed the wide diffu-
sion of Babylonian cuneiform throughout Western Asia as early as the XV th
b
XVIII INTRODUCTION
system, employing in their inscriptions not more than thirty-
nine groups of wedges and each group formed an alphabetic
character. As their empire was not confined to Persia, but
Tie tri- embraced the important countries of Susia and Babylonia, to
ingual the greater number of their inscriptions they appended Susian
l.c acmc~ and Babylonian translations written in the cuneiform characters
nan in- J
criptions. employed by these two nations. After the fall of the Achae-
menian empire the Old Persian cuneiform fell into disuse, and
the inscriptions in this character, as well as those in the other
kinds of cuneiform writing, in the course of time ceased to be
understood. Those records, however, that were engraved upon
the stone walls of buildings and on the faces of rocks did not
perish, but remained as permanent though unintelligible monu-
ments of the kings who set them up.
During the seventeenth and eighteenth centuries of our era,
however, travellers in the East began to turn their attention to
these inscriptions, especially those at Persepolis, and we find in
the accounts of their journeys many strange views and opinions
expressed concerning them.1 It was not until the beginning of
century B. C At this period not only in Egypt but from the coast of the Medi-
terranean to Elam, and from Armenia to the Persian Gulf, Babylonian cuneiform
was the language of official correspondence. It was not unnatural therefore that
other races should have modified this widely diffused system to meet their own
needs, but I do not see any sufficient evidence which would lead us to assume
that the Phoenician alphabet was formed by the modification of certain cunei-
form characters.
I. See Pietro della Valle, Viaggi (Rome, 1662; English translation, London,
1665) ; Chardin, Voyages . . en Perse, et autres lieux de V Orient (Amsterdam,
171 1) ; de Bruin, Rei^en over Moskovie, door Persie en Indie (Amsterdam, 1714;
English translation, London, 1737); and Niebuhr, Reisebeschreibung nach Ara-
bien und andern umliegenden Ldndern, Bd. II (Copenhagen, 1778). For de-
scriptions by travellers at the beginning of the present century, sec Morier, A
journey through Persia (London, 181 2); Ouseley, Travels in various countries
of the East (London, 1819—23); R. Ker Porter, Travels in Georgia1 Persia,
etc. (London, 1821—32) ; and Burckhardt, Travels in Arabia, etc. (London, 1829).
CUNEIFORM INSCRIPTIONS XIX
the nineteenth century that the first step was made towards
deciphering them correctly.
Of the three kinds of cuneiform writing (i. e., the Persian,
the Susian, and the Babylonian), in which the Achaemenian „
* J n First steps
kings inscribed their trilingual records, it was most natural that intheded-
the Persian should first engage the serious attention of scholars, Pherment-
as it is by far the simplest of the three. The credit of having
first discovered the method by which the Persian column in
these inscriptions might be deciphered belongs to Grotefend Grotefcnd.
who in 1802 succeeded in reading the names of Hystaspes, Da-
rius, and Xerxes. l Other scholars followed on the lines laid
down by him, and Rask, Saint Martin, Burnouf and Lassen all
made contributions to the further identification of the characters
of the Old Persian alphabet. Up to the year 1837, however,
the decipherers had merely succeeded in reading a few proper
names, and they had not been able to make accurate and con-
nected translations even of the short inscriptions they had studied.
1. Grotefend announced his discovery in the Gdttinger Gesellschaft der
Wissenschaften, Sept. 14 th, 1802, and he has left a lengthy description of the
process by which he arrived at his results in Heeren's Historical Researches
(English translation, Oxford, 1833), Vol. II, pp. 3i3ff. The process by which
both he and Sir Henry Rawlinson obtained the clue- to reading the inscriptions
was the same in each case and may be briefly described. Grotefend took for
analysis two short inscriptions in which he noticed the characters corresponded
throughout with the exception of two groups of signs in each. As the rest of
the inscriptions tallied, it was not unreasonable to suppose that the groups of
signs in each which differed represented proper names— the name of the man
who set up the inscription and possibly that of his father. But in these two
inscriptions the group which occupied the second place in one inscription, and
which from its position looked as though it represented the name of the father
of the man who set it up, occurred in the first place in the other inscription.
As he already imagined that the inscriptions were set up by Persian kings,
Grotefend now inferred that these three groups of signs gave the names of
three consecutive generations of the Persian monarchy. On trying the names
Hystaspes, Darius and Xerxes he found they fitted the various signs exactly.
At a later period Rawlinson, working independently on two other inscriptions,
succeeded in reading the same three names by a similar process of reasoning.
b*
XX INTRODUCTION
Rawlinson This achievement was reserved for the late Sir Henry C. Rawlin-
andtheBe- son> (j.c.B., who in 1835, and whilst stationed at Kirmanshah in
histun in-
scription. Persia, first turned his attention to the subject. Unaware of the de-
tails of Grotefend's discovery, he independently obtained similar
results by making an analysis of two short inscriptions ; two years
later he succeeded in climbing the rock at Bahistun (Pers. Bagi-
stan) and in copying the greater part of the Persian text of the
Annals of Darius Hystaspes which was engraved upon its face.
In the winter of 1837 he sent a first instalment of his transla-
tion of these texts to the Royal Asiatic Society. His complete
translation of the Behistun inscription was published in 1846 in
Vol. X of the Journal of that Society, but it was on the original
translation made in 1837 — 39 that Rawlinson himself based his
chief claims to originality. Apart from his correct identification
of the entire Persian alphabet, he was also able, from his know-
ledge of Zend and Pehlevi, to arrive at the meaning of the
inscription ; he was thus the first to present to the world a
literal and correct translation of over two hundred lines of cu-
neiform writing.1
The deci- The decipherment of the Babylonian cuneiform followed that
phcrmcnt Qf t^e persian cuneiform. The writing in the third column of
of Babylo-
nian cu- tne grea* trilingual inscription of Darius Hystaspes had been
neiform already identified as Babylonian from the fact that some of the
characters were identical with those on the inscribed bricks and
slabs that had been found in Assyria and Babylonia. The first
1 . The fullest description of Rawlinson's own achievements and those of his
predecessors is given in his memoir The Persian Cuneiform Inscription at Be-
histun (Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society, Vol. X). His transliterations and
translations differ in but few details from those of Spiegel in Die altpersischcn
Keilinschriften (Leipzig, 1881). See also Flemming's article Sir Henry Rawlin-
son und seine Verdienste um die Assyriologie in the Beitrdge %ur Assyriologie,
Vol. II, pp. 1 ff. ; Nature, Vol. LI, p. 536 f., Proceedings of the Royal Society,
Vol. 58, pp. XLIV ff., and Prof. G. Rawlinson's Memoir of Sir H. C. Rawlinson
(London, 1898); a list of the Persian cuneiform inscriptions is given by Weiss-
bach, Die altpersischen Keilinschriften (Leipzig, 1893).
CUNEIFORM WRITING XXI
step in the decipherment was made by comparing the proper
names occurring in the Persian text of the Behistun inscription
with the corresponding groups of characters which represented
them in the third or Babylonian column. Starting with this
point as a base, Rawlinson, Hincks, Norris and Oppert gradually
worked out the values of the Babylonian and Assyrian signs.
The principal steps in the work of decipherment are marked
by the discovery of the polyphony of the Babylonian signs — a
fact first pointed out by Rawlinson — and by Hincks' proof of
their syllabic nature. For the determination of the Assyrian syl-
labary these scholars obtained considerable aid from the ancient
Assyrian lists of signs which had been recently excavated at
Kuyunjik and brought to this country, while for help in the
interpretation of the inscriptions they depended upon the close
resemblance of roots in Assyrian with those in Arabic, Hebrew,
Syriac and Chaldee.1
The method of writing employed by the Babylonians and Cuneiform
Assyrians is commonly called "cuneiform" from the Latin cuneus wnt,n8-
"a wedge". Each character or sign consists of one or more wedges
arranged in a variety of ways, while the characters themselves
are written from left to right. Strangely enough, however, the
wedge, though its most distinctive characteristic, had originally
no part in its composition ; its existence is entirely due to the
material for writing employed by the scribes. There is no doubt
that the cuneiform system of writing, like all others which have
I. Sec Rawlinson's paper On the Inscriptions of Assyria and Babylonia
(Journ. of the Roy. As. Soc, Vol. XII), and his Memoir on the Babylonian and
Assyrian Inscriptions (ibid., Vol. XIV), Hincks* numerous papers in the Trans-
actions of the Royal Irish Academy, and Oppert's Expedition scientifique en
Mesopotamie, Vol. II (Paris, 1859) ; Norris' principal contribution to Assyriology
was his great Assyrian Dictionary which he did not live to complete. For the
decipherment of Susian, the language of the second column of the Achacmenian
trilingual inscriptions see Norris, Memoir on the Scythic Version of the Behi-
stun Inscription (Journ. of the Roy. As. Soc, Vol. XV) and Weissbach, Die
Achdmenideninschriften fweiter Art (Leipzig, 1890).
XXII INTRODUCTION
Its origin developed naturally, had its origin in picture-writing.1 All pri-
in picture- mjtjve races employ the same rude means when they begin to
record their names and actions, and they first of all scratch
rough pictures on any substance that may come to hand. After
certain pictures have become associated with certain words the
pictures are used to express the sound of the words without
their meaning ; in other words, they are used phonetically. The
forms of the characters themselves, from being written rapidly
become more and more simplified, until in the resulting signs
or characters it is hard to recognise the originals from which
they have descended. This is particularly the case with the
cuneiform writing of the Babylonians. The primitive inhabitants
of the country made their records by means of pictures, tracing
in rough outline the various objects they wished to represent,
and in course of time employing many of their picture-signs to
represent sounds merely, apart from ideas. For any permanent
record stone would naturally suggest itself as most suitable for
The devc- Preserving an inscription, and we find it was so employed in
lopment of Babylonia ; but the alluvial nature of the soil was not in favour
e wc 8e* of its extensive use, as it had generally to be imported from
some other country. These early Babylonians therefore adapted
themselves to their surroundings and from the fine clay of their
soil they fashioned tablets on which they continued to outline
their picture-characters. But it is possible to write faster on soft
clay than on stone, and straight lines, when made by a single
pressure of the stilus, tend to become wedges. The pictures there-
i. That the Assyrians themselves believed this to be the case is proved by
two tablets in the British Museum. These tablets are lists of picture characters
arranged in groups, and opposite each sign or group the scribe has written
the cuneiform character to which he supposed it corresponded. The tablets are
numbered K 8520 and 81—7—27, 49 + 50; a photograph of the former is
published by Houghton in the Trans, of the Soc, of Bibl. Arch., Vol. VI, p. 454;
a copy of the latter is given in Cuneiform Texts from Babylonian tablets etc.
in the British Museum, Part V (1898).
CUNEIFORM WRITING XXIII
fore soon lost their original lines and became mere groups of
wedges. x
From the archaic forms of some of the characters, however, The picto
it is still possible to recognise the objects for which they were n ongI1
intended. The assyrian sign *-►¥-, for instance, which means characters
"heaven", is the descendant of the archaic sign ^ in which stiu recofr
nisable.
we may possibly see a star with eight points, or a representa-
tion of heaven as a circle devided into eight equal portions (^.
The archaic form of the sign for "ox", £:Y£, is jj^, which
when set vertically,2 thus ^, certainly suggests the head of an
ox with horns. The sign for "the sun, day" etc. is ^|, in the earlier
inscriptions written Z^>i *n which we may see a rough circle O,
representing the sun's disk. The sign for "corn" is ^; this in
the earlier inscriptions is written $$%> and ^^^> in which,
when written vertically, we may perhaps see a representation
of a blade of corn. Some signs for new ideas were formed by
a combination of two other signs already in existence. The
sign V "mountain" placed within rf^> "ox", gave the new
s*8n ►$?> (= mod. Ass. f^A) "a mountain -ox". The sign |^
"water" when placed within ►£:THf "mouth" gave the new sign
*--£jJ|T "to drink"; similarly »-£:TyT "to eat" is formed from
y y "food", and *-£M[ "mouth". One of the commonest archaic
forms of *%^^f "month" is X^^> which we may explain as a
combination of J^* "day" and ^^ "thirty". To trace the pic-
i. In the characters employed by the later Assyrians and Babylonians the
signs are formed by various combinations and repetitions of different wedges,
those of most frequent occurrence being the upright T, the horizontal ►— ,
and the diagonal wedge /, which frequently interchanges with the sloping
wedge \ , e. g. the syllable di is written as <Tpfc and Tdz> the syllable
hu as *-T^T and ►-YY, the syllable ri as ►•YkY and ►"[[!• The sloping
wedges f and y are employed in only a few signs. In writing on clay the
differences in the shape of the wedges could be produced by slightly shifting
the position of the stilus in the fingers.
2. Some archaic inscriptions are written vertically.
XXIV INTRODUCTION
torial origin of the majority of the signs, however, even in
the most ancient inscriptions, is quite impossible, because we
cannot identify the objects which they represent ; l while in the
later periods of Babylonian and Assyrian history the signs be-
came still less like pictures, for it was but natural that the scribe
writing quickly on his soft clay tablet should tend to simplify
the characters. The inscriptions engraved on stone reflected the
changes which took place in the inscriptions on clay and the
forms of the characters on the latter were carefully reproduced
in stone by means of the chisel.
The in- The subject of the invention of cuneiform writing is one that
vcntors o ^ gjven rjse to a considerable amount of controversy, for, while
cuneiform -
writing. it is generally agreed that it was due to the early inhabitants of
Babylonia, the nationality of this people is disputed; some scholars
still hold that this race were the Semitic Babylonians themselves,
though the majority now admit that the Semitic Babylonians bor-
rowed their method of writing from an earlier race of non-Semitic
origin. The point at issue may be best stated by briefly indicating
the course of the controversy that has taken place around it. Among
the literary remains of the Babylonians and Assyrians are many
compositions that are inscribed in the same cuneiform characters,
but, to judge from the forms of the words, are clearly not written
in the Assyrian language. Many of these compositions are
furnished with interlinear Assyrian translations while the words
I. A theory has recently been put forward by Dr. Delitzsch, who, while re-
cognising the pictorial origin of certain signs, attempts to explain the rest as
formed from them artificially. Instances have been given above of how new
signs were formed by combinations of signs already in existence, but Dr. De-
litzsch goes further and asserts that new signs were formed by combinations
and variations of simple wedges or rather lines. He distinguishes some forty-
five Urbilder or signs with a "motive" and thinks the majority of the characters
were developed from them. Of the methods of combination he sets forth the
most convincing is that in which the meaning of a simple sign was intensified
by the addition of a number of extra wedges ; this process the Sumerians
termed gunu. Few people will, however, accept his theory in its present form.
CUNEIFORM WRITING XXV
and forms employed are explained in a number of tablets con-
taining lists of words with Assyrian explanations compiled by
the Assyrian scribes. Moreover the monumental and documentary
inscriptions of the early rulers of cities in Babylonia, such as
Shirpurla or Lagash, Ur, Isin and Larsa, are written in this
idiom. The first to detect the existence of this language was The Su-
Sir Henry Rawlinson, who in 1852 concluded that it was the mcnan
question.
tongue of the early non-Semitic inhabitants of Babylonia among
whom the Semitic Babylonians had settled, and from the fact
that Babylonian kings, in addition to their other titles, styled
themselves king of Sumer and Akkad, he concluded that the
primitive inhabitants of the land were Akkadians who spoke
this language which he styled "Akkadian". Oppert, however,
while accepting the existence of the language, contended that
it was the language of the "Sumerians".1 Others reconciled these
views by tracing dialectic differences in the inscriptions, which
they supposed to represent differences of pronunciation exhibited
by the Akkadians and Sumerians, the primitive inhabitants of
northern and southern Babylonia respectively ; others again,
though they recognised the existence of dialects, did not attempt
to define their geographical distribution. In 1884 the problem
assumed a new form and the question in debate was modified
somewhat by Hal£vy who denied the existence of the language
absolutely. He asserted that what had hitherto been regarded
as the Sumerian or Akkadian language was merely a traditional
1. The Assyrian scribes employed both of the names "Akkadian" and "Su-
merian** in describing the ancient non-Semitic compositions which they edited
and translated into Assyrian; see the tablets K 1 1856, where "Akkadian** is
mentioned, K 14013, where both "Akkadian** and "Sumerian*' are referred to,
and 81 — 7 — 27, i3o, where mention is made of li-§a-an Su-me-ri, "the Sumerian
language*'; it may be added that on the tablet S 11 90, inscribed with incan-
tations and prayers, two of these are referred to as // $i-pat Su-[me-]ri, "two
Sumerian incantations" (cf. Bezold, Catalogue of the Cuneiform tablets in
the Kouyunjik Collection, pp. 1200, 1354, 1469 and 1805).
XXVI INTRODUCTION
cabalistic method of writing invented by the early Semitic Ba-
bylonian priests. According to Hatevv's assumption therefore
the Semitic Babylonians were the inventors of the cuneiform
method of writing. Hal£vy devoted himself vigorously to de-
veloping his theory and for a time succeeded in making many
converts. The excavations, however, that have been carried on
in Babylonia during the last fifteen years, have yielded thousands
of cuneiform inscriptions written entirely in this ancient tongue
and proving the existence of a powerful race who betray no
indications of Semitic origin. To these "Sumerians" it is prob-
able that the invention of cuneiform writing should be as-
signed ; from them the Semitic Babylonians received it together
with much of their early civilisation and culture.
Vocalic The Assyrian language possesses the vowel sounds a, t, i, u, a, e,
and conso- -^ - x ancj ^ diphthongs at and ia. It also possesses the consonantal
nantal
sounds in sounds b, g, d, zf h, /, k, I, m, n, s, p, s, k, r, ,? and /. These consonants
Assyrian. f are ^ere arranged in the order of the Hebrew alphabet and they
correspond to the Hebrew characters D, 2, 1, T, PI (Arabic £), ID, D,
bj tt,2 3, D, &, X, p, 1, ttf and n ; as reference will be sometimes
made to the Hebrew alphabet I here give a list of the Hebrew
characters with their transliteration: —
(0
X
»
(7)
T
Z
(2)
3
b
(8)
n
h
(3)
a
g
(9)
ID
•
(4)
i
d
(io)
*
y
(5)
n
h
(»)
a
k
(6)
i
TV
(12)
b
i
i. The signs for the syllables which contain the vowel sounds e and i respec-
tively are frequently interchanged in the inscriptions ; for this reason some
Assyriologists do not admit the existence of the e sound, and hold that the
Assyrians only distinguished the vowel sounds a, i, u, a, i, u.
2. The m in Assyrian sometimes corresponds to 1, e. g. lamu, "to surround",
Hebr. n£.
THE ASSYRIAN METHOD OF WRITING XXVII
(i3)
{3 m
(18)
at
f
(H)
3 n
(19)
P
m
(i5)
D s
(20)
"i
r
(16)
V '
(21)
0
$
(*7)
B /
(22)
n
t
nan.
With regard to the pronunciation of consonantal sounds in Pronun-
Assyrian it may be remarked that the sound represented by the cia lon °
J J *■ consonant-
symbol k is a guttural ch ; t is a harder dental than t; k and al sounds
k were both pronounced by the Assyrians as k, but the Baby- In Assv"
lonians pronounced k as g; s is pronounced as is and $ as sh.
In the sign 4^h~ the Assyrians possessed a special character
for marking the breathing, but in use it was generally omitted,
especially at the beginning of a word. The Assyrian method of
writing, moreover, was ill-adapted for the expression of peculiar
Semitic sounds, and we find that the consonants K, H, H (c), V (&)>
V (t)* ^ ana" V f°r which special characters exist in the other Semitic
languages, were not distinguished in its syllabary. If a Semitic
root, for instance, commences with any one of these consonants
the Assyrian form of the word is without the consonant alto-
gether and commences with a vowel, e. g. 7DK ^dkhal)2 "to eat"
= Assyr. akdlu; 3 ^h^ (hdlak?) "to go" = Assyr. alaku ; tt^n (hddhaS)
1. Of these consonants X is employed to indicate the breathing; H is an
aspirate corresponding to the English h ; H had two sounds distinguished in
Arabic by the characters £ and £, the former representing a strong h pro-
nounced with friction, the latter a guttural ch ; V also had two sounds cor-
responding to the Arabic £ and £, the former a softer guttural sound, the
latter a guttural g or r; 1 = w, and * = y.
2. In the transliteration of the Hebrew words here cited the softer pronun-
ciation of the letters nWlJS, when without the Daghesh lene, is indicated by
the addition to the letter of a small h printed above the line. It is possible that
in Assyrian the corresponding consonantal sounds were softened when they
came between two vowel sounds but in the Assyrian method of writing there
was no means of marking this difference of pronunciation.
3. In this list and in the following paragraph the 3 m. s. Perf. of Hebrew
verbs is cited while the corresponding verbs in Assyrian are given in the Infinitive.
XXVIII
INTRODUCTION
"to be new" = Assyr. edrtu; ""p^ ('dbhar, i. e. y&) "to cross" =
Assyr. eberu; 3*1JJ ('drab11, t\ e. K^ijl) "to enter (of the sun), to
grow dark" = Assyr. er'ebu; IT {ydladht i. e. T?l) "to bear" =
Assyr. alddu ; pr (ydnak) "to suck" = Assyr. eneku. Similarly when
one of these consonants occurs as the second or third letter in
a Semitic root its place is taken in Assyrian by a vowel, e. g.
DIT} (rdham) "to love" = Assyr. rdmu ; Pfcttf (Sama) "to hear"
= Assyr. Semu.
It has been already stated that the Assyrian language belongs
to the northern group of the Semitic languages. Its affinities
with Hebrew however are closer than with the other languages
which make up the group. The following examples of words
which occur both in Hebrew and Assyrian will suffice to indi-
cate the close resemblance between the two languages, and will
further illustrate the inability of Assyrian to represent the Sem-
itic consonants referred to in the preceding paragraph: —
Hebrew
and Assy-
rian com-
pared.
Hebrew
Assyrian
Meaning
D$ ydbh
T?*-
a-bu
father
P« 'ebhen
«=!*-
ab-nu
stone
JTfc 'dun
*Hri*-
uz-nu
ear
PI* 'fit
T
TMI
a-?ju
brother
THK 'd&az
Tf ff < ^=TT
a-fia-zu
to seize
b* fH
*£M
i-lu
god
*{& 'elejt
*!*-
al-pu
ox
DK 'em
<TTT*
um-mu
mother
HpK 'dmd
^-e£T
am-iu
handmaid
^JK %om»i
w»*im
a-na-ku
I
P3n« >arba
<MTl^T4HH
^ ar-ba-'-u
four
P« Wcs
Sh «£TT ^T
ir-si-fu
earth
V* w
*£W-m
i-$a-tu
fire
Hebrew
rW« >attd
1T3 bayfr
H33 band
^23 baal
^19 berek
p"l3 bdrdk
19! ze&er
T\\ zera
"CO £<ator
on ^jm
^t yawn
JW7 &#>*
THE ASSYRIAN METHOD OF WRITING
Assyrian
*ET £TTT
x<s<;*in
f f < ~T *TTT<=
«^^T
*TTT*-
-tf ~^T JT
at-ia
bi-i-tu
ba-nu-u
bt-e-lu
bir-ku
bir-ku
9
gam-ma- lu
di-i-nu
dal-tu
zik-ru
zi-e-ru
ib-ru
e-mu
fra-du-u
ba-ia-nu
ta-a-bu
m
i-du
u-mu
im-nu
t-Xa-ru
kak-ka-bu
kal-bu
lib-bu
la-ba-Su
la-ma-du
la-ku-u
m
li-ta-a-nu
XXIX
Meaning
thou (jn.)
house
to build
lord
knee
lightning
camel
judgment
door
name
seed
friend
father-in-law
to rejoice
son-in-law
good
hand, side
day
right hand
righteous
star
dog
heart
to clothe
to learn
to take
tongue
Hebrew
and Assy-
rian com-
pared.
Hebrew
and Assy-
rian com-
pared.
XXX
Hebrew
1?J3 nahar
#BJ nephe$
ntSj neter
*]fip sdf}aph
SIPt 'azatfi
pj? Vf
SIP 'oreS11
pins /<z/^
1J3 kin
D# taw
Jttt^ tarn*
pjl /*£*«!
INTRODUCTION
ETff<
Assyrian
<=T? *t- *jn
T
5wJT
ma-ha-$u
mal-ku
na-a-ru
na-pi$-iu
na-al-ru
sa-f}a-pu
e-zi-bu
e-ti-ru
i-nu
c-lu-u
e-pi-ru
i-su
ak-ra-bu
a-ri-bu
ir-Su
pi-iu-u
sa-al-mu
ku-u-lu
kin-nu
ka-nu-u
kar-nu
ka-a$-tu
ri-e-Su
ra-ka-bu
$u-mu
$a-am-nu
ti-ib-nu
Meaning
to smite
prince
river
life
eagle
to overwhelm
to leave
to protect
eye
to be high
dust
wood
scorpion
raven
couch
to open
image
cry
nest
reed
horn
bow
head
to ride
name
oil
straw
THE ASSYRIAN METHOD OF WRITING XXXI
Though the Assyrians possessed the consonantal sounds al- Assyrian
ready described, their method of writing did not include sepa-
rate signs for each consonant. They did not employ an alphabet
but a syllabary ; in other words each cuneiform sign or cha-
racter, with the exception of the vowel signs, is not a single
letter but represents in itself a complete syllable. Thus if an As-
syrian wished to write down the word akshud "I conquered",
he would employ three signs only ^M ^EJ ^], *'• '. ak-$u-udt or,
if he wished to write down abu "father", he would employ only
two signs J^ ^£>- a-bu. Each of the signs here employed is what
is termed a simple syllable, that is to say, in sound it consists simple
of one vowel and one consonant, or of a vowel by itself. In syllables-
the following words each sign represents a simple syllable: —
]} >~Hf I^J> a'na-ku> "r ; *=£T SHIT* ai'ia> "thou" ; ^ >~Hf » '■**>
"in" ; ]} ^J, *-**,"to" ; ]} £| ^J, a-ma-iu, "word" ; ^ +g[
4J$z, ba-Ux-tiy "life" ; £j £Xfi\ ]} i^<jf<, ma-ta-a-ii, "lands" ; ^fcj
]} ^S-, ba-a-bu, "gate" ; ^^TT ^ <, **-*"'*> "great"; tg[] t£
^III, si-t-ru, "exalted" ; JrJJ ^f ^, e-ru-ub, "I entered"; j^UJ
f^ ^JTTi ta-a-ru, "to return". On p. XXXII f. is a table of simple
syllables, arranged alphabetically. It will be seen that the tabic
runs across both pages. The first line gives the signs for the
vowels by themselves ; x the rest of the table gives the signs for
the syllables which begin or end writh the various consonantal
sounds in Assyrian ; these are arranged in the order of the He-
brew alphabet. The left half of the table (on p. XXXII) con-
tains syllables which begin with the consonants b, g, d, etc. and
which contain in addition the vowels a, i (and e)^ and u, e. g.
ba, bi (and be), bu;ga, gt\ gu ; da, di, du. The right half of the
table on the opposite page contains a similar arrangement of
the syllables which end with the various consonants, e. g. ab, ib,
ub > ag> *g* *£ >' <*<?> M, ud. The list may be considerably simpli-
i. In addition to the signs for the vowels there given the signs for the
diphthongs should be here noted, Ty li ai and £^Ty "*•
XXXII
INTRODUCTION
List of
simple syl-
lables ar-
ranged al-
phabetic-
ally.
Initial
consonant
i
u
Sign
Value
Sign
Value
Sign
Value
X
a, b
n
to
3
tt
D
y
K
L
M
N
S
K
R
w
~£f
*TTT*
m
W
flf<
mi
-fcfcj
-feT
ET
T
>ff
tif
3a
g<*
da
za
ba
ta
ka
la
ma
na
sa
-T
pa
^TT
m
fa
yfca
*ff
, Jl ; *~<, 3*
£*
<t^a
<m
</*
0/
¥
ti
ki
li
^tt, mi ; !►-, m<?
Hff-
si
se
Sa
ta
EI"
A
p
HTU
tf
r*
< 1
^
ii
it
*-*-!<> A';^T>'<
~T
^-TT
TI
nn
?
gu
du
zu
bu
tu
m
m
ku
lu
^
*-
mu
nu
**TT
su
*-.fir
51
/«
f«
ku
ru
$u
tu
SIMPLE SYLLABLES XXXI [I
I U
- , - Final
Sign Value Sign Value Sign Value
wi
X
B, 2
«=T
flfi
hi
t2
e£
v/
HS
"f
-R*
>g
*S*T
««"
G, J
■*T
<*/
id
*T
ud
D, 1
t?VH"
m
it
*-TI
us
z. '
AHPPf
A-W
$
&~M
"It
H, n
*T
Estf
if
*J
"f
T, o
•fif
at
►TI*
ih
cgv*T
uk
K, S
<*J
a/
a
el
<=T*
ul
L, S
£&
«.
Afl-
im
cm
um
M, 0
HP
an
in
tTR
ut
N, I
S, D
tjv»
as
fcU
tT
is
*-TI
w*
"P
ip
e*
If
P, B
c^5T
as
if
*~TI
"f
?, X
-Sf
a*
-n*
i*
p£*.*T
«#
K, p
CT
ar
PS
-eTT
tr
IH I
CfcTTI
u!
R, "1
*l
a!
<«
■ a
el
5tf
*T
at
E&T
it
*T
ul
t, n
simile syl-
lables ar-
ranged al-
phabetic-
.11,.
XXXIV INTRODUCTION
fied by observing that the signs for ab, ib, ub are also employed
for ap, ip and up respectively ; that the signs for ag, ig, ug are
also employed for ak, ik, uk and ak, ik, uk; that the signs for
ad, id, ud are also employed for at, if, ut and at, it, ut ; and
that the signs for az, iz, uz are also employed for as, is, us and
as, is, us. The student should familiarize himself with the forms
of the characters until he can write out the list of signs by heart.
Compound In addition to simple syllables many signs in Assyrian repre-
syllables. sent wnat have been cMed compound syllables, that is to say,
sounds consisting of a vowel between two consonants, such as
//'/, kun, mar. The word X^t ^|^> lud-lul, "let me bow down",
for instance is written in compound syllables. Both simple and
compound syllables are employed in the following words: —
S= Hf A*Hfff> "*'*""' "' aPPointed" ; E<£>< ET £^T> M-ma-da,
"let him learn"; fc|>TO ^T ^THI* in-na-bit, "he fled" ; t^]]} »/-,
dan-nu, "strong" ; ^£|e E^f >^-, /jar-ra-nu, "road" ; ^<( ^J|
t^y *-f^\, man-da-at-tu, "tribute".
The length This syllabic method of writing was not well adapted for
C 1
o vowe s, accurateiy marking the difference between the long and the short
and the
doubling vowels, or for distinguishing between single and doubled con-
of conso- sonants. In the case of open syllables there are however two
ways in which it is possible to indicate that the vowel is long: —
(i) One method is to write after the syllable the sign for the
vowel which it contains ; thus to indicate the a of the syllable
na is long (/. e. na, not na) it may be written *~* T J^, na-a, e. g.
ndru "river" is generally written >~* J J^ ^JTT, na~a~ru. Similarly
la, "not", can be written *-^ J^, la-a ; belu, "lord", can be
written ►« ^J^ J^JJ, be-e-lu ; riiru, "yoke", can be written £yy~
^E ^HL ni-i-ru ; nunu, "fish", can be written **{- ^Jf^ *^~,
nu-u-nu. It must not be assumed however that the vowel in a
simple syllable is short when the corresponding vowel sign is
not added, for we rind ndru written *~^J ^HL na-ru ; Id written
*~E| > to » b'to written ►-< ffiPf, bt-iu ; niru written £yy~ ^JTT« ni-ru;
IDEOGRAMS
XXXV
nunu written ^- +£-, nu-nu. (2) The other method of indicating '
the length of a vowel is to double the following consonant,
e. g. ruku "distant" is written ^JTT E^V^T ►Z^Z^, ru-uk-ku. When
a consonantal sound is sharpened in pronunciation and should
be doubled in writing it is generally doubled by the Assyrians,
e* g. tifakin, "he was placed", is written £^J| ^ J^J][> iX-Xa-km;
sometimes, however, the doubled consonant is not indicated
in writing.
The Assyrians, however, did not always write in syllables, Ideograms,
but often used one sign by itself to represent a complete word.
The reason of this will be readily seen when it is remembered
that each of the signs was originally a picture representing a
complete idea and that the syllabic values of the characters
were only subsequently developed. The Assyrians, then, while
employing their characters as syllables in writing words pho-
netically, continued to use many of them in their old sense as
pictures or symbols for a whole idea ; in other words they used
many of their signs as ideograms. The sign £^J, for instance,
was used as an ideogram for abu "father" ; the sign || for aplu
"son" ; the sign ►^f- for ilu "god" ; the sign ►►JJ for alu "city".
The following list of some of the common ideograms should be
learnt by heart ; this can best be done by writing out a few of
them at a time.
Ideogram Pronun-
ciation
►->f- ilu
fcfc^^f- kakkabu
» YTTT ruhu
Meaning
god
star
man
king
noble
lord
Ideogram
Pronun-
ciation
bellu
niSu
abu
ummu
aBatu
aplu
Meaning
lady
people
father
?TT*T
mother
*1 1 1
wifip
-JJ belu
W llv
son
c*
List of
common
ideograms.
XXXVI
INTRODUCTION
Ideogram
Pronun-
ciation
Meaning
Ideogram
Pronun-
ciation
Meaning
List of
:ommon
deograms
afru
ardu
ziru
iumu
brother
slave
seed, de-
scendant
name
bltu
parakku
babu
duru
house, temple
shrine
gate
wall
**TT
zumru
body
**%
Itbittu
brick
<T-
inu
eye
Bffl
abnu
stone
S:H
pu
mouth
*T
ifu
wood
*m
Itidnu
tongue
•/■
falmu
image
*h
uznu
ear
m
subdiu
garment
JT
katu
m
hand
<TW
duppu
tablet
<EE
Upu
foot
^m
patru
dagger
ESE<
idu
libbu
imnu
side
heart
right
tahdzu
kablu
$abu
battle
midst ;
battle
warrior
-in
lumilu
left
*TTT<
sukkallu
messenger
•
z=&r<
$iru
flesh
w^
harrdnu
road
<zm&
murfu
sickness
~Ii
karanu
wine
-T<
baldtu
•
life
j3
likaru
strong drink
HTT*
napiMu
kiUaiu
kibratu
life, soul
host, the
world
region,
quarter
of heaven
ttatu
r'elu
palu
ar&u
fire
beginning
reign, year
of reign
month
4tff
Saru
wind
*r
umu
day
<©
ir§itu
earth
<^
muht
night
V
mdtu
land
s=T*
alpu
ox
^TT
alu
city
£?T&
imeru
ass
IDEOGRAMS
XXXV
Ideogram
Pronun-
ciation
Meaning
Ideogram
Pronun-
ciation
Meaning
HTI
iffuru
bird
A
tabu
•
good
*Hfff<
firu
serpent
<MH
limnu
evil
JH
nunu
fish
«*^
nakdsu
to cut off
<ff
ellu
bright
<T£
Sardpu
to burn
*&l
firu
exalted
HTI*
baXu
to be
*m
dannu
mighty
Ik
t'iu
to have
ET-
rabu
great
M
nadanu
to give
z&
sihru
small
~T
alaku
to go \
<Mf
damku
m
favourable
V
lakdnu
to set
*r
nakru
hostile
$h
epttu
to make
All the ideograms in the above list consist of one sign only. Ideograms
Two or more signs however are sometimes employed together comPose
as an ideogram for a word. Thus the signs J^ *->j- are em- more
ployed together as an ideogram for zunnu "rain", J^ {J>~ for SI8ns-
dimtu "weeping", t^\ ^ for ekallu "palace", t£fl} EJ*- for
abullu "city-gate", ^^ >f- for purussil "decision", ►J^ \tt
for Xuttu "dream", ►t^f && ^T for suluppu "date", ]} *]]]
for eklu "field", ^yj X^\ for apsu "abyss", >-*f- >£]]] for
elu "high", ^Jgf gtyyj for Uplu "low", ^U 4^L for eteru "to
be straight, right", etc. It is possible to explain some ideograms
of two or more signs as a combination of simple ideograms, e. g.
y^ *~>f- "rain" from y^ "water" and *~>{- "heaven", i. e. heaven-
water = rain ; y^ {J*- "tears, weeping" from y^ "water" and
<y- "eye" ; t^\J] £]*■ "palace" from £:]]]] "house" and £]>-
"great" ; t£fl^ Ej^- "city - gate" from ££fl| "gate" and ^^
"great". The existence of ideograms in Assyrian composed of
two or more characters is due to the fact that when the Assyrians,
or rather the Babylonians, received their signs from the Sumer-
ians, they retained also the Sumerian way of writing certain
words; though they wrote the word in Sumerian, however,
XXXVIII INTRODUCTION
they pronounced the Assyrian word which corresponded to it in
meaning; in fact they regarded these Sumerian words as sym-'
bols for their Assyrian equivalents in meaning. A similar use of
borrowed words or expressions may be seen in certain sym-
! bols employed at the present day, when a reader renders "i. e."
by "that is", or "e. g." by "for example". In each of these
phrases the Latin original stands in precisely the same relation
to its English rendering as the Sumerian word used as an ideo-
gram to its Assyrian equivalent. This fact, though explaining the
existence of ideograms, does not help the learner to understand
them ; he must content himself with remembering that certain
signs, or groups of signs, were regarded by the Assyrians as
symbols for certain words.
Perhaps the principal reason that the Assyrian method of
writing is somewhat complicated is to be sought in the fact
olyphons. that many signs are polyphons, in other words they have more
than one syllabic value and are used as ideograms for more
than one word. Thus YJ, which has the syllabic value at is used
as an ideogram for aplu "son" and mu "water" ; the sign T^T
has the syllabic values ku. dur and tut and is used as an ideo-
gram for subatu "garment" and aSdbu "to dwell" ; ^T has the
syllabic values ud, tu, tarn, pir, lah, his and is used as an ideo-
gram for SamSu "sun", umu "day" and pisu "white". The exi-
stence of this polyphony may be explained by supposing that the
same sign might be used as an ideogram for synonymous or
closely connected words (it being easy to trace, for instance, the
connection between "sun", "day" and "white"), and subsequently
for words of similar sound ; while from the meanings so ob-
tained various syllabic values were developed. To what exent the
Assyrian signs are polyphonous, the student may judge for himself
by referring to the List of Signs at the end of the Introduction.
From the above brief summary of the various methods in
which the Assyrians employed their characters it will be ob-
DETERMINATIVES XXXIX
served that a sign may possibly be used in one of three ways :
(a) as a syllable in a word written phonetically, or (b) as an
ideogram representing a whole word, or (c) as one sign in a
group of two or more signs which together form an ideogram
for a whole word. It will be obvious that this method of writ-
ing would often be ambiguous, and that the Assyrians them-
selves felt it to be so is proved by the means they took to
simplify it. To many words they attached certain signs, which
have been called determinatives, to indicate the class of thing Deter-
to which the word belongs. The majority of these determina- min*tlves>
tives are placed before the words to which they refer ; they
are never pronounced but are intended to help the reader to
understand the word that follows them. In the following list
of determinatives examples are added illustrating their use: —
►*f- (the ideogram for ilu "god") is placed before the names Deter-
of deities, e. g. «f <£3*T, Marduk; ^ *], SamaS ; £JJtri^
•Hf- <«, Sin; «f- ^yfyj % E-a; «f- ^4f, Ram- cede rtie
manu; i-iJf- ►jfcj, Nabu; ^- ^, AShtr; ►►f- ^jjjf, mar; word-
HP EH y^ ST3^, Tal-me-tum; ^f £^[ <J|J
►-/"T, Dam~ki-na.
y is placed before male proper names, e. g. T ►^p- ►^ *"^yy
KJw< y^**- ^"tyy ►^y* Sin-ahePl-er-ba, Sennacherib;
E- Sar-ra, Tiglathpileser ; j ]}< }} Jgfl ]} tzJJJtz, ffa-
za-ki~a-u, Hezekiah ; T *-JT t^UJ Hnl ^^» ffu-utn-ri-i,
Omri ; J fcgjf tfUt % la-u-a, Jehu.
\>- is placed before female proper names, e. g. •£*- fcVjFF
t^TTT <MTI fe^TTT 5fr -ft* Hf. A*-ta-ar-ta-«Mfk»,
Stratonice.
V (the ideogram for ^a/» "country*', and Sadu "mountain")
is placed before the names of countries and mountains,
<• # V ^ ^i Mu-sur, Egypt ; V ^J < ^Jf, Av<-«-
«, Ethiopia ; V t£= ^y E^V**" *7, Pa-la-as-tu, Philistia;
XL
INTRODUCTION
Deter-
minatives
that pre-
cede the
word.
V JgQf *T <Tt£ Lu-ud-di, Lydia ; V tf\] +*H ^M,
Lab ~na- na, Lebanon ; ^ ff ^ ^ J *~* J , ffa -ma-na, Mt.
Amanus.
KJS (tne ideogram for am'elu "man") is placed before the
names of tribes and professions, c. g. KJyy ^ 4J+- t^y
KaMi-i, the Kassites ; ££^ f^EI p^tf ^►►f- ]} ►^|<,
M-ba-'-a-ti, the Nabataeans ; ££^ £[ >-jfcy ^^T ^T
►^"T TI TI, Ma-ak-ka-du-na-ai, the Macedonians; ^£m
Tf, M/ii/, "governor"; g^ tJJJ, &**;«, "priest" ; ^^ JJ
^^jy, tf.fi/, "physician"; ^yyy ^UJ ^^,otj/^i/, "sailor".
►^TJ (the ideogram for <?/*/ "city") is placed before the names
of cities, e. g. ^J | ►yf" >J^- | y» Ni-nu-a, Nineveh ; ^tjy
n^y^y »^^=yy 4^*nr *^» Ur-sa-li-im-mu, Jerusalem ;
►tJT ty ^| ^I<J H3J ^"y, Is-ka-al-lu-na, Askelon;
^TT V ^TTT^ *^ffl> Gar-ga-mi$, Carchemish.
y^ J>£j (the ideogram for nam "river") is placed before the
names of rivers, e. g. f^ ^f ►*- ►>-, Idiklat or Diktat, the
Tigris; J^ J>*J y^ ►yy>-, Purdtu, the Euphrates; y^ jJpf
^yyy^ ^y y^ #-&-</, the Euixus.
ty (the ideogram for isu "wood") is placed before the names
of trees, woods, and wooden objects, t. g. tf £~2£~|y
^^yf, burdtu, "pine" ; £] JE^j^ftfi erinu^ "cedar";
tT Hfl*» '"^ "door"; ty ^TTT^ ^T HffL *»-*«-".
"beams".
^yyy^: (the ideogram for lammu "plant") is placed before the
names of plants, e. g. t^JJ^. ^ESfff *J^~ »TT I' maS/akal,
the maStakal - plant ; E^E JEJ E^ £-^, ku-un-gu,
the £iMgw-plant.
£|y"^f (the ideogram for j^/ik "stone") is placed before the
names of stones, t.g.^jffi ff V> tiknu9 "lapis lazu/i"; £pj-<y
►T ^^ ET^"» parutu, "alabaster".
DETERMINATIVES XLI
T^T (the ideogram for $ubdtu "garment") is placed before the Detcr-
names of stuffs and garments, e. g. JEJ 4^£E J^, fruttu, ™l!j iy
a ceremonial garment ; JEJ *J-, &'/«, a kind of cloth ; cede the
HJ ISDf ***TTT* Hf<» ^-^-^ "garments". word-
TEJTf (the ideogram for Hpatu "fleece, wool") is placed be-
fore the names of wools and woollen stuffs, e. g. JEJJ^
s£TTT n •^f. ia-kil-tu' "PurPle w°o1" ; HIIE <WTI
^"TTT^ KK *^~* ar-ga-man-nu, "crimson wool".
ErJ^ (the ideogram for karpatu "vessel") is placed before the
names of vessels, e. g. t^\}£ J} fci^TT *"tT"£"^T» a~da~gur9
a vessel for incense.
]£► (the ideogram for imiru "ass") is placed before the names
of some of the larger animals, e. g. £^j>£ V E^IT» Si's*'
"horse" ; £""*¥►»• *S^ ?rfl* gammaluy "camel" ; ^I?T»>-
a-fi, "dromedaries".
J^TJ (the ideogram for immeru "lamb, sheep") is placed be-
fore words for sheep, e. g. J^Jj ^E|T ^Jr 5fH si-e-m\
"sheep".
+~< (the ideogram for Sim "flesh") is sometimes placed be-
fore parts of the body, e. g. C^^^< Jf^Skj ktiadu, "neck";
E^^>~< fc^, iriu, "breast".
^ (the ideogram for arhu "month") is placed before the
names of the months, e. g. ►y' j EJ3 Nisannu, Nisan.
rfcif*-*^- (the ideogram for kakkabu "star") is placed before the
names of stars and planets, e. g. Ez£z^*-*^- ►— ►-<, Dil-
bat, Venus ; fczfc:^^- ^jy^: ^5J, Karradu, Mars.
A few determinatives follow the words to which they refer : Detcr-
\Jp| (the ideogram for airu "place") is placed after the names m,nat,ves
.... that fol-
of many towns and districts, even when preceded by the jow tyit
determinatives ^ ("country") or ►►JJ ("city"), c. g. {Hi, word.
V*TO {&, BshOu, Babylon ; t*K<\ <Jg[, Ninua,
Nineveh ; *J E<§lT <Jgf, Larsam ; *] J^f i^ffflf <JEJ,
XLII
INTRODUCTION
Deter-
minatives
after num-
bers and
measures.
Methods
of indicat-
ing the
plural.
Phonetic
comple-
ments.
Sippar ; V {t^\ E] {M> &<"»'"> Elam J V "M^W
^Jgf, Akkadu, Akkad.
+~\\ (the ideogram for issuru "bird") is placed after the names
of birds, e. g. g5^J ^JJ, naSru, "eagle"; «-J^ ^,«-
nuntu, "swallow"; >-^E| »-JJf summatu, "dove".
^^ (the ideogram for nunu "fish") is placed after the names
of fish but is of rare occurrence.
The signs &£*- and ^^*~< are used as determinatives after
numbers, while the sign-groups J^ *~Hr~ anc* t^TTT T^ *~HT are
placed as determinatives after numbers and measures.
The plural of words is also indicated by means of certain
signs or determinatives which are placed after the words to
which they refer. The commonest sign for the plural is !»»►►,
e. g. >-*f-, ilu, "god", ►►f- |«^-, Hani, "gods" ; V, «a/«, "land",
V !»»►►) ma/a/i, "lands". The sign J| is frequently used to mark
the plural of things which occur regularly in pairs, e. g. ^E|, kdiu,
"hand", ^Jyy, kdta, "hands"; ^, /««,"eye", ^JJ, ina, "eyes";
^^y,/^,"side",^^yyy, ida, "sides". The signs |>-, ►*-, and
4^|| are also placed after a word to indicate that it is in the
plural. Another method of indicating the plural of a word ex-
pressed by an ideogram was to write the ideogram twice, e. g.
►►f-, ilu, "god", p**f- ►*f-f Hani, "gods"; V, ^«> "land", V V
matati, "lands".
Such are the principal determinatives employed by the As-
syrians and they prove of great assistance to the reader by sim-
plifying his analysis of the text. Many ideograms, however, are
not furnished with determinatives and the reading of these would
often be uncertain or ambiguous were it not for an ingenious
device of the Assyrian scribes. This consists in adding to the
ideogram a phonetic sign expressing the final syllable of the
word which the ideogram is intended to represent ; the syllable
so added has been conveniently named the ideogram's phonetic
complement. A few examples will illustrate the use of the
DETERMINATIVES AND PHONETIC COMPLEMENTS XLIII
phonetic complement. The sign *-*j~ is used as an ideogram Phonetic
both for ilu, "god" and Samu (pi. fame), "heaven" ; when the syl- comp e"
lable £:J^, e, is added to the ideogram (/'. e. ►qp ^|f) it indi-
cates that *-^f- in that passage is not to be read as ilu, "god",
but as Xamt, "the heavens". The sign ^JEJ is used as an ideo-
gram for ////, "with", atruy "place", and ir§itu (with the accusative
termination, ir$ita) "earth" ; when the syllable ^JIJ, ta, is added
(*. e. 4^\ ttJIJ) it indicates that ^JEJ in that passage is to be
read irsita. The sign ^|*~^f is used as an ideogram both for
the substantive dumku, "favour" and for the adjective damku, "fa-
vourable" ; when the sign ^J, fu, is added (i. e. \^^i^ *[) it
indicates that the ideogram is to be read as damikiu, the feminine
singular of the adjective damku. In the case of a verb expressed by
an ideogram the particular verbal inflection intended by the writer
is frequently indicated by means of the phonetic complement.
We have now seen how words in Assyrian could be either
written out phonetically in syllables or expressed by ideograms
and how this rather complicated system of writing was simpli-
fied by the use of additional signs as determinatives and pho-
netic complements, — the former indicating the general character
of words, the latter furnishing clues to their actual readings. Analysis
We will now take a passage from an Assyrian text and see exlract
from an
how the signs are there employed. The following is an extract Assyrian
from a historical inscription. text
XLIV
INTRODUCTION
>~0-<
Analysis
of extract
from an
Assyrian
text.
The first point the reader will observe is that the signs run
on and are not clearly divided into words, though a line in the
inscriptions always ends with a complete word. It is true that
some scribes, especially in writing religious or poetical composi-
tions, leave a clear space between each word, and when special
attention is to be called to the division of two words the sign
^ is placed between them. As a general rule however the signs
run on without clear division and the correct division of words
is one of the first difficulties to be overcome by the beginner.
We will now break the passage up into words indicating under
each sign the wray it is to be read and its meaning.
ina Sant(e) gir - ri - ia
In second my expedition
a - na mdiu Mu-§ur u
to Egypt and
VUKtfl 5ff!T*T<«*MT A£^TT^
mJtu Ku-u-si
Ethiopia
uS - te - ei - ie - ra
I directed
liar - ra - nu
the way.
f JH ^TT ET & sff xW T- A4f *!•
m
Ur - da - ma - ni - e
Urdamane
alu Mf - m
Memphis
Pi
AW HF- h^ EI ff ^T M ^TT *&
u - mal - Sir - ma
abandoned and
(/ - na
to
$u - zu
save
ub
SarrdniF1
napiitim (Jim) - $u
his life
in - na - &'/
he fled.
The kings
DETERMINATIVES AND PHONETIC COMPLEMENTS XLV
g^ ^t J^* £~* <Jg[ 3= ff ^ ^t ^t tEflf Analysis
d>rf/" AiJaftV' *«*/« K - pa-a- ni ina tarsi - w ?f extract
. from an
governors prefects into my presence ASSyrjan
*7 - h' - ku - u ~ nim - ma u - na - a$ - ti-
came and kissed
i <Ee*TT*eTJ
my feet.
The translation runs: "In my second expedition I directed
the way to Egypt and Ethiopia. Urdamane abandoned Mem-
phis and fled to save his life. The kings, governors and pre-
fects came into my presence and kissed my feet."
The determinatives are marked by x, the phonetic comple-
ments by +, and the ideograms by + ; the rest of the signs are
simply employed phonetically as syllables. In the transliteration
it will be observed that the determinatives are printed in smaller
type above the line, e. g. mdtut the determinative for lands, alu, the
determinative for cities, am*iu, the determinative for classes of
men and m, corresponding to J, which is placed before male
proper names ; similarly the signs for the plural, p! and 7/, are
printed above the line ; phonetic complements are printed within
parentheses. This system of transliteration has been employed
in the texts in the main body of the book.
Now that the Assyrian method of writing has been described,
it will be convenient, before passing to the consideration of the
separate parts of speech, to refer briefly to the principal phonetic
changes which take place among the consonants in Assyrian. PnnclPa
phonetic
These changes are due to the fact that certain consonantal sounds changes
in Assyrian when coming together were not easy to pronounce among tne
. . , t 1 • i i i consonants
or were unpleasant to the ear, the result being that other sounds, . .
easier to pronounce or pleasanter to the ear, were substituted, rian.
XLVI
INTRODUCTION
Principal
phonetic
changes
among the
consonants
in Assy-
rian.
The reader need not delay over the list here given, for through-
out the texts in the main body of the book those phonetic
changes that might prove puzzling are explained in foot-notes;
the following list of the principal phonetic changes among the
consonants x is given for reference only : —
I. b at the end of a verb followed by the copula ma is fre-
quently assimilated to the m, e. g. erub, "he entered",
followed by the copula ma, is often written erumma.
II. d immediately followed by / or $ is assimilated to the
/ or $, e. g. karduy "strong", fern, karittu (for karidtu) ; edehi,
"to be new", eMu (for ed$u), "new".
III. m is frequently changed to n before d, /, /, st $, and k, e. g.
mundafrse (for mumdafce), "warriors", the Ifteal, Part. plur.
from mafyapUy "to smite" ; bantu (for fcamfu), "swift" ; nakantu
(for nakamtu), "treasure" ; unsu (for um§u), "hunger" ; franSu
(for hamSu), "fifth" ; dunku (for dumku), "favour" ; before
$ the n that has taken the place of m is sometimes assi-
milated to the $, e. g. hanlu, "fifth" is sometimes written
haUu.
IV. n immediately followed by a consonant is frequently assi-
milated, e. g. libittu (for libintu), "brick" ; this assimilation
of n is invariable in the Nifal and Ittafal of the verb, and
generally takes place throughout verbs of which the first
radical is n (see below, VERBS).
$ of the pronominal suffixes (see below, p. XLIX), when
immediately preceded by a dental or sibilant,2 becomes s,
e. g. mat-su (for mat-lu), "his land". A further change ge-
nerally takes place, for the preceding dental is frequently
assimilated to the s, and the preceding sibilant is always
V.
i. Of the phonetic changes that take place among the vowels in Assyrian
it may here be noted that after a preceding i or e the a of the feminine ter-
mination, sing, and plur., tends to become e (see below, p. LVII f.).
2. The consonants d, f, and t are "dentals", j, s, ?, and i are "sibilants".
PHONETIC CHANGES XLVI1
assimilated ; the s, which has taken the place of the dental Principal
or sibilant, is then dropped, e. g. kdtu, "hand", ka-su (for pt onetlc
7 r r * v changes
kds-su = kdf-su = kdi-tu), "his hand" ; dannatu, "foundation", among the
dan-na-su (for dannas-su = dannat-su = dannaMu\ "its foun- consonants
in Assv~
dation"; lirhis, "may he overwhelm", li-ir-fa'-su (for lirhis-su = r-an
lirhis-su = lirhis-Su), "may he overwhelm him".
VI. / in the Ifteal and Iftaal of the verb (see below, VERBS)
undergoes the following changes : —
(a) when it follows z, s, or s it is assimilated, e. g. issafrur (for
istahur), Ifteal, Pret. from saftdru, "to turn" ; ussabbii (for
ustabbit\ Iftaal, Pret. from sabdiu, "to take".
(b) when it follows g it becomes d, e. g. igdamar (for igtamar),
Ifteal, Pret. and Pres., from gamaru "to complete" ;
ugdaUar (for ugtattar), Iftaal, Pres. from gaSdru, "to
strengthen".
(c) when it follows m or n it may become d, e. g. imdafris (for
imtahif), Ifteal, Pret. from mahdsu, "to smite" ; umdaUir
(for utntaltir), "he let loose", Iftaal, Pret. from [materu].
(d) when it follows k it may become /, e. g. ikterib (for ikterib\
Ifteal, Pret. from kardbu, "to approach".
VII. A sibilant which immediately precedes a dental is frequently
changed to /, e. g. rapSu, "broad", fern. sing, rapaliu (for
rapaltti) ; ult'eli (for uXtcli), Ishtafal, Pret. from elu, "to be
high". Similarly, when two sibilants come together, the
former frequently becomes /, e. g. ilst (for /'&/), Kal, Pret.
from fasti, "to speak". The combination U, instead of
changing to //, sometimes becomes ss or s, e. g. issapar,
isapra (for iVapar, iltapra), Ifteal, Pret. from lapdru, "to send".
VIII. In place of doubling a consonant, m or n is sometimes
added after the preceding vowel, e. g. inamdin for inaddin =
inddin (see below, VERBS), Kal, Pres. from naddnu, "to give" ;
ittananmar for ittanammar = ittandmar (see below, VERBS),
Ittanafal, Pres. from amdru, "to see".
XLVIII INTRODUCTION
Pronouns.
Personal The personal pronouns to express the nominative are: —
pronouns
to express Sing. I. anaku Plur. I. antnu, anlni, nlnu, hint
the nomi- ?| 2 m. atla „ 2 m. attunu
native.
>i
2 f. atti
„ 3 m. iu „ 3 m. fo/w, fo/i
' „ 3 f . it „ 3 f. hna
The following examples illustrate their use: —
y jgf »-fc£y ^t^T IS! ISf *=flk» ***"** a™*-** /«-««-/«/,
"may I thy servant live"; ^^f^ JT^^Iii! tt^ EJ, a*'
bi anaku Sum-ma, "I spoke as follows"; *-^p- "J^Ef IHfT ^^I<
^pyy ^ t£\ t^yyy, iluNin-ib M^ *«*. "O Ninib, a hero
art thou"; ^y^y<^y ^ry^f^ry^ «f*y|,«/-
A'-am na-an-na-ra/ $ame(t), "thou art the light of heaven" ; Ef fc^fy^
Uf *J ^ 55£J, **-* ip-par-h-id, "as for him, he fled" ; <J>-
£a um-ma, "she (Ishtar) informs thee thus" ; y^ £yjr *yy~ *yy~
^Z^J^yy ►^y ►t J^Ji a-ni-ni ni-il-la-ka, "we are going"; *~^y
Sffl ^E \|HF »TT~ ^E SfH 'a »/-i-</i m'-i-ni, "we do not under-
stand" ; tgj ^ ^- «^«f «=Hf- fcgfcj -JI
^Z^JE, ai-tu-nu kakkabani far- fiu- turn, "ye mighty stars" ; 7 +J-
t3*/-*i yj E^yy tj<y *^i=yy I •t6, *«-»« #-»*-«/ a-m-ai-u
$u-nu, "as for them, the offspring of Hades are they" ; ^[ ^ yi
►^jEz ^^ *~i » par-§a-a-tum ti-na, "lies are they".
Personal The personal pronouns to express the genitive and accusa-
pronouns tiye are ._
to express
the geni- Sing. i. jafi, taJft Plur. I. nidti, nidfi
tiVC an. „ 2 m. kdtu, kdiuy ha $a „ 2 m. katunu, kdtunu
accusative.
„ 2 f . hah', kdti
„ 3 m. SdXu „ 3 m. SdSunu, $d$un
„ 3 f . $a$a
PRONOUNS XLIX
The following examples illustrate their use : —
4J>- {££ fc£ t£\} ]} ►►!<, h-mi-t ia-a-ti, "Hearken (O goddess)
unto mc" ; ^t^J ]] ^ t=t=| t\J\ ^ttJ, ito-tf-Ai ap-kid-ka,
"thee I have commanded" ; JJ ►^J ^M TiF ^ I^Df ^TTT^
^Inl *^» a~na ta-a~t* lu'u ful-mu, "unto thee (O queen) may
there be peace" ; ^T JJ J gjj= JgJ ^J? $a-a-$u aUu-la, "him I
carried off" ; ^ |^ V fc?V?L ►«, fo-a-fo af-bat, "her I captured" ;
^ tg\] i^y<, m-^-//, "us"; <jej ^y ^H yj I >/-, *-** **-
tf-Ji/-»», "like you" ; V TU fcffi *& WR 5S1' *a-a-iu-un ub-
lu-nU "them did they bring".
The pronominal suffixes attached to nouns are: — Pronom-
inal suf-
Sing. I. i, a,ia Plur. i. ni fixes at-
„ 2 m. ha „ 2 m. *i//i«, *i//i tached to
i>
2 f . *l
nouns.
„ 3m,-Ai,/ „ 3 m. Sunu (rarely tunuti)
„ 3 f. fa, $ „ 3 f. h'na, tin
The following examples illustrate their use: —
«f- 1^^ i7i-wf "my god" ; ^JJ ^, fc/i-w, "my lord" ; ►- V
y^, ma mati-a, "in my land" ; £f y^ +-\^\j ma-a-ri> "my son" ;
^<§1 ^in ^t^T, «*-/*-&, "thy name" ; {\gp $z ^z\]
►£££[> di-pa-ra-ka, "thy torch" ; +->\- ^1 ^Jg[, an-ni-ki, "thy
mercy" ; ££ Hffl JeT «f-n-/«f "its place" ; ^] ^g= J, sk-
»i«r-*«, "his body"; ^ ^ »-^y £^*y, ti-ma-/u-u!, "his destiny" ;
£J=yy <££ ^y, <fc->»/-fo, "her blood" ; <J>-}} ^, ina-Sa, "her
eyes"; *~< ^yy" ^yy", be-ili-niy "our lord" ; ^- IVy f^ £yf~y nu-ur-a-m\
"our light" ; ^ fc^ ^< JgJ »^- , hi-ta-ti-hu-nu, "your sins" ;
Ey ^DI HI B=T|f aw-**-**-** "your son" ; ^ ^T JjJ ^ j„.
Sa-lu~nu, "their property" ; ^^f ^-^\ \ ^\}}j lib-ba-Su-un, "their
heart" ; »<£J ^^Hf ^ *~T *»-#■*'-»*. "all of them" ; t£
yyy>5^y^y, f-/a-tfi, "their boundary".
INTRODUCTION
Pronom-
inal suf-
fixes at-
tached to
verbs.
Reflexive
pronoun.
Demon-
strative
pronouns.
The pronominal suffixes attached to verbs are : —
Sing. I. anm\ inni, ni Plur. i. anncfti
„ 2 m. ka, akka
„ 2 f. kty akki
„ 3 m. Xu, $, aUu
„ 3 f. Jti, it aHi
2 m. kunuti
2 f. kindh
„ 3 m. Sunu, iunuii
„ 3 f. hna, h'ndii
The following examples illustrate their use : —
*^=TT £3 <2^J ES1* U-bi-ban-ni, "may he purify me" ; &]]]&
W KWl ffiT E^=5tt Cfr* u-Sa-ki-luin-m, "they made me eat" ;
E3^[ $H ^ Sf1* id-dm-u-m, "they gave to me" ; E^RF Afc
^ W» <**-t*r-ka, "I have turned to thee" ; JJ ^JJ ^T^ ^ttJ,
a-da-nak-ka, "I shall give to thee" ; eJ<J ^jf ^Jgf, a/-*/-*/, "I have
cried to thee" ; fc^E ^] AHF" ^© <I& «•*><*-''<**-*', "I
have sought thee" ; ^a^| ^T^ 9^" I» id-di-nu-Su, "they gave
him" ; t\]]t. ^ ^|JJ ^ty £■£, u-U-ri-ba-aS, "he brought him in";
^yyj^: ^ ^J>- ^.^J gjj= j, u-$e-h-ba-a!-Su, "he made him sit" ;
JV-y £j y>- ^, lik-M-me-Si, "let him look upon her" ; £^[
^ % uS-mal-m, "1 filled it (f.)" ; eg ^[flf ppff ^J ^<[-,
t-kar-ra-ban-na-ti, "he blessed us" ; E£y fc^y ^T< JEJ »^- ^-,
at'ta-dm-ku-nu-ti, "1 have handed you over" ; g^ JEJ *-« y J >j^-,
aS-ku-na-Su-nu, "I placed upon them"; ^^^ ^££ J >J^- *~<y^»
ku-mt-Su-nu-/t, "burn them" ; ^ t= S^= ^^fT <J^ ^7 y^
►-<y^, la fap-pa-ti-Si-na-a-fi, "do not answer them".
The reflexive pronoun does not exist in Assyrian but is ex-
pressed by the substantive ramaftu "self" in combination with
the pronominal suffixes which are attached to nouns, e. g.
E^y gy ^ ]}, ra-ma-ni-a, "myself"; &zj\ ^ ^ ^ff m-nw-
/j«-kJ, "himself" ; E^ff £] ^jf! J >jA, ra-ma-ni-Su-nu, "themselves".
The demonstrative pronouns are : —
(a) Suatu "that"
Sing., m. Suafu, latu
%% f. iiaii
PRONOUNS LI
Plur., m. iuaiunUy Wunu Demon-
„ f. Sua/ina, latina strative
pronouns.
For these the following forms are sometimes used : —
Sing. m. iu ; f. SI
Plur. m. iunut Sunuti; f. tinati, hnatina
The following examples illustrate their use : —
*£TT Ml 1} *-^T> alu *u-a'*u> "that city" * E£ E^TT W
JJ i-^J ^jyy^: *|*- ^ J^j, <tf-ra fo-a-/« «-/*-#-irf "that
place I strengthened" ; ►- >4^ fj ^J>- J^ ►►!<, *>w Saili-ma
!t-a-/i, "in that same year" ; ^| ^]]&, *=E ^T T^ *iHT
ij^-, na-gi-i $u-a-tu-nu, "those districts"; ^^p J****- ^ J^
»^£J »/-, SarraniP1 Sa-a-lu-nu, "those kings"; V V J>***-
M\ ]} H^ *~T maialipl *u-a-H-na9 "those lands" ; t^J]]
f y^ y«^- T^T >^<y< ^y, *&,#*/* ta-li-na, "those palaces" ;
EJ£j ^T ^TTT^> A*™*** '*-«. "that shrine" ; ^Jjyy £j*- ^^
^ fc£, ekallum{lum) ti-i, "that palace"; ^ ^Jf Sfr
^Ey »5^-, mu-ra-ni $u-nu, "those young lions" ; ^ y » » » J "5^-
►«y<, /ofc^ iu-nu-ti, "those people" ; ^l| fcjflj ^|>- *~*~\
II *~*T^» bab&ni ti-na-a-ti, "those gates" ; £yyy ^y][ *~tft
ij*- *~*\ *~*\(> *~i» *r~ri-ti ti-na-fi-na, "those curses",
(b) annu, "this"
Sing., m. annu (Nom.) ; anrii (Gen.); anna (Ace.)
„ f. annliu (Nom.) ; anniti (Gen.) ; annita (Ace.)
Plur., m. annuii
„ f. annati
The following examples illustrate their use : —
X*"HF~ *"Hf~ *J~ K* **Piu an-nu~u* "this incantation" ; * — ^y
^££ ^Hf~ Sflh ^E» *na u'man'n*mit "a* this time" ; ^E^ ^^y
*-*^- ^^y y^ ^^ t^ V^ \? ul"tu *n-na-a e-tap-pu-tu, "after
I had done this" ; £:]% ^yjy *] *-*f- £*£ ^^IT> ^/r-/w fl«-
«/'./«, "this letter" ;^^^yy HfA<£t Hf" 5f= Hfc
*-# Jte//* an-ni-ti, "because of this dream" ; *-+{- *TT~ t^TTT
d*
LII INTRODUCTION
*— ^ T>— ^p, an-ni-ta ina U-mc-ia, "when she heard this" ;
ij^- J»»»> *~Hf~ *3^~ ^^T^' salmdniv1 an-nu-ti, "these images" ;
|^ El T^ ^-<lK *~Hf~ *~^"T I? *~*T^ a-ma-a-ii an-na-a-ti, "these
things".
(c) ul/u, "that"
Sing, ullu (Nom.) ; ulll (Gen.)
Plur. ulluti
The following examples illustrate their use : —
*y ^ <^y^ isi ^yyy^, *<*-*« «/-&-*• "that race" ; yj 4^
4p\t ^^yy fc^f, a-lri ul-li-e, "on that side"; fc=I ^tf ^
^yyy^ ^y <wk ^u ^tit^ *^y> ^-^-««-«-^ «/-/*-«-/*,
"those buildings".
(d) ^o, "this"
The form a^a is used for all numbers, genders and cases ;
the following forms also occur: —
Sing., f. agdia
Plur., m. agannutu
„ f. aganeti
The following examples illustrate their use: —
^y ^ yj &=yyy* yf u-mu *&*, "this day" ; •— ^ ^^
yf^yyy^yf, ina kak-kar a-ga-a, "on this ground"; $fc t^f]
►^T IT ^yy^ y^ fc^TTT» "•-**-''»* a-ga-a-ia, "this earth" ;
JgQf ^ yf ^yy^ ^ ^, <*«Wi a-ga-nu-U, "these words" ;
W j| ^yy^ ST ^Vl *T» maidii a'£a"nt'"€-tu> "these lands".
The rela- The relative pronoun is : —
«I!L ^ "who, which"
The relative pronoun Sa is always written ^ or gpfy
and is used for all numbers, genders and cases. When the
relative $a has the force of a genitive and would be trans-
lated in English by "whose", the substantive in the relative
clause takes the corresponding pronominal suffix, e. g. ^
noun.
NOUNS LI 1 1
ha-ru ka-bal-H, "whose (m.) onslaught is unequalled" ; ^J^ff
►^J J| ^E| , torn* rabu Sa iluBH u iluNabu ir-a-mu pa-Ia-a-to,
"a mighty king whose reign Bel and Nabu love" ; *~<
bc-cl'tum $a par-§u-$a Su~iu-ru, "a lady whose command is
mighty" ; t^\ ET 5^ JT ^?T ^ ^TTT«= t^TTT
^Ej J^J ^TTT^ Sf1 ►»tT *^T *W» um-ma-ni-Su $a la
u-ta-ad-du-u ni-ba-$u-un, "his troops whose number is not to
be known". Similarly, when Jta has the force of an accusative
or dative, the governing verb in the relative clause generally
takes the pronominal suffix, while a preposition invariably
does so, , ,. v sT 3= <flf -6lT ~Hf ^ ~nr £TTT
^Ej, to haitu ellitu{tu) na-ad-na-ta-Su, "to whom is given a
shining sceptre" ; ^ «f- { <Jg[ ^ *-|J^ ^- e^t,
to //h-Jk /'///-.fa zin-u-u, "(a man) with whom his god is angry".
Nouns.
In Assyrian, as in Hebrew and the other Semitic dialects, roots Roots.
or stem-words consist of two, three and four consonants ; of. these,
triliteral roots, or roots of three consonants are by far the most
common. A root contains in itself a meaning or idea from which
are formed both the verb and the noun (substantive and ad-
jective) ; the root in fact may be compared to a skeleton, which
when clothed with different vowels and sometimes with addi-
tional consonants gives expression to the various nominal and
verbal forms of its inherent meaning or idea. The triliteral root
NMR, for instance, contains the inherent idea of brightness or be-
ing bright, and forms the skeleton or base of the verb namaru
"to be bright", of the adjective namru "bright", and of the sub-
stantives namiriu and namurtu "brightness".
forms.
LIV INTRODUCTION
In examining an Assyrian word, therefore, the student's first
duty is to identify the root from which it is derived.1 In the
case of nouns he will find little difficulty in doing this after he
Nominal has grasped the principal forms which they assume. These may
be briefly described under the following five divisions: —
I. Many nouns are formed merely by the internal addition
of vowels to the root. As the nouns so formed begin with
the first letter of the root and do not contain other con-
sonants, their roots are easily recognised, e. g.
laknu "governor", from lakanu "to set, appoint".
zikru "name", „ zakdru "to name".
Su/mu "peace", „ Saldmu "to be complete,
prosperous".
nakaru "hostile", „ nakdru "to be different,
hostile".
zdkipu "post", „ zakapu "to set up, erect".
lubutu "garment", „ labatu "to cloth oneself.
Many nouns in addition to their internal vowels take
also the feminine terminations aiuy i/u, or tu (see below,
p. LVI f.), e. g.
nisirlu "treasure", from nasdru "to watch, guard".
puluhtu "fear", „ paldfiu "to fear".
II. In some nouns the second or the third letter of the root
is doubled, e. g.
1 In most Assyrian dictionaries the words are arranged as far as possible
under their respective roots and not necessarily according to the consonants
or vowels with which they happen to begin. As Assyrian possesses no alphabet
•it is impossible to cite in cuneiform a root composed only of consonants. A
common expedient therefore is to use Hebrew characters in citing Assyrian
roots, as the Hebrew alphabet contains consonants which correspond to the
consonantal sounds in Assyrian (see above p. XXVI). As however the consonants
in themselves are incapable of being pronounced the Infinitive of the verb is
frequently cited as the root. Thus the root XMR may be cited (i) in Hebrew
characters as the root 1Q3, or (2) in transliteration as namdru. Here and in
the Vocabulary the latter plan has been adopted.
NOUNS LV
kattapu "magician", from [kaidpu] "to bewitch". Nominal
pilakku "axe", „ [palaku] "to strike, slay". °rms'
III. Some nouns are formed by the addition of prefixes. The
roots of these nouns are less easy to identify than those
of the nouns in sections I and II, as they do not begin
with the first letter of the root. The prefix may take the
form of
(a) a vowel, e. g., ikribu "prayer", from karabu "to bless,
to pay homage to".
(b) m (or n, when the root contains a labial, i. e. b, m
maikanu "place", from Sakdnu "to set".
mdlaku "way", „ aldku "to go".
mUaru "righteousness", „ \eUru\ "to be straight".
narkabtu "chariot", „ rakabu "to ride".
nardmu "love", „ rdmu "to love".
napbaru "totality", „ pafidru "to collect".
(c) J, e. g. iahluklu "destruction", from haldku "to be de-
stroyed"; Surbu "great", from rabu "to be great".
(d) /, e. g. tamharu "fight", from mahdru "to oppose" ;
tdriifru "sighing", from [andhu] "to sigh".
IV. In a few nouns a / is inserted after the first letter of the
root, e. g.
gitmdlu "perfect", from gamdlu "to complete".
ritpdtu "wide", „ rapdiu "to be wide".
V. Some nouns are provided with special terminations, of
which the principal are
(a) the termination dnu, e. g. ktirbdnu "offering", from
karabu "to pay homage to".
(b) the termination u, e. g. arku "future", from [arakti]
"to be behind" ; mahru "former", from mahdru "to
oppose, to • be opposite".
LVI
INTRODUCTION
Genders.
(c) the termination u/ut by which abstracts are formed
from a few concrete nouns, c. g. b'dutu "lordship",
from b'elu "lord" ; Hutu "divinity", from ilu "god" ;
tarrutu "royalty", from tarru "king".
A few nouns, derived from stems the first radical of which is
weak,1 have dropped the initial vowel and begin with the second
radical, c. g. biltu "tribute", from abalu "to bring" ; lidu and littu
"child", from aladu "to bear" ; simtu "adornment", from asdmu "to
be adorned"; tubtu "dwelling", from aiabu "to dwell".
Assyrian possesses two genders masculine and feminine. The
majority of substantives are either masculine or feminine, but
some are of common gender. The feminine of adjectives and
of some masculine substantives is formed by the addition of
atu or of the shortened form tu to the nominal stem, c. g.
Formation
of the
feminine.
Xarru
malku
ardu
kalbu
maru
bukru
rubu
dannu
nakru
gamru
damku
•
kabiu
raptu
arku
"king", iarra/u "queen",
"prince", malkatu "princess",
"slave", ardatu "handmaid",
"dog", kalbatu "bitch",
"son", mdrtu "daughter",
"first-born" (m.), bukurtu "first-born"
"great", fern, rubdtu.
"strong", „ dannatu,
"hostile", „ nakirtu.
"whole", „ gamirtu.
"favourable", „ damiktu.
"heavy", „ kabittu.
"broad", „ rapattu.
"green", „ aruktu.
(f.).
i. The stems, from which these nouns are derived, begin in other Semitic
languages with the consonant 1 ; this consonant is only represented in the cor-
responding Assyrian words by a vowel (sec above, p. XXVII f.).
NOUNS • LVII
tabu "good", fern, fdbtu.
ruku "distant", „ ruktu.
After a preceding i or e, the a in the feminine termination
atuy generally becomes /', e. g.
ellu "bright", fern, ellitu.
fihru "small", „ §iliritu and §i(iirtu.
zinu "angry", „ zinitu.
riminuj rimnu "merciful", fern, rimnttu.
elu "high", fern, elitu.
Some adjectives form their feminine in itu though not pre-
ceded by i or e, c. g.
radii "great", fern, rabiiu.
nadu "fallen", „ nadltu.
daru "lasting", „ darttu.
A few adjectives form their feminine in utu, e. g.
Surbu "great", fern. Xurbutu.
taku "high", „ Sakutu.
The plural of nouns in Assyrian is formed by the addition The Plural
of various terminations to the nominal stem. Substantives in ^° su
stantives.
the plural take the following terminations: —
(a) e, e. g. iamu "heaven", plur. tame.
mu "water", „ me.
malku "prince", „ malki.
niiu "people", „ nile.
N. B. The interchange of the vowels e and * al-
ready referred to (see above p. XXVI) is especially fre-
quent in this form of the plural, e. g. the plural of
malku may be written ^\\\ ^I^J> mal-M, that of ntiu,
(b) ant, e. g. ilu "god", plur. Hani.
hurSu "mountain", „ hurSani.
ardu "slave", „ ardani.
LV1II INTRODUCTION
(c) <j, especially the plural of parts of the body which occur
in pairs, e. g.
inu "eye", plur. in J.
uznu "ear", „ vznd.
idu "side", „ ida.
(d) ati, the plural of substantives with the feminine termi-
nation in the singular; should the preceding syllable
contain an / or e, the a of the plural termination
generally becomes e, e. g.
larratu "queen", plur. larrati.
kibralu "region", „ kibratu
tdmtu "sea", „ tdmdii.
bcltu "lady", „ beliti.
Some substantives form their plural in ati or Hi
though in the singular they are without the feminine
termination, e. g.
nam "river", plur. ndrdii.
kanu "reed", „ kandli.
kudurru "boundary", „ kudurreti.
Many substantives have more than one form of plural, e. g.
y ^ft fcz| J, Sa-di-c (i. e. fade), and V ]>++>- ^T, *adani rl (w),
occur as plurals of Sadu, "mountain"; EtJK ^Jk ^-IT Eir~r*-e
(/'. e. girre), and ^^ ^|JJ ^Jf **H^ gir-ri-e-ti (/. e. girriti) occur
as plurals of girru, "expedition'*.
(2.) of ad- The masculine plural of adjectives is formed by means of
jcctivcH. tjlc termination *///, the feminine plural by the termination afi,
which generally becomes eti after a preceding / or e, e. g.
adjective masc. plur. fern. plur.
damku "favourable",
damkuti,
damkdti.
•
rabu "great",
rabuti,
rabd/i.
galru "strong",
gairutU
galrdti.
ellu "bright",
dluti,
ettiii.
riiku "distant",
rukutiy
rukdti and rukiti.
• •
NOUNS LIX
The adjective generally follows the substantive to which it Position
of the
adjective.
refers, e. g. ^Zfa tjjf *J~, tor» dan-nu, "mighty king";ofthe
It
It
►i^- y***>- ^J>- J****-, 1Z&11 *' rabuti Pl, "the great gods";
*T T^" ^DDf r^^ ►►!<» *',w' ™-*"-'', "distant days". When
special emphasis is to be laid upon the adjective it is placed
before the substantive, e. g. >^\ ►^^JJ ^*» UJ ►^J
V >^S^yy, da-li-ih-tu mai-su, "his disordered land".
Substantives and adjectives in the singular end in one of the Case-
three vowels «, i and a, which as a general rule may be regarded en ,D85s"
as marking the nominative, the genitive and the accusative case
respectively, e. g. ^J *^ \IeJ ^Mi ^^ \HL Sv-mu-ki si-i-ru,
thy name is exalted" ; ►< 4^~ f^JJJ }}{ *"TT^> ^"^ /a-&a-zt,
lady of battle" ; t£l$ ►£! ^E ^TII ^" ^ **"/fl '-*«*-*«-*»
"a £ry they utter". To this rule, however, exceptions con-
stantly occur, the case endings being often employed indiscrimin-
ately, e. g. *yyy „ty <jg[ ^^yy ^- ^<, a-h*-u &*»&,
"may thy heart have rest" ; tf- S^t *JH <tj^ A4f ^T ^JTT,
nu-u-ru ul im-ma-ru, "the light they do not behold". The ter-
mination i in substantives in the nominative or accusative is
frequently not the case-ending but the suffix of the first person
singular, e. g. 15A *~-J]\ Kj*-" Er^TT^, nu-ri lim-mir, "may my light
shine" ; <y>- <££ fcjf ]J^ >^^yy ►►!<, tf-mi-* to-/!-//, "hear
my prayer".
To substantives and adjectives the particle ma, or its shortened Mimation
form m, is frequently appended. Whatever may have been the
original use of this mimation, as it is termed, it has been
so far weakened that its omission or insertion in no way
alters the meaning of a word, nor does it affect in any way
its definite or indefinite signification, e. g. ►< J^IJ, be-lu, and
►< ^t, bc-lum, both mean "a lord" or "the lord"; *gS:
tJp V*- ^EEj, Mt* S*r-bu-tuy and *g >Xff *£>- S^I^E, b*ltu
$ur-bu-/um, both mean "a mighty lady" or "the mighty lady" ; ►-
LX INTRODUCTION
instruct
tate.
SS ^ETT ►►K />w ^-f'-/'i and ►- $jfi ^EJT ^C^T* "»* tr"
si-tim, both mean "on earth" or "on the earth".
rhc When a noun stands by itself, it is said to be in the abso-
lute state. When a substantive in the genitive is joined to it,
it is said to be in the construct state. In consequence of the
close connection of two nouns so joined they are pronounced
together and there is a tendency to lighten and shorten the
first of the two. A noun in the construct state, therefore, (i.) ge-
nerally drops the mimation, and, if it is a singular noun in the
nominative or accusative, it also generally drops the case end-
ing (in some words a short vowel of the stem has already
dropped out before the case-ending and this in the construct
reappears, e. g. ztkru, "name", in the construct becomes zikir) ;
(2.) if the noun is in the genitive, however, the 1 of the
genitive does not disappear ; (3.) in the case of a plural noun
the plural terminations dm, dti, eti and iiti may become respec-
tively an, at, it and «/. The following examples will illustrate
the above rules : fcifc:^ AE^= Ej Tf ***-]t> nap-bar ma-a-ti, "the
whole of the land" ; tkjj E5^T HP" ^T <H *imit "* &m*K*t')>
"sun-rise"; ►jy^ ^f^ V I MHRf> Zi'~*l'r m^l'm^UmUnt "trie name
of their land" ; ^^ Ar •"HP" ]} ^T> bu'hur iUl A~nim* "the first-
born of Anu" ; ^V ^E *~£] ]} ►^K *'lat i-t*-*-th "goddess
of goddesses"; |^[ *~^"| £%<« *~J]\ ^pj \t£ J, a-na zik-ri
Su-mi-fa, "at the mention of his name" ; E^ *~M ^T IfT **"T^
►*f- ]>++>- ^|>- Jw^-, t-na tukulti{ti) ilaniF1 rabutiP1, "with the
help of the great gods" ; ^JJ *~T\ tz£\ ^ A^Hfflf ^ ia'
na-at nu-uh-U, "years of plenty". These rules, however, are oc-
casionally broken, e. g. -< ^ Jf ^ *-]}\ <HgOf <HRRfl
£yi~, be-ium a-ba-ri u dun-ni, "lord of power and might".
When two substantives arc in apposition it is not essential
that they should agree in number, a substantive in the singular
frequently standing in apposition to one in the plural, e. g. ►►)!
J****- ^yyyj ^^►►y<, alam'P1 bit $arru-li, "cities, royal
ADVERBS LXI
•
dwellings" (/. e. "royal cities"). The same rule applies to parti-
cipial expressions which may be in the singular though in appo-
sition to substantives in the plural, e. g. ^E^^TT J**** ]} JfcJ
►fEjJ *~]J \ ^ElT* terrdniv1 a-lik maji-ri-ia, "the kings, who went
before me" (i. e. "my predecessors").
Adverbs.
The following are the principal adverbs in Assyrian ; the
examples appended illustrate their use: —
kVam "so, thus", e. g. ^Jg[ ]} £^ ^4" 1^^ V> ki'a" Adverbs
am parse?l-$a, "so are her commands"; ] w^J ►JJJ &£]} of manner.
ia-muS Xarru ki-a-am i-kab-bt\ "thus saith Darius the king".
ma \ "thus, as follows", introducing direct speech, e. g. ^
umma j fc^f *^ *J *£\ *ffl ^1 ^T Tf» fl'-*'"* ut-te-ru-m
ma-a, "news they brought me as follows" ; fcz ^JTT *^
<v ~f<w *w *kn *jh< i *m*v
//tt /fr/ar u-$ab-ru-u-$u u-$a-an-na-a ia-a-ti um~ma, "a vision
of the night IStar caused him to see, (and) he related
(it) to me as follows".
adu "now", e. g. ]} ^ fc^f*: *J ^ ^JJ ^JJ ^JJ- Adverbs
fiy ^E|» *"du-u u-mu-us-su u-sal-la, "now daily do I pray". °* timc*
«*»* unow", ,. g. ^yyy^ ^T Tf - v ^yy ^ ^< *^y, «-**-«
/wa/-x« ni-fia-at, "now is his land at rest".
^/#/>i«fl "now" (opposed to "formerly"), <r. g. t^J} &£] *~*~]
^yy ^- SX^HT ^y» e-m'n-m /«-<i-//' am<?/" mdr-Sipri-Su
$a SuUme ti-pu-ram-ma, "now to me his messenger for
greeting he sent".
matima \ "whensoever, at any time"; with negative, "never",
matima ) e. g. £f ^<J< gj i^_ ifc^JJJ ^ *J Ji^, *,*-
LXII INTRODUCTION
ti-ma ina afr-rat u-mey "whensoever in future days" ; *E=yT
ET*T*im Tt^T *£8?H- ^TT—
tgy? B8? TJ JUI I -ET ^TT **- E^TT, ** ~
tt-e-ma a-na SarraniP1 abcPl-ia am*iu mdr-$ipri-$u la i$-pu-ra,
"who had never sent his messenger to the kings, my
fathers".
In,er- "*" * «how?», , ,. Tf ^y m EI <tt *ee ^ yT t*
r°8a,ive minu } """•»"«• IT li=4^l V- -*- ^ ITS^»~o
adverbs. _ I a-na-ku-ma mi-i-nu a-kab-bt, "how shall I speak?".
«„*«««• I "why?-, «.* flf~ry T^*£5*-~ t^TT-ET*-&
ammeni \ a-na me-i-ni il-la-ak, "why is he going ?" ; t^^ J*— £yf~
M^w It^TTT t^y «^y* EHH EI- Tf ITT
t[[tp ^^[ ^^|y> am-me-ni ta-at-bal agd raba(a) $a
kakkadi-ia, "why hast thou taken away the mighty crown
for my head?".
adi mati "how long ?", <?. g. Jjr ^Jt^ ^J ^J^j *-& ma-tif "how
long ?".
The nega- la \ "not", <. g. T? *£] ^ ^ J flf ^TJ >£! ^ ^Jf
tive, and uj j ^ /a ik-nu-$u a-na ni-ri-ia, "who had not submitted to my
particles of awww ▲ »w ^ www w
prohibi- yoke" ;^JII4^ ^ A*=TTT* T"^* ™-*-< '<
tlon- tabutiP1, "sorceries that are not good"; ^tj^ J} ►<£,
«/ <z-&//, "I have not eaten".
/a in prohibitions is followed by the Present, e. g.
-ET HTTI *3H» /tf '"'-^ "do not &°"; ^ET
►^yyy tz^yy y^- <y^ ^y y^ ^<y<» & ta^im-me-u-na-
a-li, "thou shalt not hearken to them".
ai "not", particle of prohibition, is followed by the Preterite,
.. « <h <v m Tt t? htc* -tti — i
h-pat-ki ai ik-ri-ba, "may thy incantation not approach" ;
^ET--£^TM< THf <W\\^, mu-gal-li-ti
ai ar-ti, "a foe may I not possess".
e "not", particle of prohibition, is employed with the 2nd pers.
sing, of the Preterite, e. g. ] fc^*- ^TT ^1}
ADVERBS LXIII
:jyy t^\ ^, ana mar~fi e la-af-$t, "to the sick man
do not draw near".
lu "verily", is sometimes placed before verbs (3rd pers. masc. Adverb of
sing, and plur., and ist pers. sing, and plur., of the cmPhasisJ
prccativc
Preterite) ; it was no doubt, originally employed to an(j cohor-
emphasize the verb, but in use it has been so weak- tativc Par-
ticlcs.
ened that its insertion or omission does not affect
the sense, c. g. £j<J fHf. al-lik, and ]^[J tz]]]^
►J^J JtJ> ?u'u al-likt both mean simply "I went". When
the verb begins with the vowel u (as in the Piel, Iftaal,
e/e.) lu may combine with it to form a single word,
<• g- ]} fc£H J! ^ M Hf- *" ^III» a-Ur-iu-nu
lu-mai-U-ru (for lu uma$hru\ "their place they deserted".
lu as a precative particle is employed with the Pre-
terite and the Permansive to express a wish (see be-
low, VERBS).
/ "come!", cohortative particle, is employed with the ist pers.
plur. of the Preterite, cgt£ S^I^^! W E^ ET>
# ni-pu-ul $a-a$-ma, "Come! let us join battle!";
al-ka-nim-ma i m'-rid-ma Sir rimi an-ni-c i m'~ku-la ni~nu,
"come! let us go down, and of the flesh of this wild
ox let us also eat!".
cohortative particle, is employed with the 2nd pers.
of the Imperative, c. g t^]} *jIH ] t] V^ff
e rid ana krtfi, "Up! go down to the wood!".
The following adverbs are appended enclitically : — Adverbs
ma, appended for emphasis to pronouns, nouns, verbs and ad- .. .
verbs, e. g. t^\ til]]] Ej ^£jj ^Hf~ ^7' ai'ta'ma klma all>-
''« SamaX, "thou art like the Sun-god" ; ►- ^ ^T <T*"
Vl *"*T^> ina *atti~ma Si-<*-tit "in that same year" ; ^JU^
7 J sing, o
erbial
nding /£.
LXIV INTRODUCTION
ma Warrant Pl mdtu ffai-ti, "I gathered together the kings of
the land of tfatti".
nt\ appended for emphasis to verbs, especially in relative clauses,
TI £^ ^i, mi'i-nu $a a-ma-ru-ni Sa a-$am-mu-nt ina pa-an
Sarri beli-ia a-kab-bi, "as I shall see and hear, before the
king my lord I will repeat".
«, appended as an interrogative particle, e. g. ^y*»H- J»>»» ^y
►gjEj ^V ^^T ^ uznd llpl-*a tu-pat-tu-u, "my ears
wilt thou open (i. <?. inform me) ?" ; 4^\£ J} *~^~1
HMTT«= ^-<T< «f * <-T* «=TTT r. «'
a-na-ku-u mar-ti tlu Bel, "am 1 not the daughter of Bel?"
'he ad- The adverbial ending Of (or eS) is of very common occurrence,
e. g. y^ ^:jy^ ^, a-dan~ni$, "exceedingly" ; t^\ KJy t-Iti, "above" ;
fc^fcJJ % foP'M* "below" ; £] A^Hf" T> **-'-**. "much". This
adverbial termination is frequently employed for comparison, e. g.
]} *$>- Eflf<, a-bu-bX, "like a deluge" ; ff £-££ ^TTtfct **«-
rtf, "like a bird"; £- ►gj ^J< ^Jf, $al-la-ti-iS, "as booty";
^yy ^*- ^y^ ^^, da-bu-u-et, "like a hog". Such forms as
*y <ec ^yyy^ et» «-™-^-™, "daiy, v «y< ^ni* et» &/-
/i-fam-ma, "yearly", <y^yj ^ ^TTT^ ar-fa'-tom, "monthly",
^fZ *-Jl\ ^yy^, da-ri-$amf "for ever", may be explained as ad-
verbs ending in ft, their terminations being strengthened by ma
or m.
Prepositions.
'reposi- The following are the principal prepositions in Assyrian, to-
gether with their ideograms and the forms they most commonly
assume when written phonetically: —
ina "in". Ideogr. ►— ; written phonetically t£ ^^Ji *~nai rarety
ana "to". Ideogr. y ; written phonetically J^ *~^~y, *-na.
ions.
PREPOSITIONS LXV
tlODS.
Mm \ "from". Ideogr. f^rUI ; written phonetically ^JJ ►^J, pr4p°si-
uliu J ii-tu ; ^:J^ *-%k:l> uI'/u-
itti "with". Ideogr. ^JEJ ; written phonetically £3^J ►<!<, it-ti.
*//"on, upon". Ideogr. ^E^J ; written phonetically t^\} ►fc-£^!yj,
e-Ii; ina or ana di, "upon, concerning, against".
sir uon, upon, against". Ideogr. ^^^f ; written phonetically
^EJJ Jj£, fi-tr.
muhhi in combination with ina or ana, Ideogr. ^Cj^J ; written
phonetically ^t^J 4^> muh-hi ; ina or ana muf}f}i, "on,
concerning, to, against".
adi "up to, to, together with". Ideogr. ►JJ ; written phonetically
#<*/* "up to, to, together with". Written phonetically ^Jlf^ t^\>
ga-du.
arki "after, behind". Ideogr. £^JEj^[ ; written phonetically
<mti m
balu ^without". Written phonetically ^r\ J^JJ, ba-lu, ^fcj *&£:,
ba-lum.
ki "like, as" Written phonetically ^JEJ E& ^/"1-
kima "like". Ideogr. <^|7 ; written phonetically ^JEeJ ErJ, ^'-wa.
attu "concerning, with a view to, because of". Written phone-
tically g£= J, g|= jEj, *- J, <tf-fo, >- t=6^, flM««i.
Jwfli "instead of". Written phonetically JEJ tC^Ty* ku-um.
kirib "inf within". Written phonetically ^J§[ ^jf^ > "*<* ^^» /wtf
kirbi, "in" ; j/kj &>v#, ana kirbi, "to" ; tf/« kirib, ultu kirib,
"from, from out of".
//Win, within". Ideogr. ^Jf; written ^JJJ ^, lib-bi ; ina libbi,
"in" ; ana libbi, "to"; im libbi, ultu libbi, "from, from out of.
pani "before". Ideogr. 4^ ; written phonetically ^fz Eyy", pa-ni;
ina pan, iWu pan, lapdn, "before".
LXVI INTRODUCTION
Prcposi- mafiar "before". Written phonetically ^T 4^Ejz, ma-far; ina ma-
_• *
liar "before0 ; ana mahri, adi mahri, "into the presence of.
kabal "in the midst of. Ideogr. ^<^<« ^ ; written phonetically >—J
►►— 1^, ka-bal ; ina kabal, "in the midst of.
kabalti "in the midst of. Written E<2<<^ HK W^-li, ^T ^J*
►-<!<, ka-bal-ti; ina kabalti, "in the midst of.
bint "between". Written £^ ^JTT, bi-rit; ina bint, ina birti, "be-
tween, within".
ina bin "between". Written ►— ^^ *"TIZ» tna M~n> ^E *~i
j»a /ar// "against". Written J^ *~* J ***r ►^JJi a~na f<*r-fi-
ina tarsi "opposite, into the presence of ; in the time of". Written
►- >*^- ^^[ | , ina tar-si.
iitu tarsi "from, since". Written ^Jf ►gJEf i^r ^ETT' iutu
tar-si.
put "opposite". Written phonetically ^£>- ^J, pu-ut; ina put,
"opposite".
Conjunctions.
Conjunc- The following are the principal conjunctions in Assyrian: —
u "and", the copula most frequently used in connecting both
sentences and nouns ; written ^|»~|[^zTJ and ^.
ma "and", the copula between two verbs, to the first of which
it is appended enclitically ; the verb to which it is
appended, if it is without a suffix, usually takes the
additional vowel a (see below, p. LXXVI).
tnuma "when", <. g. fcjf +f- £] ££ *ffl JJ fcTTT* ^TTfc
\t- M^y %HL c-nu-ma aS-ru iu-u u-$al-ba-ru, "when that
place shall have grown old"; t^ +^- *^f~ ^""^T
*\j£ V"*" \> 1mfiU ilu Marduk tk-bu-u, "when Marduk com-
manded" ; ^Z + ^flf «f <^J ^ <J{^
|, i-nu-um ilu Marduk id-di-na, "when Marduk gave".
ttons.
tnu
inum
inuma
" !
kt to J
tions.
titu
ullu
CONJUNCTIONS LXVH
"as, when", e. g. {^\ E£ »-j£j ^S- ^, ti-i ak-bu-u, and Conjunc-
^JEJ fc£ y K-jfcj ^S- ^, #-/ to ak-bu-u, "as I had
said";^^ V Tf ^T «f A S3* HI
^JTTi #-» to «-»« //M ASSur am-ku-ru, "as I to ASSur had
prayed"; ^tE Sfffl ^T ^ If JUPT *T
Ej *"TTI» *1"' J'>,,tt wa™ iu"a"iu tom-ma-ri, "when thou shalt
see that inscription".
aki ia "as", e. g. ]} ^ tE W t£ -fcS! AHf" S=T!fc
<*-&'-i* to i-ii-'-u, "as he wishes".
«// "while, so long as ; till, until", c. g. ]} ^f= >-*f- <T»-ffiT
^jej ^ry ^y ^TTT^ a~di Sam< u ir*Uu bam*u~u> "while
heaven and earth exist" ; J^ {^Sf- ^JiJ *~^\ I^J» a'd*
al-la-ku, "until I go".
"since", e. g. £r?yy ^y til ^7 ^HP- srt *-*
ib-na-an-ni, "since he created me" ; ^tf^ ^p^f ^fTf
^y- tyyjfc ^yy^f= ^^yy my, «/-/« «wk «-***-//-
/«, "since I completed the palace".
ark, H "after", , ,. £& <Jg[ ^ J| ~T| ^ J| ^gf
^JTT, <*/--&' la a-na larri a-lu-ru, "after I became king".
iumma "if", e. g. fc^ ET flf *T*" ^ <M!I 0[T ^
V?"^ IfcJ m -Ani *"E?=T I ' ^um"ma a-me-lum ar-Ja
i-gu-ur-ma im-fu-u/, "if a man hires a slave and he dies" ;
«^ET -EeT sHTT <V s£TTT T? ^TT?*^
Sum-ma la ta-pat-ta-a ba-a-bu, "if thou dost not open the
gate".
attu to "because", e. g. g|= J ^ y^ V *~*f- 4^ ►Ej
^y ^-gF %UI> a$-$u to fl-wo/ iluAUur la is-su-ru, "be-
cause he had not kept the command of ASSur". Some-
times aSSu is used without to, e. g. g|= J J^ V
fc£35 -<y< tfcflf ^y ^y ^ *jn, «"« *-»«"
iarru-li-ia la ts-fu-ru, "because he had not kept my royal
command"; rarely to is used by itself in the sense of
c*
tions.
LXVIII INTRODUCTION
Conjunc- "because", e. g. ^JJ >^\ t] £-£■£= ^JTT. *a la
i§-$u-rv> "because he had not kept".
* J V *~i IT» na~&a~ra a-fra-a lu ma-ma $a~na-a> "a bitter
foe or any other man"; ^|J E^ ^TTI Jgft ^TTT^
<HEQ[ *E s£ <M!I -III Ef, ** <-**'-'«-« *
i-pa-ar-ri-ku, "who shall hinder or display force against".
u is often combined with lu in the sense of "or", e. g.
&/-/»* iat-ra i-pa-li-fu u lu na-nWa u-Xa-am-sa-ku, "who-
ever blots out the record of my name or conceals my
tablet".
lu ... lu ... \ "either ... or . . ., whether ... or . . ." ; with
lu...u... \ a following negative, "neither ... nor . . .",
lu...ulu... J e.g. Jgfl< t^l HiH< £t£lM,/«-«
mdru-Su lu-u mdrtu-Su, "either his son or his daughter" ;
JJ^^y ^yy^ ►>- ►ET £^<> lu'u ana ram-ni-Su
ufdru(ru) u ina mimma U-pir limuttim(tim) abnH nard $u-a-tu
u-fial-/a-Au, "whether he appropriates (a royal gift), or
through any evil device destroys this monument"; y
\JEJ ► >y~ *| >jA v>~ pp^j , enuma Sin lu-u umu
XIV KAN iUmU „mu XV KA** itti ilu$am$i la innamir{ir\
"when the moon neither on the 14th day nor on the
15th day has been seen with the sun".
Verbs.
Under the heading NOUNS it was remarked that roots in As-
syrian consist of two, three and four consonants. These roots
VERBS
LXIX
are not in themselves words but are the skeletons of words.
Each root or skeleton contains some inherent idea which can
be traced throughout the various words in which it is found,
the words being formed by clothing the root with vowels and
sometimes with additional consonants. Examples have already
been given of the principal ways in which nouns are formed
from roots. It will now be seen how by the addition of other
vowels and consonants to the root the various meanings of the
verb are obtained. The majority of verbs in Assyrian are tri-
literal, #'. e., they have three consonants in the root.
The Assyrian verb possesses five tenses: the Preterite, the Tenses of
Present, the Imperative, the Participle, the Permansive and the the verb'
Infinitive. Past action is expressed by the Preterite, present and
future action by the Present, while the Permansive expresses a
state or condition. Taking as an example for conjugation the
root K§D, which conveys the inherent idea of "conquering", the
forms which these tenses assume in the Kal or simple stem of
the verb will be seen from the following paradigm.
Paradigm of the simple stem of the regular verb.
Person
I C.
I C.
Preterite - 'Pretent
Impe-
rative
Participle ! Permansive
Sing., 3 m. ikhtd
3f. , taklud
2 m. taklud
2 f. taktudi
akSud
Plir., 3 m. ikSudu
3 f. , ikSudd
2 m. ' takSudu
2 f . , iakludd
niklud
ikdtad
takdtad
i
takdlad i kuhtd
i
takdtadi kuSudi
i
akdlad •
I
ikdSadu j
ikdladd ,
takdladu ' kuhtdu
i
i
takdSadd kutudd
nikdlad '
kd$(i)du
kahd
katdat
ka$(i)ddl(a)
kaSddti
ka$dak[u)
kaidu
kaMd
kahidtunu
kalddni
Infini-
tive
katddu
Paradigm
of the Kal
or simple
stem of the
regular
verb.
LXX INTRODUCTION
The It will be seen that in the above paradigm the vowel u occurs
vowels of jn the seCond syllable of the Preterite and in the first and second
the Prete- . .
rite Pre- syllables of the Imperative, and the vowel a in the second and
sent and third syllables of the Present. This is the case with the major-
mpera- jtv Qf Assyrian verbs ; the rule with its exceptions may be
stated as follows: —
(i.) Most verbs have the vowel u in the second syllable of
the Preterite and in the first and second syllables of the
Imperative, and the vowel a in the second and third
syllables of the Present, e. g. Xapdru, "to send", Pret. ttpur,
Imper. Supur, Pres. ttapar; a few verbs however, with u
in the second syllable of the Pret., have / or u in the
third syllable of the Pres , e. g. labdru, "to grow old",
Pret. ilbur, Pres. ifabir; ba/d/u, "to live", Pret. iblut, Pres.
tbalut.
(2.) Some verbs have the vowel * in the second syllable of
the Preterite, in the first and second syllables of the
Imperative, and in the third syllable of the Present, e. g.
pakddu, "to care for, inspect, entrust", Pret. ipkidy Imper.
ftikid, Pres. ipakid.
(3.) A few verbs have a in the second syllable of the Pre-
terite, in the first and second syllables of the Imperative
and in the second and third syllables of the Present, e. g.
$abdtu, "to seize", Pret. isbat, Imper. sabot, Pres. isabat.
Inflection In the above paradigm it will also be observed that the person
to express js expressec| by certain additions which are either prefixed or af-
the person.
fixed to the stem ; in the Preterite and Present they are prefixed, in
the Permansive they are affixed. These additions are significant
parts of the personal pronoun; thus the syllable ta is prefixed
in the second person singular and plural of the Present and
Preterite and the syllables tay ti and tunu are affixed in the
Permansive; the syllable a is prefixed in the first person singular
of the Preterite and Present and the syllable ku is affixed in the
VERBS LXXI
first person singular of the Permansive; and the syllable ni is
prefixed in the first person plural of the Present and Preterite
and is affixed in the first person plural of the Permansive. It
may further be noted that the second person feminine singular
of the Preterite, Present and Imperative ends in *; that the
third person masculine plural of the Preterite, Present and Per-
mansive and the second person masculine plural of the Pre-
terite, Present and Imperative end in u; and that the third
person feminine plural of the Preterite, Present and Permansive
and the second person feminine plural of the Preterite, Present
and Imperative end in a. In the paradigm syllables which are
sometimes added or omitted are placed within parentheses. An
accent is placed on the second syllable of the Present to indi-
cate that in pronunciation the tone falls upon this syllable; in
writing, the accenting of this syllable is frequently indicated by
the doubling of the following radical, c. g. ikdtad is written
ikattad. Sometimes the syllable ni and, more rarely, the syllable
nu are affixed to the third masculine plural of the Preterite and
Present, while the syllable ni is sometimes affixed to the third
masculine plural of the Permansive and to the third feminine
plural of the Preterite and Present. The fern, singular of the
Participle and its masc. and fern, plural are similar to those of
the adjective (see above pp. LV1 ff.).
The verb possesses ten principal stems or voices to which the Stems of
r 11 • • j the verb,
following names are assigned: —
. Kal Ifteal Iftaneal
Piel Iftaal
Shafel Ishtafal
Nifal Ittafal Ittanafal
The names of the stems have been adopted from those given
to the verb in other Semitic languages. Thus the simple stem
is termed Kal from the Hebrew adjective kal (b[?) "light", a
term which the Jewish grammarians applied to the simple stem
LXXII INTRODUCTION
in Hebrew to distinguish it from the stems weighted with for-
mative additions, which they termed "heavy"; the other nine
stems take their names from the paradigm of the verb "to do",
in Arabic fctala (J-ii), in Hebrew paal (Sj?B).
Significa- The signification and formation of the stems of the verb may
non and ^e brjeflv described as follows. It should be noted, however,
formation
of the th&t while the significations here indicated hold good as a
stems. general rule, the stems of a verb have sometimes acquired a
special meaning ; thus lamddu, "to learn", in the Piel signifies
"to teach"; abatu, "to destroy", in the Nifal signifies "to fly, to
escape"; naplusu, the Nifal of the verb [pa/dsu] which does not
occur in the Kal, has not a passive meaning but signifies "to
look upon, to behold". The significations of the stems, how-
ever, given below, cover the majority of verbs as the student
may see for himself by reference to the Vocabulary at the end
of the book.
The Kal is the simple form of the verb. Its formation has
been alreadv described.
The Piel has an intensive signification and is formed by
doubling the middle consonant of the root.
The Shafel has a causative signification and is formed by
prefixing the consonant S.
The Nifal has a passive signification and is formed by pre-
fixing the consonant /i.
From these four stems are formed four more by the insertion
of a // they are
The Ifteal, which generally is not to be distinguished in mean-
ing from the Kal.
The Iftaal, which sometimes has the same meaning as the
Piel, and sometimes serves as its passive.
The Ishtafal, which sometimes has the same meaning as the
Shafel and sometimes serves as its passive.
VERBS LXXIII
The Ittafal (i. e. Intafat) which like the Nifal has a passive
signification.
Bv the further insertion of an n in the Ifteal and Ittafal are
formed two more stems which are
The Iftaneal, which has an active signification.
The Ittanafal (/. e. Intanafal\ which has sometimes a passive,
sometimes an active signification.
From the Iftaal and Ishtafal were also formed an Iftanaal
and an Ishtanafal but these forms are of rare occurrence and
may here be disregarded.1 The Ittafal and Ittanafal stand re-
spectively for Intafal and Intanafal; n however, when immedia-
tely followed by a consonant, is frequently assimilated, and the
assimilation of the n to the following / takes place throughout
these two stems of the verb (see the rule stated above, p. LXVI).
The following is the scheme of the regular verb. The verb Scheme of
the Rcgu-
kaiddu is selected as a convenient model for displaying the forms la ycrb
which the stems of the verb assume. It should be noted however
that all these forms do not occur in the inscriptions in the case
of any one verb. In the Preterite, Present, and Permansive the
3rd pers. masc. sing, is given, in the Imperative the 2nd pers.
masc. sing. The tenses are inflected in the other stems as in the
Kal, the initial u in the Pret. and Pres. of the Piel, Shafel, If-
taal and Ishtafal being retained in those tenses.
!. In most Assyrian grammars and dictionaries the stems of the verb, for
the sake of brevity, are cited by means of Roman and Arabic numerals. The
Kal, the Piel, the Shafel and the Nifal are cited as Ii, II 1, Mi, and IV,, re-
spectively; the Ifteal, the Iftaal, the Ishtafal and the Ittafal as \2, II?, HI 2 and
IV 2 respectively ; the Iftaneal, the Iftanaal, the Ishtanafal and the Ittanafal as
1 3, II 3, III3 and IV J respectively; while the symbols employed for the Piel-
Shafel and the Piel-Ishtafal (see below) are III Hi and IIIH2 respectively. This
system of abbreviation has the advantage of indicating the relations of the
stems to one another but for the sake of simplicity it has not been adopted
here or in the Vocabulary at the end of the book/
LXXIV
INTRODUCTION
O y^ ^ Scheme of the Regular Verb.
Stem
Preterite
Present
Im-
perative
Participle
Permansive
Infinitive
hi
•
Piel
Sfcafel
Nifal
ikXud
( ukaHid
\ ukttid
uiakSid
uUkSid
ikkaHd
ikdSad
ukaHad
UtakSad
ikkdtad
ku$ud
IkuXtid
\kaWd
XukSid
nakhd
ka$(i)du
mukaUidu
mtrtakhdu
mukka$(f)du
katid
kuUud
XukXud
nakSud
kaiddu
kuttudu
•
iukiudu
| nakiudu
\ nakdiudu
Meal
Iftaa!
Isktafal
HUfil
| ikidfad
\ iktihd
( uktaUid
\ uktihd
i ultakHd
\ uiUkhd
ittaklad
iktdSad
uk/aXXad
uUakfad
[tt/akfad]
[kitUd
\kitdUd
lutaklid
muktal(f)du
muktaUidu
muStakhdu
muttakUdu
kittud
ki/dSud
[kulattud]
hitakiud
i kittudu
\ kitdiudu
kutaHudu
iutakludu
>
htakiudu
itakfudu
Iftaieal
Ittaiafal
iktandiad
ittanak&ad
ik/andiad
ittanakSad
i
i
i
i
i
The Piel-
Shafel and
the Piel-
Ishtafal.
The Per-
mansive.
In addition to the ten principal stems of the verb which
have already been described two others are met with consisting
of a Shafel and an Ishtafal formed from the Piel, /'. e. the Piel-
Shafel and the Piel-Ishtafal. These stems are not of common
occurrence, and the following examples will suffice : £S5T ^TI^
^TTEJ, ut-nam-mir, "1 made bright", i s. Pret., Piel-Shafel from
namaru; J^5J ^tlff ^f- HfTL ut'ta-bar-ri> "he is surfeited",
3 m. s. Pres., Piel-Ishtafal from baru.
The Permansive expresses a state or condition that already
exists whether in the present or the past. In the Kal the Per-
mansive may have a transitive, an intransitive, or a passive
VERBS LXXV
signification, e.g. $z £?\J]y pa-kid, "he inspects"; ^J J^f *T\]t,
na-!u-u, "they carry" ; ►£{ At£B /a"^ "he is old" ; W <H
fo-//'m, "he is safe" ; ^f ^J]] fc^J, fab-fa-al, "it (f.) was cap-
tured"; ^JJJ ^J JEJ, kal-ma-ku, "I am overwhelmed";
*|^yy ►JhJ 15^-, fa-ak-nu, "they are placed". • In the Piel, Shafel,
and Nifal the Permansive has a passive signification, e. g.
*^~ ^V^T Jpj >4^, nu - uk -ku- mu, "they were heaped up" ;
T *^T ^HI ►>^T> *a ^Um^u-du, "who has been brought down" ;
*~Hf tJ<J ^VU' na-al-bu-U-ku, "I am clothed".
The Precative, the tense for expressing a wish, is formed by Thc Prc-
cutivc.
means of the particle lu in combination with the Preterite or
the Permansive. The particle lu always precedes the verb, and,
when the first syllable of the Preterite begins with a vowel, lu
unites with it and they form a single word. Thus the u of lu
(1) uniting with the first vowel of the 1st person sing., gene-
rally becomes u, e. g. lu unites with ak§ud to form luktud, "may
I conquer"; (2) uniting with the first vowel of the 3rd pers.
sing., it generally becomes 1, e. g. lu unites with ikSud to form
h'khid, "may he conquer", with usahfa'r it unites to form lifafrfa'r,
"may he lessen"; (3) uniting with the first vowel of the 3rd
pers. plur., it becomes u or /, e. g. lu unites with ikludu to
form liktudu, "may they conquer", with upafliru it unites to form
Upafliru, "may they release", with utabbiru it unites to form luSab-
biruy "may they break in pieces".
It has been already remarked that the accenting of the second Effect of
syllable of the Pres. Kal frequently gives rise to the doubling of accenU
the second radical, e. g. tkdfad is written ikaUad. In the scheme of
the Regular Verb syllables that are similarly accented in pronuncia-
tion (e. g. the syllable ta in the Ifteal and the syllable na in the If-
taneal) are also marked with an accent; in these verbal forms, as
in the Present, the second radical is often doubled, e. g. ►JJ^ ►^r
E^TJ V^> ik-tar-ra-bu. "they blessed", 3 m. pi. Pret. Ifteal from
LXXVI INTRODUCTION
tardbu; A^fflf t^TTT ^Mf ^T fcHTTf ib-ta-nab-ba-ta, "he
plundered", 3 m. s. Pret. Iftaneal from habdtu.
Additional In the Preterite, Present, and Permansive all forms ending
final
in a consonant may take in addition one of the three short
vowels. J
vowels u, i, or a. 'In a principal clause a final a is of most
frequent occurrence, e. g. ►JJ^ ^EJ ^|J, ik-$u-da, "he con-
quered", 3 m. s. Pret. Kal from katddu ; gj= J^JJ ►^J, aX-fu-la,
"I carried off", i s. Pret. Kal from Salalu ; ^Jc= ^ }}(, lip-
$a-/rat "let him be appeased", 3 m. s. Prec. Kal from patdhu.
The vowel a is also generally added to the first of two verbs
which are joined by the copula ma, e. g. ^*|| ^^ £^^ ^T
if] ►*^:| t^"TTT> i$-pur-am-ma is-ba-/a, "he sent and grasped", 3
m. s. Pret. Kal from lapdru. In relative clauses a final vowel
(generally u) is almost invariably added to the verb, e. g. ^
tj *">^! ^J> te is-ba-lu, "who (3 m. s.) had grasped", 3 m. s.
Pret. Kal. from sabd/u; ^ gj= JEJ >jA, Sa aS-ku-nu, "which I
had set up", i s. Pret. Kal from Xakdnu; ^ ]} ^£>E< ►t^J *TTT,
Xa a-zak-ka-ru, "which I speak", i s. Pres. Kal from zakdru ;
*g=yy 4^Z ^>- J^f, A* M-6u-!u, "who is clothed", 3 m. s.
Perm. Ifteal from /abdSu. Verbs in subordinate sentences (except
conditional clauses) also take a final vowel, generally //; see
the examples to the conjunctions, pp. LXVI ff.
Agreement As a rule the verb agrees with its subject in number and
o ver an genc|er# The 3rd masc. sing., however, is often used loosely
for the 3rd fern, sing., e. g. ^^^] tjflt: ^T\ ^W W
yy ^y a» » yyy* ,iu ntar *-*«-«*-^ #-*«« (3 m. s.), "the
goddess iStar inclined her ear".
Some little practice is required before the student will re-
cognise with ease, in the syllabic writing of the Assyrians, the
various forms of the verb which have hitherto been given in
transliteration only. In order to familiarize him with verbs as
they were written by the Assyrians, a number of parsed examples
VERBS LXXVII
are here given in cuneiform ; these will be found to illustrate
the paradigms and rules already given.
^*|J »~y^^»» jyy, i$-kun, "he set" : 3 m. s. Pret. Kal. from Sakdnu. Examples
^Hfy ^yyy> #-#^» "he has entrusted": 3 m. s. Pret. Kal. fr. pakddu. h forms
tU fc=TTT<» ip'foh "he was afraid": 3 m. s. Pret. Kal. fr. paldhu. of thc Re-
gular Verb.
, tak-tumy "thou hast covered": 2 m. s. Pret. Kal
fr. katamu.
^Vy JEy >/-% tal-ku-nu, "thou didst set": 2 m. s. Pret. Kal fr.
Sakdnu.
E^ Hf A» » yyy, «*-*»», "I set" : i s. Pret. Kal fr. Sakdnu.
►ffi ^iy^> ak-ribi "I drew near": i s. Pret. Kal fr. kardbu.
£^yy ^S- ^JTT, tf-/«-r«, "they sent" : 3 m. pi. Pret. Kal fr. Sapdru.
►yj^ ^- J:J, ik-nu-Su, "they submitted": 3 m. pi. Pret. Kal fr.
kandSu.
*J\jt JeJ ^[T, **-*«-</*, "they (f.) conquered": 3 f. pi. Pret. Kal
fr. kaSddu.
-£|=yy £JJ JgQf *J, /«&-/«-«/, "let him live": 3 m. s. Prec.
Kal fr. baldtu.
• •
^Ty ^5y EV' lu'uS'Pur^ "let me send": i s. Prec. Kal fr. Sapdru.
y JEy >j^-, /if-ku-nu, "let them set": 3 m. pi. Prec. Kal fr. Sakdnu.
fc:^ *~^y ^yy^ H£?f» i-na-ga-ag, "he bellows": 3 m. s. Pres. Kal
fr. nagdgu.
£:£ *~^y ^Ey *"TTI> ^na"aHah "he gazes": 3 m. s. Pres. Kal fr.
natdlu.
t^: ^£*E^ ^yy^» i-zak-kar. "he speaks" : 3 m. s. Pres. Kal fr. zakdru.
t^ yy ^nr *~i *3^~> i-za-an-na-nu, "he sends rain": 3 m. s. Pres.
Kal fr. zandnu.
m
yyy ^P »rr, fa-pa/'far, "thou dost release" : 2 m. s. Pres. Kal
fr. pa/dru.
yyy ^ ►^y *"<y^> ia~$a-ba-tt\ "thou dost grasp" : 2 f. s. Pres.
Kal fr. fabd/u.
LXXVIII INTRODUCTION
Examples J^ ►^^ ^ fc^tJRF , a-mak-fa-a?, "I will smite": i s. Pres. Kal
illustrating f , _
the forms fr" ""^
of the Re- t£ *~'"| C^J £tT| »"ET» i-na-at-ta-la, "they (f.) gaze": 3 f. pi.
gularVerb. pres ^ fr ^^
^J ^J, ku-$u-ud, "conquer": 2 m. s. Imp. Kal fr. kaSddu.
iy ^S- E^V4T t tu~bu-uk, "pour out": 2 m. s. Imp. Kal fr. tabdku.
►yy^ ^yy, gi-mil, "spare": 2 m. s. Imp. Kal fr. gamdlu.
^f ►-<, fa-bat, "grasp": 2 m. s. Imp. Kal fr. fabdtu.
^yyy ^T*- 15^-, sa-pi-nu, "overcoming" : m. s. Part. Kal fr. sapdnu.
^p ►yyj Jyyy ^Ef* pa-ri-sa-at, "who (f.) decrees" : constr. st. f.
s. Part. Kal fr. pardsu.
^\ At^B la'bir> 4<it is old" : 3 m- s- Perm- £al fr« lab*ru.
^y ^z, tarn-bat, "she is holding" : 3 f. s. Perm. Kal fr. tamahu.
11^ +— 11^ y^ ►►yyy, lia-a$-$a-a-ta, "thou desirest" : 2 m. s. Perm.
Kal fr. ftaiaftu.
W t^A fc»^yy J^y, §a-am-da-ku, "I am yoked" : 1 s. Perm. Kal
fr. famadu.
, rab-$u, "they crouch" : 3 m. pi. Perm. Kal fr. rabasu.
^yy][ J=y, /<*£-.?*, "they are clothed": 3 m. pi. Perm. Kal fr. labaXu.
£-JJJ ^y, kat-ma, "they (f., 1. <\ lips) are pressed together": 3 f.
pi. Perm. Kal fr. katdmu.
^y^ £" <^<<<~, 11-rak-kis, "I made fast": 1 s. Pret. Piel fr. rotfrfr.
^TTTfcW A^ffl^W* u-sa-afi-hir, "I lessened": 1 s. Pret.
Piel fr. $ehiru.
^yyy^: ►*- JJ^J, u-bal-lik, "I destroyed" : 1 s. Pret. Piel fr. baldku.
X^^E ►V^J ^ <y^ £^1$, u-na-at-li-ku, "they kissed": 3 m. pi.
Pret. Piel fr. naldku.
►£^=yy }} &> > yyy ^ Jw, ^^-^ "let him lessen": 3 m.
s. Prec. Piel fr. $efreru.
£- \^yy, tu-lal-lam, "thou causest to prosper": 2 m. s.
Pres. Piel fr. Saldmu.
VERBS LXXIX
£■]]]& ^< t^^ ^J ^TT^y. u-ha-am-ma-iu, "they light up" : 3 m. Examples
pi. Pres. Piel fr. tomato. t^tZt
fe| 4^Z, bul-lit, "give life to" : 2 m. s. Imp. Piel fr. baldtu. of the Re-
¥¥¥ ^T T gularVerb.
^►yyi^ ►^tj, muS-tir, "abandon": 2 m. s. Imp. Piel fr. [maSdrti],
^- £^yyy E]JT£y, nu-um-mir, "make bright": 2 m. s. Imp. Piel
fr. namaru.
^ ^TTI ^E^=TT ^> mu-dal-li-bu, "afflicting": m. s. Part. Piel
fr. dalabu.
%ErTT A*HRPF HTC ^ffl' su-uA-/tu-ru, "it is turned": 3 m. s.
Perm. Piel fr. saharu.
tz\]]tz "gSyy fc?V§_ ^< S5SiJ> »-*«-**-*'-#. "he caused to take":
3 m. s. Pret. Shafel fr. sabdtu.
^yyy^: ^yy^ ^yyy, u-Sam-kit, "I caused to fall", 1. f. "I overthrew":
1 s. Pret. Shafel fr. makdtu.
^jy I ^ V" ^yi^ Sff~ ^y» Umte"t&"ntm*u> "they caused to submit" :
3 m. pi. Pret. Shafel fr. kandSu.
^^P ^yy, *«*-///, "make ready": 2 m. s. Imp. Shafel fr. [ka/d/u],
JeT ^y V^ EOfi 3*-u!-pu-/u, "to abase" : Inf. Shafel fr. Sapd/u.
UJ ►^ ^<y^ ^yj^» ib-ba-ti-ik, "he was destroyed": 3 m. s. Pret.
Nifal fr. baidku.
7 V HIIi HSSa-kin, "let it be set": 3 m. s. Prec. Nifal fr. Sakdnu.
^Jt^ S^ ^yyyj, Up-pa-tir, "let it be torn away": 3 m. s. Prec.
Nifal fr. pa/dm.
£.] }} ►<, ts-sa-bat, "he is held fast" : 3 m. s. Pres. Nifal fr. sabdtu.
yyy t^E> aX-ta-kan, "I accomplished": 1 s. Pret. Ifteal fr.
Sakdnu.
yy VT £< Ew, il-te-bi-ir, "he broke": 3 m. s. Pret. Ifteal fr.
Sabdru.
£JJ HHTI ^ET ^L ip-M-la-fa "they feared": 3 m. pi. Pret.
Ifteal fr. paldhu.
*~TTT £r£r} JgJ, *//-**-/*, "they are equal": 3 m. pi. Perm. If-
teal fr. Sakdiu.
LXXX INTRODUCTION
Examples t"£p ►^r ^JIJ E^ff* up-tar-ri-ra> "it was broken": 3 m. s. Pret.
illustrating Iftaal fr rpardru\
the forms ^ . _ . v
of the Re- E^V^T *| \££ ►], uk- tarn- mi-is, "I was bowed down" : i s. Pret.
gularVerb. Iftaal fr. kamdsu.
JVJ *J J**- E^yy, lik-tam-me-ra, "let it be made plentiful": 3 m.
s. Prec. Iftaal fr. [kamdru],
^y ^r ^JEJ ►*£{, u$-tar-ki-ba, "he slung on" (lit. "caused to
ride"): 3 m. s. Pret. Ishtafal fr. rakabu.
£yy*y fc=S^ HfTI ►^y* u^-tak-ri-ba, "he brought near" : 3 m. s.
Pret. Ishtafal fr. kardbu.
£f^y t^yyy E^V^T £l< ^^y» ul-ta-as-bi-tu, "they caused to take" :
3 m. pi. Pret. Ishtafal fr. sabdtu.
VHRRK ^^ ^££ H!§f» tnuS-tak-mi-tu, "flaming": m. s. Part.
Ishtafal fr. hamatu.
VHff^ £*^ ^^yy ^Ej ^Ey, muS-tak-li-la-at, "who (f.) ful-
fils": constr. st. f. s. Part. Ishtafal fr. [kaid/u],
£5g^y fc^yyy ^Ef Hfl» it-ta-at-bak, "it was poured out": 3 m. s.
Pret. Ittafal fr. tabdku.
yy ►►yyy t^t^f S^ E*^yy» X-ta-nap-pa-ra, "he sent": 3 m. s.
Pret. Iftaneal fr. iapdru.
yy f^yyy ^^y *"^IHf *~HF~» ^'^a"na'^a"any "he makes": 3 m.
s. Pres. Iftaneal fr. Sakdnu.
^ET f^yyy *~*7 ^SE A|?r> at-ta-na-as-har, "I turn": i s. Pres.
Ittanafal fr. sahdru.
We have hitherto considered those verbs which contain three
strong radicals, i. *. verbs in which the three consonants that com-
pose the root appear in every verbal form. When the beginner
with the help of the explanations appended has mastered the
two paradigms on pp. LXIX and LXXIV and has worked through
the list of examples just given he will be in a position to parse
correctly a majority of the verbs he will meet with in the texts
transliterated and translated in the reading book. It would be
well for him therefore not to trouble himself at first with the
VERBS LXXXI
"weak verbs" *'. e. verbs in which certain consonants of the root
undergo phonetic changes, or in which one or more letters of Weak
the root are represented by vowels in Assyrian though by con- vcrbs-
sonants in other Semitic languages. When he has thoroughly
familiarized himself with the forms of the strong verb he will
find little difficulty in recognizing the same forms in the various
classes of weak verbs.
Before proceeding to the consideration of the weak verbs it
will be necessary to explain, as briefly as possible, the terms
which are usually employed for their classification. For the sake
of brevity, when reference is made to "the first letter of the Explana-
root", "the middle letter of the root" and "the third letter of
terms.
the root", the feminines of the Latin adjectives primus "first",
medius "middle", and tertius "third" are employed, the feminine
substantive littera "letter" being in each case understood. For
example, the first letter of the root of the verb nadanu "to give"
is N (Hebrew i); instead of describing this as "a verb the first
radical of which is N", it may be more shortly described as a
verb "primae 3". In the verb ialdlu "to plunder" the consonant
L occurs as the third as well as the middle letter of the root;
it may thus be briefly described as a verb "mediae geminatae\ i. e.
a verb with the middle letter of its root doubled, from the
Latin geminatus "doubled".
In many words only two consonants appear in the root in
Assyrian although in other Semitic languages the same roots
contain three consonants. This arises from the fact that certain
consonantal sounds, for which characters exist in other Semitic
languages, were not represented in the Assyrian syllabary. It
has already been explained (see above, p. XXVII f.) that the
Assyrians had no signs for distinguishing the seven sounds
represented by the Hebrew consonants K, if, H (Arabic e),
J? (Arabic £ and £), 1 and "»; and a number of examples were
given in Hebrew and Arabic of roots containing these consonants
LXXXII INTRODUCTION
Impor- which in Assyrian were simply represented by vowels. Although
tance of these consonants do not occur in Assyrian their original existence
classifying
weak in many roots has left its traces on the vowels; for these will
verbs. be found to vary to some extent according to the consonants
which the root originally contained. Moreover, as Assyrian is the
least known of the principal Semitic languages, a great deal of
our knowledge of the meanings of its roots has been obtained
by comparing them with the corresponding roots in other
Semitic languages. For these two reasons it will be obvious that
although Assyrian did not distinguish the seven consonantal
sounds referred to above, some system for distinguishing roots
which originally contained them would be of service for purposes
of comparison. To meet this end the following system has been
invented on the Continent and is now generally adopted in
books published there. For the convenience of the student who
will need to consult fuller works on Assyrian, a brief description
of it is here appended.
The Hebrew letter K, which as a consonant simply marks the
System of breathing, is taken as a general symbol for the seven consonantal
classifica- sounds ^ ^ n ^ p ^ p ^ 1 and •> ; and these are distin-
uon.
guished from one another by a small index figure placed beneath
the 8. Thus K is cited as Kxl n as K2, n (c) as K3, J? (fc) as K4, J? (fc)
as K5, 1 as K6, and * as K7. The verb akdlu "to eat" (Hebr. Sj$)
is thus referred to as a verb "primae Kj" ; alaku "to go" (Hebr.
■jpn) is referred to as a verb "primae K2"; edeiu "to be new"
(Hebr. #1£I) is referred to as a verb "primae K3" ; eb'eru "to cross"
(Hebr. "OJ, Arab. '£*) is referred to as a verb "primae K4"; erebu
"to enter" (Hebr. 3TJJ, Arab. CJ£) is referred to as a verb upri-
mae$s"; aladu "to bear" (Hebr. T?J, i. e. ^fy\) is referred to as
a verb "primae K6"; and eniku "to suck" (Hebr. pj*) is referred
to as a verb "primae K7". Similarly verbs containing these con-
sonants as their middle radicals may be referred to as verbs
"mediae Kx", "mediae K2", etc., and verbs in which the third letter
VERBS LXXXIII
of the root is "weak" may be referred to as verbs "tertiae in-
jirmae .
Of the weak verbs cited below the first two classes, i. e. verbs
mediae geminatae and verbs primae 3, contain in the root three con-
sonants, certain of which undergo phonetic changes ; the re-
maining classes contain examples of verbs in the roots of which
the Semitic consonants occur which have been referred to in
the preceding paragraph: —
I. Verbs mediae geminatae (verbs in which the second and Examples
third letters of the root are the same) are in the main w
verbs.
conjugated like the regular verb. In a few verbal forms
a contraction of the second and third letters of the root
takes place, e. g. ialdlu (root SW) "to plunder", 3. m. s.,
Perm. Kal lal (for folil).
II. Verbs primae 3 (verbs in which the first letter of the root
is n) are in the main conjugated like the regular verb.
In accordance with the rule stated on p. LXVI, the n,
when immediately followed by a consonant, is frequently
assimilated ; in the Imper. Kal the n disappears, e. g. na-
§aru (rt. "1X3) "to protect", Kal Pret. i§$ur (for in§ur\ Im-
per. u$ur.
III. Of verbs primae Kx (verbs in which the first letter of the
root is K), the following are examples: akalu (rt. Sd^)
"to eat", Kal Pret. Jkul, Pres. ikkal, Imper. akui, Part, akil,
Ifteal Pret. itakal\ ahazu (rt. )mT) "to hold", Kal Pret.
ihuz, Pres. ifiiaz, Piel Pret. u'afrbiz, u^iz, Pres. uhfraz, Shafel
Pret. uXd&iz, Pres. uSafraz; amaru (rt. "IE**!) "to see", Kal
Pret. emur, imur, Pres. immar, Imper. amur, Nifal Pret. inna-
mir9 Inf. ndmuru.
IV. Of verbs primae K2 (verbs in which the first letter of the
root is H) the only one of frequent occurrence is alaku
(rt. -f?K2) "to go", Kal Pret. illik, Pres. Mak, Ifteal Pret.
f*
LXXXIV
INTRODUCTION
Examples
of weak
verbs.
and Pres. ittalak, Iftaneal Pret. and Pres. ittanalak, Shafel
Pret. uiahk.
V. Verbs primae K3 (verbs in which the first letter of the
root is n, i. e. c) are °f rare occurrence; the follow-
ing are examples: ediXu (rt. #TK3) "to be new", Kal Pret.
edi$, Piel Pret. uddrt, Part, muddif, Inf. udduhi ; ataiu (rt.
#t#K3) "to be sorrowful", Kal Pret. ihi$, Piel Perm. uXhiS.
VI. Of verbs primae K4 (verbs in which the first letter of the
root is J?, i. e. £) the following are examples: eberu (rt. *OK4)
"to pass over", Kal Pret. ebir, ibir, Pres. ibbir, Imper. ebir, If-
teal Pret. etebir, Shafel Pret. uSebir, Pres. uiibar ; ezebu (rt.
2tK4) "to leave", Kal Pret. ezib, Jzib, Pres. izzib, Shafel
Pret. uiezib, Imper. Xuzib, Sezib, Inf. Jfuzubu ; emidu (rt. *1DK 4)
"to stand", Kal Pret. emid, Ifteal Pret. /fc/w/tf, Piel Pret. urn-
mid, Nifal Pret. innimid.
VII. Of verbs primae K3 (verbs in which the first letter of the
root is J?, /. e. £) that of most frequent occurrence is erebu
(rt. yiN3) "to enter", Kal Pret. erub, irub, Pres. irrub, If-
teal Pret. iterub, Shafel Pret. uferib, Imper. Xurib, Ishtafal
Pret. uMerib.
VIII. Of verbs primae K6 (verbs in which the first letter of the
root is 1) the following are examples: aXabu (rt. Dt#86)
"to dwell", Kal Pret. u!ib, Pres. uttab, Ifteal Pret. ittutib,
ittdtib, Pres. ittaXab, Shafel Pret. u&hb, Ishtafal Pret. uS/eh'b ;
aradu (rt. *1"1K6) "to go down", Kal Pret. urid, Pres. urrad,
Imper. rid, Shafel Pret. u&rid, Perm. Surud ; abdlu (rt. ^DK6)
"to bring", Kal Pret. ubil, ubla, Pres. ubbal, Imper. bil, If-
teal Pret. ittubil, Shafel Pret. utebil, uUbil, Imper. Subil,
Ishtafal Pret. uMabil, ultebil, usibil
IX. Of verbs primae K7 (verbs in which the first letter of the
root is i) the following is of frequent occurrence: [eJfe'ru]
(rt. 1»K7) "to be straight, right", Sal Pret. Mr, Shafel
VERBS LXXXV
Pret. u&tir, Imper. Jfofe'r, Perm. SuXur, Ishtafal Pret. uUehr, Examples
Inf. SuteSuru. of wcak
verbs.
X. Of verbs mediae Kj (verbs in which the middle letter of
the root is K) the following are examples : ma'adu, madu
(rt. TKj &) "to be many", Kal Pret. t'm'id, imid, Pres. ima'id;
ia'dlu (rt. bntV>) "ask", Pret. tTal, Imper. Sa'al, Ifteal Pret.
iSta'al, Piel Pres. uSa'aL
XL Verbs mediae K2 (verbs in which the middle letter of the
root is H) are of rare occurrence and may here be dis-
regarded.
XII. Of verbs mediae K3 (verbs in which the middle letter of
the root is fl, t. e. e) that of most frequent occurrence is
rdmu (rt. DK3*l) "to love", Kal Pret. irdm, irfm, Pres. irdm,
Imper. rim, Part, rd'imu.
XIII. Of verbs mediae K4 (verbs in which the middle letter of
the root is J?, /'. e. £) the following are examples : belu
(rt. b*45) "to rule", Kal Pret. ibel, ipil; [reto] (rt. #K4n)
"to rejoice", Pret. irei, iri$, Ifteal Pret. irfiX.
XIV. Verbs mediae KA (verbs in which the middle letter of the
root is JJ, i. e. £) are of rare occurrence and may here be
disregarded.
XV. Of verbs mediae K6 (verbs in which the middle letter of
the root is 1) the following are examples : kdnu (rt. }K63)
"to stand", Kal Pret. ikun, Pres. ikdn, Imper. kun, Perm.
kdn, ken, Piel Pret. ukin, Pres. ukdn, Imper. ken, Perm, kun,
Inf. kunnu, Iftaal Pret. uktin; tdru (rt. 1K6n) "to turn", Kal
Pret. itur, Imper. tur, Piel Pret. ufir, Imper. fir, Part, mutiru,
Inf. turru, Iftaal Pret. utfir; ddku (rt. "JK^) "to slay", Kal
Pret. iduk, Pres. iddk, Imper. duk, Perm, dik, Ifteal Pret.
idduk (for idtiik).
XVI. Of verbs mediae K7 (verbs in which the middle letter of
the root is n) the following are examples : tabu (rt. SK7tO)
"to be good", I£al Pret. itib, Pres. itdb, itibbi, itib, Perm.
LXXXVI INTRODUCTION
Examples tab, Piel Pret. utib, Part, mutibu, Inf. fubbu ; danu (rt. |K7*7)
of weak «to judge", Kal Pret. idin, Pres. ttfSii, tffmia, Imper. din.
verbs.
XVII. Verbs tertiae infirmae (verbs in which the third letter of the
root is weak) are of frequent occurrence. Of verbs tertiae Kx
(verbs in which the third letter of the root is K) the
following are examples : hatu (rt. KjtOPl) "to sin", Kal
Pret. ifiti, Pres. ijiatti; malu (rt. K^fi) "to fill, to be full",
Kal Pret. fmti, Ifteal Pret. imtaii, Piel Pret. umaUu Verbs
tertiae K2 are of rare occurrence and may here be dis-
regarded. Of verbs tertiae K3 (verbs in which the third
letter of the root is PI) the following are examples : pitu
(rt. K3nB) "to open", Kal Pret. ipti, ipta, Pres. ipatti, ipeti,
tpitti, Imper. pitit pita, Part, petu; laku, liku (rt. K3p^) "to
take", KLal Pret. ilki, ilka ; Pres. ilekki, ilikki, Imper. tiki,
Ifteal Pret. ilteki. Of verbs tertiae K4 the following are
examples : iemu (rt. K4&ttf) "to hear", Kal Pret. iXmi, Pres.
fiimi, rtimmi, Imper. $imi\ Ubu (rt. K4St&) "to be satisfied
with", Kal Pret. iibi. Many verbs tertiae infirmae might, by
comparison with the corresponding roots in Arabic, be
classified as verbs tertiae K6 or tertiae K7 ; these two classes
of verbs however are usually treated together as it is
frequently impossible to distinguish between them. In the
corresponding roots in Hebrew the original 1 and "■ have
both been changed to PI which merely serves to carry
the vowel and has no consonantal force : it is customary
therefore in citing Assyrian roots, which belong to these
two classes, to employ PI as a symbol for the third letter
of the root. The following are examples of these two
classes of verbs tertiae infirmae : banu (rt. J13D) "to build",
Kal Pret. ibni, Pres. ibani, Imper. binit Part, bani, banu, Perm.
bani, Ifteal Pret. ibtani, Nifal Pret. and Pres. ibbani, Ittafal
Pret. and Pres. ittabni; latu (rt. Pinttf) "to drink", Kal
Pret. ilti, Pres. Haiti, Imper. iiti; baru (rt. 7VO) "to see",
■ ii
VERBS LXXXVII
Kal Pret. ibri, Pres. ibari, Shafel Pret. uSabri; manu (rt. J13&)
"to count", Kal Pret. imnu, Pres. imanu, t'mani, Piel Pret.
umannd ; kamu (rt. HDp) "to burn", KLal Pret. ikmu, Imper.
kumu, Part. kamu.
In some verbs two letters of the root are weak ; such verbs Doubly
are termed "doubly weak" and exhibit the peculiarities of both w
verbs.
the classes of weak verbs to which they belong. Thus the verb
nddu (rt. TRX3) "to exalt" is a "doubly weak" verb, as it is both
primae J and mediae Kx ; na$u (rt. Kx03) "to raise" is both primae 3
and terHae Kx ; elu (rt. H^K4) "to be high" is both primae K4 and
tertiae infirmae ; idu (rt. K4*1K7) "to know" is both primae K7 and
tertiae K4 ; ba'u (rt. KjK63) "to come" is both mediae K6 and
tertiae Hx.
A few quadri literal verbs (verbs with four letters in the Quadri-
root) exist in Assyrian, of which the following are of most l c™
. vcros.
frequent occurrence : [ba/katu, rt. 0373], Shafel Pret. uXbalkit, Pres.
ufabalkat, "to tear down", Nifal Pret. ibbalkit "to fall upon, invade",
Ittafal, Pret. ittabalkat "to revolt, to pass over" ; [parXadu, rt.
TttPTD], Nifal Pret. ipparSid, Inf. naparhidu, "to fly". In some
quadriliteral verbs the last letter of the root is weak, e. g.
rt. robfi, Shafel Pret. uSpalki, "to open wide" ; rt. rOIB, Nifal
Pret. ipparku, Inf. naparku, "to cease, disappear".
LIST OF SIGNS.
The following List of cuneiform signs is given for reference,
and should be used together with the Vocabulary when reading
the texts in the main body of the book. The principles on
which the list has been arranged are as follows. It has been
already stated on pp. XXI ff., that the cuneiform writing had
its origin in picture-writing, the inventors of the system being
accustomed to draw rough pictures to represent objects, actions, etc.
At an early date the pictures lost their exact forms and became
Character mere groups of wedges, chiefly because soft clay was used as
and func- tne principal writing material. The original picture-writing,
tions of
the signs. moreover» 'n addition to its change in outward form, underwent
development with regard to the meaning of the characters. For
most of the picture-signs, or ideograms, were, in course of time,
used to express the sounds of the names of things which they
represented, apart from their meanings ; thus arose and came
into use, side by side with the original picture-writing, a system
of writing words phonetically by means of syllables. Among
the Babylonians and Assyrians these two systems also existed
side by side. A sign could thus be employed as (i) a single
syllable of a word ; (2) an ideogram which stood for a whole
word ; (3) a determinative to indicate the general meaning of
an ideogram ; and (4) part of an ideogram consisting of two or
more signs.
LIST OF SIGNS LXXXIX
In the following list the principal Assyrian signs are given Arrange-
with their most usual syllabic values and ideographic meanings. ment# of
The list is divided into three columns. In the first column is the
sign to be explained ; in the second are its chief phonetic values ;
and in the third are the complete words which are its meanings
when it is used as an ideogram or as the first part of an ideo-
gram. For example, the first sign in the list, ►— , when occurring
in the inscriptions, may possibly be used phonetically for any
one of the four syllables a$, rum, dil or ///, e. g. ►- J, af-Xu, "be-
cause of"; ^Y\*£ ^fcj *"■» zi-ka-rum, "male" ; (££ ►- **f-
fczflf, mi-dtl Same(e), "the bolt of heaven"; ^irj ►-, ba-fil, "dis-
continued, in abeyance" ; or it may be used as an ideogram for
any of the words cited in the third column, e. g. ►- V *— " ^j^T*
ina mJ/MHl/r*^ "in Assyria" ; J ►- ^ ►-, m Afbtr - afy - iddina,
"Esarhaddon" ; or finally it may occur as the first sign in an
ideogram composed of more than one sign, e. g. ££j *~*[ £| *—
*~<[^, i-na '*u kusst, "on the throne". And so on throughout.
The signs in this list are arranged in order according to the Order of
direction of the wedge or wedges with which they begin, the the s,8ns-
general order being as follows: — (i) the signs beginning with
horizontal wedges (first those beginning with one horizontal
wedge ►, then the signs beginning with two wedges £:, then
those with three wedges £, then those with four wedges ^) ;
(2) the signs beginning with diagonal wedges (first those be-
ginning with one diagonal wedge A, then those with two ^, then
those with three ^, and finally those that begin with the large
diagonal wedge ^) ; (3) the signs the beginnings of which con-
tain the upright wedge (those signs beginning with the single
wedge, J, being followed by those beginning with J, £, and
last of all by those beginning with two or more upright wedges).
In each of these main divisions the same order is followed with
regard to the second and third wedges of each sign.
xc
INTRODUCTION
Sign
Syllabic values
Ideograms
I.
2.
3.
4-
»-Hh
aX ; rum ; dfl, til
W
muk, muk
ba
zu
6.
**TT
v
— , (i) Prep, tna, "in".
„ (2) Abbreviation for
AHur, the land As-
syria, written (*£)
-«HJ)-
„ (3) In proper names
employed as ideo-
gram for the god
A$$ur\ for naddnu,
"to give"; and for
aplu, "son".
f
fl
*T I*
kussu,
throne
»j
, sometimes employed as
sign for the plural.
, bdru, "seer, ma-
gician".
y^ j»j ►*- ►►*, /</#&/, />#?/«/,
the Tigris.
^fcj, £jte, "to give".
^y, (1) tdu, "to know".
„ (2) h'u, "wise".
^ t=t=y, */*«, "abyss".
x»; jfotf, kul
^yy, (1) matku, "skin,
hide".
„ (2) ercbu, "to in-
crease".
LIST OF SIGNS XCI
Signs
Syllabic values
Ideograms
**tt **&.
[kuSafru \
\>*J\ "famine"-
7-
*£W
tin, Sun ; rug,
ruk, ruk
8.
1
i
1
1
1
■
bal, pal
*-*-|£, (1) palu, "reign, year
of reign ; sym-
bol of royalty,
ring" (?).
„ (2) nabalkulu, "to
cross over".
„ (3) enu, "to make
void, to humble".
„ (4) naku, "to pour
out (a libation),
to offer (an offer-
ing)M.
„ (5) tepib, Piel-Sha-
fel of [pelu], "to
'
conquer".
^►^ ►< {j^\9 ASSur, the
city.
9.
— m
ad, at, at ; gir
«^yyj, patru, "dagger".
*"■*""! II t1? akrabu, "scor-
pion".
«^I)^TI,^^, "light-
1
but, put
ning".
10.
■^m*
INTRODUCTION
Sign
Syllabic values
,.«*„„,.
II.
>*>^
tor ; kut, kud,
kut, kut ; fil ;
►*^-, (1) nakasu, "to cutoff".
„ (2) parasu, "to decide".
„ (3) f«i«, "street".
12.
«f
„,
*-*y-, (1) *'/»i "god" ; also
employed as de-
terminative be-
fore the names
of deities.
„ (2) Samu, plur. Same,
"heaven".
w|- *"*"T, WuH "lead".
fH^ »+-, parztllu, "iron".
«f t^TTT- * "high- sit-
uated above".
*~»X~ \tt, tf/u/«, "eclipse".
M+- 4^£l, ;<ru, "field, plain".
13.
~T<
see 46. «T<
14-
«jp
(»-*J-) n-»J^, ^Mw, the god.
*-tf\ »-»JJr. -^-fr"". the city.
V -Jf (<HJ), -ttfrr.
Assyria.
■5-
tfcl
in ; sometimes
employed
for ka
»~fcfcjt (1) /«. "mouth".
„ (2) Unnu, "tooth",
„ (3) amalu, "word,
command".
-CfeJeTTT*. (■)*«; "">
speak".
„ (2) £i$JS*, "com-
mand".
LIST OF SIGNS
XCIII
Sign
Svllabic values
Ideograms
"date".
:fcj fc^H» *W "bat-
talion".
16. :
^FMffT
:^^TfT? «*</«, "to re-
cite a spell or incan-
tation".
17.
*&
■£j2fi j'ot/k, "breath, poi-
son".
Etfff ^I^T ^TT» foxfopUf
"sorcerer".
^^Sl^^T!' **«*/*.
"sorceress".
18.
■*8r
*£j§Jf /«^«, "battle".
19.
-£j£j
►-tjw> litanu, "tongue,
I speech".
(v) -qBf m, &*•*.
1 Southern Babylonia.
20.
^-tjfty j na& nak> na* ^l!?f» ^ "to drink"«
21. !-q§J
^ffij* «*«/«f "to eat".
22.
-fcTT
*r
►t J f , tf/tf, "city" , also em-
ployed as determinative
before the names of
cities.
23.
^M
ukkin
j pufrru \ "totality, whole ;
} unkennu, j full strength".
INTRODUCTION
Sign
Syllabic values
Ideograms
24.
►efrSJJ
W ►tTtSTT. >*'»™.
-tM ""
"dish".
25-
A-R- ►tin! M< '«•
the South-wind; see 229.
Aflf.
26.
ttT
*"fctl, (1) zikaru, "male".
„ (2) ardu, "slave".
Plague-god.
gal, the god.
27.
►C3
«-^*"*"J, ar£«, "month"; also
employed as determi-
native before the names
of the months.
28.
-r=NW
Ja^, soft, Sift
*W?tHH> *"$"' "wild
boar".
29.
>*r
la
30.
►H
»-fcT, ulfu, "foundation".
FClTT *"£*"T» '***"'■ "8ar-
dener".
Si.
►HI
mah *"^tlli I**! "exalted".
*-^f- »-£E:JJ, the goddess
1
litar.
32.
►^r
/»
>^£], eribu, "to enter".
*-^t J *-|J) summalu, "dove".
LIST OF SIGNS
xcv
Sign
33.
34. I A^-
35.
36.
^
^
Ideograms
In
-mn
tree".
dad; pap\ kur9
kur
>»
A^-, (1) nakaru, "to be hos-
tile".
(2) nakru, "hostile"; as
subs, "enemy",
sometimes written
with determ. E>??j-
(3) nakiru, "enemy";
sometimes written
with determ.
»
-HPPF-
(4) napkar, "total".
(5) In proper names
employed as ideo-
gram for aftu, "bro-
ther"; nasdruy "to
protect".
see 45. p~<£
mu
»
>»
»»
►^, (1) Xumu, "name".
(2) zakdru, "to name".
(3) zikru, "name".
(4) -w, 1 pers. sing.
Pron. suffix attach-
ed to nouns.
(5) In proper names
employed as ideo-
gram for naddnu,
"to give".
XCVI
INTRODUCTION
Sign
Svlliibic value*
Ideograms
^ (^ -v-j), uitu,
"year".
^^H. — * "i».
scription".
37-
ka
p- T, *a, 3 measure.
3S.
kad, hat, to*
3,.
gil, m
40.
-III
kat, kad
+1-
*m
ru ; tub, tup
*HI, (1) na^ii, "to cast".
„ (2) Jw»iA«A((]nf. Sha-
fel fr. maiatu),
"conquest".
V-
~c
be; bat, bat, bad',
*~<, (1) malu, "to die".
lit; mil, mil,
[«</« j "corpse";
11 (2) \ )
\pagru] sometimes
tm'd; til; ziz
written with de-
term. E?ff-
„ (3) damu, "blood".
1 *-^- >-<, Bit, the god.
43-
►^
""
"inscribed tablet of
stone".
44-
-«*
Sir
~GsEV~ET<HJ,
LagaS, the ancient Sir-
purla.
the Sun-god.
LIST OF SIGNS
Signs
Syllabic values
Ideograms
Rp^tT-<^EH
parutu, "alabaster".
45
>-<*, "V
£«/, £#/, £«/; sir
*-<£; siru, "seed".
46.
v-5
a
1 late, 1 "to take, re-
►~<|<(^-ET)i *»'■¥»> "to live".
47-
+
bar, par ; mal,
k^-, aiaridu, "chief".
(*+¥") ►f-, Aftii'4, the god.
t-*^- t^- >Jf-, Jftiyo/, the
god.
TJ0+ -P4.54.
/4$fa/, aWa/, the Tigris.
48.
^
„ (2) falmu, "image".
Effi ^ ST EgfcJ. «"»
«r.b', "gardener".
dim-mud, the god Ea.
49. -TA
►"[4^, Jitf/a, "revenue, in-
terest".
►-J^^ \tt» JWA«, "dream".
50.
-TA-fff
kun, gun
^TA^^TH' *'6iatu- "tail"-
5"-
-T<WI
b*\ P"g, P"k;
•"-JT, iiptru, "bird"; also
bag, bak
employed as determina-
tive after the names of
birds.
XCVIII
I INTRODUCTION
Sign
Syllabic values
Ideograms
52.
nam, sim
destiny".
ipahdtu \ dis-
" ^[pibdtu j trict".
ernor".
"swallow".
53.
-UMI*
ig, ik, ik
HM^> ***«> "to be".
0=1) HMf*» ^//w> "door".
54-
mud, mut, mut
55-
-TT-
rad, rat, rat
56.
htt* '
zi
i-yy^, /w/tf/w, "life".
HT^HfT. (0 tmnu>
"right".
„ „ (2) kinu,
"true".
57-
-TTA
HffA> *""*> "reed".
HTA ^T (0 **«. ^0
stand".
„ „ (2) kinu,
"firm,
true".
^HAE^ir* diparu,
"torch".
58.
-to -m
ri\ dal, tal, tal
LIST OF SIGNS
Sign
Syllabic values
nun ; eil, sil
Ideogram!
59'
-Tin. -m.
►ffl
•— TTTT, ruin, "great; noble,
prince"; in the latter
sense sometimes with
determinative EJJJj.
■"HIT r*""» a6ial/u> "spokes-
man, director".
•"HIT ^1' Eridu> the city-
Igigi, the spirits of hea-
ven.
60.
-n
«e 5t. -KT
61.
HI*
sceS2.-y<|^
6a.
►fl*
see 53. *-y<f*
63.
-TIA
^'54--T<T^.
64.
-HI
*<ii, *a/
*"TII. i*"n'iu' "icft".
6j.
-THI
^W*, £«^
66.
Hh
-fw/, <W, #1/ ;
kum, kum, gum
(jey) 4-, km, "doth".
67.
~£V
lint, dim
68.
•=££>
mart
*Xj£>, tabtu, "kindness".
69.
►fi
ag, at, a/t
*"19> C1) 'P*fu< "to make".
„ (2) banii, "to build".
■J-Jr* Nabu, the god.
-tip 1
7°-
HS3
»-J§r£*5i tahazu. "battle".
INTRODUCTION
Sign
Syllabic values
Ideograms
>rd".
71-
-II
en
^1, (1) belu, "lc
„ (2) adi, "up to".
-U-TTTTKT). -
I -^ l „watch„.
\mas§artu J
-II *■! •"T *»«*. "com".
hphk^tti
•Siw, the
•
^TII^TT I
Hf- -II (*TTT)
Moon-god.
Bel,
>
the god.
0
-II*m<I£J \mpp>«.
-VTIItTTKIUJ ^ city.
g$£ -II *<% bazanu (?),
dar
"governor".
72.
-IIEII
73.
•^
$ur, sur
74-
^JT
sufy
75-
•JVT
**f- iJfy 1 /War,
-MVT I thc
goddess.
76.
4s
sa
ck; bank".
77-
>5s!
1
kar, kan
78.
>*3fc
tik, tik ; gu
>Jp!i^, /bJorfa, "ne
JfQ ET**~ . gugallu, "direc-
tor".
-tTT >m ** n m
Kutu, the city Cuthah.
LIST OF SIGNS
Sign
Syllabic values
Ideograms
79-
>P&h
lur, dur, lur
80.
J&m
«4^£TH' *&*> "tribule;
burden; talent".
St.
•=AI
►^C^*, di$Pu< "honey".
82.
r
gur, kur
»t", (1) itiru, "to turn, re-
turn".
„ (2) a measure.
83.
VfJ, karnu, "horn".
tff<[t^» [Mru], "to be
straight".
| iSliimi 1 the North-wind;
\tlfdnu | see 229, &]$-.
ftDtTTVT^™."^!".
84.
far
*^:|4lT, ( 1 ) burrumu, "bright-
ly coloured".
„ (2) birmu, "brightly
coloured cloth".
85.
*TT*
fat, hit ; sag;
ri!, ris
•pyjC^, tibt, "head".
"head".
"chief".
officer, ruler",
^T *^yTcf= Mfc, wiMfi/w,
"bolt".
INTRODUCTION
90
Syllabic voluea
Ideograms
86.
vm
t] -EH!, '*«, "ship".
malalju, "sailor".
87-
*im
(Ar, /ir, /ir;
wa/ (Babyl.)
88.
t
At j , tap ; rfa/ ;
89.
e=e=
/
t~t~ 1 arba'u, irbitli (f.),
"four".
Arba'ilu, the city Arbela.
90.
iA
tak, tak, tag; ium
t-t- . lapatu, "to over-
throw".
9>-
w=T
ab, ap ; e!
92.
«=?
nab, nap
9'.
«=Hf
mui,
trtif»-*f-, iaiiabu, "star".
94-
cfv^f
ug, ui, uk
95-
CjVff"
as, as, a}
96.
SSI
E^< |. «*, "copper".
97-
CM
i-tf-y, babu, "gate".
£*£? El*~> a6uilu< "city-
gate".
seHf-(p=TT)«B),
Babilu, Babylon.
LIST OF SIGNS CHI
Sign
Syllabic values
Ideograms
98.
£>4
u
-^ U™ } Nineveh-
99.
<m
um
IOO.
tCTTTT
•
dup
^CTTIT' (0 duPPu- "tablet".
„ (2) tabfiku, "to pour
out".
tCTTTT HWfc» ***««*».
"tablet of destiny".
(S3?) tCTTTT ifiHf.
dupXarru, "scribe".
IOI.
sHTT
/a
nd'idu
"exalted".
askuppu \ "thresh -
askuppatu J old".
t^E» employed as deter-
minative after numbers.
HMk*' b*goU*<> "abun-
dance".
;, (0
***** \ "small".
»
(2) maru, "son".
B3. { r: } -•••
INTRODUCTION
Sign
Syllabic values
Ideograms
fc_k_ >. I mar/u 1 "daugh-
*~*^ *" ' I biniu | ter".
(•"TI^?) £&:» morula, "son-
ship".
106.
*r
ad, at, at
C=Ey> a*", "father".
107.
<=ETT
t*
108.
*m
,„
109.
tfes
in
no.
*Sp
rab, rap
„
eSro
t^ffl. Jte^«. "king".
»-*^- t^Jw, the god Mar-
duk.
112.
tor, tar; Sir; Air
frEJ»~|. iataru, "to write".
f| fctfcj» **™> "plantation,
garden".
6±EfcJ dEfcJi tulassuru
(Iftaal of kaiaru)}, "to
collect, to rally (to-
trans.),"
n3.
^a
tEj^y, Juru, "wall".
"dead".
■ 14.
&m
TdISJ-+^T
►j^sj, Ubara-Tutu.
-5.jtgf.Egf
I fcEf, nadanu, "to give",
t^? t^tJ' J'*M"' "onion".
LIST OF SIGN
Sign
Syllabic vahies
Ideograms
1 1 6.
fis
far; raJ, ru
CVv, harrdntt, "way".
S^TT' Z"™* "campaign".
pec ¥^-, space of two
hours; distance traversed
in two hours.
117.
t»
luh
5^6, irlu, "breast".
t* -TTC Offt «**»•
"rival**.
118.
«**?
E^*},(|) fOT,"field, plain".
„ (2)^. "against".
119.
w; te\ de; bil,
pil;kum,kum;
bi (Babyl.)
bil, pil
120.
£^^, rfmu, "wild ox".
t^. tfj, /«■». "elephant".
121.
122.
_
■ s3.
t^i»-<, lint, "flesh"; some-
times employed as de-
terminative before some
parts of the body.
££fT, (0 i»*». "fire".
„ (2) eiiu, "new".
«f t^sy -IT A, sm.
the Fire-god.
C^^<f) '**«i "new".
...
£<t«<"
zik, zik ; fip
"s- j c<StT
►<2SI <H=J> »«*. Erech.
CVI
INTRODUCTION
Sign
Syllabic values
Ideograms
127,
128.
129.
i3o.
:<£<
i3i.
l32.
i33.
134.
135.
^Osj
T!
JeT
»-<v
TT
^T
T£
gaz, gas, gas\
has
£<^> daku, "to slay".
ram
, ramu, "to love".
see 98. E^?K j*
ur
'jy, jw/w, "loins, thigh".
*y- jz^iyy, ## ^^", "the
horizon".
^Ey, /&/&, "foundation".
/7
du\ gup, hup,
hup;gub,hub,
hub; kin
?>
»
y, (1) alaku, "to go".
(2) nazdzu, "to stand".
(3) &««, "to stand ;
Piel , hunnu, "to
set".
»
^T
(4) kinu, "true",
w \ Ualluku (Ifteal of
alaku), "to go,
walk, proceed".
turn, dum ;
ib (Babyl.)
Jh^, (i) /Wrw, "ass".
(2) imeru, a measure.
!►► is also employed as
determinative ; </. the
following ideograms: —
Is: V E^yy, sisii,
"horse".
LIST OF SIGNS
Sign
Syllabic values
Ideograms
^ISIStM" I
^E<E-ffl^TI
para, "mule".
-I£T?w=T^Tl
^Evs^T 1
gammalu, "camel".
i36.
*ms
^JE^y, fi) aria, "situar-
ed behind, fu-
ture".
„ (2) arh\ "behind,
after".
l37.
t^ii
^H , kardnu, "wine".
138.
5£T
«l; atf
Xrf\y (0 ^ikaru, "male".
„ (2) SulSu, "sixty".
■ 39.
^n
,,-
^1 ::•}-*■•■
140.
*-<
*-<
bi ; ifarf, g'ai ;
^~j, Sikaru, "date-wine."
ias
^~j ^TTp-, iurunnu, "se-
same-wine."
■ 41.
txii
Sim; rii, rik,rig
^ ^ *y|, rikku, a sweet-
smelling wood.
rate, "pine-tree".
142.
E3f
kit, kip; kit, kip
■ 43.
S3
/at, tai; dak
Eyf"/^ tfina, "stone" ; also
employed as determina-
CVIII
INTRODUCTION
144.
*45
146.
H7-
148.
149.
150.
151
J52-
Sign
►W-
HfflF
PS
£pT>
Syllabic values
Ideograms
tive before the names
of stones.
kak; kak; da
^Zy (1) banu, "to build".
(2) tpiSu, "to make".
(3) *a/*, "all".
»
/*/; sa/, j<i/, sal;
i; It; ili
►TT~» Xamnu, "oil".
Sjfl, plur. J^I J^T, i7ir,
"god".
E£ffj EjfT S^> /** "opener
(of a gate), porter."
/r
f»tf/
►jy^f, (1) rapdXu, "to be
broad".
(2) rapfa, "broad".
(3) rupiu% "breadth".
(4) ummu, "mother".
HPf-
tT
^ffitf
Crf^T* (1) &w//«, "plat-
form".
„ (2) iamnu, "oil".
"beam".
»TT ^ f * **''''**'> "counsel".
</<*t, dak ; /<z/i ;
53. I t£
pa; bat, fat j t| K^, faffu, "sceptre".
LIST OF SIGNS
CIX
Sign
Syllabic values
Ideograms
t^^T^Tl* ittakku, "ru-
ler".
►*f- ^f=, (i) Nabu, the god.
„ „ (2) elat Same, "the
zenith".
154. j sMf-
1 . .-.. . .
Rjp^^p-, parsu, "command,
1
ordinance".
'55- , t^Idl
1
Sab, $ap\ sap
•
150.
157.
#m
«f- t^I^y, Nusku, the god.
&im
sib, sip
(K?w) $^m, *'»> "^cp-
1
1
herd".
158-
$
iz, is, is; gi$
H> (0 tsu> "wood"; also
employed as de-
terminative before
the names of trees,
woods, and wooden
objects.
m
„ (2) In proper names
interchanging with
1
1
•pIT <Wf=. for *-
teSuru "to direct",
1
Ishtafal of [e$eru\.
1
t] Ek (0 kakku> "weapon".
„ „ (2) tukultu, "help",
see JEJ.
t] 4fc|£, «Wrtu,
I (1) "boundary, end".
\ (2) "sculpture, relief".
INTRODUCTION
Sign
Syllabic vilucs
Ideograms
t| ^tt, /'//«i "shadow".
"bolt", see 85.
J lukumtu "oppo-
t| | { lukuntu sition,
1 iukmalu battle".
| (1) Gibit, the Fire-god.
\ (2) lia/u, "fire".
"59-
sT*
tfc-, "//>«, "ox".
1 60.
tWf
a/
161.
*&■
«i, «>/ <jr
t^, kibratu, "quarter of
heaven".
162.
«=TF
mo/ abarrt, the Western-
land.
theWest-wind ; see 229.
163.
Ion.
164.
duk; lud, lul, lut
t||i-, karpatu, "pot, vessel" ;
also employed as de-
terminative before the
names of vessels.
■ 65. j clji-
fcjf*-, »»*". "fruit".
LIST OF SIGNS
CXI
Sign
Syllabic values
Ideograms
1 66.
*m
un
Ejflf, niSu, "people".
"women of the palace".
167.
*TTT
kid, kit; kid, kit]
git; safi, sib;
HI
168.
i
1
rid, rit; Sid, Sit;
lak, lak; mis,
mis, miX; kit
SjHy, minutu, "number".
(Kw)^IH,to^ Viest".
EB^f 9Ef» kunukku, "seal".
^HP ^HfT? Marduk, the god.
169.
*w
u; Sam
8a
^yyy^z, (1) rite, "fodder".
„ (2) ammatu, an ell.
„ (3) fammu, "plant" ;
also employed
as determinative
before the names
of plants".
170.
\*m
^yyy^, *&**, "miik".
171.
^TTT^U^f- "***> "to raise"-
172.
lak, H^, toh't ni
^yy<, sukkallu, "minister".
173.
*ro
kal; rib; lab, lap;
lib, Up; dan,
tan, tan
fcjyi, (1) <fo«/i«, "mighty".
„ (2) dannft, "exceed-
ingly".
*->\- ^y^? lamassu, "sacred
colossal bull".
►T ^TT^> *****' a preci°us
wood.
CXII
INTRODUCTION
Sign
Syllabic values
Ideograms
(B?S) fcffi, idlu, "man,
lord".
174.
*THf
►*^- ^U^<^ Xcdu, "sacred
colossal bull".
^f^yy^,^r^tt,ucamp".
175
180.
«=TTTT
bit, bit; pit; e
^TTTT' t"lu' "nouse> temple".
fcjfTTHh *""#*' "priest"-
c=7TTT ET*"» ekallu' "palacc"-
tjlji V. ekurru, "temple".
t=TTTT *&£%> '*aru' "wal1"-
176.
Hfffi
»/'r
177-
MT*
&
^TT^(TI),'^"toturn,
return".
178.
E^TT
ra
179.
K?ff
^yyyT anulu, "man"; also
employed as determina-
tive before the names
of tribes and professions.
E55 >-s=TttT M> amil»<
man .
B??a
hi, Si's] si's, sis'
+*+-<
&W<> (0 a*u' "brother".
„ (2) nasaru, "to pro-
tect".
Nannaru I . x. .
> the Moon-god.
the city Ur.
LIST OF SIGNS
CXII1
Sign
Syllabic values
Ideograms
181. ; EEE<, *£E<
zak, zak
n
, (i) imnu, "right".
(2) patu, "boundary,
limit; all".
182.
i83.
184.
185.
see 112.
: see 1 1
s-*m
,86. ; t<$X
187.
188.
£TT
189.
191
£V
kar; gar
id, if, it
HI
da, ta
dS
ma
gal, kal
, idu, "hand; side".
Ei3i! ^\\i m*™* "eagle".
^^j ►JI** ''"*> "strong".
£<3<<Lf tablu, "midst ;
battle".
^TT »<TT» ddr*> "lasting,
everlasting".
Et?[T ^E, <&«««, "mighty".
^1 Ej*^ adannti, "exceed-
ingly".
^ *~^5 manuy "maneh".
^y>^, rabiiy "great".
Ej^" **^TTT^» uSumgallu,
"monster-viper".
rab-kisir, "captain".
EvTTT ^\+~- ^, an officer.
CXIV
I INTRODUCTION
Sign
Syllabic values
Ideograms
ductor of musicians.
//, "chief".
K&EMJ^TT. "■*-
<wi/, "chief- astrologer".
192.
^f
bar
EHf P<*™kku, "shrine".
ig3.
m
bi$, piS ; kir, gir
194.
*m .
mir
EDI!=J, (0 <«* "crown".
„ (2) t'zzu, "angry,
terrible".
i95«
*m
196. EV
197.
198.
199.
200.
^TT
201.
IT
(Km) EjTTg^, «^«,
"leader, commander".
3f/r, /i/r
, *. '. ^!!| ^ J , see 1 3 3
5*
;, £Zfe, "lady".
</«£, /i//
fa
ite; &*/; kat
jEj, £*/«, "hand".
J§| *P| |, ubanu, "ringer".
it -+ ^t «m ) ,
Bdbilu, Babylon.
IT OCJ» see 28s- OCT-
LIST OF SIGNS
!■»=
mm
Syllnbic values
ess Ji *t *rr*. *■*
iaku, "officer".
tul; lib, lip; lup; E^ff J^=' ™mmtru< "male
Pah; nar
V*- ETt^, zammertu, "female
musician".
j,lf/CSi4
favourable".
"date-palm".
"to be
206.
207.
V^Vv«IgJ), Akkadu,
Akkad.
Jet^R Urartu, Armenia.
■ gam, kam; gur '
kur; mat, mad; j Vi (0 ««/", "land, country ";
iW, &/, fa/; ' also employed as de-
/«/; mi/, oarf; j terminative before
kin 1 names of countries.
„ {i)iadu, "mountain";
also employed as de-
terminative before
names of mountains.
„ (3) kaiadu, "to conquer".
„ (4) napahu, "to shine
forth, to rise (of the
sunY*.
CXVI
INTRODUCTION
215.
m
Sign
Syllabic values
Ideograms
4^ff ve^TT* *«*» the
East-wind; see 229. ,^*ff-.
208.
*
U
^, leu, "grain".
^ (^TTT^)» ™g*™> "to
render obedience to,
to gratify, to be pro-
pitious".
^ til ^yy", SamaHammu,
"sesame-seed".
209.
*-
6u,pu;sir;git,M
^M^TT). «*». "long"-
2IO.
*-T<T
uz, us, us
1
211.
*Hfff
Xud, fat; sir
*Hfff.
*HPff<
"cole
gon"
ruku, "distant".
siru, "serpent".
<^X£Ei sirruUu,
issal serpent, dra-
•
z}}}}> *iMu> "wood,
t".
212.
*-ffi<
mu$; sir
2l3.
^NRfW
tir
CD *c
foresl
214.
*T
te
<
.1 (») ■
'emenu, "foundation-
jtone".
' Kobe near".
tebu J
gallii, "devil".
kar
*£]]}, (1) karu, "wall,
stronghold".
„ (2) eteru, "to pro-
tect, spare".
LIST OF SIGNS
CXVII
Sign
Syllabic values
Ideograms
2 1 6.
217.
1 a.1
T
218.
T
li$, lis
sign sometimes employ-
ed for marking the di-
vision of words.
ud, ufj ut\ u;
tu ; tarn ; bir ;
par, pir ; lah,
lih ; hi$t his
u
•
1/'
7>
*J, (1) «/w«, "day".
(2) umu, "storm".
(3) $am$u, "sun"; gen-
erally written with
determ. ►■►j-.
„ (4) situ, "exit, that
which comes forth".
„ (5) Pm, "white".
►►y~ ^1, Santas', the Sun-
god.
^ I^y, *f«, "to go forth".
►"HP ^y ^y £^y, & iam&,
"sun-rise".
*f- ^ J y^ , erib Xamtt,
"sun-set".
"copper".
*T £<3<iy, Larsam, the
city.
*T tJf -TTTT <HJ, ^-r.
the city.
Purdtu, the Euphrates;
properly the short ca-
CXVIII
INTRODUCTION
Sign
Syllabic values
Ideograms
nal between Sippar and
the Euphrates.
*TEfcTT» urru> "W-
219.
220.
221.
222.
223.
224.
225.
^TTT
//'; ma, me
7xM
*?A
^
A
226. ! ^-iJf-
lib
/
^T*- , uznu, "ear",
^jyy, libbu, "heart".
"descendant".
KIT) *TTT -fi=TT. **»>
the city.
uh
TM
ru'tu \ u
rutu J
breath".
sab, sap ; sa£ ;
bir, pir; lah,
(Km) *f ****• "warrior".
^ (4^y^)» ummanu, "host".
*} ^, niraru, "helper".
^f^, pir'u, "offspring, des-
cendant".
zib, zip ; sip
hi, ti\ far
^, JtiHatu, "host, the
world".
^ (e=yyyn /»*«, "good-.
; *-«4-^, AHur, the god.
Assyria.
►^yy A , Eridu, the city.
^►*y~ is the sign for mark-
ing the breathing.
c
LIST OF SIGNS
Sign
Syllabic vilues
Ideograms
227.
ah, ih, uk
228.
ktim ; ham
^_»-< is employed a
terminative after
bers.
de-
A4f
2 3o. 1 4k.t^
4^,4t' Sara' "w'nd".
Afl-tTnTIBI."*.
the South-wind.
{ \ the North-wind.
I iltanu J
A'tT- tTT^ -^T> aha,rit-
the West-wind,
^^VE^IT. *•*- the
East- wind.
Afrf <MH' ,miu""'
"evil wind".
•-JL ^JT-, Rammanu, the
god Ramman.
Afl-tm?,
I ,>7"" 1 "clouds".
I urpalu\
Afl-Ifc.
( »«'('(/« I
J "exulted .
l._. _
4l.£fH, sapahu, "to bring
to naught".
cxx
INTRODUCTION
233.
A]}
234.
<
235-
236.
<^H
<-TT
237.
<^TAT
238.
<:
23g.
240.
<«
241
<s
242,
«£T
243. 1 <:r^
Sign -
Syllabic values
Ideograms
23l.
&m
Aar, far, frur;
mur\ kin
232.
&<&
fru$\ ruX
sun
Aft(0
ma 'ddu
u
>J
many .
(2) employed as a
sign for the plur-
al.
u
(*"*y~) ^> Rammdnu, the god
Ramman.
wtf#
^►tJ^J , */*', "over, upon".
*f- ^TL ^g^ the «od-
HP- <^TAT> (0 /tor' the
goddess.
(2) titar, god-
dess".
»
»>
&/, ///, /*/; rim
Mr
foil, kis\ ktlt
<«, ki'Ha/u, "host, the
world".
am
{££, (1) matfw, "night".
„ (2) salmu, "dark".
gut, kul, kul*
sun I
^J ^£^3^, irfo, "couch
»*
LIST OF SIGNS
CXXI
Sign
Syllabic values
Ideograms
244.
<^T
nim, num
Elam.
245.
<SST
turn
246.
lam ; Urn (?)
247.
<!
248.
249.
250. j <^jy
251. |<tfi
252.
<^
1
zur, sur
ban, pan
►►f- ^Z^J, Marduk, the
god.
j (]^II)<^,»^ "offering".
&>», ^ww ; dim 1 O^jT, £7m<z, "like, as".
ul
^£E, #/«, "foot".
lakkanakku
{
"governor",
253. 1 <E^
-54- | <^JA
w; b'k
255-
<T-
//; lim
lakkanaku
"bones".
►►y-^fcE, §eruy "field, plain".
the god.
KEEK *^'«> "heavy".
, marsu, "sick".
<!-, (1) Inn, "eye".
(2) pdnu, "face".
(3) mabru, "front".
(4) amdru, "to see",
^y*— j , amdru, "to see".
>»
>»
»>
CXXII
INTRODUCTION
Sign
Syllabic values
Ideograms
4^- ^J^-, abtktu, "defeat".
-►f <I-^I, (1) Ninib,
the god.
» » » {7)Nergai9
the god.
256.
<WTI
<ram
ar
257-
<KTTTT» (0 ******
"help".
„ (2) itlu, "sign,
portent".
258.
<HHf
^J*~-/^, (1) damdku, "to be
favourable".
„ (2) damku, "favour-
% able".
, x ( dumku 1 "fa-
( </«/*&/ J vour,
good fortune".
"mercy, favour".
259-
260.
u (late Babyl-
onian)
hul
tree.
^T»-TT»-T. limnu, "evil, wick-
ed".
(£-)<HH limuttu<
"evil, misfortune".
»6«-,<T^I*
di, ti
^|tf=, (1) ialamu, "to be
complete".
LIST OF SIGNS
CXXHI
Sign
Syllabic values
Ideograms
262. ^g[, <fjE=T /«/, til
263.
<m
ki
j ^[S^fr, (2) Sulmu, "prosper-
ity, greeting".
! f\£p ►^r, daianu, "judge".
' <Tt^ ^^satiukku, "reg-
I ular offering".
\\ tp J|, Sandnu, "to equal,
to rival".
«w, the god Sulman.
^^J, titu, "mound".
j^JIJiOO"^ "earth".
„ (2) a/ri/, "place" ; also
employed as de-
terminative after
names of places.
„ (3) ////, "with".
^Jgf^yy^, Jannalu, "dis-
tress".
<Mttyyy, (o^*. "un-
der part".
„ „ (2) Xaplu," low,
lower".
<m tfe (or -II)
►-[T^^, Sumir, Southern
Babylonia.
^H? HJ, *«**. "dwelling".
<Jg[ J^,iuiul/u (?)," weight".
CXXIV
INTRODUCTION
271
«
Sign
Syllabic values
Ideograms
264.
0ETTT
^TETTT , sign of repetition,
"ditto".
265.
<K
din, tin
<K balatu, "to live".
Babylon.
266.
<TI
see 323. JT
267.
<Mfflf
dun; $ul, sul
268.
<R
^flf, <>//*, "bright".
<if ^TT^i buraSu> "8°ldM-
^jnf *j, (1) ^ "silver".
,> » (2) farpu, "silver".
269.
<V
pad, pat, pa/;
Xuk, $uk
^fJ, kurummatu, "food".
^^ ^^T^J, wWota, "of-
fering".
270.
<W
^ muiii, "right".
^4- ^Wi (0 7^r» the s°d-
dess.
„ „ (2) /War, "god-
dess".
272,
<«
ma», niS
«, (1) farm, "king".
„ (2) SamaS, the sun.
rf; ji«
(►*f-) K^» ^/w> tne moon ;
the Moon-god.
^^ >^-y purussu, " deci-
sion".
LIST OF SIGNS
cxxv
273.
274.
275
279
Sign
280.
$
T
r
78- 1 st
Syllabic values
Ideograms
276.
a
277.
&
dtf, filf ; tist /is ;
ana
lal; la
(HPO % BeU the 8°d'
y, (1) *»*, "to".
„ (2) Determinative before
male proper names.
„ (3) iUen, "one"; with
phonetic compl. ►JJ
frequently written
„ (4) enuma, "when".
f", (1) Sakdlu, "to weigh".
„ (2) simittu, "yoke"; some-
times written with
determ. £|.
„ (3) kasil (?), "to bind".
kil, kil, gil; nmt
rin;fab,bap;
kir
for J^ ffi, see 3 18. Jf.
fiy £<|, narkabtu, "chariot".
T? ISSJ' '^*' "bitumen".
"bitumen".
zar, sar
281.
a/
w
"sheep".
282.
fir
/«; /«/
J<J, burn, "spring, well".
CXXVI
I NTRODUCTION
Sign
283.
284. 1 fly
285. tt!
286. ! wm
287.
T'
288. y
289. 1 tJj
290.
m
Syllabic values
Ideograms
bul, pul
zuk, zuk\ suk
me ; h'b, Sip ; sip
meS, mis'
\ (1) puhhuru (Picl of
palfdru\ "to col-
lect; to streng-
then".
„ (2) napharu* "whole,
total".
^ ££j, napharu, "total".
R<<7wT, puldnu (?), "so and
so".
y*— is sometimes used in
place of y>»>> as a sign
for the plural.
J*— ^y, simiu, "ornament".
^»» , sign for the plural.
id, ip
ku\ dur\ tul
»
\ (1) tukultu, "help".
(2) subatu, "garment";
also employed as
determinative be-
fore names of stuffs
and garments".
(3) aUbuy "to dwell".
HeJ Hill£> ulinnu, a gar-
ment.
»
LIST OK SIGNS
CXXVII
Sign
291. M
292.
mi
293. jitlE
Syllabic values
Ideograms
/«;
ki; kin, kin
Sik
>94- HU^fflf
295- ; I
Jte
£:T JET, urkarinnu, a precious
wood.
i^ynji-Hf-iw^"club(?)"
//#, ///>, //# ! JgJ, (1) j^tf/«, "to take".
„ (2) senu9 "sheep" ;
also employed as
determinative be-
fore names for
sheep.
J^JJ ►fc^J, immeru, "lamb,
sheep".
J|EJJ, (1) Sipru, "letter,
message".
„ (2) mu'uru, "to
send, to rule"
(Piel of mdru,
"to send").
, (1) Updtu, "wool";
also employed
as determina-
tive before
names of wools
and woolen
stuffs.
(2) ttrtu, "hair".
tj ISOMfy, trinu, "ce-
dar".
J, (1) kiSUtu, "host, the
world".
CXXVIII
INTRODUCTION
298.
299.
3oo.
3o3.
304.
305.
Sign
Syllabic values
Ideograms
J, (2) $u, or Unitu, "times".
^►^- J, Mardukt the god.
296.
Hf-
^►^-, ft//**, "incantation".
297.
see 261. ^|6^«
IeEH
301 . 1 X^TT
3o2.
£
«T
iHET
see 135. £"*>*>-
jEj;, forJ/«, "to burn".
^T I^HHSf' nlru, "yoke".
X^y, bidutu, "joy".
fa/, jj / ; rag,
rak\ mim
^ J sinnil, I "female,
I sinniltu J wife"; also
employed as determina-
tive before female pro-
per names.
"^fc- d^-, nukurtu, "hostility".
^-<y^?see258.<y^.
£- <T^IM? //ww//^ "evil".
\*-£|, mimma, "anything".
su; rik
nin
£^J, beliu, "lady".
Hf-£^T*=TTT> B*®> the
goddess.
~f £*T <M EH ^
/<?/«, the goddess of the
Lower World.
dam, tarn
£~fcEj, a**etof "wife".
LIST OF SIGNS LAA1A
Sign
Syl
gu
labic values
Ideograms
3o6.
fr*
£-£ ^ 1^, guzalu, "messen-
£<
ger, minister".
^f- £-*>£j, Ba9*, the
goddess.
307.
I naggaru \ a tradesman,
\ nangaru J "carpenter (?)".
3o8.
£*
amat (in
the
£~V, amtu, "maid".
name
Ti-
nik,
amat)
nik
309.
|«H
3io.
el
/urn
1
3n.
; bum\
kus
3l2.
„ (2) lipittu, "enclo-
1
1
1
1
1
sure".
3i3.
$*
K^\ (1) ^«,uto disturb,
to confuse".
f
„ (2) daldhu, "to dis-
order" ; e. g.
Idru ddlihu,
"whirlwind".
314.
IT
JJ is frequently used as a
sign for the plural of
things that occur regu-
!
1
larly in pairs.
cxxx
I NTRODUCTION
Sign
Svllabic values
0
Ideograms
3l5-
It
tuk, tuk
ur\ liky Uk\ ta$,
ias\ das', das;
ti$, tiz, tis
JJ*> (1) tiu, "to have, to
be".
„ (2) in proper names
employed for SubSu
"to cause to be,
to create", Shafel
of ba$u "to be".
3i6.
IH
•
IH HP- E^TL harharu>
"leopard" or "jackal".
IH *TT*k
[kardu \
{ ' J "strong, valiant* .
1 karradu |
XTHT HU. **&*> "d°g»
hound".
Er J ^ hdimmuQ), "raging
hound".
317.
TT<«
]]({(, Sumelu, "left".
3i8.
Tf
a
y^, (1) mu, "water".
„ (2) aplu, "son".
„ (3) manly "son".
Jy ►^y", zandnu, "to rain".
11 *-*^- 1 determina-
t^TTT J} ^HF~ f t,ves after
numbers and measures.
TJ «=T «tT-
[ tidmatu |
| /<z/w/a J "sea".
1 tdmdu 1
LIST OF SIGNS
Ideograms
319-
TH?
]} f Jff, mllu, "flood".
|| t5^i fP***! "land, re-
gion".
Tl *TTT> '*'"' "ficldi estate"-
|| ^T*— , (t)iaiu, "to weep".
„ „ (2) bikllu, "weeping,
tears".
T? IS*? ndru, "river"; also
employed as determin-
ative before names of
rivers.
Euphrates.
fflESJ. sec 279. £<JJ.
If 1ST *T Z3 Tf. •»
279- I^-^T-
physician".
"irrigator",
"messenger".
»-»^- y| [I, Ai, a goddess,
the spouse of SamaS the
Sungod.
5£{| If V, «*««. "ty* &-
CXXXII
I NTRODUCTION
326.
TTT«
327.
W
Sign
Syllabic values
•
Ideograms
u lapis lazuli".
321.
flf<
ba
Iflf^y nunuy "fish"; also em-
ployed as determinative
after names of fish.
}}(]}> balaku, "to be de-
stroyed".
322.
$^£1
h'ky h'k; sik; zik\
piky pik
323.
11 m
1
1
1
324.
Uh
TTT^\ hammamu, "quarter of
heaven".
325.
vm"
tu
•
JTTEJ, hilu, "shekel".
yyy«, *a™, "king-.
ia, gar
^P, (1) lakanu, "to set".
„ (2) h'knu, "image; con-
struction".
„ (3) akalu, "food".
^P ^jyy^, makkuru, "prop-
erty, possessions".
^P ►►?!» kudurruy "service,
vassalage".
T »F| I bulUy "property,
TIT T J possessions".
LIST OF SIGNS
CXXXIII
Sign
Syllabic values
Ideograms
" 1
V Jfc, meSru, "wealth,
possessions".
(Km) V> *<**»> "&over-
nor".
t] ^ t?=i **//*> "sceptre".
328.
W
ia
*"HF~ W TT> jsw|' the sPirits
of heaven.
329.
\m
at
List of Numerals.
3. ITT
5-W
8 W I
WW I
9.^
Men, fern. t'Mem'f, "one" ; edu, fern. ///«, "one" ; ma(tru9
fern. mahritUy "first".
toha, fern, &'//<*, "two" ; ianu, fem. Sanutu, "second".
[&/ato], fem. lalaUuy lalaltu, Maltu, "three" ; Xattu,
fem. Salultu, "third".
arba'u, irba', fem. trbi/fi, irbitta> "four"; ribu, "fourth".
\fiam$u\ fem. framiliu, "five"; han$uy frattu, "fifth".
[siXSu], fem. sfttff, "six"; sfilXu, "sixth".
siba, sibi, fem. sibittu, "seven"; situ, "seventh".
[samdnu], "eight"; samnu, samanu, "eighth".
[Ate], fem. AM, "nine" ; tiSu, "ninth".
CXXXIV
I INTRODUCTION
o-<
II
12
•<T
20
40. ^
60. y
so. T«
100. y*-
1000. ^y*-
Fractions :
\eiru\ fern. *fcr/« (constr. st. eteril\ "ten"; dru,
"tenth".
[/?#/* eXru], fem. i3Zmi *Jn'/, "eleven".
"twelve",
"fourteen",
"sixteen",
"eighteen".
e$rd, "twenty".
arbdy irba'd, irbdy
"forty".
luttu, "sixty".
3. <TTT
9- <$
"thirteen",
"fifteen",
"seventeen",
"nineteen".
3o. 4JA, Safoto* Maid,
"thirty".
tania, "fifty".
50. t?
"seventy".
200.
"ninety".
"two hundred".
70. y<
9°. T<«
2000. yj {J>- "two thousand".
*y~, /wtf/a, "half; TT_, SuHdnu, SuHdn/u, "third";
JjT, SinipUy "two thirds" ; J^[, /am/, "five sixths".
"eighty".
"hundred",
"thousand".
List of Determinatives.
Hh
determinative
before
names of deities.1
T.
»
»
male proper names.
*h
n
n
female proper names.
v,
f (1) names of countries.
»>
n
| (2) names of mountains.
>»
n
names of tribes and professions.
•<TT.
>>
m
names of cities.
Tf&,
91
n
names of rivers.
1. For examples illustrating the use of the determinatives, see above,
pp. XXXIX ff.
LISTS OF DETERMINATIVES AND IDEOGRAMS CXXXV
t| , determinative before names of trees, woods, and
wooden objects.
names of plants.
names of stones.
names of stuffs and garments.
names of wools and woolen
stuffs.
names of vessels,
names of some of the larger ani-
mals,
words for sheep,
words for some parts of the
body,
names of the months.
names of stars and planets.
after names of places. V
names of birds.
names of fish.
»>
»
5P&
n
>»
m.
»
>>
mit,
m
n
*Tfa
»
»
Z3*E,
»>
»
M>
«
>»
£&r<,
n
»
-»
»
»>
«=HK
m
n
m
»
aft(
HTC.
»
»>
IK
»
>»
. , determinatives after numbers.
determinatives after numbers, and measures.
TJHF-
£TTT THf-
y^*^? IT? T*~"> **^ AT?» sisns for thc plural-
List of Ideograms for the Months.
„ -I Eto 1
I L hT~\ . ,_ \ Nisannu, Nisan.
CXXXVI
INTRODUCTION
/ i
' r
1 .
►*►►-
\ I
III.
IV.
V.
VI.
VII.
►►►
VIII.
IX.
X.
XI.
XII.
JJeT
JUII
Jw=T
xiH. ^ ^tj * mi
T
i
i
}
}
T /
Simdnu, Si van.
Bu'uzu, Duzu, Tammu
Abu, Ab.
Ululu, Elul.
Ti'Sn/Uf Tisri.
Arahsamna, Marcheswai
KislimUy Kislev.
Tcbetu, Tebet.
Sabatu, Sebat.
Addartiy Adar.
ar[iu mafiru $a Addari (aL
termed arfru magrii hi A
dan) and Addaru arku\ tl
second Adar or intercala:
month.
LISTS OF IDEOGRAMS
CXXXV11
List of Ideograms for the principal Deities.
Anuy
Bely
Eily
Sin,
Samd$t
Rammanu,
Marduk,
Nabuy
Ninib,
Nergaly
Gibil,
Nuskuy
Uray
AMur,
Mar,
Belil,
the god of heaven, usually written *-*?- JI /£~^T
iluA-num. l
the god of the earth and of mankind, ►^f- ►^ ^JfJ
(frequently written ^'►JJJ ^TII) > ^Hf~ *~*m
the god of the abyss and of hidden wisdom, written
►*f- ^yyjl yf ''"^-a. Another name of Ea is ►►f- ^~
<£3T ^IA» iluNu-dim-mud.
the Moon-god, *-*y- ►JJ ^-^jy (frequently written
*~*pyjj ^^yy); ^^f-^^- Another name of Sin is
Nannaru, *-»f- gtffi <J|J.
the Sun-god, *~>\- ^J.
the Storm-god, ►^- ^»^.; (-^) ^.
Merodach, the god of Babylon, ►*¥-^£^T; ►*?-
QD;HF-I-
Nebo, the god of Borsippa, ►^p- *~J»J (frequently
written ^Jj^J) ; ►frf- £?=•
a god of solar character, *~*^- ^Ef till' iluN*n-*b J
(*-*f-) ^f~« Another name of Ninib is Utgallu, >-*^-
*T ^Ttt! (or .*n) &
the god of battle, »-*^- ^]]-
the Fire-god, «f ^tj -JTA, HP" ^T 4-
a form of the Fire-god, ►►^- ^JEj.
the Plague-god, ►►^- ►►tf E^yf-
the national god of Assyria, (►^f~) ►►^P ; *"*hp 4^«
the goddess (i) of love, {2) of battle, ►^ ^Pf
(frequently written •""►JVT)» ^Hp" ^^JAT'
the spouse of Bel, ►^f- £~Ey fc=YyY-
I. A few names that are written phonetically are here included.
t_ .
CXXXVIII INTRODUCTION
Damkina, the spouse of Ea, written *-*j- x?"SE| ^Jsf *~^"T>
tUiDam-ki-na.
At, the spouse of SamaS, written ►>qp J^ J^, //a^/.
jftz'i/, the spouse of Ninib, *-^f- ,£-^ ^Ej»
AllatUy the goddess of the Under-world, ►^f- ^Ej ^^J Ej^-
^7£/', the spirits of heaven, *~*f~ H^TT Ej*"" J»»*» ,
HP- W TT-
Anunnaki, the spirits of earth, written ►^p- J^ ^"TTTT *~^~T ^l^T'
iluA-nun-na-ki.
List of Ideograms for the principal Countries,
Cities and Rivers.
Akkadu, Northern Babylonia, *|§Vt^ ^I^J.
Arba'ilu, Arbela, XX- ^Hf~ (XHJ), ^IT ►& ►Hh
*Jtor, Assyria, V mJ^ «Jg^ (V) >{ffi)9 * «f A
/l««r, the city ASSur, ^JJ ^»JF, »-£-J* »-< <I^J, (^TT)
*yyy^yy-
£&»»/«, Elam, (V) <C^T Ej <HJ.
Eridu, Eridu, -tTT A, -JTTT <Ef-
the Tigris, |J & — w~, JJ £j 4- J^ ^.
»». ur, ^ £<siy <J|f.
flra*, Erech, C=<^<<<"7 {^].
Urartu, Armenia, E=YU7.
Babilu, Babylon. -^ -4 (^fl) «J|J), £J «f ^
/?/£/<?/ see Idiklat.
*•*/«, cuthah, -tyy >£^ ^ yj <jgy.
■
LISTS OF IDEOGRAMS CXXX1X
I^agaiy the ancient Sirpurla, ►^^ E V >^\ ^I^J-
Ijarsam, Larsam, ^J £X^<« | ^E|.
Ninuay \ ^ *, v y**~w
« | Nincveh' *33f <&
Nippur, Nippur, ^ ^ <HJ, ^ fc^ <Jg[.
&>/tfr, sippar, *y £$ — TTTT <M-
Puralu, Euphrates, ^ ^f.|^ *"TT*~*
Sunur, Southern Babylonia, ^JEJ fcJjiJffli (or *~\\) *~]]&,
• •
• •
NAMES AND TITLES OF EARLY BABY-
LONIAN AND ASSYRIAN KINGS.
I. Sargon of Agade, about 3 800 B. C.
Sar - ga - ni - tar - ait tar
Sargani - Sar-ali, king
A - #z-
of Aga-
de *'
de.
i '••-■
II. Naram-Sin, about $750 B. C.
^T E*=TT ^ HF- -II ^TT *I3S <Ef Hf E^TI
Afc - ra - am - tlu Sin Sar ki - ib - ra-
Naram - Sin, king of the four
-£V <MTI^TA4
Am ar - ba - im
quarters.
III. Hammurabi, king of Babylon, about 2200 B. C.
#a - <w» - iw« - ra - £# fa/n* dannu
^ammurabi, the mighty king,
of Babylon.
tar
king
NAMES AND TITLES OF KINGS
amSi-Rammanj.of'Assyrta} about 1820 B. C.
.•'Aa/«.^Jf/ - ,/w Ramman iUakku AUur mar
; *#\ :.\ • * SamSi-Ramman, ruler of ASSur, son
1$ -me- ilu Da - £»/* ttfaykto ,7tt A - J i/r
of I§me-Dagan, ruler of ASSur.
V. Pudi-ilu, king of Assyria, about 1350 B. C.
T*-*HP- « v-V TJ ^TII **** «
m Pu - di - tfe tor »*"* ^4H«r a/f? ,/M ^/ - whin Jfaf
Pudi-ilu, king of Assyria, son of Bel-nirari, king
mtf/« -dttfor 0/1/ AUur-uballit far ***** Attur
of Assyria, son of ASSur-uballit, king of Assyria.
VI. Ramman-nirari I, king of Assyria, about 1325 B. C.
m Ramman-nirari far mdtu AUur apil Pu - di - ilu Xar
Ramman-nirari, king of Assyria, son of Pudi-ilu, king
mdtu Attur
of Assyria.
VII. Shalmaneser I, king of Assyria, about i3oo B. C.
THf-I3=ETHF- « <SI TJ <*\&
m ilu Sulmdnu-aSaridu far k&fati apil Ramman-nirari
Shalmaneser, king of the world, son of Ramman-nirari.
« <SI
far ktifati
king of the world.
NAMES AND TITLES OF KINGS 3
VIII. Merodach-Baladan I, king of Babylonia, about 1200 B. C.
,/tt Afarduk - 0/1/ - iddina(na) far kis's'ali far
Merodach-Baladan, king of the world, king
Sumiri KI Akkadi mar Me - // - h -
of Sumer (and) Akkad, son of Meli - Si -
hu $ar Bdbili KI Uplipi
5u, king of Babylon, descendant
Wi -TTI ET- ^TT *£$ -ET ^IT ^T HP-
Ku - n - £tf/ - sk larri la $a - na - an
of Kurigalzu, a king without equal.
IX. Nebuchadnezzar I, king of Babylonia, about 1150 B. C.
,7a Nabu-ku-dur - ri - usur rubu na - a - du na-
Nebuchadnezzar, the prince, exalted (and)
*SSE ^ ^TT ^T 2< **ffl <Hf <=TJ -<
as - ku si - /'/ Bdbili KI e-lil
magnificent, offspring of Babylon, the lord
Sarrdni Pl iUakku Aar-du Sakkanakku
m
of kings, the courageous ruler, governor
of Eridu, the sun of his land.
X. Tiglath-Pileser I, king of Assyria, about 1100 B. C.
i hm< ri tmr^^TT « v "■ T*
Tukulti(ti) - apil - E - far - ra Ur n*'" Attur apil
Tiglath-Pileser, king of Assyria, son
m
NAMES AND TITLES OF KINGS
T^^TTs^^ « v - If T*S53f
m AUur - re$ - i - A' far ""H* ^flter *//'/ m J/i/ - /<?*-
of ASSur-reS-iSi king of Assyria, son of Mutak-
D Hf-*nr « v -
kil - //tt Afcjyfo for "**" Aihtr
kil - Nusku, king of Assyria.
INSCRIPTION FROM A CYLINDER OF HAMMU-
RABI, KING OF BABYLON, ABOUT ^aaaesB. C.
[Brit. Mus., No. 12215.]
{fa -am - mu - ra - 0i Sarru dannu tar
Hammurabi, the mighty king, king
Babili KI lar ki - ib - ra - tim
of Babylon, king of the four
ar - fo - //w 3tf-«i ma-tim Sarru $a
' quarters, the founder of the land, the king whose
ip - $a - tu - $u a - na Si - *r ,/u SatnaS u
deeds unto the heart1 of SamaS and
,/w Marduk ta - ba a - na - ku duru la
m
Marduk are well-pleasing, am I. The wall of
*T «f Hffflf <HJ *fe *TI *T- -TU <Ef ET sm
Sippar KI in e - /i* - r/ £f-jna sa-
Sippar with earth like a
1. Literally "flesh".
6 INSCRIPTION FROM A CYLINDER OF HAMMURABI
-m A4f «5. ^TT 3 A4f -HI <T- JT M <MSJ
lu - im l ra - bi - im ri - h' - hi lu - «-
great mountain its summit I
ul - //' ap - pa - ra - jot lu - u$ ~ ta - at - fri-
raised. With a swamp I surrounded
m mi *°. im*i tsHffflf n-nf ^«fHffff<m
ir - $u * «<""« a - na Sippar KI
it. The canal to Sippar
/« - j$ - ri - a - am - ma* kar hi - ul - mi - im
I dug out and a wall of safety
coi. H, ,. j@j <H£ij -:yyy <*- ^ff flf< t^ •* e^=TT
lu - & - um - mi - sul ffa - am - mu - ra-
I erected for it. rjammura-
bi ba - »i wfl - tim Sarru Xa ip - Jfa - lu - Jte
bi, the founder of the land, the king whose deeds
5. yf ~nr <!^ m «f *T <MSJ HP- «*T £TT
a - na h' - /r l/tt SamaS u tlu Marduk la-
unto the heart of SamaS and Marduk are well-
^1 TJ ^T HI *T 3J Hffl <HJ <H£H ^ HP-
3a a - na - ku Sippar KI u Babi-
pleasing, am I. Sippar and Baby-
1. sa-tu-im = sadim, i. e. sadi with the mimation.
2. Ill 2. fr. saharu.
3. I I, fr. Ajn/.
4. lu-u-um-mi-su = lummid-su Hi, fr. emedu.
THE STRENGTHENING OF SIPPAR 7
&n<m - ji -*t ^t ^i aha ~sv n ^i
li KI $u - ba - at ne - ih - /i/w <* - na
Ion in a peaceful habitation
^[T-eTTff-tfV iaj<HSI*<I-HI flf<^^
dard~a-tim lu - u - $e - $i - ib ffa - am - mu-
continuously I caused to dwell. yammu-
ra - bi mi - gi - /r ,/tt SamaX na - ra - am
rabi, the darling of SamaS the beloved
«f «*T If -Hf © ^11 J^II ^1 *T <TTT ^11
ilu Marduk a - na - ku $a i$ - tu u - urn si-
of Marduk am I. That which from days of
If -£*r t&fc fcfe ^35 J! (?) «>. -El HI
a - //>« forrw />* torn* - Su la ib-
old no king for his king had
& <HSJ If ~nr -+ *T - & ^If E^II tX ^11
«# - ii a - na ilu Samat be - /// - /<z ra - £i - tf
built, for SamaS my lord gloriously
m mtc *- ^i jt <m
/« - e - pu - u$ - $u - w/7i
have I accomplished.
THE .
MEMORIAL TABLET OF RAMMAN-N1RARI 1,
KING OF ASSYRIA, ABOUT 1325 B.C.
[Brit. Mus., No. 1211 1.]
m tIu Ramman-nirari rubu el - lu si - mat Hi
Ramman-nirari, the illustrious prince, adorned by god,
2. t® -T< iMTT HIT W H=fcj -4- <HJ «f !■
c - ti - el - lu Sa - ka - an - £i" Hani?1
the ruler, the viceroy of the gods,
mu - ki - i« ma - ha - » »** - ir dap-nu - /*'
the founder of cities, the destroyer of the
um - ma - an KaS - ft* - * Ajk - /*" - i Lu - /«-
mighty hosts of the KaSSi, the Kuti, the Lulu-
T- ** 5. <HUT JT ^T -TTI ** ** A fcH <<:T
me - i u $u - ba - ri - i /w« - Ai - /j£ £»/-
ml, and the Subari, annihilator of
^T ^! 6. ~ry <nf -TTX *TJ AT <MUT 3Wf *T
/a - at
na
- *i -
ri
e - m
u
Sap - US
all
foes
above
and
below, l
1. That is, around the Upper and the Lower Sea, i. e., Lake Van and Lake
Ummiyah.
THE TITLES OF THE KING 9
da - i$ matati - $u - nu fit - lu Lu - up - <//
trampling down their lands from Lupdu
<HUT v e^TT *T- tx s- If <T^ ^ m }H *&
u mdtu Ra - pi - ku a - </i E - lu - ha - at
and Rapiku up to Eluljat,
w - hi - // &' - Sat ni - A' mu - ra - /tf
fwho has takcni hosts of men, who has enlarged
\ possession of I
T-£T-ffI<H£TTM^WTI -^ W JTtJ
ai* - if - ri u ku - du ~ ri farru fa naphar
boundary and frontier, the king for whom all
et mm <vm Hfff t— »■ hf- tj*- -f -v
ma - a/ - */ u rube Pl ilu A - nu ilu AS far
rulers and princes Anu, ASSur,
HF- *T -4- A# ». <HUT HF- -TTX TJ ^T *
l/k Samai tIu Ramman u ilu /Star a - na $e-
SamaS, Ramman and I Star at his
*T- J! «=!!!«= * HFI* sr [ JT1 '3. W HF- ^ «=TTT«=
//' - fo u - $e - ik - ni - Su fa - an - gu ~ u
feet have forced into submission, the exalted
si - ru fa liu Bel mar Pu - di - i/« Jfo-
priest of Bel, the son of Pudi-ilu, go-
-& :*: HF- -II «=TTT «s. ^TT V -Sf <M Hf- -V
^ - ni ilu Bel a - fa - ak - ki ilu ASSur
vernor of Bel, ruler of ASSur,
IO THE MEMORIAL TABLET OF RAMMAN-NIRARI I
ka - Si - id ■*"* Tu - ru - ki - i u
the conqueror of TurukI and
md/l1 Ni - £WM -A' tf - di pa - a/ £i)» - ri - fo
Nigimti to its entire extent,
-TTA T- tm i8- ET «*KH v *e <H£U A£
£7* - mi - /'r ma - a/ - £/' Sadi(i) u ftur-
all of (its) rulers, (its) mountains and high-
V sg: 19.^= tET ^ ~T< *E E^TT ^T* ^T<
fo - ni pa - d/ Aw - ti - 1 ra - /a/ - /*
lands, the boundary of the wide-spreading Kuti,
^« - nu Ah - la - me - i u Su - /1 - 1
the district (?) of the Aljlaml and Suti,
.,. *Efl *flT* HTC <h@j eT £TTT ~T< Ml *-
la - u - ri u ma - ta - ti - ,?« - »«
the Iauri and their lands,
... ^E^TTEJJ< FsTHTC <HSJ IEJ^WTI
/w« - r<z - />/'/ w^ - is - r* « ku ~ du - ri
who enlarged boundary and frontier,
.3. s£ ss; V Hf- -II *TTT ^ ^ ><■ fcJH HP-
war mart' Sa tlu Bel - nirari Sangu tlu
grandson of Bel-nirari, priest of
-V ET W tCTTT EI «f ^ <!- ^ .5. tE -Hf *jn ET
ASSur-ma Sa um - ma - 0/1 A^^ - Si - 1 i - na - ru - ma
ASsur, who the hosts of the KaSSI destroyed
THE KING'S GENEALOGY 1 1
u na - ga - ab za ~ t - ri - $u ka - su1
and the whole of his enemies his hand
ik " $u - du mu - ra - //£ 01* - if - ri u
conquered, who enlarged boundary and
ku - du - r* /i - ip - li - /i" fa ,/u AMur-
frontier, the great-grandson of ASSur-
uballit larri dan - «i £a $a - an - gu - su*
uballit, the mighty king, whose priesthood
*£ ^y «=TTTT v e^TT -£*- 3a jy ^y -IT- <HSJ
i - na e - £«r - ra - /r/n to - to - rat u
in the temples was glorious and
to - /«/« J^arrw - // - to a - na ru - ka - li ki - ma
whose royal prosperity unto distant (lands) like
v (* m ^- s2. ^ ^yy ^ ^^yy ^yyy ^y
Xadl(i) ku - nu mu - « - // - /J el - /a-
a mountain was established, who broke up the
*ET 33. v jy ^tf — TTI s=E E*=TT ^V *A< 34- ^
at mdtu Su - ba - r* -i ra - /a/ - /*' *&«-
forces of the wide-spreading Subarl, who
yy m y- ^y -tti <vm m ^ htu 3*- ^ y- ey
ra - /tf /»*- if - ri u ku - du - ri e - nu-ma
enlarged boundary and frontier. When
I. ka-su = kat-su. — 2. Sa-an-gu-su = iangHt-su.
12 THE MEMORIAL TABLET OF RAMMAN-NIRARI I
^HTT< -ET -^f ^TT ^TTTT HF- HP -II ^TJ 36- V
f/ir - la - la fa bit ilu AS far belt - ia fa
the sir-la-la of the temple of ASSur my lord, which
K ^TT] -*T ttj & <« H- ET -<T< s7. <H@y
tar - si ba - ab ni - ei Hi ma - ti u
is opposite the gate {^^t^[jc} of the god of the land'' and
^fttT HP- 1^ — T— 38.v^^rT^^rT
3;/ - tf£ i/i daiane Pl fa i - na pa - na
the gate (called) "the god of judges", which in former days
HJJT *ff ~nr ^Hfff ET 39. AHTCf A sT <HgBf
ip - fa e - na - ah - ma ih - fii- is u
/had bccn\ had fallen into decay, had subsided, and
I built, f • ' '
sey-sff 40. ^^yy vti-^t *TTT<=*T-A
i - nu - u$ at - ra fa - a - tu u - /i - $i-
was in ruins, that place I strengthen-
55 4i. tyfl ~nr ^TT -fif JT *T 4- ^T ~T<
ir dan - na - su1 ak - fa - ud it - ti
ed, its base I reached, with
*- -EST <H@J HI -m V h=tt «=TTT«= ^T^TT tj|
/« - //' u ip - r/ ifa a/M £f - ba - si - e
stone and earth from Ubase
43.tTf^^<T TJ^T --TTIJT *TTT<=*T5»
e - pu - u$ a - na a$ - ri - fa u - te - ir
I built (it), to its place I restored (it)
44.<HBI ^T-TTI^TJ -I^tfflf 45. T^^T
u na - ri - ia a$ - ku - un a - na
and my tablet I set up. In
X. dan-na-su = dannat-su.
THE RESTORATION OF THE TEMPLE OF ASSUR 1 3
<MU * *T T~~- Hfff <T— TTX m *TTT<= 46. *ff + $
ar - kat time Pl rubu ar - ku - u e - nu-ma
future days let a future prince, when
a$ - ru $u - u u - Sal - ba - ru - ma e-
that place shall have grown old and fallen
T HTC 48. -f Hfl **TT IBDf <W= ^TT ^T -TTI ^
na - fan an - fyu - sul lu - </i" - /£ na - ri - &
into decay, its ruins repair, my tablet,
^y r- v 6k=tt 49. tj ^r - -m ^r i@j ~t< ss
lu - me Sat - ra a - na a$ - ri - lu lu - /1 - ir
the record of my name, into its place let him restore,
Hf- ~V 50. HR* -HI ^ JT *E * F V
,7* Allur ik - ri - be - lu 1 - & - me la
so that ASSur to his prayers may hearken. But whosoever
jr v v mi 5«. he ^ <i- mr et jt jcttt ^t
lu - me tat - ra i - fta - li - /« - ma lu - k/h - fo
the record of my name blots out and his own name
hev^tpjh s*.<n>mm ^wti^tj m*
i - la - ta - ru u lu na - ri - ia u-
inscribes, or my tablet
la - am - sa - ku a - na la - afr - lu ~ uk - ti
conceals, (or) to destruction
i - ma-nu - u a - na mi - Urn 1 ~ na - du - u
consigns (it), (or) into the stream casts (it),
1. an-hu-su = an-hut-su.
14 THE MEMORIAL TABLET OF RAMMXN-NIRARI I
*s ^T ^PT 55. *e ^T jm *TTT«= TJ ^T TF T-
i - na tldti i - ka - lu - u a - na mi Pl
(or) in the fire burns (it), (or) into the water
«=ee^T^MTT* 56. et^i MfiF*T--TU *TTT*
j - na - du - u i - na e - pi - ri u-
throws (it), (or) with earth cov-
ka - ta - mu a - na bit ikliti (?) a - far
ers (it) up, (or) into a dark chamber where
-eeT fi ST -TR 58- tmt * -TTX *- ET ^ V -*H *-
Za a-ma - ri u - U - ri - bu-ma i - ta - ka - nu
it cannot be seen brings and places (it),
59. <MgJ HH - ^ 55 -TTI ~T< <T- ^T ~T< ~Hf
k lu a$ - fo/w /'r - « - /1 &' - na - A' - na
or if (anyone) because of those curses l
60. ~ry .*fcj ^yy yj jj< yj ^ yj ^y <y_ ~ry
na - ka - ra a - ha -a ia - a - ba Urn - /*<i
a bitter foe, an evil enemy,
6,. ^yy v ~HT ^T <M tt £TTT M eeT t]
li ~ $a - na na - £1 - ir - /a lu ma -ma
a hostile tongue,3 or any
62.v^yyj *ttt* en? *jn £T tmtvw^n
$a ~ na - a u - ma- a - ru-ma u - $a - ha - zu
other man sends and causes ^him) to seize (it),
1. That is, the curses that follow those acts.
2. /. ?., "a man of hostile tongue, a slanderer."
CURSES ON THE SACRELIGIOUS 15
u lu mi - im - ma i - )}a - sa ~ sa ~ ma
or if any plan he conceives and
t=TJ^JT 64.«f~V Hf- ^TT^m TKMdJ
* - pu - $u tlu AXXur ilu ft - ru a - Ji - r$
carries out, may ASSur the exalted god who dwelleth
*TTTT A£ ^TT3= w MT 65. Hf- Tl *- -4- -II <=TTT
J? - ftar - jdgr - kur-kur - ra l/tt A- nu ilu Bel
in Efoarsagkurkura, Anu, Bel,
Hf-*TTTTTJ <HE0f HF-HI«-Hf-T— EH
Ea and iStar, the great gods,
*f *£ -IT A £* W Hf- <=TJ 67. HP ff HRPf ^T Ef
'/« I - gi ~ gu $a $amc{e) ttu A - »«/» - na - ku
the Igigu of heaven, the Anunnaku
V ss *ETT H< *E ^T JT a J! y- 68- -MT*
$a ir - ft - ti 1 - »a naphar - hi - nu iz - si-
of earth, all of them, in
TT -^TT <HJ 1MTT ^ £T E! 69. ss -TTX £TTT
*J /# - &" - */ - mu - Xu-ma ir - n* - /a
anger look upon him and with an
eeT *jn ^T &TTT -B -TTA ^TT 70. ^fT *jn *ffl
ma - ru - 11$ - ta ag - ^1 - tf /* - ra - r«-
evil curse in wrath may they curse
Jf ^ JT ^J! ^m^T^T! 7.. <H£fl
i« Sumi - f « 2^/7* - iu el - la - sul u
him ; his name, bis seed, his relatives and
1. el-la-su = ellat-su.
1 6 THE MEMORIAL TABLET OF RAMMXN-NIRARI I
kt - im - ta - $u i - na matt lu - fral - li - ku
his family in the land may they destroy;
na - a$ - pu - «# mati-Su ha - la - a£ i|i - &«
may the ruin of his land, the destruction of his
M 73. <h@j IU ^T -Til M ^ ^T *T- £T *-
Jfa « ku - du - ri - $u i - na pi - lu - nu
people and of his border at their weighty
«- 74-IEjy R t^ ET Hf- A4f *£ ^T HTTX A tT
&z£/*' lu - sa - am- ma tiu Ramman i - na ri - £i - if
command be decreed ; may Ramman with an evil
li - mu - // // - ir - &i - sul a - bu - bu
downpour overwhelm him, may flood,
76. 4tff <HH sm AHfflf ET - -s£T *T J! *TTT<=
.fan* ///7///w sa - ah ~ ma -at - /« /* - £« - «
destructive wind, rebellion, hurricane (and)
<z - Sam - $u - tu su - un - ku bu - bu - lu
m
tempest, want (and) famine,
78. fl *jn IH ^T HI ^T! HI *£ ^T v JT HIT
a - ru - ur - /# ftu - $a - $u i - /ia mati-Su lu
drought (and) hunger in his land be
ka - /id - tf// mat - su a - bu ~ bi - ii lu - uX-
continuous ; on his land like a flood may he2
I. li-ir-hi-su = lirhis-su — 2. /. e., Ramman, the storm-god.
CURSES ON THE SACRELIGIOUS 17
^ytEE 79.ff~Hf <m <HUT ^TTfT- HIT
da - i a - na tili u kar - me hi-
plunge down, into mounds and ruins may
Hf< 5* Hf- &%- *E ^T ~ -TTI HTC* -e^TT ^ ~T<
/* - /'r //tt Ramman i - na be - r/' - /# // - mu - //
Ramman convert (it), with a destructive bolt
v ^TT -Ei=TT HI -TTI HTI* so. ^f * HTI W
mat - j« li - id - r/* - ik arah mu - hu - wr
his land may he blast. The month of homage (?)
-Hf- T— *T « A-t .^yy ^ y <y^ eT *-
i/a«i *7 umu XX KASi li - mu m Sulmdnu-
to the gods, 20th day, eponymy of Sulmanu-
Karradu
Karradu.
THE HUNTING-EXPEDITIONS OF TIGLATH
PILESER I, KING OF ASSYRIA, ABOUT
i ioo B. C.
[From a cylinder in the British Museum, No. 12176.]
1. T sT m ~T< tS»T «=TTTT A E^TT *m ^ ^T
m Tukulti(ii) - apil - E - Mr - ra idlu kar - du
Tiglath-pileser, the valiant hero,
ta - me - /'// '*" ^tf/A* la - a $a - na - an mu-
who holds a sceptre without equal, who
M- *jn ►* 4Hf- IH «*TT -TTI 4- Hf- £tf HI
gam -me - rw w« - ' - ur si - n ilu Nin - t£
exercises lordship over the field. Ninib
« //« Nergal kakke P*-$u-nu iz - zu - te
and Nergal their terrible weapons
w ''" &?.fa/ - $u - nu si ~ ir - /a a - «a
and their exalted bow to
*ee <r^ -11 ht< «*ti ^11 tin m 7. ^ -nf
f - di bilu - //" - ia i$ - ru - ku i - na
my lordly power have presented. At
PURSUIT OF WILD OXEN 19
si - &r ,/tt Aft* - ib ra'imi - ia IV bu - hal
the bidding of Ninib, who loveth me, four male
rimdni P1 dan - nu - tc $u - iu - ru ~ fe i - na
wild oxen, strong (and) mighty, in
HTC MTFF *T ^^!v <^ £TTT TJ ^ - <H£U
hu - n£ - /* 1 - na mdtu Mi ~ ia - a - ni u
the desert in the land of Mitani and
tgE^T -eTTff E^IT HT* £11 W #= ~f
1 - »<* <l/tt -^ - ra - si - ki $a pa - <?«
in Araziki, which is before
1,14/11 ffa-at - /* 1 - na '>* &z/// - ia </a/i - //a - /*
the land of the yatti, with my strong bow,
».JTHr*T Hf-HF- <MHT B=MHf-w=HF-
i« - ku - «</ parzilli u mul - /wk/-
my spear of iron and my
li - w 2tf£ - fu - ie na - /*£ - /a - .fo - hi*
sharp darts I
« - $ik - ti malke & - £« - «n ^/^ ^7-
slew.1 Their hides, their
$u - nu a - na ali - & l/tt ^ - for «£ - /a
horns to my city ASSur I brought.
1. Literally, "their life I brought to an end."
2*
20 THE HUNTING-EXPEDITIONS OF TIGLATH-PILESER I
X pirani Pl bu - ha - It dan - nu - /*
Ten elephants, males, mighty ones,
1 - na matu tfarrani(?ii) u Si - di ndru ffa-
in yarran and the district oftheya-
bur lu - u a - </ȣ /J7 pirani Fl
bur did I slay ; four elephants
bal - lu - te lu - u - sa- bi - ta maSke Pl
alive I caught ; their
JI ^ *». ^H I— J! *- ^T ~T< ^ ^TT T
,?« - nu Sinnali Fl - jfo - nu it - ti pirani Fl
hides (and) tusks together with the live
3a/ - lu - le
m
a - «<z
ali - z'a
ilu A - for
elephants
to
my city
ASSur
s£ ^T «• -E ^T ^!T ^ff< -HP ^ET HI
ub - /</ / - na si - /v'r ,v" Nin - *2
I brought. At the bidding of Ninib,
e^TT A«f <^ ^ *3. yy jy <y^ jh ^n y
ra - ' - mi - /'</ // Ut - ft' »*& ^
who loveth me, one hundred and twenty lions
tE ^y *yyy 3 *etj -ti* <[*■• **■ ** ^r
/' - na lib - bi - ia ik - <// 1 - na
with my courageous heart by
SLAUGHTER OF ELEPHANTS AND LIONS 21
c=TTT *ffl ^ <tt ^T EfT Hf< *£TJ -5. eg ^
&'/ - ru - ub mi - it - lu - ii - *Vz 1 - /*a
the attack of my power on
foot did I slay, and eight
C «^" ^ / - na ,?u narkabti-ia
hundred lions in my chariot
1 - na pat - /w - te u h'm - kit
with I brought low.
as. ^ <tf* «f <£= -IT A EW £TTT <HUT -U
£« - «/ j^n' £** - w/'r - /a « issur
All beasts of the field and birds
$ami{e)
mut
- /#/ - r/ ■
■ Sa
e - i'm
ni- sig-
of the heaven
that fly
among
my
-HA T— t*ft 30. njy tyyyt ^y s^TTT *£T <I^ x
gi Pl - w lu - u at - la - ad - di
spoils (?) I cast.
1. Col. VI, II. 55— 84.
INTRODUCTION TO THE ANNALS OF ASSUR-
NASIR-PAL, KING OF ASSYRIA, 884—860 B. C.
[From the stele No. 847 and paper squeezes in the British Museum.]
ana tiu Nin - ib gil - ri dan - dan - ni firi
To Ninib, the powerful, the strong, the exalted,
fltMTfl ~fT— IH^TT^ *£fcJHTC
aiarid Hani Pl kardu Sar - fiu
the chief of the gods, valiant, mighty,
git - «a - lu $a ina tahazi la il - $a - na - nu
perfect,^ whose onslaught in battle cannot be
/1 - bu- lu aplu Hi tu - 1/ &j - .fa/
equalled, the son of highest rank, destroyer of
turn - ku - fw</ - /* ' bu - £*/r //tt iV« - <///» - aim/
opposition, first-born of Nudimmud,
IH^TT^ «f WTT &*WI* ETIH Hf-T-
karrad tIu Igigi ti'u ma - lik Hani Pl
hero of the Igigi, the mighty, prince of the gods,
1. The form tukma-te occurs as a variant reading.
THE PRAISE OF THE GOD NINIB 23
i - lit - H E - for «« - £/7 war - &w $*amc(e)
offspring of Ekur, who holds the bolt of heaven
u irsilim(tim) pi - tu - u nak - be
and earth, who opens the depths,
&j - 3i - j/ irsitim(tim) rapalti{tt) ilu $a ina
who treads the broad earth, the god without
■AWA <«HF-T— Hf-*ff <Ef-^r V-
&z - lu - if/ purusse Pl $ame{e) irsitim(tim) la
whom the decisions of heaven (and) earth are not
ipparasu(su) mu - /Mr - £« j% - du Sa la - a
decided, the destroyer, the strong, the com-
*R*< <I£MTTT ^fcJI ^MT? sfcT«
e - nu-u ki - bit pi - $u aSarid kibrati Pl
mand of whose mouth is not void, chief of the four quarters,
na - <#« '*" fratti u purussi ana nap - fiar kal
giver of sceptre and decision unto the whole of all
a lam gu - gal - /« Jtefli - ru Sa la - a
cities, the ruler, the violent, the com-
ut - tak - ka - ru si - &'r .fa/ - // - fo /i'j7
mand of whose lips is not altered, the mighty,
24 INTRODUCTION TO THE ANNALS OF ASSUR-NASIR-PAL
rap - fo abkal Hani Pl mu - tal - lu ilu Ut-
the great, spokesman of the gods, the exalted, Ut-
£a//ff &7 btle(e) $a kip - /a/ $ami(e)
gallu, ! lord of lords, whose hand the ends of heaven
*.<m~&: ^IUJWI~T « ^T lf< -TTX
irsitim(tim) hi - tuS - Su pak - du .far tarn - ha - r/'
(and) earth controls, king of the battle,
a - // - /« jfri /«/« - ku - ma - tu2 i - //' - /«3
strong one, who opposition has conquered,
jr<fcT*©Tmr *-ethltt -h -&©-< <
.fa - til - lu - /// #// - ff/tf - /« fo/ Htf£ - fo 1/
triumphant, perfect, lord of the depths and
TJ w=T ^T I— 7. tf ^!! -ET s^MTT* V
tamati Fl iz - s« /# /a - </*/ - u $a
the oceans, terrible, unspa/ing, whose
// - 3« - i« a - bu - ^« w - />w wtf/ nakire Pl
onslaught is the deluge, who overwhelms the land of enemies,
mu - u ~ him - kit tar - #7 - £7 #/« for - #«
who overthrows the wicked, a powerful god,
1. A name or title of the god Ninib.
2. tuk-matu occurs as a variant reading.
3. 1 i, Pret. fr. belu.
THE PRAISE OF THE GOD NINIB 25
$a la e - nu - u mil - lik - $u nu - ur $ami(e)
whose counsel is not void, the light of heaven
<m ~&r ^w Hf- -r <m *m --tt »=t
irsitim {tini) muS - /<zr - </« &' - r/3 apst
(and) earth, who gives light to the depth of the abyss,
^ tty tyny <t- y- hk •* •^ « -et
mu - ab - bit Urn - nu - /j" mu - $ak - »/$ la
who annihilates the wicked, who brings to subjection the
ET-TTA-TTI *-IH flf*ETHMTI V -
ma - ^1 - n" mu - //<// - //'£ za - ia - a - n &z ina
disobedient, who destroys foes, whose name in
[.*W] -Hf- W 9-^1 HP- ET K4 ET -ET
puhur Hani Pl Sum-Su ilu ma - am - *»# la
the assembly of the gods no god can
■^T**m* -T-TT -<T<-ET -HF- dM*TTT*
/«« (u) ka - # balati ilu rim - nu - u
humble, the giver of life, a merciful god
V ^TT*-I A^TTT* TIT- -£TMTJA -II
/a « - ftu - $u tabu a - Sib alu Kal - fii belt
to whom to pray is good, who dwells in Calah, a
EF *fi -II TJ T -V *- TJ « MTOf V-
rabe(e) belt' -a m AHur - na§ir-aplu Sarru dan - /*«
great lord, my lord, [I] AS5ur-nas>-pal [do pray], the mighty king,
-« I « -ET V-^T-HP- « <^:Tv
far kiUati $ar la $a - na - an far kul - lat
king of the world, a king without equal, king of the whole
26 INTRODUCTION TO THE ANNALS OF ASSUR-NASIR-PAL
I3WT'
kib - rat arba*i(i)
of the four quarters,
4- *W JT
the Sun of
5<1 V
the hosts
sgzyn HF-~ < HF- +
dear to
ilu Bel u ilu Ninib
Bel and Ninib,
of men,
na - ra - am
darling of
HMJ« »• < Hf-^fT^ ^HJT^T
ilu A - nim
Anu
u
and
il* Da - gan
Dagan,
ka - $u - u$
beloved of
Hf-y— EM— -E3fflRf-*[ ^T^TT^
Hani & rabuti P1
the great gods,
Sak - tu
submissive,
na - ra - a/w
the darling of
*m^H HFff*TTT<= F^< HF- ■* V
thy heart,
rubu(u) me - gir tlu Bel $a
the prince, the favourite of Bel, whose
*jn**TT «H »• HF- Hf< -s=fcJ ET- ~T<
Bangui - jtt */* f'/w - fi - ka rabiti (ft)
priesthood unto thy great godhead
**■ A v- ET -*£[ ^H <T- ^T
i - /* - bu - ma
m
is good so that
/« - for - &" - du
thou hast established
his reign,
HIT S5*^T V
:TM^T< ~W
id - /« kar - </« fa f>uz tukulti (//') AX$ur
the valiant hero, who with the help of ASSur
belt' - iu
his lord
ittalaku (ku) -
proceeds
ma ina mal - ki Pl
and among the princes
i3. Tf
Sa
of
THE PERSONAL CHARACTERISTICS OF THE KING 27
M - ra/ irbitta (to) Sa - nin - Su la i$u(u)
the four quarters a rival has not,
*ett *=t*n ti*t ^i w<!&w sir
r*'£ tab - ra - a - le la a - </* - rw tukmati
the shepherd of marvellous treasures, who fears not opposition,
e - du - u gab-$u Sa ma - fti - ra la - a
the mighty flood who an opponent does not
It *TTT* « ^ *TW= x* <« ^T TJ
i$u(u) iarru mu - $ak - ni - e$ la - a
possess, the king who has brought to subjection those that
&w* - Jte - /*- Jte fa nap - #ar Atf - Sat niU Pl
I were not subject! who the whole of the hosts of men
\ to him, /
1 - /1 - /« zikaru dan - «« jhi* - &*£ - bi - is kildd
rules, the strong man, who tramples on jtheknecki
\ of /
at - bi-Xu da - 1? kul-lat nakire Fl mu - pa - ri - ru
his foe, j who treads 1 all enemies, who shatters
\ under foot J
£/ - if - ri mul - /tor - fri Sa ina tukulti (//)
mighty battalions, who with the help of
i7<mm ^ r^i///' J7 &£ J7- to ittalaku{ku)-ma
the great gods, his lords, proceeds and
28 INTRODUCTION TO THE ANNALS OF ASSUR-NASIR-PAL
matati Pl kali - Si - «a £a/ - su ikSud(ud) hur - Sa - w'
all lands with his hand / has i the highlands
(conquered,/
<V <£!WTII^ *fc*T-Mm ^v^TT*-
/d/ £7/» - ri-Su-nu i - pi - lu - ma bi-lai - su - nu
in all their extent has subdued and their tribute
f'm - fiu - ru
fa - bit
// - i - //
•
Sa - £/»
has received,
the taker of
hostages,
who has
// - i - te eli kali - Si - //# matati ?l
triumphed over all lands.
THE ENDOWMENT OF THE TEMPLE OF THE
SUN-GOD.
From the Tablet of Sippar inscribed in the reign of Nabu-
apil-iddina, king of Babylon, about 879 — 853 B. C.
[Brit. Mus., No. 121 37.]
«.~f*T -II ET-eTTT* TIT- ^TTTT^T^TT
,Iu Somas' belu rabu(u) a - Sib E-babbar-ra
SamaS, the great lord, whodwelleth in Ebabbara,
V <M«=TTJ V*\<m V - *T¥VTW<
Sa ki - rib Sip-par KI Sa ina e - Sa- a - ti
which is in Sippar, which during the troubles
5. <H£TT -TTI }}< TJ -<T< V v IPVv <^y
u dal - ha - a - ti Sa mdtu Akkadi Kl
and disturbances in Akkad
B55 ^TT -tlT «=TTT* E^^ ^^ "=TTT«TTT
amtiu Su - tu - u *m*1* nakiru Urn - nu u - ^-
the Sutu, the evil foe, had des-
-TI *TTT* *TTT* - l^TT XXX ^T Afe T
hu - u u - #<?/ - //' - £// usurati F1
troyed (and) had cast down the sculptures,
*T £t£ I &K El JT ET 10. <^ jgn j <
/</r - su - Su im - ma - Su - ma Si - yfr/)i - & a
— his statutes were forgotten and his image and
3o THE ENDOWMENT OF THE TEMPLE OF THE SUN-GOD
t-*tt— i *e ~nr jttt fcfl *t *3n er ^r
simaii Pl-lu i - na kale ll ip - par - lid -ma la
his ornaments had disappeared and none
I- .ET-nfEET ^TT 4i4f HP- <T- -TI
na - til ma - na - ma Si - im - mal - It - hu lar
beheld them. SimmaSSiJiu king
Babili likin-lu il - ta - a/ - wa /a - ni - Jte /*
of Babylon his statue sought for, but his countenance he1 did not
id - <//'« - lu sa - /tfw - i^«^ & simaii Fl - lu la
show8 him, his image and his ornaments he did not
*£&&£] ^HUJ< V3=Hf- Hf-*T *TTT*v
i - mur - wrt »i - id - $a to pa - a/i /7|< Samal u - Jta/-
find. An enclosure (?) before Samal he
HTTI V z& £1 *>. <T^ ^H I <=TTT* MI El
ri - f a - aw - aw sallukhi-lu u - £/>i - zw<z
erected and regular offerings for him he appointed, and
m E-kur-lum-u$adli($i) langu Sippar Kf
EkurSumuSabSi the priest of Sippar,
b^m. tyyyt ^ <gr tyyyy _ <mt|n <
jw^/i* ^jr^ u - Sa - as - £/'/ />r<7 dannali u
the seer, he settled (there). During the distress and
HTC >^^m A -s. V ~f 3 1 ^TTT^ ^ BStf
hu - .foA - ^i la ,lu Kal-lu - « - /f<u//)i - ahi
famine at the time of KaSSu-nadin-ahi,
l. /. e,t §ama£. — 2. Literally, "grant."
SUSPENSION OF THE TEMPLE SERVICES 3 1
Harri sai/ukku Su - a - turn ip - pa - ri - is- ma
the king, that regular offering was stopped and
^t- ^fmi^ - *mr <tf* + v *
3a - HI sur - # - nu ina E - ul - bar-Sakin-Jfum
the drink-offering ceased. Under Eulbar-Sakin-Sum,
^ so. y ^TTTT v ^ Ik <h «=TTTT HF- K*T<M
torn' m iF - kur-htm-uSabii(Si) iangu Sip-par KI
the king, Ekur-Sum-uSabSi, the priest of Sippar,
B8?«- ^ -III <WA£eeT -TTASs^^TI
mw",< 3arw forr/' beli-Xu im - ^«r - wa ^/' - ni - e
the seer, before the king his lord went, and /"the appointed 1
\ offerings for I
//m $ama$ ba - //'/ i% - bi - ma I ka akali &
• • •
SamaS have ceased" he said. i ^ of food
I ka kurunnu kurmai ametu $a£ . m* $a
■
I ka of sesame-wine, the support of the director of
*mr*Tra=a - ^ttt -tta^^ ^tii
E - sag - gil ina libbi gi - ni - e iltt Bel
Esagil according to the appointed offerings of Bel,
fl~nr ~f*T «=TTT"=EIET T «=M v ^ Ik <[-
a - na llu SamaS u - &>j - wa m E - kur-$um-us'abs'i(jfi)
for SamaS he1 ordained and to Ekur-Sum-uSabSi,
fo/r^K «lu Sip -par amittt baru i - rim Men (en)
the priest of Sippar, the seer, he granted (it). One
I. /. e.t Eulbar-Sakin-Sum.
32 THE ENDOWMENT OF THE TEMPLE OF THE SUN-GOD
'>" kiru irsit (it) Alu - eitu KI Xa
garden in the district of Alu-eSSu1, which is
<m *m $< *m. <m ^ tj ~nr hp- *t
ki - rib Babili KI a - na ilu Santas'
in Babylon, to SamaS
*mti <v i «=iTiT v ^ ik <i- *m y*i<m
iddin-ma pan m E-kur-Sum-uSabtiQH) Sangu Sip-par &I
he gave and to Ekur-Sum-usabSi, the priest of Sippar,
ameiu iaru u _ $ad- gil ar - ka - nu liu Nabu-apil-
the seer, he entrusted (it). Afterwards Nabu-apil-
if -Hf so. *£??? «*?:? Hf- E*TT <M ^«=TTTT
iddina (na) $ar Babili K! ni - bit
iddina, king of Babylon, the elect of
Hf-«*T ^]t<m5. Hf-ff«T < Hf-t?
,/M Marduk na - ram ^ llu A - nim u tlu Ea
Marduk, the darling of Anu and Ea,
^ m *TTT 3 HF- II t**f -TT* H(I* *jn
/wtf - //# //# - bi ilu Zarpanitu zi - ik - ru
who rejoices the heart of Zarpanitu, the valiant
T 55. W T fc^wH< s?S!l^ ~Hf
kar - du Sa ana hirru - ti as - mu na - as*
hero, who for kingship is adorned, who bears
mB£S5: £WT*-£V J5?:3J Kw*r <V*~
pit - pa - ni iz - zi - tim sa - kip ****lu nakiru Hm - nu
a terrible bow, who overthrew the evil foe,
I. Alu-ettu = "The New City."
ACCESSION OF NAB0-APIL-1DDINA
33
£$ %£tt -m *w w *v *- < a wi jt *m
amilu Su - tu - u $a $ur - bu - u fit - /« - $u - un
the Sutu, whose sin was great,
so. V T ^TIH-TTA^TT v %^ <HT
whom to
tu - ar ^/
avenge
mil
matu Akkadi KI
Akkad,
M*jn ET W -TT^ ~HT <&£*!? e&t
£« - J*^ ma - ha - si
to make cities habitable,
»a - di - e
to found
parakke Pl
shrines,
i/.r - j*/r usurati Fl Sul - /w/w /to™* ^
• • • x •
to fashion sculptures, to preserve statutes
65. < S3fc:T UTT » eff -TAHffBf: vEt<M
u bil - lu - «// - <?
and ordinances,
kun - ni sat- tuk - ki
to establish regular offerings,
jp*jnAHfff <?^Mf
■II ET-*TTT*
Xur - ru - «A
to increase
nindabi Fl belu rabu{u)
free-will offerings the great lord
*f«*T ^ ^ ^H c^TTT 70. -Ill 4HP- *T
ilu Marduk '>« >kj//a 1 - far - /a
Marduk with a right sceptre,
the rule of
^ T— ^ *T- <T- *TTT* ^TTTJ IS! «=!!!«=
/;/aV /' e - /1 - &' « - «tf/ - lu -
the peoples to undertake, had
2/
-TUT I
ka - tuS-tu
invested.
~MT -II ET- V
tiu SamaS belu rabu fa
— SamaS, the great lord, who
TTT
for
TT
tune Pl
many
34 THE ENDOWMENT OF THE TEMPLE OF THE SUN-GOD
ma - ' - du - ti it - ti "M* Akkadi KI
days with Akkad
Htt*MSJ 75-tT^^TT <Mv^TT -
iX( - me - lu is - bu - j« XV - Sad - j« tVi/i
had been angry (and) had averted his neck, in
/#// llu Nabu - <7//7 - iddina(?id) $ar Babi-
thc reign of Nabu-apil-iddina, king of Baby-
/* Kl sa - // - ma ir - Ji - ma u - j#A-
Ion, had mercy (and) turn-
$/ - ra /a - ni- /« « - jwr - // jj/ - «i - $u
ed his countenance. His image,
j/r - /« Sa ha - </.v - bi likin~lu u si - ma - ti-Su
of , his statue and his ornaments
- tff A^ -<!< TJ& **- -IT- -<!< 8S. V
i'lta
<? - bir - //'
nam pu m rat . {i
fa
on
the opposite side of
the Euphrates
on
bal - r/ erib-SamH in - ;i<i - /w/'r - ma
the western bank were found and
m ilu Nabu-nadin - £///w Jto/i^w alu Sip-par amdu barn ina
Nabu-nadin-Sum, the priest of Sippar, the seer, of
RECOVERY OF THE SUN-GOD'S IMAGE 35
^ I tTTTT v ^ lb <h 90. ^TTTT HF- ^IIK*I
zir m E-kur-$um'U$ab$i($i) Sangu alu Sip-par
the seed of Ekur-Sum-uSabSi, the priest of Sippar,
amelu faru usurti sal - mi hi - a - turn ilu Nabu-
the seer, that image to Nabu-
*Ktf M^\ ^ -III *TTT**TTW-£T
apt'/ - iddina(tid) Sarri beli- $u u - kal - Urn - ma
apil-iddina, the king, his lord, showed and
Nabu-apil-iddina(tid) Sar Bdbili KI $a
Nabu-apil-iddina, king of Babylon, who
<« ^ <tt i u tm -i *- «*^ eet
epii{es^) sal - mi $u-a - turn ka - bu - Sum - ma
the preparation of such an image had commanded him and
JT *T £* I£H ««>• *£ *<- 5tf I 5*=^ Iff
Su - ud - gu - lu pa - nu - ui-Su sal - mu Su - a - turn
entrusted to him, that image
tEAfcET 3^1 5*-<I<I «f *T -*HTT t-T
/' - *»«r - ma pa- nu-$u ir - ti - $u i - te - //* - is
beheld and his countenance was glad (and) joyful was
-III £111 S **TT T 5: <« & <
yfo£ - ta - tfj - «r«l tf/ftf epeS{ei) sal - »ij
his spirit. To the restoration of that
I ff tm *W ^TI Mfflf I HI <I- EI .05. -
lu-a - /wot « - zu - un-Su ib - Jfi - /w« /«a
image his attention he turned and with
1. kab-ta-as-su = kabtat-su.
3»
36 THE ENDOWMENT OF THE TEMPLE OF THE SUN-GOD
ni - me - *i Sa ilu E - <i ina h - /«> //a Nin-
the wisdom of Ea, with the craft of Nin-
<T- £< *- Hf- <W -TTA ^ m HP- «T
igi-nangar-bu tlu GuSkin - banda */a Afoi-
igi-nangar-bu, GuSkin-banda, Nin-
v ^TT HP- «T •* - <tf -TT^ *jn ^T <!- ^
kur - ra ,7" Ar/« - zadim ina hurasi ru - uS - fi - i
w ■
kurra (and) Nin-zadim with sumptuous gold (and)
»o.:s3R* HI 3 ff«T Hf-*T -II £h
bright lapis lazuli the image of SamaS, the great lord,
<HJ« «=TTTt^!4?= - *T £<£<-<!< W
ki - ntt u - kan - »i /'«j le - /// - // $a
he carefully prepared. With the purification of
,Y« ^ - a u ilu Marduk ma - har
Ea and Marduk before
tln Samai ina E - Ear- Za-gin - na Sa kited
SamaS in E-Kar-Zaginna on the bank of
the Euphrates his mouth he washed and he took up
iu - bat - su
his dwelling (there).
THE SIEGE OF DAMASCUS BY SHALMAN-
ESER II AND THE TRIBUTE OF JEHU, KING OF
ISRAEL, 842 B. C.
[From paper squeezes in the British Museum, Nos. 114 a and 114 b.]
ma XVIII pa/eFl-ia XVlSanitu nJru Purdtu
In the 18th year of my reign jforthei time the Euphrates
e - bir m ffa-za - ' - ilu la mJtu Dimalki
I crossed. Hazael of Damascus
a - na gi - bt'S ummanati Fl-$u it - /a - kil-
in the multitude of his troops trusted
ET *J ATI I— I 5. TJ ^T EI AHF- T
ma ummanati ?l-$u a - na ma - ' - A'Jf
and his troops in great numbers
/i/ - ka - a iada Sa - ni - ru uban $ade(e) Sa
he assembled. Saniru, the summit / of the \ which
\ mountains, J
pu - ut iad* Lab - na - na a - na dan - nu - ti - ,?»
/ is at the \ Lebanon, as his fortress
{entrance to/
38 THE SIEGE OF DAMASCUS
i? - hurt it - //' - iu am - dab ' ¥ ' if
he made. With him I fought;
aM/a - Su a$ - *«/i AT/ . iW j<S& *'
his defeat I brought about; 16000 of his
//' - du - ki - $u ina kakke Pl u - foj» - £tf
warriors with weapons I overcame ;
/. Af, I C, XXI >'** narkabdti p'su IV. C, LXX
1 121 of his chariots, 470
bit - faal - lu - hi it - //' u$ - ma - jf/'-ft/ * - £//» - i«
of his horses together with his camp I took from him.
<? - ;/rt Su - zu - ///& napSati ?l-hi e - //'
To save his life he made off ;
<j/vfr/ - Jw ar - te - di ina illu Di - mai - &'
after him I went ; in Damascus
<i/i ^rr« - ti - $u e - j/r - $u **u kire Pl - i u
his royal city I besieged him ; his plantations
ak - kis a - c/# Sade(e) mJfu I/a - u - ra - m"
I cut down. To the mountains of Ha'urani
JFHITS TRIBUTE 3g
TJ W -*=TT T— sr «»• TJ ^T -EI ET ^
a - lik aldni Pl (ni) a - na la ma - »i
I went ; cities without number
a - bul a - £i*r />/<* iSdti Pl alrup(uf)
I destroyed, I laid waste, with fire I burnt ;
to/ - la - su - nul a - na la ma - »/' ait - lu - la
their spoils without number I carried off.
a - di Ude(e) *ad*\Ba - ' - // - ra - ' - si
To the mountain of Ba'li-ra'si,
fa f tf /a /w - <// a - lik sa - /aw Sarru -ti - a
which is at the head of the sea, I went; my royal image
ina lib - bi aS - kup * ina u - me-$u-ma ma - da - lu
there I set up. At that time the tribute
Sa mMu Sur - r<z - ai mMu Si - du - na - ai Sa
of the Tyrians, the Sidonians (and) of
r ten tTTTt n «6. *£ -ti j::ttt -m «^ ^ a^
m la - u - a mar ffu - urn - ri - ; am - A»r
Jehu, the son of Omri, I received.
1. &al-la-$u~nu -= &allat-sunu.\
2. 1 1, Pret. fr. \akapu.
EXTRACTS FROM THE RECORDS OF
TIGLATH-PILESER III.
I. The reduction of Hamath and the cities tributary to
Uzziah of Judah, about 740 B. C.
[From paper squeezes in the British Museum, Nos. 1 1 5 a — 115 c.]
XIX na - gi - e $a alu ffa - am - /«</ - at - ti
Nineteen districts of the city of Hamath
a - di atani Fl («/') fo ji - #/r - // - $u - «w
together with the cities round about them,
$a a - hi tarn - tim Sa $ulmu(mu) tlu Sam$i($i)
iwhich\ i on the \ the sea of the setting of the sun,
\ (are) \ \ shore of/
Sa i - na hi - it - //' u kul - lul - te
which in sin and iniquity
a - na m Az - ri - ia - a - u e - ki - i - mu
to Azariah (i. e., Uzziah) they had detached,
a - na mi - f*r mJ/M AUur utir - ra - a
to the territory of Assyria I brought back.
OVERTHROW OF UZZIAH'S CONFEDERACY 41
B$ JT *T ^TT^ !— «£flf Bfc -II HTI* T
My officers as governors
<x W I *- fc Hf AHfff <« <T- m T- ^ T
*// - $u - «i/ <tf - kun XXX. M, III. C m'Si Pl
over them I appointed ; 3o,3oo people
as - j« - ha - </w - ma uiiu ki - r/#
I carried away from
a/a/i/' ^ - ,?« - //« - ma pihdt alu Ku-
their cities and in the district of Ku .
, '/*.'., 's, ./, ../+,•**
u - $a - as - 3//
I settled.
II. The tribute of Menahem of Samaria and of other princes
of Syria and Asia Minor, 738 B. C.
[From paper squeezes in the British Museum, Nos. 115 a- 115 c]
ma - da - at - tu Sa m Ku - us* - ta - a$ - pi
The tribute of KuStaSpi
*TT K <TTT * m TJ TJ I ^TT AN +
alu Ku - um - mi/ - £a - ai m ifa - /if/i - »«
of Kummuji, Rezin
1. LI. 9—12.
4* EXTRACTS FROM THE RECORDS OF TIG LATH-PI LESER 01
"u/* Dimalki m Me - a/ - A* - rat - m*
of Damascus, Menahem
al* Sa - me - ri - na - ai m Ifi - ru - urn - mu
of Samaria, Hiram
alu fur - ra - ai m Si - 3/ - it - // - bi - ' - //
of Tyre, Sibittibi'li
-tTT £* *fc -ET TJ TJ T *TTT* HTTI -TI* <H!
tf/* Gu - ub - la - ai m U - ri - ik - ki
of Gebal, Urikki
mJtu Ku - u - ai m Pi - si - ri - is a,u Gar - ga-
of KuL Pisiris of Carche-
mil - ai m E - «i - ilu alu Ha - am - ma - fa - ai
mish, Eni-ilu of Haraath,
m /*« - na - am - mu-u alu Sa -am - ' - la - <//
Panammu of Sam'al
m Tar - hu - la - r</ m4,/M Gur-gu -ma - #/' m Su - lu - ma - a I
Tarjiulara of Gurgum, Sulumal
of Melid, Dadilu of Kas
TRIBUTE OF MENAIIEM AND OTHER PRINCES 43
ka - at m U as - stir - /w* OTj/M 7k - £<i/ - «
ka, Uassurme of Tabal,
m Ul - hi - it - //' matu Tu - na - ai m Ur - fo/-
USbitti of Atun, Urbal-
la - a mJtu Tu - /w - »tf - ai m Tu - //a - am - me
la of Tiihana, Tubamme
^TT ^TT »m *M ^TI If TJ T «=TTT«= -HI *# T- me
aiu 1$ - tu - un - da - ai m U - ri - i/w - /w* - 1
of IStunda, Urimme
fl/" #j/ - Sim - «<7 - <j/ f Za - hi - bi - ^ far - rat
of HuSimna, Zabibe the queen of
n»J/« A - ri - bi hurasu kaspu anaku parzillu
Arabia, gold, silver, lead, iron,
ma$ak piri Hnni piri lu - but - //' bir - m*
elephants' hide, ivory, garments of variegated stuffs,
****** Mm ">*'« ta - *// - /;/ W" ar - ga - w<?/i-/n/
cloth, purple wool, crimson wool,
sT*m .-tut «r -&*jn ^^Hfff<-T<
'** wi» '*" urkarinnu mimma ak - r« »/ - ^/r - //'
feto-wood, \urkar'mnu-\ every valuable thing, treasures
\ wood I
44 EXTRACTS FROM THE RECORDS OF TIGLATH-PILESER III
iarru - u - //'
of royalty,1
immere Pl pal - ku - ft
fat sheep,
^T! HUE W I -^ <MTI *TTT* « *-
whose
fleeces
ar - £« - w</« - nu
with crimson
ftfr - paf is - swr Same(e) muf - fap - r/' - $u - ft
are dyed, birds of the heaven that fly,
W n***M*<- TJ^T ^TTTtm
Jfin tf - £»/ - //' - $u-nu a - ;/tf
whose wings ' with
fa - kil - fe
purple
sar - pu
are dyed,
t^E v ^TT T— ME <^ Hfff -Hf T'
imiru
stse
Ft
horses,
fcT* ^T T
mules,
<M£3J ^TT^Sf: MET*
oxen
T -*T T
els (and)
and
St
e - //*
tmeru
sheep,
gam-
cam-
/ a - na - &a - a - fe a - di
m
female camels with
imeru ba - ak - ka - ri - tf
their foals
i. /. e.y royal treasures.
2. LI. 29—36.
I
2
- na
am - $«r
I received.
CONQUEST OF THE CITIES OF PHOENICIA 45
III. The death of Pekah and the accession of Hoshea to
the throne of Israel, 734 B. C.
[From paper squeezes in the British Museum, Nos. 116 a, 1 16 b, 122, 124 a,
124 b, 125 a and 125 b.]
^TT *fflk *J 4Hf- Rf (?) »m TJ 3
aiu Ga - at - ' - za alu A - bi-
The cities of GaFza (and) Abi-
// - ak - ka hi pat tmitu Bit -Ifu- urn - ri - a
lakka, which {Jrc?llt,1L:l Israel1,
' l border otf »
mm ^«rfn t^ j yj ^ry ^yy ^^y ^y< r\
■J..;ZM S== 1 1 fc^i
.... - // rap - £« <* - na si - #/r - //' - $u
. . . . li the wide-spreading, in its whole extent
<z - na mi - «> mJtu AiSur u - //r - ra
m
to the territory of Assyria I restored.
[fcft JT *T ^1TO !— t*R g$ -II HTC* I
jmi,/tt i«-i/(/ - &z& ^ - ia •»«"« b'd - pahdti F'
My officers as governors
•//' - $u-nu a$ - £«// m Ifa-a-nu - u - nu
over them I appointed. Hanno
^TT ttJ< *m. }} *ET If TJ M 3= Hf-
j/a #ii - </s - za - t// - ai la - pa - an
of Gaza before
1. Literally "Land of the House of Omri".
46 EXTRACTS FROM THE RECORDS OF TIGLATH-PILESER III
s=Tl m T— **R HI *T <T- Wf £1 U ^T
kakki Fi - ia ip - par - Si - du - ma a - /i<z
my arms fled and to
****HTC-m ,£?*«=**! ^Hlf<®
Egypt escaped. Ga-
^TT >m [v *T W *TTT* I] V IH
s« - tu akSud(ud) makkura - Su buSd - ,?«
za I conquered, his property, his possessions,
Hani ?l (ni)-Su aS - lu - la ... mdtu Bit - ffu - «w-
his gods I carried off. . . . The land of Is-
ri - a ... /// - hur niSe Fl - Su a - */i
rael . . . the whole of his people together with
mar - ,?/' - //' - Su-nu a - na nUtu A$Sur u - ra - a
their possessions to Assyria I carried.
y $: ^y m ^^ I ^ t] [<m x- ET
m Pa - ka - ha Sarra - Su - nu is - ki - pu - ma
Pekah their king they overthrew and
m A - u - J/' ' tf - na Sarru - ti a - /id
Hoshea to the kingship over
eli - Su-nu aS - kun
them I appointed.
i. LI. 6—18.
EXTRACTS FROM THE ANNALS OF SARGON.
I. The Fall of Samaria, 722 B. C.
[From Botta, Monument de Ninive, vol. IV, pi. 145.]
i,/tt Sa - me - ri - /id a/ - »** ak - JW
The city of Samaria I besieged, I took.
«f <V IT T- T<« *ffl !— TJ T- *TTT I
XXVII. M, II C, XC nitt Pi a - Sib libbi - lu
27,290 of the people that dwelt therein
a$ - lu - la L '*u narkabati Fl ina libbi' $u - «w
I carried away ; 50 chariots from them
j£ - sur-ma u si - // - /« - //' i - nu-Su-nu
I took and the others their share
u - $a - hi - iz *meiu $ u . Uii . ^/ . td cVy m $u„nu
I caused to take. My officer over them
aS - kun - ma bilat larri mah - ri - e
I appointed and the tribute of the former king
e - «i</ - su - nu - //'
I laid upon them.
1. LI. 11— 13.
48 EXTRACTS FROM THE ANNALS OF SARGON
II. Sargon's campaign against Ashdod, 711 B. C.
[From Botta, Monument de Ninive, vol. IV, pi. 82 and vol. Ill, pi. 65.]
m A - zu - ri tor alu As - (/« - <tf
Azuri, king of Ashdod,
a - na la na - Se - e bil - /* /1? - bu - Jto
to no longer bring tribute in his heart
/# - pu - ud-ma a - na Warrant ?l (ni) li - me-
planned and to the kings in his neigh-
// - fo 01 - r<* - a - //" WJ'« AUur Kl
bourhood (proposals of) hatred against Assyria
X3\ £W ET £ JT <HH ^T *ff *- JT
il? - /wr - ma #.? - $u limutlu(tti) e - pu - $u
sent. Because of the evil he had done,
^//' ./*/& ^ md/i'Su be - lu - sul u - /*#£-
over the people of his land his rule I chang-
\WI & Iff A <^ HT< TJ -II ^m <T- I
Xvr - ma m A - hi - ;///' - // d - hu ia - lim-Su
ed and AJjimiti, his twin-brother,
a - na larru - //'
eli - £w - nu
j^ - kun
to the kingship
over them
I appointed.
J. be-lu-su = belli t-su.
REVOLT OF ASHDOD 49
B5 3= ~cy< *£ ^TT ^ HI ff Jit Hf<
The yatti, planning iniquity,
be - lu ~ su i ~ zi - ru - ma m la - at - na
his rule hated, and Iatna1
-El -< 1MII tT £* tif ^11 <£JI V If 3T *- ET
/a be - */ '*" £#xr7 $a kima $a- a - $u - nu- ma
with no claim to the throne, who like them
pa - lah be - lu - //'/ra la i - du - u u - ra 3-
reverence for authority did not know, they rais-
bu - u e - It - Su - un i - «<z ar^ - gat
ed over them. In theangerof
lib - £/* - /rt /'/ - //' **u narkabat lepe n-ia u
my heart with the chariot of my feet and
/m^rii bii-hal-lum - ia &? a - for sa - al - me
my horses, which during
m\ If I? -ET Inn *T HI *TTT* ^ -nf
i - da - at la ip - par - ku - u a - na
from my side do not depart, to
l. Variant reading: T £^|T ET ?TT""r la-ma-ni.
56 EXTRACTS FROM THE ANNALS OF SARGON
tyy^^yi^ MT &&*!<& A^T^T]
aiu As - du - di alt Sarru - ti - hi hi - it - rim-its'
Ashdod, his royal city, in haste
al - /i* - /7W alu As - <afo - </n tf/« GY - fin - tu
I went, and Ashdod, Gimtu (and)
alu As - du - <# - */w - witt a/ - jw* ak$ud(ud)
Asdudimmu I besieged, I conquered.
Hf-T— TW-*-*T *TTT «.£[«=!& V!fH
//J;;/ f' a - &' - bu - ut lib ~ bi ~ $u - un la - a - Su
The gods that dwelt therein, himself
a - */i /«'& J7' maii-Su hurasu kaspu
together with the people of his land, gold, silver,
makkiir ekalli-Su a - na Sal - la - ti
the possessions of his palace, as booty
S3fc*-I ^ITT— IV-HK TJ^T<«JM<
a/w - nu~$u alani Fl Su-nu - li a - /w e$ - Xu - //
I counted. Those cities anew
s
<w - £a/ /i/& ^ matdti ki - £// - //' kate ll - &
I took. People (from (various)i the prisoners of my hands,
\ lands, /
*e~Hr*m:3 ^yyy^^y- k?& jj *t *TTS: «*ff
i - na lib - bi u - $e - Sib Jmeiu fu . ua> . jttf^ _ ^
therein I settled ; my officer
taking of ashdod 5*
am*/ii ^/ pahati eli - Jte - nu aX - £«;* - ma
as ruler over them I set and
»M< *fflfT~~ v-^f<HJ s^^1
1/ - // ntU Pl mdtu AUur KI am - nu
with the people of Assyria I reckoned (them).
I. IV, 82, 11. 2— 13 and III, 65, 1. I f.
SENNACHERIB'S INVASION OF PALESTINE,
AND THE SIEGE OF JERUSALEM, 701 B. C.
[From a cylinder in the British Museum, No. 12174.]
1 - na Sal - $i gir - ri - ia a - na matu fja-at-ti
In my third expedition to the land of the yatti
lu al - lik m Lu "-//- 1
I went. Lull,
Sar
"'« $/.
king
of Si-
>~<
wa
~T< ttfl
</// - «// - ni pul - $i me - A/ai - w^ be - lu - /i - ia
don, fear of the splendour of my dominion
ti -ii *- Ji et ]} ^t *jii *ee: <m t<m
is - hu - pu - to - ;//tf a - //# r« - uk - Xi' &/3tf/
overwhelmed and afar off /into thei
\ midst /
tam-tim in - na - bit- ma mala-lu e - mid aiu Si-
m
of the sea he fled and his land 1 subdued. Si-
du - un - ;/*/ rabu(ti) illu Si - </« - un - nu siftru
don the great, Sidon the less,
SUBMISSION OF SIDON 53
:TT *ym -TT* ^! *T -eTT ff HTTI HI *T
a'" Bit - *# - // - te aiu Sa - ri - ip - tu
Bit-zitte, Zarephath,
41/11 J/a - &*/ - // - ba alu U - $u - u
Majjalliba, USu,
"/tt ^' - zi - bi alu Ak - ku - k a/tf/n' P* - fo
Akzlb (and) Akko, his strong ci-
<afo« - nu - ti bit durdni Pl (ni) a - far
ties, fortresses, the places
-TTI ^ -<!< <M£tf + <Ef -<T< «=TTTT It -ET -<!< I
n' - i - //' » //ij/ - &' - // 3// /w£ - ta - ti - £«
for pasture and watering, the stations for his troops,
ra - Sub - &// XvzM/ ,/tt AHur belt - /'a
the might of the arms of Ashur, my lord,
tWI *- 3T ^ H< ET -TI^^-^T **-*TTT*ff
is - (tu - pu - $u - nu - ti - ma ik - nu - Su $e - pu - u - a
overwhelmed them, and they submitted at my feet.
m Tu - ba - ' - iu i - na '** kussi larru - //
Tuba'al on the throne of the kingdom
«*H I *Tfl ^TTT«= * T- ET JpSfcW « ^!! ■*! -*£T
*// - jfu-un u - se- Sib-ma biltu man -da - at - tu
over them 1 seated, and taxes and tribute
54 SENNACHERIB'S INVASION OF PALESTINE
be - lu - /*' - /'a Sat - // - fo/w la ba - at - lu
m
to my dominion, yearly, unceasing,
1/ - kin si - ru - u$ - <tu $a m Mi - in-
I fixed upon him. Of Me-
^i - im " mu alu Sam - si - jw« - ru - na - j/
nahem of Samsimuruna,
I -m ^T 4Hf- EOT -«=TT ^T! ~! ^ ~HT TJ Vi
m Tu - ba - ' - lu alu Si - du - un - na - ai
Tuba'al of Sidon,
y «=y <i& ^r ^Hf- -<T< -«=TT TJ *jn £T! TJ TJ
m Ab - *Y - // - ' - //' alu A - ru - da - ai
Abdili'ti of Arvad,
T *TTT* *ffl ^T! <m ^TTC^^^TIHI T<
m U - r* - mil - £/' *'« Gu - ub - la - a* m J//
Urumilki of Gebal, Mi-
// - w - //' a/w At - du - da - <?/' m Pu - du - ilu
tinti of Ashdod, Pudu'il
md/M 2?// - m Am - ma - na - #/' m Kam - mu - su - na - ad - bi
of Beth-Ammon, Kammusunadbi
m*tu Ma - ' - 3a - a/ m ilu Malik - raw - mu
of Moab, Malikrammu
THE TRIBUTE OF NEIGHBOURING PRINCES 55
v *=TTT«=
~T sCTTT t] T¥ TJ
feEHPff 1^^ HPF-
matu (J .
du - it/H - ma - ai
Sarrdni Pl (ni)
of Edom,
kings
w,J/» Aharri KI ka - /1 - Su - un Si - di - e
of the Western country, all of them, districts
*IgM< £TTT*TT-e£mi*- ^H^yyyy^y
Sad - lu - ti ta - mar - /a - Su-nu ka - bit - /«
of broad extent, their rich presents
a - </Y £f/£/ a - na mah - ri - ia iS - Su - nim - »w
itogetheri property before me they carried and
\ with j
^TT <y- s« <EeTTmetj <y-igj y ^yy mi ^y yj
iS - ft' - ku Sepe ll - *d u m Si - id - ka - a
kissed my feet. But §idka,
^yy ty ^y ^ j@j ^y ^yy ^!
Sar alu Is - ka - ai - /« - «a /a /a
king of Ashkelon,. who had
ik - nu-Su a - na ni - r/ - /Vz 1/0 ai" p1 bit
not submitted to my yoke, the gods fofthel
\housej
tun wm c-m^Ti ^r— i ^^r— i
abi-Su Sa - a-Su aSSat - j« marePl-Su mardti Pl-Su
of his father, himself, his wife, his sons, his daughters,
<z^* Pl - fo s*r £// abi-Su as - su - faa - am - ma
his brothers, the seed fofthet rof hisi I carried away, and
I house! \ father, I
56 SENNACHERIB'S INVASION OF PALESTINE
a - na matu ASSur KI u - ra - aS-Xu m Sarru - /«-
to Assyria I brought him. Sarrulu-
Jterrtt - Xu- nu
their former
*»<?# - ru - u eli ni$i Pl alu Is - ka - al-
king, over the people of Ashke-
^-m
*£
T *m ^ ^i<
tfa - r*
mar
m Ru - A# - /*
dari,
son
of Rukibtu,
/« - /ia aS - kun - ma na - dan bilii
Ion I appointed, and the delivery of taxes
-III-TTI^ -<J@fMT<*sff ^m^tteeT
kat - ri - e be - lu - ti - /a * - mid - su - ma
(and) presents to my dominion I laid on him, that
i - $a - a/ ap - $a - a - ni i - /*a w^ - /i - /£
he might bear my yoke. In the course
EW-TII^IJ ^TT *TTTT £TT ^ ^T ^TT^IJ
^/'r - n - ia alu Bit - da - gan - »<z alu Ia-
of my expedition Beth-dagon, Jop-
«=y ^ *TTT* ^TT --T ~HT THJ + -T
ap - pu - « tl/u Ba - na - 0/ - &/r - fo
pa, Bene-berak,
ai» A - zu - ru alani ?l (ni) Xa m Si - id-
Azuru, cities of Sid-
RECOVERY OF ASHKELON 57
-I T? W TJ ^T <tE!I **ff ^ *y
ka - a $a a - na Sepe JI - /a ar - #1$
kly which to my feet quickly
/a i£ - ;/« - Su al - *w* ak$ud(ud) a$ - lu - /«a
had not submitted, I besieged, I captured, I carried off
fo/ - /a - sun am*lu hikkanakkc Pl am*lu rube Pl
their spoil. The governors, princes,
u niSe Pl alu Am - kar - ru - na Sa
and people of Ekron, who
ys£<y^^ ^1^ -II TI<f^«=TI <M£H
m Pa - di - / larra-hi-nu be I a - di - e u
Padi, their king, / ^fJ^hTui* \ r^e comman^s anc*
* to '
ey~ ^T! v-V<Ef 3-TTI^T Hf-Hf-
ma-mit $a matu AHur KI bi - r* - /« parzilli
compact of Assyria, into fetters of iron
Eatf ^T ee! yj ^T T ff< ft mi «*fl «=TTT*=
/'</ - du - ma a - mz m #a - s# - £/ - ia u
had cast and to Hezekiah
v tfcfi *yyy* pr yj ^ ^y <y^ + \ **$$ ^y^
ww/tt fa - u - da - ai id - di - nu-$u nak - r/?
of Judah had given him — as a foe
if ^T HP- Hffl -sSi ^ *- 1 hi «=yyy<
a - na an sil li e - j/'r - fo ?/ - lah
in a dungeon he imprisoned him, — afraid was
58 SENNACHERIB'S INVASION OF PALESTINE
lib - ba - $u- un Warrant Pl (ni) indtu Mu - su - ri
their heart. The kings of Egypt,
amelu sabi Pl '>* kaSii *« narkabati ?l im*TU sisi Pl
the archers, chariots (and) horses
fo for md/,« J/<? - luh - fri e - mu - ki la
of the king of Ethiopia, forces without
»* - hi
ft -
le - ru - nim -
ma
il - tf - ku
number,
they summoned,
and
they came
-m ** *htc
^TMff ^-Hf
s£TTT EM HT<
r* - j« •
- us -
su - un t
- na
/a - »wr - A'
to 1
their help.
In
the neighbourhood
alu Ai
£TTT
- ta -
ku - u
•
el -
la - »!« - u - a
of Eltekeh
over against me
ji - id - ru
/// - ku - nu
«=TTT«=
« -
fa - ' - lu
(their) line of battle
was drawn up ;
they cried for
kakke Pl
their
-I
- Su-un
arms.
With
7HW< «f~V
lukulti(ti) ilu Attur
i the help of ASSur
-II *Efl
#// - ia
BAT ~T< I *fflf
/'/ - // - Su - un
ssfc ^TT * tT ET
a/w - ^/<z - &' - is - wa
my lord
with them
I fought and
DEFEAT OF THE EGYPTIANS AT ELTEKEH 59
g^iii^ <mm*w bs-u fieri
a$ - ta - kan abikta - hi - un amelu bet **u narkabati Pl
I accomplished their defeat. The commander of the chariots
<h@j tsi— fc^m ***m£mim
# /war* A7' far md/w -fl/tf - su - ra - ai
and the sons of the king of Egypt
I? <re= k?s -II 1 1 Sf I— "BIT
</ - </i amilu bel *** narkabati Pl Xa $ar
with the commander of the chariots of the king
v i- *m< ^ — i* m >&[ *m «* ~nr
mdtu fife - /«A - hi bal - tu - su - un i - »a
of Ethiopia alive in
&m *r jj< -hi -n* ji ^ii jttt n if
&z£a/ /jot - (ia - ri ik - Su - da kata ll - <z*
the midst of the battle my hands captured.
^11 m &m s» < **ii ^m ^ ~nr if
«/M >4/ - /a - ku - u aiu Ta - am - na - a
Eltekeh (and) Timnah
*fi- v *r £ iei -Ei ^ -Ei <CT
<z/ - /«* ak$ud(ud) a$ - lu - A* &z/ - la - x«»
I besieged, I captured, I carried off their spoil.
if ~nr -tn s=a » *jn ~Hf -b *iu ei
a - na alu Am - &zr - ru - na ak - rib - ma
• m
To Ekron I drew near and
B$ <EE ^1 I— £& Hffflf I— 'gTT
am*/* takkanakke Pl *»*l* rube Pl ia
the governors (and) princes who
60 SENNACHERIB'S INVASION OF PALESTINE
^i -i/-/« 1/ &z£ - $u - u a - duk - aw
sin had committed I slew and
I - »a di - ma-a - ti si - /«'r - // alt a - /«/
on poles around the city I hung up
pag - r/ - Su " un mare fl ali e - piS an - ni
their corpses ; the townsfolk / who had \ wickedness
\ com mined (
1/ &'/ - la - ti a - «a /a/ - la - ti am - #&
and offence as spoil I counted ;
ji - // - iu - te - $u - nu la da - »*
the rest of them, who had not committed
^i - //' - /* u kul - /«/ - ti $a
sin and wickedness, who
a - ra - an-$u-nu la id - $u - u u$ - Sur-Su-un
in their iniquity were not found, their pardon
-Eft* Tt£<M:tEE tBfcl*- <tfk-*!T
</£ - £i m Pa - di - i $arra- Su-rtu ul - /«
I proclaimed. PadI their king from
fo* - rib iliu Ur - sa - //' - liw - mu
the midst of Jerusalem
THE PUNISHMENT OF EKRON 61
u - $e - sa - am - ma i - na '** £&«/ be - lu - /*
I brought out and on the throne of dominion
eli - Su - un u - Se - &$ - tf*d ftuzjy - da - at - tu
over them I seated and tribute
be - lu - /# - /la « - kin si - ru - u$ - fa u
to my dominion I fixed upon him. And
m ffa-za - ki - a - u mJiu la - u - da - ai fa
of Hezekiah of Judah, who
/a /it - nu-su a - »<i »* - n" - /a XL VI
had not submitted to my yoke, 46
alani Pl - fa dan - nu - ti bit durani Fl u
of his strong cities, fortresses, and
-till— ^T— ^TT ^T!FHT<I^
<//J;«' J7' sihruti Fl fa li - me - /1 - fa- nu
small cities which were around them,
fa ni - &/ la i - $u - u i - na
which were without number, with
&<>& - bu - us a - rj/w - jw* « £/'/ - ru - ub
the battering of rams and the assault
62
SENNACHERIB'S INVASION OF PALESTINE
of engines, the attack
of foot-soldiers,
^PT <T- 1HH MTT < *m <£J ^T *T
pil - JFi
of mines,
nik - «'
breaches,
and
kal - 3a« - na - ft
<z/ - *w* ak$ud{ud) II C. Af, I C, L niii Pl fifiru
I besieged, I captured. 200,150 people, small
ET- M <H£H & M£ v MT T
nz£« zikaru
r(and)i male
Igreat,/
s=^ J«=HF- 1
imiru pari pl
mules,
u
and
sinnt'Slu
female,
inure Pl
asses.
imiru s;Sg pl
horses,
imeru gammaii P*
camels,
£W
<vm **TT *!*:*: ^IT -*T &Z1
alpe Pl
oxen
u
and
§1 - e - nt
sheep
Jta & ni - £1
without number
« - U - §a - am - ma
I brought out and
«/ - tu
from
kir - &'- Su - «/*
their midst
Sal - la -liS am - nu Sa - a-$u hi ma i§§ur ku - /// - //*
as spoil 1 counted. Him like a caged bird
within
J/M Ur - sa - /1
Jerusalem
ffll - jw«
his
THE SIEGE OF JERUSALEM 63
torn* - //' - $u e - j/'r- fo a/" $alsani Pl
royal city I enclosed. Entrenchments
*// - £« « - rak - &r - aw a - si - * abulli
against him I cast up, and, whosoever came forth from the gate
alt - $u u tir - ra ik - ki - bu - u$
of his city, I punished his sin.
aldni Fl - fo .fa a$ - lu - /a «/ - tu
His cities, which I had taken, from
yfr/ - n$ mati-s'u ab - tuk-ma a - na m Mi - /li-
the midst of his land 1 separated and to Mit-
in - /* Air */tt As - du - di m Pa - <fi - i
inti king of Ashdod, Padi
^^ xTT s* a *JE ~Hf <H£H TtT<Kr-H
jftfr ti/u Am . £tfr . ru - na u m Silli - &/
king of Ekron and Sillibel
for d/tt #* - zi - //
ad - din - 010
u - ja-
king of Gaza
I gave and
I di-
VHTf ^H v ^TT
tfl-fc^TT
&&W
<z$ - #;*r ;wtf/ - su
<r - li
bilti
minished his land.
Beside
the
64 SENNACHERIB'S INVASION OF PALESTINE
mah ri - //' na - dan lat - /i - lu - a/i
former taxes, their yearly gift,
man -da - at - tu kat - r* - * &-/«-//- ia
tribute (and) presents to my dominion
*TTT* HT- <M= *T ^TTT«= ELI t£TT *JM 5?T I *TR
« - ra</ - di - ma u - kin si - ru - ul - lu-un
I added and fixed upon them.
lu - u m ffa-za - ki - a - u put - $i /»* - /tf/w - /w*
As for him, Hezekiah, fear of the majesty
be - lu - // - ia is - hu - pu - lu- ma amslu i/r m fo
of my dominion overwhelmed him and the Urbi
u amelu sabe Fl - lu damkuti Pl la a - na
and his trusty warriors, whom to
<HW *- *fflf ^TT IH ^ -EST A4f ^
r/tt// - nu - «// ^/tt Ur - sa - //' - mi - mu
strengthen Jerusalem
a//' ^/r/-« - //' - lu u - le - ri - bu - ma ir - lu - u
his royal city he had brought in, desert-
-< -ET TJ -<T<
^! HK
«<
>&&m
£#/ - Ai - a - ti
•
»/ - //•
XXX
bilat
ed.
With
3o
talents of
HEZEKIAH'S TRIBUTE
65
<ff-TT^ my jp&m <R*T s^IM<
hurdsi
gold,
VIII. C
800
bilat kaspi ni - sik - //'
talents of silver, precious stones,
£* A— Iff
stibium,
//*
ss3f
■HF-ffoETfT— EFT
rabutiP1
great -stones,
dak - &w
dakkassUy
couches
=TT
«
W ^T ** ft T
h'nni
of ivory,
'>" ibtf^ ^
ni - me - di
Wf
seats
Sinni
of ivory,
maSak piri tinni piri **u u$u '** urkarinnu
elephant-hide, ivory, I w^w- j \urkannnu-l
(wood,) j wood, j
C-ET »M SrvHfWT -sfcJ*TTTT*T <HSJ
mimma Sum-Su ni - sir - /// Xvz - bit - /« «
diverse objects, a heavy treasure, and
warJ//' F1 - to zikretir* ekalli - to dmtf/tt zammere Pl
his daughters, the women of his palace, male musicians,
^JeM— ff~Hf <©*Tff
<S3<H[ -*=TT
f zammeriii Fl a - //a &" - rib
Ninua KI ali
female musicians, into
Nineveh the city
~l@M<*Efi ME3fM=ff *TTT**:3«m
be - lu - /*' - /'rt arki - t a
u - U-bi - lam - ma
of my dominion after me
he despatched and
5
66 SENNACHERIB'S INVASION OF PALESTINE
Tf^T ~nr*|fl «0T*SM< <HEQ[ *UtfK
a - na na - <&/*
man -da -at - ti u
e - /tf
to give
tribute and
to make
^T *TTT* ~T<
~TT*-E^TT &^v
ardu - u - fi
1$ - pu - ra r#£ - bu-$u
submission
he sent his messenger.
I. Col. II, 1. 34. — Col. Ill, I. 41.
THE MURDER OF SENNACHERIB, 68 1 B.C.
I. Prom the Babylonian Chronicle.
[Brit. Mus., No. 84 — 2 — 11, 356.]
IT
arhu Tcbitu umu XX KAN ilu Sin - ahe Pl - erba
On the 20th day of Tebet Sennacherib,
U$S *~V s&l
- ^11 & w^[J «TTT1
tor mJt" AShtr maru-hi ina si - hi iduk - Su XXIII
king of Assyria, his son in a rebellion slew him. For 23
tondti r*
years
-4- <« KS?a I
Sennacherib
£TT fci^T
<r&/
the kingdom
WJ/M ,4itff/r ipu$(ui) - w<? w/w« XXKAN to
of Assyria ruled. From the 20th day of
Tebet
a - di umill KAN to arhu Adam si - /// ina mJtu AShtr
to the 2nd day of Adar the rebellion in Assyria
sa - dir
continued.
►*►►'
',r//tt jima/fff ///«* XVIII KAN
On the 18th day of Sivan
maru-Su ina mdiu AUur
his son in Assyria
via
on
kussi
the throne
l7« AUur - al} - iddin
Esarhaddon
T1
i//atob(ab)
sat.
1. Col. Ill, 11. 34—38.
5*
68
THE MURDER OF SENNACHERIB
II. Prom the stele of Nabonidus.
[Scheil, Recueil de travaux, XVIII.]
u ~nf 2< ****** [<m\ mm *ttt<= ~nr ^ <~
a - na Babili KI _. ,. ''""', .. v u - na - am - iwi"
[hc(/ e. Sennacherib)
Against Babylon went]. He destroyed
*? - ri - * - it - tf
its temples,
u - sa - afr - fri
he threw down
*TTT* ** ^TT TJ ~T< s^T M <T^ *T?
«
su - ra - a - fj
the reliefs,
*TTT* ^TT <=I<! *F Sstf
- Jfa - ai - pi - //
he cast down.
//
■HP «*T
,v" Marduk
Marduk
if - fo - at - ma
he siezed and
3/7 - lu ~ di - e
the shrines
*TTT* -T< HffflF
^a - it'1 n/£*
The hand of the prince
^ * -m Hf
u - $e - ri - ib
brought (him)
ki - rib AHur KI ki - ma uz - si
into ASSur. According to the anger
i// -wa i - fa - pu - ftf ;wtf/tf «/ ip - $u - ur
of the god he dealt with the land. He did not subdue
<IET^TT^TTTJT Hffflf «f «*T «! ^T—
*/ - mi? - ta - to nrifi iVm Marduk XXI Sandii F!
his wrath, the prince Marduk; for 21 years
ki - n#
in
1. ga-ti — kati.
~p[* ~t< ^ <m
AHur
ASSur
£TTH'
/'r - A/ - »w
did he set
MARDUK'S ANGER AGAINST BABYLON 69
JT ~ ^TT LA-ftfl] M «=TTT«= *T T—
.?« - bat - jtt />w - lu - u time Pl
his dwelling-place. Fulfilled were the days,
/% - lu - da a - dan - //« 1 - //« - «// - ma
there came the appointed time, and appeased was
*HTCOT W *£$ -HF-Hf-' -II -III-
1*3 - s<z - lu la lar Hani be I bile Pl
his anger, which the king of the gods, the lord of lords,
^TTTT ^1W m*m <H£fl ^J ~f g^TT <M
E - sag - Ha u Bdbili KI
against Esagila and Babylon
/# su - us lu- bat be - tu - /* - lu lar
had conceived, the dwelling of his lordship. The king
Allur KI la i - na uz - za ilu Marduk
of Assyria, who during the anger of Marduk
£TT rltf fir *T -£V v ^TTHJ^ ^
la - #/ - /« - ut - /i>» wa// tf - &* - «« /Kurt*
the destruction of the land had brought about, a son,
ji* - it lib - £1 - lu i - na kakki
the offspring of his bowels, with a weapon
t=TTT^ ^^TT <^ ^TT t=H I '
u - ra - as - si - *8-Jte
slew.
1. Col. I, L 7—41.
THE
DESTRUCTION OF SIDON BY ESARHADDON.
[From a cylinder in the British Museum, No. 12170.]
Co..i,,[T~ipEE3^^7 « EJ- « *m*-
m AHur - ah - iddin(na) Sarru rabu Sarru dan - nu
Esarhaddon, the great king, the mighty king,
« I « > »v <m *■ <& ^T
lar kmati Sar mdtu Attur Kl lakkanakku
the king I of thei the king of Assyria, ruler
I world, I
Babili Kl Sar mdtu Sumiri u Akkadi KI
of Babylon, king of Sumer and Akkad,
3- m m <«m— **tt « th « *ttm
m £r m tlu §jn „ afe pi . eria iarru rabu farm dan - nu
son of Sennacherib, the great king, the mighty king,
« v ~V <Ef 4. [t£ T « t^y « ^
jctfr mdtu A$$ur Kr m^r m $arru-ukin Sarru rabu
the king of Assyria, son of Sargon, the great king,
« eTfl^] « *~V<II! 5. L^TT -
Sarru dan - nu Sar matu ASSur KI Xa ina
the mighty king, the king of Assyria, who with
THE KING'S TITLES AND GENEALOGY 71
THr-HH HF--V1 ~f<« Hf-^T «• HF— ^F
tukulti(ti) ilu Attur ilu Sin ilu SamaS Uu Nabu
the help of ASSur, Sin, SamaS, Nabu,
ilu Marduk llu filar la Ninua KI ilu lUar
Marduk, IStar of Nineveh, I Star
•gfl »=«f <Ef ~H— EFT— -III— I
fa ^4r^(/ - ilu Ki Hani Pl rabuti Pl belt Pl - Xu
of Arbela, the great gods, his lords,
8.<tf**y »*rTaT HF-*M- M3= *fi«=TTI
1// - /« si - 1/ ,/tt SamSi(ji) a - di e - r*#
from the rising of the sun to the setting
tlu SamSi(Si) it - tal - lak - u ~ ma ma -fa' - ra
of the sun proceeds and • an opponent
la i - $u- u ka - Sid alu §i - du - is/// - »i
does not possess, the conqueror of Sidon
&z *>/# &*&;/ /tfjw - tim sa - /1 - nu
which is in the midst of the sea, who overcame
-TT^EHW ^y^yyyy-j .,©1 <H@r
£7 - /w/r da - </</ - me-Su dura - Xu u
the whole of its habitation; its wall and
jy~^yy ^m^^iti **-<m*m *!-£*-
Xu-bal - su as - jk# - /wa & - r# /aw - tim
its place of dwelling I tore out and into the sea
72 THE DESTRUCTION OF S1DON BY ESARHADDON
ad - di - i - ma a - far waif - &?/* - i" - Jte
I cast and the place where it stood
«=TTT«= - Kf -5. T w=T <T3= ^TT HT *T ~T<
i/ - &i/ - /i% w Ab - <# - /»/'/ - ku - u/ - ti
I destroyed. Abdimilkutti
farra - £# fa la - pa - an kakke Pl - ia
its king, who before my arms
/>*<* &*3tf/ /<z/w - tim in - «#£ - tu ki - ma
0
into the midst of the sea had fled, like
^TTHs: <tfk*T <HMTJ *K*r '9-TTHF-^fET
nu - u - ni ul - tu ki - rib tarn -tim a-bar-$u-ma
a fish out of the sea I caught and
ak - ki - . jtf &/£ - &7 - sux nak - mtt
• • •
I cut off his head. His hoarded
makkuru - /« hurasu kaspu abnu Pl a - kar - /»
possessions, g°ld, silver, precious stones,
maiak piri linni piri **u uSu '*u urkarinnu
elephant-hide, ivory, I «*«- I iwricar/wwii-i
\ wood, j \ wood, i
f ubatu iu . £w/ . ft- birmi u kiii mimma Sum - Su
raiment of r gaily -coloured i and cloth of every kind,
I. kak-ka-su = kakkad-su.
DEPORTATION OF THE INHABITANTS
73
23. 55: ^fflf< ~y< b=TTTT ET- I ^ II
«/ - sir - ti ekalli - $u a - na
the store of his palace, in
T
' - di - e a$ - lu - /<i ///& ^ - fo
jnk -
abundance
I captured;
his people,
raps' ati pl $a
from far and wide,
/// - 3rt A* i - $a - a
without number,
26. ^ Jw^
<H£U
ten ^ ^
^""*T»»- T»»»»
alpe?1
»
j/ - * - //1
/w^r* *"'
oxen
and
sheep,
(and) asses
a - bu - ka a - na ki - r# wd'11 ittfcr /w/
I carried away into Assyria.
28. tyyyc ^ g£y Ey
u - pa - hir - Md
Moreover I collected
terrain Fl
the kings
of the land of the {jatti
«9.<HEQf TJA *T~£V ^H^TTI^
» </ - /// tarn - //>/
and of the coast of the sea,
ka - It - $u-nu
all of them;
3o.[- g^TTU V<^TET -tTT *TTT<=*Eff<ET
*>/<* a $ - ri $a - nim - /wa a la u - $c- pis' - ma
in another place a city I erected and
3 <• WT *Tflf ! -*?] BStf *£J ~Hf ^T sHTT 3
alm Kar - m ;4Jtff/r - all - iddina(na)
Kar-ASSur-a{)-iddina l
at - ta - bi
I called
1. /. e. "The Wall of Esarhaddon.
»»
74
THE DESTRUCTION OF SIDON BY ESARHADDON
& ^TTTT -ȣIT 32. ^ y
ni - bit - j«
its name;
nitt Pl
the peoples,
bu - bu - ut
the captives
'fu kaUi - ia $a $adi(i) u tarn - tim
of my bow, from the mountains as well as from the sea
*£IT ssatf
of the rising
Hf- *T <T-
titt $am$i($i)
of the sun
34.
TIT
ina lib - bi
therein
*TTT* * <T- HI 35. k& M *\ *TM= **W
u - $e ~ $i - ib amelu Su - ud - Saki - #<i
1 made to dwell; my officer
-II* <^fcj I *- £ -T^-rTf
as governor
eli - $u - nu
over them
I set.
36. <h@! y 4** -HF- ^1 <MII -III 37- fc^
But
m Sa - an - du - <ir
Sandu'arri,
ri
far
king
:TT -TAHffr <I^
-IT ^n --II <=TTI^
alu
Kun
of Kundi
<//'
alu
Si - stf
(and) Sizu,
u
38. &££ -^ H& £*
an obstinate foe,
► ►►►
39. >m -hf- i
Sa Hani Fl
whom the gods
^y 3= ty!i< ~ j@j ^!< ^
/a /a - /*# be - lu - // - &
who feared not my dominion,
. *TTT* HF- «£ W «=TTT>= EI
u - ma/ - ft'r u - ma
had forsaken,
SUBJECTION OF THE NEIGHBOURING CITIES
75
4o.H-nf v«* *TT-£*Hf< ^T^TTTCT
a - na
in
$adi(f) mar - §u - /i
the difficult mountains
it - ta - kit
trusted,
4.. < I «=T <T^ -IT m *T ~T< t&ft
and
m
^
</i - mil - ku - ul - ii
Abdimilkutti,
iar
king
-tjT tETT -T & 4«. Tl ~Hf HTTI £g= ~T< I
*/tt *SV - (ltd - ni
m
of Sidon,
4T -T AHfff ET
a - na
to
ri - $u - ti - Jto
his help
tf
came
ma
and
43. >^ «Hf- T«~ ET- T
foal jftzai ^ r<i6ft// ^
on the name of the great gods
Tl ~n Tl }}< T~~
a - na a - ha - me$
together
£T v < ET 44- TI ~Hf
iz - kur -u -ma
they called, and
a - na
tTI^HIIJMII rSatfsAH 45-TI^THJ
* - /WH - &' - $u - un
their own might
// - tak - /«
put their trust.
a - na - ku
I
a ' na
in
A$$ur
ASSur
bill - ia
my lord
II ^T ~V -II ^ tET £TTT D ET
at - ta - kil - ma
trusted and
&' - rib Xadi(i)
the midst ( of »h? 1
I mountains I
46.<HI^T £T**HTI
like
t$ - su - r/
a bird
«/ - tu
from
47. TI HF- JeTeeT -©<Ef^ s^T^TT 48. £ I
a-bar- lu -ma
I caught him and
ak - &i - sa
I cut off
&zi- ka - su
» » •
his head.
a$-hi
In order
76 THE DESTRUCTION OF SI DON BY ESARHADDON
da - na - an tlu Attur beli - ia niU Pl
the power of ASSur my lord unto the peoples
kul - /«/w - mi - I'm - wa kakkadt Pl
• • *
to display, the heads
T Jm HF- -I <MTI -m 5-. <H£&
m Sa - an - du - ar - ri u
of Sandu'arri and
m -<43 - </* - 01* - 1/ - ku - ut - ti ina ki - la - <#
Abdimilkutti to the necks
55 eeT- T~~ I *fflf TJ JT* ET 53. ^T ~T<
«»■«« rata// *l - Su-un a - /1// - ma // - A*
of their nobles I hung and with
EE3SJM— < sT^<£- 54-- -TTI ^TTTT
amelu zammere Fl u ina ri - bit
musicians and melody (?) into the square
Ninua Kl e - te - it - // - ik
of Nineveh I went.
THE SACK OF THEBES BY ASHURBAN1PAL.
[From a cylinder in the British Museum, No. 12168.]
ina $ane(e) gir - ri - ia a - na mdtu Mu - s ur
In my second expedition to Egypt
u matu Ku -u - si uS - U - ei - U - ra har - ra - nu
and Ethiopia I directed the way.
«. t ih rar et ^ *ti if yn ■ ^< -m *sr
m Ur - da - ma - ni - e a - &£ #iir - r* - ia
Urdamane of the coming of my expedition
i.f - mc-ma ia ak - bu - su mi - «r
heard, ) to the 1 I had trodden the boundary
\ effect that!
of Egypt. Memphis he abandoned, and
4- Tf-Hf 3[^TT*fc -TT*~£VI ^^MTTT
a - na $u - zu - ub napis'tim(tim)-$u in - na - 3//
to save his life he fled
a - »« */ - rib <"* Ni - ' iarraniP1
into Thebes. The kings,
80 THE SACK OF THEBES BY ASHURBANIPAL
ul - tu man-za - al - //' - hi-nu as - suh - ma
from their place I removed and
al - ka - a a - na ^^ ilu AHur KI Sal - la - /«
took to Assyria. Spoils,
&z - bit - /« fiM la me - hi a$ - lu - la
heavy, without number, I carried off
ul - tu ki - rib «tu Ni - ' * - //
from Thebes. Over
mdtuMu-sur u mdtuKu - u - si kakke Pl - ia
Egypt and Ethiopia my arms
u - him - ri - ir- ma aS - la - kan li i - ///
1 caused to rage and I established might.
/'/ - //' ka - //' /»d - //" - // Sal - meS
m
With full hands safe and sound
a - tu ~ ra a - w<i Ninua KI ali
I returned to Nineveh the city
&/» - // - lis
of my dominion.
i. Col. II. 11. 28—48.
THE EMBASSY OF GYGES, KING OF LYDIA.
[From a cylinder in the British Museum, No. 12,168.]
m Gu - ug - gu Sar mJ/M Lu - ud - di
Gyges, king of Lydia,
na - gu - u $a ni - bir - //
a district which is across
tdmti
the sea,
*• £ OT
*III < X^X
a$ - ru ru - u - ku
a distant place,
of which
"ETT ^ T
Sarrdm Fl
the kings
*ETT— *Eff -6T Jrfl>**m* -TT*E|f<**I
tffo ^ - id
my fathers
Ai /J - mu - 1/
had not heard
zi - &'r $umi-$u
mention of the name,
3. ^ t=TTTT ►* t^f
///
my name
in a dream
1/ - &i£ - ri - $u-ma tiu ASSur ilu ba - nu-u-a
did ASSur, the god, my creator, reveal to him,
6
82 THE EMBASSY OF GYGES, KING OF LYDIA
4- ZW £1 <tETT T «f A sp fl «
urn - ma $epa11 m tlu A$$ur-ban-apli far
thus : "The feet of Ashurbanipal, king of
v HP- A <m }}*tl * - -TT* m >* I
mdtu Uu a$ far KI §a- bat-ma ina zi - kt'r Sumi-Su
Assyria, grasp and through his name
ku - $u - ud amgIu nakir'e Pl - ka u - mu
conquer thy foes." The day
Suttu an - ni - tu e - mu - r« am^/« ra£ -bu-Su
this dream he saw, his messenger
i$ - pu - ru a - na fa - ' - a/
he sent to greet
£«/ - me - ia sutiu an - /*/" - tu fa
me. This dream, which
*tf •* *jn s. ^- jyTT kb? tj mi i
* - mu - rw /'/ia kdta11 amelu mar-hpri-lu
he had seen, by the hands of his envoy
TTEVfcfcfcT tflT* V HP- ^T T? tffTJTW<
i«f - pur - tf/w - ma u - fa - an - na - a ia - a - ti
he sent and repeated to me.
9. <tf* *T ^TTT 53 *T F V s=T ~*T *T
«/ - tu lib - bi u - me fa if - ba - tu
From the very day on which he grasped
HIS SUCCESS AGAINST THE CIMMERIANS 83
Vepa11 Urru - // - ia amSlu Gi - mir - ra - at
my royal feer, the Cimmerians,
mu - </W - //" - pu nrte Fl mati-Su fo
who afflicted the people of his land, who
la ip - /ti/ - la - $« tffo ^ - fa «
did not fear my fathers, and
at - tu - u-a la is ~ ba - tu Sipd11 Sarru - // - m
as for me had not grasped my royal feet,
# - fo - *</ />/<7 tukulti(lt) ilu AHur u ilu Mar
he conquered. With the help of ASSur and IStar,
HP- T— -II W ^ £TTT *TTT
i/wii*' #£*' - ia ullu lib - 3*
the gods, my lords, from
ame/tt hazanati rl fa amelu Gi - mir - ra - at
the governors of the Cimmerians,
fo i* - $u - du II amelu hazanati Fl ina
whom he had conquered, two governors in
**u si - is - «' tf - ka - //' parzilli bi - ri - ti
bonds, chains of iron, fetters
6*
84 THE EMBASSY OF GYGES, KING OF LYDIA
H- Hf- *TTT* *T F AHPPf ET *• js*y h<
parzilli u - /#/» - /»* - /# - ma it - //*
of iron, he bound and together with
ta - mar - //' - Su ka bit - tu u - $e - bi - la
a heavy gift from him he sent
a - 0Y mah - r/ - w amelu ra% . bu- $u Sa
into my presence. His messenger, whom
TJ~ry VAHP-3<J <{t^y-^ ^HTUJ-f
a - na ia - ' - at $ul - me - ia ka - at - a«
to greet me continually
IT £TTT «Mf ^ MT ««. *TTT* *SJ V TJ
/'.? - la - nap - pa - ra u sar - $a - a
he had sent, he dis-
&j - //* - il - /« aS - $u $a a - ma/ *'" AHur
continued. Since the command of ASSur
Hf- ^ men «9. -eej ty ££ *jn yj ^T
f/tf &j/i/' - ia la is - su - ru a - //a
the god, my creator, he did not keep, in
*fi ^ mt « tt i ^y t^TTT a ey
* - /««£ ra - wa;/ - i - $u it la - £// - /wa
his own power he trusted and
-TI**-5tf 'TTT*- - ty^ <ig[ tyn yj^y
ig - bu - u$ lib - bu e - mu - ki - e- $u a - na
[his] heart was proud, [and] his forces for
HIS SUBSEQUENT CHANGE OF POLICY 85
kit - ri m Tu - fo - /«/ - 1/ - &' for «*» J/*w - sur
alliance with Psammetichus king of Egypt,
-^TT eTI£II*TTT* FINEST -II-<T<^TJ
$a is - lu - u '*w mr bclu - //' - ia
who had cast off the yoke of my dominion,
TT EW t] W ^T M £ T- *fi ET
iS - pur - ma a - na - ku a$ - me - e - ma
he sent. Then I heard and
// - W - // tIu AUur u tiu iStar um - ma
I prayed to ASSur and iStar, thus:
b£HF- BfcM s£VI ^TT^T<te=ET
/to - #/* ameiu nakiri-Su pa-gar-Su li na - di - max
"Before his foe may his corpse be cast and
JiS - Su - u - ni Fl - $u ki - i $a
may they carry off his bones." Even as
TJ ^T ~f A ^ -II *JM ^TT <T- t]
a - na ,lu ASSur am - $u - ru iS - //>« - ma
to ASSur I had prayed, it came to pass.
/to - an amelu nakiri-Su pa-gar-Su in - na - di - ma
Before his foe his corpse was cast down and
TT I < ^ <EE <W ^T T— I
iS - Su - u - ni Pl - Su
they carried off his bones.
I. A variant reading gives li-in~na-di-ma.
86 THE EMBASSY OF GYGES, KING OF LYDIA
ameiu Qj . mtr . at- $a Jna n{ . faj $umi - ia
The Cimmerians, whom through my name
Sa - /a/ - $u ik - bu - su it - bu - jimi - /w<z
beneath him he had trodden, drew near and
w - pu - nu gi - w/r mdti-Su arki - £«
subdued the whole of his land. After him
3*= I *TTM- - sTS*¥H a7.HJtjn
mdri-Su u - hb ina '*w kussi - fo # " ^
his son sat on his throne. Of the
limuttim{tini) Sa ina ni - fit kate11 - ia
evil fate, which at the raising of my hands
Hani P* tik - // - ia ina pa - /?»
the gods, my helpers, upon
abi bani-Su u - ,w/ - ri - ku ina kata ll
I the \ his begetter, had brought, by / the \
\ father,/ | hands of/
amilu mar-hpri-lu iS - pur - am - ma i§ - ba - ia
his envoy he sent [me news] and grasped
<EETT ^mT^eeIJ scnTET ^ v ^
$ipdu Sarru - ti - ia urn - wtf Sarru $a ilu
my royal feet, thus: "A king, of whom god
HIS SON'S SUBMISSION TO ASHURBANIPAL 87
tE^T<i tETj£m 3o.^t<ii ^m^jniH^
i - du - u-hi at - /<z abu - u-a ta - ru - ur - ma
ihath takeni art thou. My father thou didst curse, and
(knowledge,/
limuttu ii ~ $a - km ina pa - ni~lu /a - a - /1
evil was done unto him. As for me,
ardu pa-lih - &z kur-ban - /*/' - 1 - ma la - $u - fa
the slave that feareth thee, bless me and let me bear
ap - $a - an - ka
thy yoke."
1. Col. II, 11. 95—125.
THE CUTTING OF THE CANAL OF SIPPAR
BY NABOPOLASSAR, KING OF BABYLON,
625 — 604 B. C.
[From a cylinder in the British Museum, No. 82—7 — 14,979.]
. HF- ^T 3 sCTTT «itf *TTT* **£ Z231
ilu Na - hi - um - apil - u - su - ur
Nabopolassar,
far Bdbili KI li - ri - 1/
king of Babylon, the de-
ga - at1 ilu Na - £1' - it/n w ilu Marduk
sire of2 Nabu and Marduk,
TJ^THJ s-^y- Hf-<W*T -II ET-*TTT*
a - na - ku i - //it //m Marduk belu rabu{u)
am I. When Marduk, the great lord,
MJ^T R^HF- ETtiK-TT* 7-*T^TJT
a - na za - na - an ma -na - 0/' «*v/ - </« - ,?«
to provide for the cities, to renew
<«-TTI*TM< 8.^rTT^TTT^I ^H3^M<
eS - ri - e - // ur - ta - lu ka - bi - // - //
the shrines, his weighty command
1. ga-at = kat.
2. Literally, "the stretching forth of the hand of", i. e. the object for which
the hand is stretched forth in desire.
ALTERATION IN THE BED OF THE EUPHRATES 89
« - wa - ' - 1 - ra - 0/1 - »i
enjoined upon me,
1 - «« - 01* - $u - am Sippar KI
at that time Sippar,
ma -ha - si 2/ - /' - r/1 »a - ra - aw
the august city, beloved of
-HF- *T < «f TJ TJ «4- TJ& *T «f Hffflf
SamaS and Ai, the Euphrates
is - si - $u - ma ... me - e i - n* - e - £it
had receded from it and ... the waters were distant
I7. ~f ^T S3 :CTTT 3££T *W ££ ttl
ilu Na - bi - ttw - apil - u - su ur
Nabopolassar,
a - a$ - ri $a - #$ - /wi /a - /#* - ih
the meek, the humble, the worshipper
55:55: teffTM< -• TJ & *T 3J HfflJ MJ^T
/# w - a - //' naru Puratu a - na
of the gods, even I, the Euphrates unto
T «f Hffflf <M «• EOT *TTT<= ^ A-fflf MT ^ ET
Sippar KI lu - u - la -ah - ra - am- ma
Sippar caused to be dug out, and
• •
1. fi-i-ri = sin.
90 THE CUTTING OF THE CANAL OF SIPPAR BY NABOPOLASSAR
aM-tfi y-*T£<M- <£&M~frr MM
me - e nu - ufi - //
waters of abundance,
HP- *T
ilu SamaS
SamaS
6. <^[
&//" - ia
my lord
HPPF
&' - bi - *'r
The bank
dam - ku - tim
health-giving,
a - na
for
25. m mtt* <m »^w
lu - u - ki - in
I established.
TJ& JT TJ ~T< »7. ^ ^T
nari $u - a - //'
of that canal
/ - na
with
U a*J *T ^T TT <H0I TJ ^TT HTCI
kupri
bitumen
and
a - ^/r - rt
brickwork
a8. jgj tTTT«= ^T <MTI <!- ^T ET ■» TJ ~HT
lu - u
la ar Si - *i/ - ma
I strengthened, and
a - na
for
•Hh*T -II ^ 30. ^TTf JK^<^A4f
,7tt SamaS beli - /iz
SamaS my lord
kar
a wall
hi - ul - mi - />w
of safety
lu - u - urn - mi - /#
I erected.
THE COMPLETION OF THE WALLS OF
BABYLON BY NEBUCHADNEZZAR II, KING
OF BABYLON, 604—561 B. C.
[From a cylinder in the British Museum, No. 68 — 7 — 9, 1.]
Coi. i, i. *->[- *~^y
!hihm#
TT
tiu tfa - hi - um - ku-dur - ri - u
Nebuchadnezzar,
SU
ur
far
king
Ba - bi - lam KI ru - ba - a - am
of Babylon, the prince
na - a ~ dam
exalted,
<k: HfTA -&TT HF- «*T
mi ~ gi - *r
the darling of
'7« Marduk
Marduk,
3.^mT-£fH! ^n^-m ^T^TTs^
tl - $a - ak - ku si - i - ri
the august ruler,
na - ra - am
the beloved of
*f ^T
cm 4. ^t -& -fcH ~nr hj
Nabu,
$a - ak - ka - na - ku
the governor
Hff-fcEHPFF
*TTTT ^TT^ ^TTT^IH^r
la a - ne - fya za-ni - in E - sag - ila
who is not wearied, the patron of Esagil
92 THE COMPLETION OF THE WALLS OF BABYLON
<HSI *TTTT -TT* £TT *■ ^T TJ ^T
u E - zi - da $a a - na
and Ezida, who to
/7tt Afc - bi - a/» a /7« Marduk
Nabii and Marduk
fo£ ^ - Xu ki - /*/ - nu - $u - ma ip - /« - /«
his lords is subject, and who performs
■m ^ jt ^tt *m «• ^r tj t»m
ri - e - $u - su - unl na - a - dam
their service, the exalted one,
aplu a - $a - r/ - </tf $a tlu Nadu - a/i/ -
the son of highest rank of Nabopol-
u - §u - ur $ar Ba - £/' - Aim *'*
assar, king of Babylon,
H^!i »•:»:*- £TTT HP- «*T
a - na - ku i - ww - «/w '7" Marduk
am I. When Marduk
-II ee^TT s^T <M£fl <m & ^TT
fo/tt m bi u ki - /*/ - ii
the great lord legitimately
/# - na - <//* - ni - /wa ma/a lu - tt - $u ~ ru
created me and the land to rule,
i. ri-e-$u-su-un = re$ut-sun.
NEBUCHADNEZZAR'S ZEAL FOR MARDUK g3
ill - Sim ri - e - a - am za - na - an
the people to shepherd, to care for
ma - ha - zi ud - du - Su e-eS-ri-e- tim
the towns, to renew the shrines
rtz - hi - iS u - ma - * - ir - an - «/'
majestically commissioned me,
a - na - ku a - na tlu Marduk belt' - w
I unto Marduk my lord
pa - a/ - hi -iS u - ta - ku Ba - bi - lam KI
with fear was obedient. Babylon
ET m ff JT ^TT «* H7I ^TT <HJ
ma - faa - za ~ Su si /' r/' tf//
his august city, the place
/a - //# - da - a - tu - Su Im - gu - wr - ,/w ifr/
of his honour, Imgur-Bel,
55: <^ ^T ~T< «f -II r=TTT '*• t^B t££y £T
Ni - am - /'/ - // - tlu Bel durani - Su
Nimitti-Bel, its
tyty *m* ^tt -Ef -^TT t^TT <9-TJ^T
rabuti
a
Sa - ak - li
//
a - mi
great walls,
I completed;
on
94 THE COMPLETION OF THE WALLS OF BABYLON
se - ip - //' abulle-iu rtmdn
the thresholds of its gates mighty
*r/ e - ik - du - u - tim u
oxen of copper and
§irru$U $c - zu - zu - u - /r>n
colossal serpents reared on end
I set up.
THE DEFEAT OF ASTYAGES BY CYRUS.
I. From a cylinder of Nabonidus, king of Babylon, 555—538 B. C.
[Brit. Mus., No. 82 — 7—14, 1025.]
a - na - ku ilu Na - bi - um - na - ' - id
I, Nabonidus,
Zarru ra - bu - u Sarru dan - nu Sar
the great king, the mighty king, the king
Si V — T<
kii - $a - a
of the world,
S3* ^TT If Hf<
&# - ra - a - ft
the four
a< **w <m tm
-hJCZX
-^T 1 I
$ar Babili
king of Babylon,
KI
sar
king of
^w *=yyyy «-y< 3. ^ ^z ^^^
/'r - £/'/ - // za - «/ - in
quarters, the patron
«=tttt ^tt^ m*m <H£U *m ht* m
E
sag - /7a
of Esagil
u
and
2? - zi - </a
Ezida,
4. ^TT ^TII^TT <H£H ~f**m- «^^T
3ta
1 whose \
I destiny/
il* Sin
Sin
u
and
ilu Nin - gal
Ningal
1 - na
in
g6 THE DEFEAT OF ASTYAGES BY CYRUS
*TTT tCTTT <^r I 5-TJ^T <T- t] *£T £& *W* >m
libbi um - mi-Su a - na Si -ma -at Sarru - u - tu
{womb of} k*s mother for a royal destiny
ee <T- >* <T- ET t^f -^TT 6- t&
i - Si - mu Si - ma - at - su mar
determined, / the i
\son of/
»i //h Nabu-balat - su - /£ - £/' rubu e - im - £**
• • •
Nabu-balatsu-ikbi, the wise prince,
* ^TT AHTF «f ^ *h 7-- TJ ~Hf
^# - // - ih Hani rabuti a - na - ku
the worshipper of the great gods, am I.
s- *M mi mi ^TTTT «s=TII --TT ^TT
E - bul - bul bit ilu Sin Sa
E - \}\Ji\ - hul, ihc temple of Sin which (is)
ki - rib alu ffar - ra - nu Sa ul - tu
in rjarran wherein from
u - mu sa-a - ti ilu Sin belu ra - bu - u
eternity Sin the great lord
Su - ba - at tu - ub lib - 3/ - 3te
(as in) the dwelling-place of the delight of his heart
Ee^TT ^ *W <m -TTI Id! I «i. *ff ^TT
n/ - /wk - « ki - ri - ib - Su e ti
dwells, with
THE SCYTHIAN INVASION 97
^TT <M£fl ^TTTT W TJ JT *TTT *- 5?T
dli u
biti $a - a ~
$u lib - bu - u$
the citv and
that temple
his heart
*Ee ^TT *-TI
ET
£5 *J « £TT
/ - zu - uz -
ma
awtV« Umman-man - </<*
was wroth
and
the Scythians
tflT* v «ty ^ et MTTTT JT TJ -^V
« - Sat - ba - tfw - ma £/// $u - a - tim
he brought and that temple
*fcEE5*m <3-*TTT^TTIHJT *W**m
ub - bi - /'/ - Mtf u - $a - lik - Jte &/r - mu - /«
he destroyed and he caused it to fall in ruins.
*E~nf 3=^tmjtj <iu^<^t «4.^m
/ - na pa - //' - e - a ki - / - /i//w ,/w ifa/
In my legitimate reign Bel
-II EF ^TTT«= *s ^T ^T E^TT s=fc
bilu rabu(u) i - na na - ra - am
the great lord through love
35 tTTT* -T< MEflf .5. I? ^T -^TT <H£U
Sarru - u - ii - ia a - «<z a//' «
for my kingdom unto the city and
«=TTTT V TJ JT ^T -s^TT ^ Sm JT *TTT*
biti ia - a - Su is - // - mu ir - $u - u
that temple was gracious (and) had
TTT Tiff HTTI '6- «* ^T -TTI <«
/a - ai - r/ i - na ri - *tf
mercy. In the beginning of
7
9»
THE DEFEAT OF ASTYAGES BY CYRUS
^rr« « - it ia ddriii(it)
my everlasting reign
Sab - ru - in - ni Su - ui - ti
they caused me to behold a dream :
u
'Vtt Marduk
Marduk,
-II EF
the great lord,
<\>m
u
and
"« Si)i
Sin,
THF-^-m Hf-*ff <M£fl <HT^r
na - an - na - n
the light
$ame(e)
of heaven
i/
and
ir$iiim{tim)
earth,
.9. ty -n* «£TT <ur^!4 Hf-«*T
& - 2/ - zu hi - ial - la - an ilu Marduk
stood on either side; Marduk
"Nabonidus,
i - ia - ma- a
spake
/'/ - // - ia
to me :
Sar Babili KI
king of Babylon,
with
*ih m
»-<
w
21
• tE <T-
ru - ku - bi - /a
of thy chariot
ti
bring
the horses
libnaii Pl
bricks,
^mTraimr ^^^tet ^tii^h
E - fiuj - but
E-bul-bul
e - pu - u$ - wa
build and
ilu Sin
Sin
THE DREAM OE NABONIDUS 99
&/« rabu(u) i - «a &' - ir - bi - $u
the great lord therein
1« - ur - ma - a hi - ba - at - su pa - al - fri - tf
cause to inhabit his dwelling-place." With fear
a - fa - ma - a a - na tlu Bel Hani Pl
I spake unto the lord of the gods,
tlu Marduk bitu $u - a - /ww la
Marduk : "That temple which
lak - bu - u e - /1 - fo ii«*/* Umman-man - aa
thou commandest to build, the Scythian
4S A Zm t&R El *- «5S £* 1ST
jtf - #/' - /'r - fw/w - ma pu - ug - gu - lu
infests it and mighty is
e - mu - ga - a-$ul ,iu Marduk - ma i - /a - ma- a
his strength." But Marduk spake
E5&W<tefif B5S*J«£JT V »^*-*TTT"=
// - // - /i/ am*lu Umman-man-da Sa tak - bu - u
unto me : ''The Scythian of whom thou speakest,
«?. ^rr H Ml * £T <MSJ t£$ T
ia - a - $u maii-Su u larrdni ?l
he, his land, and the kings,
1. /. e., pu-uk-ku-lu e-mu-ka-a-&u.
7*
IOO THE DEFEAT OF ASTYAGES BY CYRUS
a - /i& i - di - fo i*/
his allies,
■err a <Mk- ht< ■* -HF- ^i «^ ^n
la - lu - ul - //
the third
i - ba - al •
• A'
i - na
e no more".
In
^ «f -
H
tE ^
latti
i - na
year
on
&z - la - du u - lai - bu - nil - Jta/w - ma
an expedition * they caused him to advance and
m AIk - ra - al lar mdtu An - za - an arad - ,w
Cyrus, king of Anzan, his
fa - <z/j - n' / - na um - ma - ni - lu
petty vassal, with his troops
t£^£^T B5&*?«£fT ^VTf-T<
/' - su - /« amelu Umman-man~da rap - la - a - //
that were few the wide-spreading Scythians
u - sap - pi - ih m /I - lu - m* - ^w
scattered. Astyages,
jcar amilu Umman-man-da is -bat-ma ka - mu-ut - su
king of the Scythians, he captured and as a prisoner
a - na mati-lu it - ki a -mat tlu Bel
to his land he took him. / (It was) 1 the
I the word of/
1. Or "as it approached".
THE CAPTURE OF ASTYAGES IOI
r^tt(tt) /7a Marduk u tlu Sin
great lord Marduk and of Sin,
na - an - na - n' $ame(e) u irsitim(tim)
the light of heaven and earth,
35. w <m a Bay ^tt *- -er t&m «r ^ <=ttt*=
&i &" - £* - /'/ - su - jit* /a ;)# - ///>* - nu - u
whose command was not annulled.
II. From the Nabonidus-Cyrus Chronicle.
[Brit. Mus., Sp. II, 964.]
i.[*ui ttm y <^t3 im&* t&m
ummani-iu upahhir-ma ana eli m Ku - rai iar
His forces {"^i^'-^ff '} against Cyrus, king of
An - $11 - an ami ka Sa - */* // - lik - /»#
AnSan, to conquer (him) went
... m f$ - fu - me - gu ummani-hi ibbalkit - su - ma
. . . But against Astyages his forces revolted and
/>irt kdta 1! sa-bit a - na m Ku-ra$ id - di - //K-fo
in captivity to Cyrus they delivered him.
3. y m ^ ]} -ry v TJ v £TH y- ^TT
m Alw - ra$ a - na matu A- gam -fa - nu ali
Cyrus (went) to Ekbatana the
« •
102
• • • • •
' • ••
• •
TtfE;t7EFKATCTF ASTYAGES BY CYRUS
• •
*g& MTV -m <tf *T <flf HTT A V Ml
• • • • \ ••
• • | . *.)jpW"& - u - iu kaspu hurdsu bu$u
royal city. Silver, gold, possessions,
. ••• • • •
► • •• •
* •
V*TTT*
makkuru
property
• • •
• • •
4- W v!{\ cETTT *-
^ mj/a A -gam - ta - »n
of Ekbatana
^n m* *m* et tj -nf * hf- v «f
tf - lul - u - ma
he carried off and
a - na
to
mJ/a An - Sa - an
AnSan
►«V
TT<ir
1/ - #
he took.
i. Col. II, 11. 1—4.
THE TAKING OF BABYLON BY CYRUS.
I. From the Cylinder of Cyrus.
[Brit. Mus., No. 12049.}
t'S - te - ' - e - ma ma - al - ki i - to - ru
He (i.e. Marduk) sought out a righteous prince,
hi - £/'/ Z# - bi to it - fa - ma - aft
after his own heart, whom he might take
&* - /« - max - ita m Att - ra - a$ tor
m
by the hand ; Cyrus, king of
iliu An - to - an it - ta - £/ »/' - £1 - // - su
AnSan, he called by his name,
<z - »rf ma - //' - >t« - tim kul - la - ta
for empire over the whole
**#/ - /wr ?*2 - sa>& - ra Su - 1*0* - fo
world he proclaimed his title.
104
THE TAKING OF BABYLON BY CYRUS
i3.*:3=M<eE -TIA^mi ^T!T««^ri
matu Ku - ti - i
The land of Kutu,
gi - mir
the whole
um - man-man - da
of the tribal hordes
*TTT^H-f Sfi^TT TJ-nh^T-JT MTOfT
u - ka - an - ni - $a
he forced into submission
a - na Se - //' - £«
at his feet,
* & Pl
the
^ v ^n^ ^r ^tt turt ^n -& <v ^\
sal - jwa / kakkadi $a
men [lit. the black-headed], whom
u
$a - ak - ft' - <///
he had delivered
Ttemffi «4.^-nf <m^i-^ <hsj
ka - ta - a-$u
m
into his hands,
with
£* - if - /iiw
justice
and
<^ V OT ^TT *T & &r+ 1|| <T- ^T TJ H*r
il? - te - «/ - '
he cared for
$i - na - a - tim
them.
mi - la - ru
righteousness
,ln Marduk be/u rabu ia - ru - u ntie Fl - Su
Marduk the great lord, the protector of his people,
<H£U
ip - $e - e - // - la l dam - ka - a - Az
his good deeds
*TTT ~*T JT *ee ^H E^TT JJ< <T^ ^TT
u
and
lib - ba - jfw /' - ft/
his righteous heart
ra
ha - di -
with joy
tf
Id! * -s^TT [ty] «5. Tf ^T ^TT JT
ip - pa - // -is a - «# <?// - ft/
beheld. To his city
i. In ip-Se-e-ti'Sa and tu-kul-tiia (1. 19) &x is employed for the pron. suff. in.
HIS ELECTION BY THE GOD MARDUK 105
Babili KI a - Az - <z£ - fo z# - 3/
of Babylon that he should go he commanded,
MOT* ^TT *ESl 3 Esstf ^TT ET A£ ^T! *-
« - &z - as - £1 - it - su - ma har - ra - nu
he caused him to take the road
Babili KI ki - ma t'6 - ri u
to Babylon, like a friend and
/Vz/ - /z - * /'/ - /<// - /<! - /•# 1 - da - a - $u
helper he went at his side.
um - /w<z - «/ - $u rap - fa - a - iim fa
His wide-spreading troops, of which
ki - W(/ w^ - e nari la u - ia - ad - du - «
like the waters of a stream not to be known is
^^TJT^m STMT— JT^ ffHP-^TET
»*' - ba - $u - un kakkc Pl - /zz - //« sa - an - </« - wi<z
the number, with their weapons girt
i - &z - ad - di - //<z 1 - da - a - Su ba - lu
advance at his side. Without
kab - //' u ia - fra - 2/ zz - $e - ri - ba - a$
contest and battle he made him enter
io6 THE TAKING OF BABYLON BY CYRUS
<m*m M~t-~n<m ^t\m ^hp-i— <m
ki - rib Babili KI
ali - to Babili KI
into Babylon
his city; Babylon
£ <J$z 55 t&E
~HT ^Idl ^T! <H
«... •
t - ti - tr t -
m
»<z fa/ - to - &'
he spared from tribulation.
OT ,/M Nabu - /*<z7</ torn* /a pa - /i - #* - to
Nabonidus, the king that did not fear him,
u - ma - a/ - /a - a ka - iu - «£ - to m'Se Pl
m
he delivered into his hand. The people of
Babili KI ka - //* - to - nu nap - #ar
Babylon all of them, the whole of
mJ/M .S'w - me - ri u Akkadi *7 ru - bi - e u
Sumer and Akkad, princes and
*ro?= s£ -car -tfcj ^tt— t*jt -n*<~^
Sak - kan - nak - ka to - pal - to i£ - mi - jtf
governors, beneath him bowed down,
u - na - a$ - $i - ku U - pu - «.? - to
they kissed his feet,
ih du - u a - na hirru - « - //' - to
they rejoiced in his kingdom,
THE SUBMISSION OF THE CITY 107
im - mi - ru pa - nu - u$ - /« - «« fo - /w Sa
bright was their countenance. To the lord, who
*ee^T ^W~T<^TT *ttt* ~^t* -tannr
1 - /ra /« - kul - // - &J 1/ - bal - /1 - /«
through his strength raises to life
<£: -*£T £TTT ~f ** ^T *- £TTT £»
fli/' - /« Az - rz/j / - /*tf bu - ta - ku
the dead, (and) from destruction
u pa - hi - e ig - 011 - /« £1*/ - la - ia - an
and misery (?) had spared all,
£TT a ^TT -II* £TTT <MTI MI *- £T
/a - bi - /£ life - ia - ar - ra - bu - Su
joyfully they paid homage,
it *t ti *m -it* <mtm£i -• if ~Hf m
i$ - iam-ma - ru zi - ki - ir - $u a - na - >fo
they reverenced his name. I am
m A"w - r<z - #£ .frzr kti - &z/ &zrr*/ r^w Sarru
Cyrus, king of the world, the great king, the
dan - «« &zr Bdbili KI Sar mdtu Su-me - ri
mighty king, king of Babylon, king of Sumer
<M£U -£^H<M^ *£$ :3fE*=TTTM<
u Ak - ka di - i $ar kib - ra - a - /#
and Akkad, king of the quarters
io8 THE TAKING OF BABYLON BY CYRUS
ir - bi - it - tim mar m Ka - am - bu - zi - ia
four, son of Cambyses,
i£$ ET- ^ -£TT HP- •gTT -4- ^ ££
farr/' rtffo far "/tt An - fa - <z/i war wan
the great king, king of Ansan, grandson of
THJE^TT£ ^3S flh ^ ^TTHP-^TT-f
w Ku - ra - a$ tarri rabi $ar alu An - fa - tf/*
Cyrus, the great king, king of Ansan,
liptipi m Si - iS - pi - t'S Sarri rabi
descendant of Teispes, the great king,
far J/" ^4/* - fa - #» z*r# da - ru - u
king of AnSan, eternal seed
fa farrw - u - hi fa ,/tt Bel u ilu Nabu
of royalty, of whom Bel and Nabu
/'r - a - »?tt pa - la - a - $u a - ;/** /« - «£
love the reign, [and] for the delight
*TTT:3I*- AHfff<Mfc k£fc]*T**TT
lib - £/' - $u - //« /A - ft' - /w farrw - ut - su
of their heart desired his kingdom.
,e - nu - ma a - na ki - r/# Babili Kl
When into Babylon
HIS INSTALLATION IN THE ROYAL PALACE log
«=tj *jn ^ & *mu <tt ^tt *- ^ ^t
e - ru - bu sa li - mi - if / - na
I entered favourably, (and) with
ul - ,?/' « ri - $a - a - lim i - »a
exultation and shouts of joy in
*TTTm- ET ^I<J <I^r <MTIEH? J! -
ekalli ma - al - /•/ ar - ma - a $u ~ bat
the palace of the princes I took up a
be - lu - /i>« /7m Marduk b'elu rabu lib - £*'
lordly dwelling, Marduk the great lord the
-TTIE^T^JT •gTT ^ [F~ (?)] £L< >&m m
ri - // - pa - $u Sa mare Fl Babili Kl
great heart of the Babylonians
« - - an - ni - ma u - mi - Sam
[inclined (?)] to me and daily
a - U - ' - a pa - la - ah - $u um - na - »i - ia
do I care for his worship. My wide-
^^ttw^ **>*\mm oi'&mm
rap - $a - a - lim i - *i<z ki - r/# Babili KI
spreading troops into Babylon
i - $a - ad - di - fya Su - ul - ma-m'S nap - #ar
advance in peace. The whole of
HO THE TAKING OF BABYLON BY CYRUS
mdtu Su - me - ri u Akkadi KI zeru rabu
Sumer and Akkad, the great race,
- tim ul u - Sar - h' dannat
no rtrouble(?)l I caused to have. / For the \
L V JJ \affliction of/
^J HP- E^TT <IU <M£fl ~«* efH<-TT*Jr
Babili Kl u kul-lat ma-fra - zi - $u
Babylon and all its cities
*£^T "iff -t^TT Afl-£V £*TAHf-*ff
/ - na Xa li - im - tim aS - ie - ' - e
thoroughly did I care.
... 33.<Hgj «fT— v^fF-m <vm
. . . 1/ i/dnt'F1 mdtu $u-me - r/' u
. . . And the gods of Sumer and
Akkadi KI $a m ilu Nadu - rid 'id a - na
Akkad, which Nabonidus to
"# " £a " ^*w ^' Hani?1 u - $e - ri - ^i
the anger of the lord of the gods had brought
# - //«z &' - rid Babili KI i - na
into Babylon, at
<HJ tX ~T< Hf- «*T -II &r ^ ~HT
&' - bi - /# ,/w Marduk beli rabi i - »a
the word of Marduk the great lord in
HIS RKSTORATION OF LOCAL DEIT1KS l l I
•gTT-^TT &fc~C*r 34-tEE^T Hf-sHTT^^T^
ia - li - im - fim i - na ma$ - fa - ki - $u- nu
(their) entirety in their own shrines
*TTT**<MdJ JI^T^T 1^ ^TTT
u - Se - £/ - i# $u - ba - at fu - */£ Z# - £/
did I cause to take up the habitation of (their) hearts' delight.
m*^£TTT ~H— ^TT *m**-TTI
kul - la - ia Hani?1 $a u - U - ri - hi
May all the gods whom I have brought
a - na ki - /r - £/ ma - ha - si - $u - un
into their own cities
35.^T<^^TTt^ eeTA£ ^TII <M@J
u - mi - 3a - am ma - Aar ,/fl ^/ «
daily before Bel and
-MS ^TT TJ E^TT IIT *T T— **R
ilu Nabtt Sa a - r« - £w time Pl - /a
Nabii for the lengthening of my days
-mil £TTT ^ *TTT* C: IH -&Kf OT flf ET TJ £TTT
// - fa - mu - u lit - /aJf - ka - rw a-ma-a - fa
pray, let them speak the word
E2T *TR <Ef *efl <hM TJ^T HM^T
</* -
un - it/
- ia
u
a - )
na
il" Marduk
for i
my good
fortune
and
unto
Marduk
-II
**R
-E^TT
HTI*
*-
*TTT*
•err
&//
- M
// -
■ ik -
•
bu
u
&*
my
lord
let them
say
•
*
112 THE TAKING OF BABYLON BY CYRUS
m Ku - ra - aS larru pa - //' - fai - ka u
"May Cyrus the king that feareth thee and
m Ka - am - bu - zi - ia mdri-Su da -
Cambyses his son [have prosperity (?)]!"
II. From the Nabonidus-Cyrus Chronicle.
[Brit. Mus., Sp. II, 964.]
//*# ar#tt Duzi m Ku - r# ,? sal - /«/w />ia
In the month Tammuz Cyrus a battle in
Up'e KI ina muh - hi naru Zal - zal - /a/
Upe on the banks of the Zalzallat
I *m *fs v :^v m <m ^-l
ana libbi ummani{ni) matu Akkadi KI ki epu$u($u)
against the forces of Akkad when jhe had\
Swaged,!
niUpl matu Akkadi KI ufyilQ) ki
the people of Akkad he conquered ; when
uktassir (?) /*/& ^' /i/6£ ///«« JtAF
they rallied (?), the people he slew. On the 14th day
Sippar KI ba - /a £#/ - /«/w j<j - bit
Sippar without fighting was taken.
HIS PACIFIC POLICY Il3
m ilu Nabu-na'id ihlik umu XVI m Ug - ba - ru
Nabonidus fled. Onthci6thday Ugbaru
amelu pafat mdtu Qu m // . um u ?dfo pi m J£u . ra j
the governor of Gutium and the soldiers of Cyrus
fo - la sal - /«m tf//<z Babili KI irubu arki
without fighting in Babylon entered. Afterwards
w ilu Nabu-na'id ki . . . (w) />/</ Babili Kl sa - £/'/
Nabonidus, when . . ., into Babylon (wastakeni
l captive, i
... .9... JTte= I ^!T VMI TKA-
... . . fo - /«/w a//a <z//' .to - £/>* m Ku - raJ
. . . . . Peace for the city was established; Cyrus
Su - lum ana Babili KI gab-bi-Su ki - bi
peace to Babylon, the whole of it, proclaimed.
T**~£T*JD BSiHTC*! B$fcHTC*T-
"' 6'« - ba - r« am<v" pahati-Su amelu pafidii ina
Gubaru, his governor, as governor in
^m trU ^T «=TTT »•< £TTT -Z$t\
Babili KI ip - te - */</ « *#« *r*« Au/imi
Babylon he appointed, and from the month Kislev
-II -E3* Hf-T~* V v^Vv<Hf V
<7<//' ar&u Adari Hani*1 Sa mdtu Akkadi Kl U
to the month Adar the gods of Akkad, which
8
114 THE TAKING OF BABYLON BY CYRUS
m iiu Nabu-na'id ana Bab Hi KI u - Se - ri - du
Nabonidus to Babylon had brought down,
a - na ma - ha - zi - $u-nu ituru Pi
to their own cities returned.
1. Col. Ill, 11. 12—22..
INSCRIPTION OF DARIUS, KING OF BABYLON,
521—485 B. C.
[From Schulz, Journal Asia ti que, Troisiemc Scrie, t. IX, pi. VIII, col. a.]
ilu rabu(u) llu A - fyu - ru - ma - az - da
A great god (is) A^urumazda,
fa kak -ka - ru a - ga - a id - oY/i - »« fa
who this soil did create, who
«f tyj 4. «f *■ -^T E**T 2< ^ 5. V
$amt(e) an - //« - /«
these heavens
g$ ^ I— E**T 2< ^
mankind did create,
id - <///# - nu
fa
did create,
who
6- V
t^ J3
fa
gab - bi
who
all
nu - uh - Su a - «a Jm^/u fdbe P1 id - din-nu
abundance unto mankind has granted,
8-V TJ^T I ^TT TMTI ^TUJ v^TTK » e£$
fa a - na m Da - a - ri - ia - a - w«f Jam*
who Darius the king
8»
n6
INSCRIPTION OF DARIUS
HJ^TTT* HF-II — *&&T
II *jh -m
ib - nu - u iMen(en) ina Warrant?1 mah - ru - /u
did make one among kings that were before,
i$ten(cri) ina mu - ie - ' - i - me Pl
one among rulers
mafr - ru j tu
that were before.
TJ^THJ l3j£nTH!I^TUJ*HTf< h-^
a - na - /•«
I am
m Da ~ a - ri - ia - a - w«^
Darius
Sarru
the
rabu(u)
great king,
£>►►
$ar
king of
Sarrdni Pl
kings,
far matdti Pl
king of lands,
fa «a/ - &zr // - $a - na - a - ia gab - £/'
of the whole of all tongues,
&/X* - ka - ru a - ga - a - ta
this soil,
*7- fcE^ff
V
Sarru
fa
king
of
18. E^ff
►-<
r<i
bi
great
19- £{£
mar
son of
■ •
turn
I
M
*m
feV*Y
ru - uk - /«/«
(and) extensive,
yyy e33l
Hystaspes,
</j
pa
». I TJ tf< SI HH ^ ^TT <1- A«f
m
.d - $<z - m<z - an - ni - 1$ - &'
the Achaemenian.
INSCRIPTION OF ANTIOCHUS-SOTER,
KING OF BABYLON, 280—260 B. C.
[From a cylinder in the British Museum, No. 80 — 6—17, I.]
• T HP- ~T< 4HP- m *HTC
m An - ti - ' ~ ku - us
Antiochus,
rabu(u )
great king,
Babili KI
Babylon,
Sarru dan - /«*
the mighty king,
A
farm
the
fc^W
■win
$ar kiUati Sar
king of the world, king of
Sar
king of
v v
matati
lands,
3. }\
Hff-
20 - /*/
/»
patron of
«=mi ^TT3= *TTMffif <H£U ^TTTT -TT* ^TT
E
sag
Esagil
ila
u
and
E - zi - da
Ezida,
aplu alaridu $a m Si - lu - uk - ku
the princely son of Seleucus,
►►>►
T TI Vt
5. ess eeJ -& --H -T
for am*/* j/-<7 - ak - ka - du - na - ai
king of the Macedonians,
far
king of
u8
INSCRIPTION OF ANTIOCHUS-SOTER
Babili KI a - na - ku ... ina ar&u Adari umi
Babylon, am I. ... In the month Adar, on
« A-c
14. ^ <m &t ^r ^it
XX KM
&/// XLIII u$ - fo fo
the 20th day,
in the 43rd year, the foundation of
<=TTTT -IT*
£TT '5. ^TTTT <m *£ &
E - zi -
da biti ki - / - ni
Ezida,
the true temple,
*TTTT «f-fif V <m«=TTI + /<M
bit tlu Nabu $a
the temple of Nabu which is
ki - rib Bar - zip KI
in Borsippa,
.6. tEy <T^ *Tf 5tf <y- JT
a*/ - di - e
I laid
its foundation
34. «f ^f
O Nabu,
s£5tf *Wf *W *TTWIW
apil
son
£•
jj^ - ila
of Esagil,
35- *- *c
bu - kur
the first-born
~f^T<vMTI *Tte= -t£f *m* 36.tEECM<
ilu Marduk
of Marduk,
riS - iu - u
of highest rank,
1 - /// - //
offspring of
HF- TJ ***J *TTT* TJ ^H -II- 37. 1? ^T
ilu
Eru
Erua
u - a
far - r#/
the queen,
a - na
into
*M -TT* £TT *TTTT <M ^ ^ 38. fcyyyy
Ezida,
biti ki - i - «/'
the true temple,,
bit
the temple of
HIS RESTORATION OF THE TEMPLE EZIDA 119
t!u A - nu - // - ka $u - fo/ /w - ȣ //# - bi - ka
thy divinity, ihe dwelling of thy heart's desire,
/' - na hi - da - a - iu u ri - Sa - a - tu
with joy and shouting
40. me ~ry tyj .yyj 3 ^ ^ ^y
i - na e ri - £/' - ka i - »a
when thou enterest, at
£/' - £/ - //" - ka kit - //' $a
thy righteous command which
la us - tarn - j<i - X*« // ri - ku u - mi - /ii
is not hindered, long be my days,
♦*. ^Egyy <tt ^TT ^ Hf- ^T ~T< W
// - w/ - </</ Sandti{ii) - fin
many be my years,
43. ^TT HTAHfff fcT ** H ^ TJ
established be my throne,
^yy^yy^:?* 44. ^ EJ tmt Tl *E^T
//' - U - bi - ir pa - lu - u - a i - na
old may my reign become. By
£-- ^TT -tH *fcTT *£ HTTI 45. >* Mi
^<// - /<? - ka si - 1 - r/ ww - >&/>z
«* • • •
thy exalted sceptre, that holds fast
120
INSCRIPTION OF ANTIOCHUS-SOTER
■T* H *SS: E HF- ^Tl< <K -0V 46.^^1
pal - lu - uk - ku
the circuit
$amc(e) u irsitim(tim)
of heaven and earth,
i - na
at
*T-^^H ^TTT^TT AT«^^H^
/i - i ~ ka el It li'S - /<*£ - ka - nu
thy bright mouth
47..4«=fflf<HJW v*T
du - un - kt - /a mala ft ?l
my good fortune. The lands
may they establish
TIT ^TT£&T
tf/« si - il
from the rising of
«f*H- 48. T^f <Tj^ *TJHTIHJ Hh*M-
il* Samh{Si) a - di e - ri - ib tlu SamSt{Si)
the Sun to the setting of the Sun
IHJT^T 49.JTTTTJTJ «£TT^W<<T-^
Uk - $u - du kdtd IJ - at man -da - al - //' - ft' - »«
may my hands conquer; their tribute
M *HI ^ JUI £1 50. T^^T <VISJI£U
/« - us - /m - X'/ - ma
may I hold fast and
a - na
for
ft/£ - /« - /«
the completion of
^TTTT ^TT^ *mW s«.<H@I t=TTTT -TT* ^TT
E
sag
Esagil
ila
u
and
E - zi - da
Ezida
M^^TT Hf--& 5-^M ^TTsMTT?
/« - hi - i7 //m Ak3w aplu alaridu
may I bring (it). O Nabu, princely son,
53. tTTTT <UtE^
biti ki - i - ni
the true temple,
[J^T
*TTTT -TT* £TT
a - na
E - s* - da
into
Ezida,
HIS PRAYER TO NABO
121
/ - na
when
*U -III 3 ^H
e - ri - bi - ka
thou enterest,
54- <Mf ^OV
damiktim(tim)
good fortune for
An - ti - J - ku - us
Antiochus
55. i -s=tt m ^k m
m Si - lu - uk - *«
Seleucus
far
king
V V
mdtdti
of the lands,
ti^ff "% I
Aim"
the king,
mart' $u
his son,
56. £- ^ s^m <MTI s£TTT s* Htt* Ef
A
/a
Stratonice
«/ -
ik
ku
57. A -TT- **TT
hi - r^/ - su
his spouse,
t£H MT ^T
for - ra - at
the queen,
58. »tt <^ -II* Hf< I ^ 59. -e^TT ^TT V JHI
f/tf - »»# - /# - ti - $u-nu li - 8 - $a - kin
may their good fortune be established
tEE^T *T-«*^fcJ
at
// - i - ka
thy mouth !
THE CREATION OF THE GODS.
[K 5419 c and 82-7—14,402.]
■•*!**- EI *ff AT ^T
* - nu - 010
When
above
na - bu - a
named was
heaven (and) below
la
not
am - ma - /«/w fo - wa
earth a name
SETE&-TT- 3.^yyw=TET *TM: -t£T *TTTt=
la zak - rat
did not bear,1
Apsu - ma
and Ocean,
the primeval,
flf *JH JT (=Tff 4. ^ tCTTT ►* ^T< ^v
za - ru - $u - wi
who begat them,
(and) confusion,
Ti - fl«tf/
Tiamat,
^ m -mr\ &ii *er <^n -m i *m
/w« - #/
- // - da
who bore
#1/
gim - r/ - .?« - un
them both, —
•TIT— I*- ^TT*T« *EA
>~0-<
*TTT* ET
their waters
/'jf - te - nis
together
/ - ///' - ku - u - /Wtf
mingled and
6. HKA & E^TT ^ <m tT £* E^TT
#* - pa - ra
no field
1. /. e , did not exist.
la
ki - is - su ra
was formed,
THE BIRTH OF THE GODS FROM CHAOS 123
su - §a-a la $e - ' e - nu-ma Hani?1
no marsh was to be seen, when yet of the gods
/a $u - pu - u ma - na - ma Su - ma la
there had not been called into being any» (and) no name
zuk - ku - ru Si - ma - fu la la - a - wi«
did they bear, (and) no destinies were determined,
ib ~ ba - nu - u - ma Hani gi - w/r. - ite - un
then were created the gods, all of them,
tlu Ixiff - mu tlu La - ha- mu uS - /a • pu - u
La^mu (and) Lajiamu were called into being
\ ...cv.:j "• !tlR= kw **- rTf fck^g^
a - di ir - bu - u
Ages increased ,
^// - tor 'lH Ki - Sar ib - ba - nu - u
AnSar (and) KiSar were created
ur " ri - ku ume^1 ''" A-nu
Long were the days , Anu
T^ HEl 15.HF-A ~fff<MT I'ZIS
a - #/ -<4« - ifar tlu A - «/'/w
the father AnSar (and) Anu
THE REVOLT OF TIAMAT, THE DRAGON.
[K 3473 -f- 79 — 7— 8» 296 + R 615, K 8524, K 8575 and 88—4—19, 1 3 with
restorations from K 4832 and 81 — 7 — 27,80.]
An - $ar pa - a - $u i - pu - Sam -ma a - na
AnSar his mouth opened and to
-HF- «=TTT^ ^TTT^ *TTT<]JT T^T^I «*££=< *m
ilu Ga - ga sukkalli-Su a -ma - tu i - zak - kar
Gaga his minister the word he addressed :
a - lik ilu Ga - ^a suk - X'tf/ - /k/» mu - //#
"Go Gaga, (thou) minister that rejoiccst
&z - />// - // - ia a - «tf ,/tt Z<zA - ww
my spirit, to Lafrmu
tlu La - ha- mu ka - a - A; iu - u$ - pur - An
(and) Lajjamu thee will I send.
f/ciffi ;/j - £*;# - $u - «;/
the gods, all of them,
ANSHAR'S SUMMONS TO THE GODS
125
// - to - nu li$ - ku - nu ina
the tongue let them prepare, at
*T *-
9-[£
^T H
m - bu
a$
- «# - an
let them sit,
bread
&' - ri - e - ti
the banquet
//' - ku - /*
let them eat,
/// - // - £« ku - ru - na a - na tlu Marduk
let them mix sesame-wine, for Marduk,
^ **m -TTA ^11 ^TT(?)] JT y- -&ST <T- ^
/;/// - //r
^/ - mil - //
their avenger,
lu - hi/ // - Si - mu
let them decree
JV'/w - ta
the lot.
£«</ - me - $u - nu
before them
1 1.
al - &j ,Vl1 Ga - £tf
Go Gaga,
ET
stand and
12.
[«r v
mimma
all
fa
that
TJ e*e< ^HJ tffl -tH JT MR* ^T TJ I
« - Sd£ - &/ - ru - ka
I tell thee
Xu - un - na - a ana
repeat unto
$a ~ a - $u - un
them.
[LI. 1 3— 66, containing AnSar's message to Laj)mu and
Lajiamu, correspond word for word with the message
as delivered by Gaga in 11. 71 —124; see pp. 126 ff.]
67. e£TT Kf -HF- «=TIT* <=TTT*
Gaga went,
IH lf<I
ur - fia-iu
his way
126
THE REVOLT OF TIAMAT, THE DRAGON
*TTT*s£WI*er <*-E^lM= ~f*TTT<>* <
u - Sar - di - ma
he took and
a$ - rii
humbly
ilu Lah - mu u
before Lafcmu and
-Hf-ETJW- «H- ^TT— I 69.^1 MI El
tlu La - ha- me Hani rl abe Pl - $u uS ~ kin - ma
Laframu the gods, his fathers, J he made \
\ obeisance andf
-nil ^^y^yy w^-M^W 7o.*Et£H
i$ - Sik kak - ka - ra $a - pa I - $u - un ' ' i - iter
• • • • A
he kissed the ground beneath their feet,
t] x El tE E^< *1TJ I «=fflf
/'s - 2/2 - ma i - z<j£ - kar - i« - ««
he stood up and spake unto them :
/he humbled I
\ himself, 1
71. «f ^
An - for
"AnSar
z«a - ru - ku - nu
your son
*TTT* El A~f *E Ml «f ft:
' - i - ra - an - ni
hath sent me,
u - ma
7a.*T*JH '11131 *Tff* V <S 3 e^THF- :«:
/^ - r// //# - £/-£«
of the design of his heart
u - $a - as - £1' - ra - an - ni
he informed
*ETITM< 73.t:iHEl ~K^v fl
111
ia - a - ti
me
tt/w - ma
thus :
7/' - amat
'Tiamat
HPF-
a - lit - /<* - /*/
our mother
tE ^ pcyy -HF- ~Hf <1- 74. *- ^Hfff Hn
/' - s/r - ra - </// - na - $i
hath conceived a hatred for us,
with
ru
*m m ^1 tEi ei -a ti
£/'/ - ku na at - ma
all her might *
ag - giX
angrily
lad - bat
she rages.
1. Literally, "using (her) full strength**.
THE ADVANCE OK THE REBEL FORCES 127
75. cMI ^ E«T ET -+Hf- -TTAEdfl^
is - hu - ru - Sim - ma Hani gi - mir - $u-un
They have turned to her, the gods, all of them,
76.TKW: W &l-m*- e^flf «*£fTV
a - <//' Jfrf a/ - tu - /*« /a£ - na - a i - da - $a
with those whom ye created, at her side
sfcJ-eltf 77. 4tff ET <££ *jn<Mm ^^T^T
<// - X*a iVw - ma - as - rw - jij/k - iwci i - du • u$l
do they go. They are banded together and at the side of
7V - ama/ te - bu - « - «/' /is - zu kap - </«
Tiamat they advance, they are furious, they plan
A? ja - &' - /« wk - Jfo a i/w - ma
without resting night and day,
79. ^r jt *m* *t }H -m ^im*-*-
na - $u - 1/ iam-fta - ri na - s#r - bu - bu
they make ready for battle, fuming (and)
lab - £« unkenna(rtd) Hi - ku - nu-ma i - &ui - »« - «
raging, with united forces they make
j« - fa - a - turn Um - 01 » - ffu - ^«r /a - ti - £a/
war. Ummu-JJubur, * who formed
^H -6T ET 8a. ^ HTT- <T^ tT J£f T
X'tf - la - ma u$ - /W - *// kakke Pl
all things, has added weapons
1. i-du-u§ fr. iduSSu (= ana Mi) "at the side of*'.
2. A title of the monster Tiamat.
128 THE REVOLT OF T1AMAT, THE DRAGON
-ee! -SI -TTI SStf £TTT > *-fflK -£H ^
/a jk<i£ - r/' it - /a - /a</ j/r - mat} - i
invincible, she has spawned monster-serpents,
s</£ - tu - ma hn - «/' /n pa - du - u
sharp of tooth, unsparing
tfcT £TTT 4Hf- *E »4- A# s£TTT <£JT
at - ta - ' - i' i>» - /« £//«#
of fang(?), with poison like
da - a - mi zu - jwi/r - .fa - «« u$ - ma - al - Zr'
blood their body has she filled.
85. ET- — TTT^ F~ ^T *ET *JH < Hf< ®f }}< W ~T<
uXumgalli Pl na - ad - ru - u - ti pul -fax -a - ti
Monster-vipers, fierce ones, with terror
u - ial - bi$ - ma me - /t/w - me ul - </t/ J - $a - a
has she clothed and with brightness endowed,
* - Ztf i/w - da$ - ,fa</ a - mir - £«-/*« &/r - ba - &z
on high j she has caused \ / Whosoever \ dread (?)
\ them to I \ beholds them J
kj &&= [<tt Affl 88. ^u tm 1 *-
//? - /jar - /w/ - //» zu - /w/r - Su - nu
overpowers him, their body
7 **/ A £^T ET -ET *E ^ 4HF- <
//J - /## - #1 - dam - jw*j /* 1 -«/-'- «
rears up, and none can stop
T1AMATS BROOD OF MONSTERS
129
-TT- -^TT *W 89- ^T -< ^T - ^
i - rat - su - 1/// w/ - s/'s * ba - a$ ~ mu
their breast. She has set up a viper,
u - gal - lum
a hurricane,
sir
ruX - Su u
ilu
a dragon
and
Iai - ha - mi
Lahamty
IH- < — ITT e= £5 ^Ttt! EOT 9«..*TT-
lidimmu (?) a akrab-amilu fy time Pl
tempests
la raging! and
\ hound f
ttTT t=«=T tin ~T<
</# - ab - ru - //'
that are mighty,
m J5* ^tt <m
rams (?),
a scorpion-man,
nun- a me lu
a fish-man
<
u
and
92.
T
na - <zJf
bearing
tTEfT
kakkiP1
weapons
^eT^<T*MEe ^TTKT^Hn £TTHf<-TT*
la pa - di - /
without mercy,
la a - <// - rw
without fear of
93. & y *T — TTX *t£T V
^/^ - $a
Mighty
te - ri - /« - $a
are her commands,
fa - fia ~ zi
the fight.
-ET EeT &&
la ma - #ar
unopposed
<T- ^T TJ ET 94. ttT *- *fflf -^ ET ^TT 2<
/1 - na - a -ma
are they, and
0/ - pu - un - na - ma
of huge stature
the
«< -TTI
eS - ri - /tt/w
eleven *
1. Ill 1, Pret. fr. >i£{J{i/.
<£JT M TJ *T ^It <T-
kima $u - a - fu
in this manner
itf - tab - ft'
has she made.
2. /. £., the monsters described in 11. 82 — 92.
9
l3o THE REVOLT OF TIAMAT, THE DRAGON
<
bu - uk ri - Sa
her first-born,
*- AHfff -m
pu - uh - ri
support,
96. a\> w m <m -Hf-nu^ - a -mi**-
& - Sa ~ aS - ki llu Kin - #« ina bi - r* - S u-nu
she has exalted Kingu, in their midst
95.
«* -Hf
~f HF-
1 - »<z
ildni
Among
the gods
JT
*T :
^TT
HTAHfff <T>
Su •
- «/
a
£«/* - Si
since
he
had given her
&z -a-Su uS - ra£ - £1 - iS a - // - ku - ut
him she has raised to power. The going
/»## - r* /a - #» um - ma - ni mu - /'r - ru - ut
in front before the forces, the leadership
^T-fT 98.^1^ tl^K HT<*T*-*T
pufrri na - tf£ &*£& ^ // - /j - bu - tu
ofihehost, the raising of weapons _ to begin,
ii - bu - u a - na - an - ju Su - *#/ /aw- #a - n
to advance to the attack, generalship in battle,
s^yy «=y <ti ^h ^y ~y< ioo. HI t-TTT EeT
ra - d£ 3M - ka - /« - // ip - £/'</ - jwa
prowess in the tight, she entrusted
-IHJI *TTT* * <T- ~^T £ I - vm-TTI
yfca - /w.? - .?« u - Se - Si - ba - aS - Su ina kar - r/
to his hand, she made him sit in costly raiment.
HER APPOINTMENT OF KINGU AS CAPTAIN
l3l
.oi.tET<TB£ £TTTTJ^H
^M Hf-«f
ad - di ta - a - ka ina puhur Hani
"I have recited thy spell, in the assembly of the gods
*TTT^W3^H «o..eT-i
u - far - 3/ - ta
1 have raised thee to power,
~f ~f
/w# - //' - £«/ /7a///
with the rule of the gods,
gim - rat - su - nu ka - /#£ - ka u$ - ma - al - //'
all of them, thy hand have I filled.
io3. m< ^ «tT £ttt et r< ah1 «* -m
ha • ' - i - r/'
thou, my
tTJ^TTT* MT£TTT ">4- -s^TT 5s e= *- tTTT*
e - du ~ u at - ta li - /'r - tab-bu - u
chosen spouse, let them magnify
lu - u $ur - ba - ta - ma
Be thou great,
zik - ru - ka eli kat . . 7 . . - uk - &'
thy name over all ".
105. ^ <i< «^ et
id - din - Sum - /wtf
She gave him
eg MT W ^TT
/ - r</ a/ j«
on his breast
torn -n* r—
dupUmati Fl
the tablets of destiny,
MOT* v F AHfffl
u - fa/ - me - ih
she put :
«o6. ^H £TTT ^fcj *TTT*
ka - /a kibit-ka
"May thy command
^M ^T
la
not
9"
132
THE REVOLT OF TIAMAT, THE DRAGON
rs^T-HTff h^TWAHfff «*TT^T
in - ntn - na - a
be annulled,
// - kun
established be
si
it
*T- «* «<H1 I07- fcfe ^T *-
// - / - &z
thy mouth!
/« - na - nu
Now
f that which \
I cometh forth from!
«f mi **
ilu Kin - gu
Kingu,
$u - u$ - ku - u li - ku - u llu A-nu - ti
(thus) exalted, having received the power of An u,
o8. «j_ .4- .4- ^ r_ v <y. ^ >£TTT
1/J//1 war* Pl - /a Ji" - ma - /#
for the gods, her sons, the lot
determined :
ip - fo // - ku - /*« //tt Gibil
>ur word the Fire-god
- su pi - A'*/ -
"Let your word
//
«i - /A - ^a
w W
overpower !
rro. &ft It —
Whoever is exalted in
*ttt * *jh et -& v -m
excellence,
ma - ag - $a - n
might
li$ - ra£ - bi - ib
let him display!" l
a$- pur-ma ttu A-nu - urn ul i - li -
I sent to Anu, he cannot (go)
jwtf - /;#r - Xa ihl Nu - dim - ww</
against her, Nudimmud
1. Literally, "make mighty".
<?• - dur - tfitf
was afraid and
MARDUK CONSENTS TO DO BATTLE FOR THE GODS 1 33
d^Te^TI £&<m i.3.4Hf-55 Hf-C3*T
/ - tu - ra ar - kil ' - ir iiu Marduk
turned back. Marduk has set out,
«=T «=TTJf m HF- HP- ET *JH Ef *TOf
#£ - &j/ - /« /7a/*/' ma - ru - ku - «/*
the director of the gods, your son,
;//« - //</ - riS Ti - a»itf/ //# - ba - Su a - ra
against Tiamat his heart to set out
k£ - la ip - 3fo /i - i - $u i - ta - ma-a
/has prompted! His word he addressed
\ (him). i
a - »/i /a - a - // fo/w - ma-ma a - na - ku
unto me : "If I,
mu - //r ^/' - mil - //' - X*w - un
your avenger,
</ - him - /«* 7/' - amat - //w « - bal - lot
will conquer Tiamat and give life to
ka - $u - un $uk - na - a-ma pu - u)j, - r«
you, appoint an assembly,
JM<E^TT ^«s=TTI S33TH« »9.^-nf
.?« - //' - n/ i - 6a - a Sim - // i - //</
make preeminent (and) proclaim my lot. In
1 34 THE REVOLT OF T1AMAT, THE DRAGON
t& JT •*!*! ^y <m
*< h< ^tts£
JM
Up - Su - ukkin - na - &'
mit -£a - riS
ha-dii
UpSukkinnaku
together
joyfully
ih^tet "o-hj^i 't-*etj <iejet
/i? - 5a - ma ip - -fa //' - /'<n &" - wa
seat yourselves. With my mouth in place of
■*fcj -*f V- ET <T- ET *T H XX^[ *T
ka - tu - nu - ma Si - ma~ tu lu - J/'w - aw
you the lot will I decree.
/a «/ - tak - &ir mim-mu - u a - ban - ;/« - u
Let it not be altered, whatever I
Tj-nrnr —th? *e^ aw ^^et^ttj
a - na - ku ai /'- /«r a/' 1/1 - nin - na - a
do, /may it neverl /may itl be annulled,
\ be changed, / \ never (
se - &zr hip - //' - ia hu - «/» - Ai - nim - m<i
the word of my lips." Hasten and
<T-vHJ^ -£*T <T-ETI i«4. E<£<IH
$i - mat - ku - nu ar - hil $i • ma-Su hi - i/k
your destiny swiftly decree for him, that he may go
///» - //« - r<7 «j - &/r - ku - «« </</« - ««
(and) fight your strong enemy I'"
125. ^TT •* ET «*- «=TTT< I"**] -Hf -ET J?< ^
/£ - Wtt - aw ,/tt IaiIi - wi/ ,/w /^/ - ha - w«
They heard, Lahmu (and) Lahamu,
THE GATHERING OF THE GODS
i35
tZ
1.6. ~f w IT «=¥ ^ I y-
The Igigi, all of them,
«£ y-
>-o-<
tJT- ^TT [trffl »7. <xt
Tff
i - nu - £w
wailed
grievously :
mi - na - a
"What
-qSTMT ti<t* ^jf«=mt mmMM
nak - ra a - <//'
has been altered, until
/r - $u - a
f< -
?
128. ^J S»:*E<T£: SffrfcESS: ^!! -<T<^v
/a hi - i - <//' ni - i - w fa TV - dmat
We do not understand of Tiamat
*w m ~t< v] "9. -n* v m <^r &
e - . piS - // - Sa
the deed!"
^TT *JH [MITT* 5*=
;7 - lak ~ u - ni
they go,
(?)•]
/# - $a - $u - nim - wa
They collected (?) and
3o. «|_ ^f ^ ^
f/J/ii rabuti
the great gods
■tltf ^TT I V- ^ 3^TT [>*
£a - // - Xu-nu mu - Ji)» - /«#
all of them, who decree
TT ~T<]
Sim - //
the lot ;
«3«. tt *m v- et -tia ~t< j^tt Hf- a
i - ru • bu - ma
they entered in
before
-<4« - Sar
Ansar,
A#M< mil i3..t&s«t« TWI
im - lu - u in - niS - ku a - fiu
they filled (the chamber?) they pressed on(?) one
i36
THE REVOLT OF T1AMAT, THE DRAGON
u a - fyi ina puhri
another in the assembly
■////Azy/,'////?
l33. >^yy v ^
li - $a - nu
The tongue
they prepared,
ina
at
it/ - ri - e - //
the banquet
I they seated)
\ themselves;/
i34. £ ~nf hf-
a$ - na - #/*
bread
tfe m m Hf -r< t»
sesame-wine ;
i - X*« - /«
they ate,
J/ - r/ - J</
the sweet drink,
ip - li - ku
they mixed
>~»-<
mat - £«
the mead,
u - sa - an - ni - $u - un Si - i£ - r«
distorted their ; ihey were drunk (?)
- v *t ^ h< ^r s* --tt scm rcnn
ina hi - te - e
with drinking,
ha - /xz - §it zu - «*w - rw
their bodies were filled (?) ;
137. ey 4Hf- T *ff £* *TTT* Mtf - £TTT] 1 1 tTH
ma - ' - <Ztf e - gu - u
they were exceeding slack,
/■</ - £/'/ - A/ - Su - un
their spirit
*m*MTT[-ET] <38-TJ^T HP-«*T ***lfflf
i - le - */ - A/
was exalted ;
a - na ,lu Marduk mu - tir
for Marduk their
CT*
Sim - mu
#/ - w/7 - //' - lu-nu i
avenger they decreed
i. So the traces of characters on K 3473 etc. read.
IT b£TTT]
Jf//// - /</
the lot.
THE FIGHT OF MARDUK AND THE DRAGON.
[K 3437 -f- R 64!» K 542oc, R 2. 83, 79—7—8, 251 and 82 — 9—18, 3737.]
I.
~y «^ eeT * ^ *JH *-
/</ - </w - jfo/w - ma
They set for him
pa - rȣ ru - bu - turn
a lordly chamber,
ma - ha - ri - iS
surpassing
ma
U - ku - turn
counsellor
w=T 3 ^ JT TJ ^T
ab - bi - e - $u
his fathers
a - na
as
ET ^T mtm 55 T'
3. ^T £TTT eeT
/r - we
he took his place.
at - la - ma
'Thou art
-Til £TTT £TTT *e~nr Hf-Hf- E*=TT*-
preeminent
among
Hani ra ~ bu - turn
the great gods,
4-<T-v^H -ET ^TT-HTH1 *£J»^fcJ
h'-mal - &z
thy lot
la $a - na - an
is without equal,
se - &ir - ka
m
thy word is
Hf- TJ <^T 5. Hf- «*T -III £TTT t^TTT
,iu A - «/>7l
Anu.
tlu Marduk
O Marduk,
&z£ - la la
thou art preeminent
1 38 THE FIGHT OF MARDUK AND THE DRAGON
i - «a i/a/ii ra - £« - turn ti-mai - &i
among the great gods, thy lot
/a $a - na - an se - &?r - &z '7tt ^4 - nim
is without equal, thy word is Anu.
iS - lu u - mi - im - ma la in - »/» - na - a
Henceforth unannulled will he
hi - &'/ - ka $u - u$ - ku - u u
thy command, to exalt and
lu - u$ - pu ~ lu h - # lu - u ga - at ~ ka l
to abase shall be (in) thy hand.
9. Jglj *TTT*= <m ^T ^T «*TT ^T
lu - u ki - «</ - at si - ;'/
Established be /that which comcthi
j forth from /
// - i - &j la sa - r<i - ar se - &jr - ka
thy mouth, irresistible be thy word,
ma - fl/w - ma -an i - //<z i'/wi * i' - /«/• - ka
let no one among the gods thy boundary
la it - ti - ik za - na - nu - /«;» /r - £<*/
transgress. May abundance, the desire of
I. ga-at-ka — kat-ka; the Babylonian pronunciation of k as g occurs also in l.i 5.
THE GODS CONFER POWER ON MARDUK
i3g
^ ~f~f ET -Tf^H ^-TT^JT^
pa-rak
Hani - ma
a - Sar
sa - gi - Su - nu
the shrines
of the gods,
while
they are in want,
lu - u ku - un
be established
at - ru - w£ - &j
in thy sanctuary.
.3. ~f «*T «*T £TTT et * **jw *jn
ilu Marduk
Marduk,
at - la - *»tf
thou art
mu - //r
our
rw
-tta ^tt -s^tt
^
0«7 - //
avenger ;
ni
4- ^ ^r s< ^H
- li/ - e///* - ka
m
we give thee
&£ - /a/ &?/ £7J7i - ri - t - //
over the whole world.
Sar - ru - turn
the kingdom
x5.Hr<*m*Er ^~h *-<^ m*w
ti - Sam - zwtf
Sit down
t - na
in
pu - hur
might,
lu - u
be
W *TTT* £TTT TJ v xfcj <6- & <SM xfcj
.fa - ga - ta
exalted
a -mat - ka
(in) thy word,
kak - Xv' - £<i
may thy weapon
flfflf IdJ~^k^MTfc -iST&^fT^^TT
never
// - pal - tu - u
be defeated,
/i
ra - t - su
may it crush
thy foe.
fo - /«/« &Z Aj£ - lu - Xvz
O lord, whoso trusteth in thee,
I. ti'iam-ma — iisab-ma.
140
THE FIGHT OF MARDUK AND THE DRAGON
TEEff<£TTT3T HTA^Tm **-<hM HF-
na - pii - ta - $u
his life
gi - jkj7 - ma
spare,
u
but / as for 1
1,1
V <y.^^^T< tE^^tyy .
la Urn - »i - * - /1
who the evil
1 - hu - s«
began,
ilu
for
Uhegod,
tu - £« - «£
pour out
I v **TT '9- ^ HTC* «tTT *J ^ ^T
his life!"
«i - Si' - ZU - flirt
Then set they
1 - na
in
^HTTIJT^ M>A& ~TT2< MJ^T
3/ - ri - fo - //«
their midst
a garment,
a - na
(and) to
'/M Marduk bu - uk - r* - $u - nu $u - »«
Marduk, their first-born thev
iz - z</£ - n/
spake :
U - 01*1/ - ka be - /n/w
"May thy lot, O lord,
lu - u
have
II ee^T «*T -Hf- ~f ET «• !tt «tT
/»</^ - r<2 - (7/
preeminence
/'/J/;/' - ma
among the gods,
a - ba - turn
to destroy
<H£U ^T^tTTT* <^TE -E^TWI^E^
u
and
ba - nu - i/ &' - £1 // - ik - /« - ««
to create — give the word and it shall be accomplished.
//> - $a pi - 1 - ka h - - t/ - £/'/
Open thy mouth (and) may there disappear
MARDUK TESTS HIS POWER 141
im — t jt
»4- ^ IH <HJ
3 «^ET
lu - ba - £ «
/*/ - */r &' -
£/' - ,fa;w - ma
the garment,
again commani
d it and
m ~*t m
-mn ^tt <y «.
-TI* tt ET
lu - ba - ite
// - *Y - //' w
•
let the garment
be whole!"
He spake
«^^T *T-
&& A"fff*TTTT
m ~*t ji
1 - na pi
- i - $u ' - a - bit
lu - ba - fo
with his
mouth, away went
the garment ;
/"-/«- «r /# - £/' - fo;w - 010 lu - ba - $u
again he commanded it and the garment
c=B*: *7.<I£JEeT *£TTEStf *h*£&
if - lab - »/* &' - ma si - 1/ // - i - $u
was restored. So soon as | that which j his mouth
I came forth fromj
tt ^ *m HP- ~f «=T 3 «=n ^y
1 - /»« - rw Hani ab - bi - e - $u
they saw, the gods his fathers,
i# - du - u ik - ru - bu tiu Marduk - wa
they rejoiced, they paid homage (saying): "Marduk
^H^JD *). tyyyt ^yi tsyy *- £T tf V *=
Jf</r - ru u - us - si - pu - $u '*" ##//<*
is king!" They added to him the sceptre,
'** X'tftttf & pala(a) id - <//' - nu ~ $u
the throne and the ring(?), they gave him
142
THE FIGHT OF MARDUK AND THE DRAGON
■ET ETA-fflfE^TT £rT4Hf-*E*
kak - ku la ma - afc - ra
da - ' - i - bu
a weapon invincible,
overwhelming
JHUWTI 3"-!IIHET
W HT< £-*
za - at - ri a - //% - aw
fa 71" - <*/«<?/
the foe. "Now go and
of Tiamat
w=f ^TT -^f ^T ^
■ *m 4Hf- ET
MH/ - fa - ftl - U$ pU
- ru - * - ma
the life
cut off, and
3.. IeTT tj *jh ^TT <kt
^TT TJ ^T
$a - a - ru da - mi
- $a a - na
may the wind her blood into
**■ *HTI MI ^ -^TT ^^T in fi?
pu - uz - m - /«w
concealment
//
M
lu - »i
carry away
1 - Ji - mu-ma la llu Bel ti-ma - lu - itf //£«/'
They decreed for the lord his lot, did the gods
ab - bi - e - $u u - ru - uh hi - w/ - ww
his fathers, on a way of prosperity
uS - la - as - /;/' - lu - u$
they caused him to take
35. HI ZZ31 ET tT <£I
1/ /jj. - me - e
and success
A£ E^TT *-
//<zr - ra - nu
the road.
ib - J/'jm - mil
He prepared
'*» taila
the bow,
MARDUK'S PREPARATIONS FOR BATTLE
143
s^fcJJ! *!TT«£r» 36. «=HF- «MHf- fe
kak • ka - $u
his weapon
u - ad - di
he fixed,
mul - ;««/ - lum
a spear
1 ^ <m „st *m»= mi jt ^ *& *-
HRF-I
«.? - /</r - &' - da
he slung on,
i/ - kin - £«
he arranged it
da - <// - nu
37. ^U <T- EI
# - &' - ma
he raised
=T ©HP-
'>" ot/'/Az
the club(?),
A4f
t ^y
i>« - na - $u
in his right hand
tTTT^TAtT 38.ty<^J < ^TT^TT^^
u - $a - fri- iz
he grasped (it),
'>" &tf/a
»
maiku
tlf - pa - turn
the bow and
the quiver
**; ^T ^T JT «* I@J 4£\t 39.
i - du - u$ - J«
at his side
i - lu - «/
he hung.
,~< HPPF >->— <
£i* - *'r - ku
the lightning
eg ~H ^ ^ jy
1 - /ia /a - «i - Su
in front of him,
^HFFK t*/ <kt M
«r«^ - tah - ;///
that burnt,
tu
He set
40. «rj Jgf
nab - /«
with flame,
-IT <fc£ Ml
zu - mur - J«
his body
sOTT^ms^J^T 41-^v-^TET ^^^TT
ttw - ta - al - la
he filled.
i - pu - «.? - ma sa - pa - r»
He made a net
<JtfiW*< ^<^< M<^v 4*.ss*TmH«
£«/ - mu-u kir - £/£l 7V - awa/
to enclose the bowels of Tiamat,
ir - 4* - //
four
r. kirbii here and in 1. 48 is probably not an adverb but a contraction of
kirbi ia; cf. 1. 65.
144 1HE FIGHT OF MARDUK AND THE DRAGON
fa -a - ri uS - ie - /> - &" - /a # na la a - ft - e
winds he posted that there might not escape
mim - mi - la idru tutu iaru illanu
anything of her, the South-wind, the North-wind,
the East-wind, the West-wind ; at his side
J?* 3= mt m «^ -m --r <m ^tt ht<
sa - pa - ra w£ - /#£ - ri - &z &' - tf - //
the net he brought near, the gift
*ETI -HF-TKMT 45. HI 5?: <Mf<HH-ET
abi-Su iltt A - ////» ifl - ni im - //«/ - la
of his father Anu. He created the imhullu
iartf Urn - «<z w* - ha - a a - Sam - $u ~ turn
an evil wind, the storm, the hurricane,
/Jrtf arba\ba) Sara siba Sara daliha
the four-fold (?) wind, the seven-fold (?) wind,1 the whirlwind,
&&■ + <T^ TJ 47. tm«= ^!UE!
Ja/YZ /£ Sanan u - jV - j</ - <//w - w<;
the wind without equal ; he caused to go forth
fare Fl Sa ib - nu - u si - bit - //' - Su - ////
the winds which he had created, the seven of them,
i. Literally, the wind "four", the wind "seven".
MARDUK SETS OUT IN HIS CHARIOT
H5
48. Eflf< ER<
the bowels
T< *- (=TTTs=
/* - bu - u
to advance
of Tiamat
lu - ud - lu - #«
to destroy,
tf r// - £# tf - Si -ma be - /«/«
after him. Then raised the lord
ff*-«fc! tlUfl EMI
a - bu - ba kakka - /« raba(a)
the thunderbolt, his mighty weapon,
50. £j £<y <y- v
si - ^i/f
'*" narkabta
the chariot, / a con- \
\ st ruction/
-ET
31 -TTI *TTT* <:
TIT
►OT
-Til
la
without
mafr - r/
equal,
ga - /// - ta
terrible,
ir - kab
he mounted;
5.. ty ^ Htt* ET
/j - ;»/</ - sim - 01a
he harnessed it and
5* ^TTTT ^T *m. ET <T^
/'r - bit na - as - ma - di
m
a yoke of four horses
tE^I^fV *eeJT^ 5«. HTA EM I *- (?)]
/ - du - «,? - Sa
to it
/ - lul
he bound,
£7 - mir - Jf« - ««
all of them
-ET ^ ^T ^TTT^ E^TT A *M£ ^ **= *T W
la pa - du - u
unsparing,
ra - fji - j«
overwhelming,
mu - «/ - par-Sa
flying along,
53- [El -ET TJ *JH AHf- (?)J Hf<
ma - la - a ru - ' - //
full of slaver
^TttT ^T I *-
Sin - na- Su-nu
their teeth,
7 v Ti a# ^ttt 54. [-et js et «=e ^i(?)] tm«=
/*<z - .fa - « i>» - /a la - sa - ma i - du - »
flecked with foam, in galloping skilled,
10
146 THE FIGHT OF MARDUK AND THE DRAGON
^ 3= ~nr . «t Ktf 59. m *t ~$£ eet
sa - pa - na lam - du ul - te - &'r - »itf
to trample down trained, he directed
[** W (?) M ff< I *TTT«= ^H <T^ ET
fyarran-Sa ur - #a - $u u $ar - <// - ma
its way, his road he took and
6o.e£^TTs£ M<£-* H£f(?M ^f^ll
fli - riS Ti - £/»<;/ d^ - gat pa - nu - u$ - .?«
against Tiamat, the furious, his face
jrOTHTAHFff 63.^^y *T<^£T
iJ - kun i - na u - mi - $u
he set. Then
1 - /«/ - lu - Su Hani i - /«/ - lu - Su Hani
m m
they beheld him, the gods beheld him, the gods,
<i& - i« 1 - tul - /« - /« /Af/fi / - /«/ - lu-$u
his fathers, beheld him, the gods beheld him.
65-^TAE! Mfcs ^IgJM •*!< *T- *T- Hf<
// - #/- ma fo - lum kab - /« - u$ l Ti - a - s/iti - //
And the lord drew near, on the midst of Tiamat
1 - bar - r* ia tlu Kin - ^« ha - * - ri - hi
he gazed, of Kingu, her spouse,
**:*4Hf-ff F<IUI <*. *e ~»7 *ET -TTI ET
1 - $t - ' - d me - ki - jto 1 - na - <// - tal - w«i
he surveyed his As he gazed,
1. kablui is probably a contraction of kablu $a.
MARDUK CHALLENGES THE DRAGON 147
* - Si ma - /a£ - Su sa - /1 - /# /* - ma -iu-ma
troubled was his going, ! loosened was his mind and
si - faa - ti ip - Sit - su u Hani
stopped was his action. And the gods
-m £* ^T TI -t^TT HI ^ <M= I 70. tt >* *jn
r/ - su - Su a - ii - ku i - di - Su i - m« - rw
his helpers, who went at his side, saw
i^EETT TJV-TTI^T SF-Iefflf ^<T-
.... - da a - Sa - ri - du ni - tit-Su - un i - Si
the of the leader, their sight was troubled.
75. [~TT <H ET ~ fe # TI *- «&T
# - £1 - ma &? - /jmi a - bu - ba
Then raised the lord the thunderbolt,
^THTI EMI ^HlhM^ V
£a£&i - fo raba\a) 7V - am<z/ Sa
his mighty weapon, [against] Tiamat, who
-TI*<^I£H <HJTJ^ ^TTEV<T- .
ik - mi - iu ki - a - am iS - pur - Jfj'
was furious, thus he sent (the word) : ".
«5. Dai }}] «f ^TT ^T CTTT * <m
Iu sa - an - da - at* urn - ma/ - ki
Equipped be thy host,
M *jn © -^TT JeT V- tT HJ F~ <HJ
lu rit - ku - su Su - /«/ £a£& ^7 - X-/
let them be set in order, thy weapons.
1. That is, as Marduk gazed, Kingu was troubled. 2. sa-an-da-at = samdat.
10*
148
THE FIGHT OF MARDUK AND THE DRAGON
se. ^IKM: A4f EeT TI^TIIJ < -efcl TJ <T
en - di - im -ma1 a - na - ku u
Stand ! I and
ka - a - f /
thou,
I
let
*- ^T V E£ ET 87- HT< ^v
Hff-
»i - pu - uS
us join
$a - at - ma
battle!"
Ti - fl«w/
Tiamat
HP^^TTT «=E^T *<~V 88.^II-TIIH
an - ni - Az
this
*T£t
when
U - w/' - la
she heard,
»/</// - hu - /<!$
like one possessed
«=m«= v hi- bf j^t -11 v
1 - te - j»j
was she,
1/ - Xa - an - ni te
«
she lost her senses,
en - fo2
89. si ^TT ET
is - « - ma5
she cried,
«=TI 1ST s£TTT
e - li - ta
(and) loud,
-T< ^v yiT ^ *AW
Ti - ama/
did Tiamat,
lit - Ait* - rt'S
furiously
90. J? BStf ET m EI *T
.tor - Sis' ma - a/ - ma - Us
from the roots asunder
^T *JH E^TT C^TT ^TT TJ IV] *<• 1* « ^
it - ru - ra
trembled
H - da - a - $a
her foundation.4
F £TTT ^T £TTT -TI* <T^
lip - A/
an incantation,
it - /a - nam - di
she uttered
/ - man - ni
She recited
-TTT TI [V]
fa - a - $a
her spell,
1. en-di-im-ma = emJima.
2. te-en-fa = tem-ia.
3. 15-41 = llSI.
4. /. e., the ground she stood upon.
DETAILS OF THE BATTLE 1 49
9MH£IJ ~FHf- W -SSF «=TTT«= W 4HF- EOT
« //<*/*/ .fa tahdzi u - Sa - ' - /«
and the gods of the battle, cried
lu - nu kakke Pl - $u - nu in - /*/>* - du-mal
they for their weapons. Then advanced
T<£-v HffflfF ~M~~ ~f«*T
71' - amat abkal Hani rl ilu Marduk
Tiamat (and) the arbiter of the gods, Marduk;
94. v £ T— »T HI *- *TTT *m *-
Sa - tfi - meS it - //# - bu kit - ru - bu
to the fight they come on, they draw near
ta - fia - zi - iS uS - pa - ri - ir - ma be '- lum
for battle. The lord spread
& & E^yu ^ £- <kt <[- 96. && [<MHJ HI
sa - pa - ra - $u u - Sat - am" - £/ />w - $w/ - /«
his net to catch her, the evil wind
tf ^TIII <MII -efcj -T< *^WI
ja - £// #r - £<r ti pa - nu - uS - £«
that was behind in her face
«w - </</£ - Sir ip - te - ma pi - i - $a Ti - amat
he let loose. She opened her mouth did Tiamat
a - na la - ' - a - ti ~ $u im - ^«/ - /a
to its full extent (?), the evil wind
r. in-nin-du = innimdu, IV I fr. emidtt
15°
THE FIGHT OF MARDUK AND THE DRAGON
^T ^T HfTI ~*T 1} ^T ^T
«r *y
uS - le - n - &i
he made to enter
a - na la ka - /001
while yet she had not shut
sftdj HK A 99. tT «fcTT Hf< A4T- T
fo/ - /1 - Sa
her lips.
10 - zu - /1
The terrible
winds
*Tfl ^TT W *EE flf ^ El 100. ^ ^
&*r - Sa - &/
her belly
1 - sa -nu- ma
filled and
f)# - fit - //tf2
taken was
*TTT «&T V ET 3= Tl W ^T — 1* <m
lib - da - Sa - ma
her courage and
pa - a - Sa
her mouth
«Jf - pal - &"
she opened wide.
IX - x«£
He grasped
ka - ras - xtf !
her belly,
*TTT* £- C
u - Sal - lit
he pierced
mul - oti// - la ih - te - //
the spear, he shattered
102
kir - />/ - Sa
her bowels
tyyyt m h« -J
he severed,
*yyy ^y ,o3. ^u <^ <h &
lib - ba
(her) heart.
ik - mi - Si - ma
He overcame her and
«=JVIH *m*^T*-s^TT 104.v<~yyv
nap - Sa - laS
her life
u - &// - //"
he cut off,
Sa - lam - x*</
her bodv
s^y^yy* hhv *mh? ^.^^y
id - */</ - d
he cast down,
eli - Sa
upon her
/ - Zil-Zd
he stood.
/// - lu
Atter
1. ka-ras-sa — karai-ia.
THE DEATH OF THE DRAGON 151
71' - affid/ a - //# pa - »i i - na - ru
Tiamat, the leader, he had slain,
ki - if - r* -to up - for - n - m /a - #«r - fo
her might was broken, her strength
£T3--HJfif< <°7.<M£H Hf-HF- HTC[£*V
w - sap - //# « Hani ri - su - to
was scattered, and the gods her helpers,
tj -*m m tti&w «*. ^y ^ *m
a - li - ku i - <// - to it - tar - ru1
who went at her side, trembled,
hj-eemi *ttt* *ttt a *jn <mti -hi ^tt *m
ip - la - /;« « - jtf// - hi - ru ar hat - su - un
were afraid (and) turned back ;
« - $e - su - ma nap - to - tuS e - // - ru
they took themselves off their life to save.
»-fc]^m -eet^ttt* ^ptjtt -et
ni - ia la - mi* - « //a - par - £«- <//? /a
In an enclosure were they caught, to escape not
l&T VHF- *U "'• HJJ *- I * HH El
li ~ ' - e e - j*ir - fo-nu - // - w<z
able were they. He took them captive,
sTIUT—I^ *TTT^IdJA:£E -.^s^TT^
/fo£& Pl - Su-nu u - ftj£ - Sir sa - pa - rtf
their weapons he broke, in the net
1. it-tar-ru for ittararu, I 2, Pret. fr. Tin.
1 52 THE FIGHT OF MARDUK AND THE DRAGON
na - du- ma ka - ma - riS uS - bu - du
were they cast and in the snare they sat. The
tub - ka - a - // ma - lu - u du - ma - mu
m
of the quarters of heaven they filled with howling,
Se - rit - su na - hi - u ka - /// - u
his punishment they bore, they were held
<m<w <3« "5. <H@J ^TT <L< <« OT
£1 - ,r«£ - kiS u iS - //"« eS - r//
in confinement. And on the eleven
»<x£ - ni - //' £« - ut pul - ha - ti i - sa - nu
creatures, which | with the power of( she had filled,
I striking terror i
mi - il - la gal li - e a - li - £«
the troop (?) of devils that went
-tfcj ■■■& ^ V "7- &*t ^w <T^-
&/ - - ni - Sa il - la - di
at her , he brought
*HW HTCI *flf -T< *£ <M= JT ^
sir ri - e - ti i - *// - Su - nu
affliction, their strength
ga - du luk - ma - ti - Su - ;/« .?</ - /<// - Su
together with their opposition beneath him
THE CONQUEST OF THE REBEL FORCES 153
HI* *H *HI »9- <HgJ Hf- HI &*
ik - bu - us u ilu Kin - gu
he trampled. Moreover Kingu,
w&m^<mmmMt*w »°- tm^jtet
$a ir - ta - bu -u -$u - un ik - mi - $u- ma
who had become great , he conquered and
ssuhk «fia£r*TTT* *fi*W)U mm
it - ti iln - ga e - la - a
with ga
Afl-'^-^T '".^^JTJT^f ^TTTT -TI^ T—
im - ni - Su i - kirn - Su -ma dupUmati Pl
he counted him; he took from him the tablets of destiny
Az «" - »ra - // - £« i - »a £/ - hb - bi
that were not his by right, with a seal
-TI* ^ « ET 5* -^T ^T ^T * *T£<T
life - nu ~ ham - /wa /r - /u - u$ it - m« - h#
he sealed (them) and in his breast he held (them).
»3. ~TT ^Ef <T- & JT -II* ►* tTTT*=
/2 - /« /ijh - »*" - $u ik - »i« - //
After his enemies he had conquered
*ejs£T »4.ffff*- -TI A £TTT *Hf- ^T
/' - jtf - </« j/" - bu mut - ta - ' - du
(and) destroyed, (and) the arrogant foe
*TTT* rar *- MTT* JT HTTI *TTT* »s.s^l-T<
u - $a - pu - u $u - ri - Sam ir - «/'/ - //'
had made , and the triumph
154 THE FIGHT OF MARDUK AND THK DRAGON
An - far e - li na - ki - ru ka - // - tlf
of Ansar over the enemy had completely
:£MT*--H "6- 55:8:1* ~f^<£JMIA
uX - zi - zu ni - is - /«tf/ l/w Afo - dim - mud
established, (and) the purpose of Nudimmud
f% - $u - du tlu Marduk kar - du e - //
had attained, the valiant Marduk over
Hani?1 ka - /»« - turn si - £// - ia - $u
the gods that were captive his durance
u - </a/i - nin - /w<z j/ - ri - if 7/' - amat
strengthened and to Tiamat
W Hnk**flT* ^^!M! <MTI<HJ~TT
fj ik - »i« - « i - tu - r<j tfr - £/ - tf
whom he had captured he turned back.
/£ - bu - us - ma be - /ink ft/ 7/ - <i - ma - /i//w
Then trod the lord upon Tiamat's
**msm «3o.tt-nf <^i^jy -et*»«*
i - hd - sa i - /!</ «/ - // - £« /</ /<j - *//' - /'
hinder part, with his club(?) that had no mercy,
1/ - nat - //' oti/ - uh - ha u - /ar - r/ - - m«i
he smashed the skull, he cut
MARDUKS TRIUMPHANT RETURN 1 55
5ff -et ttl mi <~ ^TT '3*. ^yy w *m
uX - la - at da - mi - Sa $a - a - ru
the channels of her blood, the wind,
// ~ /a - nu a - na pu - uz - rat
the north-wind into concealment
«.? - ta - bil i - mu - ru - ma ab - bu - Su
he made carry (it). His fathers beheld,
AHfff ~T <=TTT* *£ -111 SI «34. <T- ifr tfi
ih du - u i - ri - $u Si - di - e
they rejoiced, they were glad, presents
£»/ - ma-nu u - $a - bi - lu $u - nu a - na
(and) gifts they brought unto
^TT ff J! '35. eg ^ *TxM ET -< ^
$a - a - $u i - nu - uk - ma be - lum
him. Then rested the lord;
&i - /<?;» - lu - u$ i * for - rr' J/r £k - ///
on her corpse he gazes, the flesh of the body (?)
u - za-a - zu i - fo/i - na - a nik - la - a - ti
he divides, he forms cunning plans.
.37. AHflFF *T- <T- ET <^m t^ + M=*TI
i# - pi - Ji - «rt ki -ma nu-nu mat - di - e
He split her like a fish
156
THE FIGHT OF MARDUK AND THE DRAGON
TJ ^T IT Ml
a - na
into
Una - Su
two halves,
38. <& ~TT m Zfl ^TT
mi - iS - lu - uS - Sa
one half of her
TTHrHtt*eT ^TTET^ *TTT<= R t^f Hp<
iS - /to - /i<j/h - ;w<j &i - ma-ma u - sa - al - ///
he set in place and as heaven he spread out.
.39. ~yy ~T *T HF- m ET <s*t R *IH
if - du - ud
He drew
/<jr - ku
a bolt,
*TTT«= ^TT *5S
- Sa - as - bi - //
he stationed,
*/
£T H TJ JT ^ HK
ma - 0* - j<7 - ru
a watchman
,40. ]- *u ^TT -eeT
me - e - Sa la
her waters not
CTTT £TTT 4Hf- 5w
Su - $a - a
to let out
Su - nu - /#
upon them
f/m - ta - '
he enjoined.
tr
►--<
141. -*f- fcTI *E »~< *w
Sami(e) i - £/ - />
Heaven he passed through,
*E^££TET '42.^T^TA^ <^AHfff-TT-
- E^TT
<if - ra turn
the places
/' - hi - /tfjw - ma
he surveyed, and
the abyss
uS - /d/» - //*' - ir
he placed
mi - /# - ral
over against
HT
Hf- ^ <£JT HTIA
f « - bat
the dwelling
,7m Nu - *//>// - wi///
of Nudimmud.
h3. ^Jf jy *TxM ET -< ^ V --IT
im - Su - uh - ma be - /*//// i</ <j/ji7
And the lord measured of the abyss
T
MARDUK FORMS HEAVEN FROM THE DRAGON'S BODY 157
*- -*£T 5tf JT '44.«=TET-^T *T<T— ET^T
bi - nu - lu - u$ - $u
its structure,
e$ - £«/ - /tf tarn -$i - la - $u
a mansion like unto it
*ffl* <I^I Efe «=M A E*fi • -45- «=t ^ -ET
1/
*i
//;
he founded,
E - tor - rtf
Esara.
eS - ^w/ - la
The mansion
.£* - for - ra Sa ib - nu - « $a - ma- mu
Esara, which he had created as heaven,
*f TJ <~T
~*UX ^TTT
<
~f =TTTT U
|/M ^ - /i«/w
«■'» ^/
K
«'« .£" - a
Anu
Bel
and
Ea
ma -ha - ** - $u - un u$ - raw - /wa
in their districts 1 he caused to inhabit.
1. Literally * 'cities".
THE CREATION OF THE HEAVENLY BODIES
AND THE SEASONS.
[K 3567 + K 8588 and K 8526.]
u - ba - al - J/iw man-za-za an Hani
He (/'. *. Marduk) formed a place for the gods,
rabuti kakkabdni Fl iam-til - $u - nu fa - ma - $i
the great ones; the stars their images, the /ifmaii-stars,
itf - zi - iz u - ad - di htiia
he fixed. He ordained the year,
mi - /> - ra - /a u - ma - as - sir XII
into sections he divided (it), tor the twelve
-— U— w^Hf-T— TTTd^TTTTI-HF M-TT^tT
ar/te Fl kakkabdni r1 III l{- A- -,v uS - zi - iz
months three stars he fixed.
iS - tu u - jh/' Jto &///« //.r - si
From the day when the year comes forth
MARDUK CONTINUES THE WORK OF CREATION 159
-IK?)] *m* ** e*=tt ht< 6-*m*sgw,cjn
adi u - su - ra - it u lar - Ud
until the end he founded
man~za - az tlu Ni - bi - ri ana ud - du - u
the station of Nibir to determine
rik - si " - Su-un a - na la e - pis' an - ni
their bounds; that none might err,
ia e - gu - # ma - na - ma man-za - #5
nor go astray the station of
^TIMTT < «f*fflff *TTT*IHI S5*M<I
iiu Bel u ilu E - a u - Am /'/ - //- to
Bel and Ea he set with him.
ip - te - 010 #£#/& f7' iVia J* - //'
He opened great gates in the sides,
ki - lal -la - an Si - ga - ru ud - </ajf - ni - na
both (sides), the bolt he made strong
ITT— ET < A^^T "•- ^H-^KVET
$u - mt - la u im - zra iVra £a - bit - /1 - $a-ma
on left and right. In the midst (?) thereof
TT^TTT^ *T?-ETTM< «■ HF- B5?a <M *JE
i$ - ia - kan e - la - a - ti tIu Nannar - ru
he fixed the zenith. The Moon-god
160 THE CREATION OF THE HEAVENLY BODIES
«Jf - le - pa - a
flitf - fo
/£ - //' - pa
he caused to appear,
the night
he entrusted (to him).
is. t|yyt t$y <y^ b=^ et JT «Es: * ►* <V
u - ad - di - Sum - wa Su - uk - nai mu - J/
He appointed him, a being of the night,
a - na ud - du - u u - mi ar - ///' - Sam
to determine the days, monthly
/a «a - /ar - &z - a ina a - gi - t
without ceasing with the crown
« - fir /' - na reS arfii - ma
"At the beginning of the month,
na - pa - lit . ... - la - a - ti kar - «/
at the shining of the , the horns
7~sTTJ£TTT ! *T:tf*m* til PTK^'
na - da - a - /a ana ud - du - u VI u - mi
shalt thou command to determine six davs,
i - /*</ «/»/ VII /i-,v <i - ga - a Sum - Su - A/
(and) on the seventh day the crown to divide/'
I. K 8526 reads llbsssT *4^»
THE STORY OF THE DELUGE.
The account given by Sit-napishtim to the hero Gilgamesh.
[K 2252 + K 2602 + K 3321 + K 4486 + S 1881, K 3375, K 7752 -f
81—2—4, 245 + 81—2—4, 296 -|- 81—2—4, 46o> K 8517 efc]
m Sit - naptftim(tim) ana $a - $u - ma izakara(ra)
Sit-napiStim to him spake,
a - na ilu Gilgamet lu - up - ie - £a
to GilgameS : "I will reveal to thee,
1/11 GilgameS a- mat nt - fir - // «
O GilgameS, the hidden word, and
*T- ^TT^ £TTT W HP- T— ><H TC V
/* - ris - /a $a tldntP1 ka - a - fa
the decision of the gods to thee
JBf^a^iar »• ^TT i=T -TTX Id! -TI >*TT
lu - uk - bi - &i a/tt *?« - ri - # - /a£ a/w
will I declare. Surippak, a city,
$a ti - du -$u at - /a timi &' - fa*/
which thou knowest, (which) on the bank
11
162 THE STORY OF THE DELUGE
ndru pu m rai . // fa£ . ww ^/w iu - U
of the Euphrates lies, that city
-eTA^eeT HF-T— Etf<*-I H-TJ^T
& - 3/r - ma Hani?1 kir - bu-Su a - na
was old and the gods within it — to
fa - &zn a - bu - bi ub - la lib - ba - $u - nu
send a deluge their hearts prompted
Hani?1 rabutif1 i - &* - Jto abi-$u-nu
the great gods. There was their father
Hf- T? *- tCTTT «6- ET XH I *- E» MT ~T
'/w A-nu - um ma - lik - $u-nu ku - ra - du
Anu, their counsellor the warrior
~f -II tTTT «7. £* R T I *- -HP- ^T HI
''» jfftf £Wft?/£ - &-** ,/M Nin - /£
Bel, their messenger Ninib,
a >m ET- -ST I *- HF- -II ^ -TTA
^/ - £»/ - la - .fa - nu ,lu En - nu - gi
their director Ennugi.
i* Hf- «[ <[- <R -*f<=TTTHJ E^T-KI^
/7m iW« - igi-azag tlu E - a it - // - lu-nu
The lord of wisdom, Ea, with them
*m T- ET ». t? v ^TT *- *TTT* V H -Hf Tl
/</ - Sib -ma a -ma/ - su - nu u - jfa - <//* - na - a
sat and their word he repeated
SlT-NAPISHTIM IS WARNED BY THE GOD EA 1 63
a - na ki - ik - ki - $u ki - ik - ki$
to the house of reeds1 : 'Reed-house,
it/ - ik - £/? / - gar / - ^ar £/ - ik - £/ - Su
reed-house! Wall, wall! O reed-house,
Si - me - ma i - ga - ru /ii - is - sa - as
hear! O wall, understand!
*3. k& jt -m hi ^ m *m* ^
am^/tt $u - ri - ip - pa - ku - a war
Thou man of Surippak, son of
T MM] ~f -*£T -s£T »4- tTTT«= ^TT ^1
m #fora - l7tt Tu - iu u - for £//<*
Ubara-Tutu, pull down (thy) house,
bi - »/ '*tt elippa muS - h'r mehe{e)
build a ship, leave (tny) possessions,
& - ' - / napSdiiP1 na - ak - ku - ra
take heed for (tnv) life, (tny) property
-TT* 5* eeT ~HT Ee|J< £TTT M CZ
zi - ir -ma na - //? - /a £«/ - ///
abandon and (tnv) M* save,8
i. Ea probably addresses Sit-napi3tim in a dream, while the latter is sleep-
ing in a house of reeds; see 1. 196.
2. Literally, "cause to live".
11*
164 THE STORY OF THE DELUGE
hi - li - via zer nap - Sa - a - it ka - la - ma
and bring up living seed of every kind
TT >~t~l £YYY ►-< ►¥ ^YTT [Ll- 28—80, concerning the building
IT I III ►-< M ►Ill of the Mpf are much brokcn# Aftcr
a -na ltd - *i '** elippi finjshing the ship, STt-napiStim pro-
into the ship.' cceds to fill it.]
mimma i - $u - u e - si - en - h mimma
With all that Y had I filled it; with all
see JeT *TTT«=
*TJ ^TT -II <T-
<H*T
83. £ET
1 - Jfo - «
e - fi - en - ft'
kaspu
mimma
that I had
I filled it, '
of silver;
with all
^ JT *TTT<=
*TJ ^TT -II <T-
<ff-TTA
84. £~Ej
1 - $u - 1/
e - J/' - en - h'
hurdsu
mimma
that I had
I filled it,
of gold;
with all
^JTMTT* «=flf «*TT -III <f- -* -TT*T
i - $u - u e - si - en - $i zer napiati?1
that I had I filled it, of living seed
-tfcj -ET ET 85. ^y *y ^fy ft ktj *yyr
ka - la - ma u$ - le - li a - /*</ //#/>/
of every kind; I brought up into
''" elippi ka - /</ yfc/'/w - //' - ia u sa - lal - ia
the ship all ray family and household;
86. *>- <£[* $$*} e=TTTt ET ^4 t**f
bu - «/ frn 1/ - ma - am seri
the cattle of the field, the beasts of the field,
SIT-NAPISHT1M PREPARES THE ARK 165
ma/? P' um - ma - a - ni ka - //' - Xu - nu
craftsmen, all of them
*TTT* * -^T!
87. tj m ^t
Hf- *T
u - h It
a - dan - na
,/tt &/w<tf
I brought in.
A fixed time
SamaS
fit - ku - nam - ma /w« - ir ku - uk - ki ina
had appointed ^saying) : 'The ruler of the darkness at
//' - la - a - ti u - $a - az - na - an - nu
eventide will send l
w^-m <m «tT tj ht< 89. *w *jn ^
fo - w« - /« ki - ba - a - ti c - ru - ub
a heavy rain; (then) go
T [*TTT] 3 ' -I ^TTT t] *\- A && ^H
rt//a //# - fo' '** ; /rj0^i - /w« // - fit babi - ka
into the ship and shut thy door/
a - dan - nu Su - u ik - ri - da mu - ir
That appointed time arrived ; the ruler of
ku - uk - &' *)i<z /* - la - a - li
the darkness at eventide
i - za - an - ;w - /i« fo - w« - lu ki - ba - a * ti
sent a heavy rain.
1. Literally, "will cause to rain".
1 66
THE STORY OF THE DELUGE
9.. V *T <~ «*T fcETTT -TTI v- ^T M
Sa
Of
u - mi
the storm
at - la - tal
I saw
bu - na - .fa
its beginning;
93. ^T^ TJ~HT *ee^I£IJ^TT v^ «=TTT< t^TTT
u - w«
the storm
a - na
to
i - /#/ - /« -
gaze upon
si
pu - luh - ia
fear
tfc<r- 94.^pjn^ Tf^T^m^ ^t ^ttt et
i - Si
I had,
c - ru - ub
I entered
a - na lib - £* '*" dippi-ma
into the ship and
tztzy^T^ «tTTI« 95-Tf^T *T-Ame v
ap - le - hi
shut
ba - a - bi
the door.
a - na
To
//' - # - i
the pilot
to
of
sT^TTT TJ^T *-^TTIH HF- * *T-
*« elippi
the ship,
a - na
to
Pu - zu - ur - tlu
Puzur-Bel
Bel
bs^tttsj 96.tmT^ «^T^m<r^i^w
amelu malahi
the sailor,
ekalla
the ark l
al - ta - di - i)j
1 handed over
!?<T^ *-**TU 97. £- * *TTTe **TJ-TTI
a - di bu - $e ~ e - $u
together with its contents.
T ET -m 98. tE <^!T ET
j/itf /10 - /«** - ri i - //>// - via
appeared, there came up
mim-.mu - u $e - e - r/
When the early dawn
i Jf - tu
from
i* *m «*- *w jh * -i^ ?i <f-
# - ftir/ s*ami(e)
the horizon
wr - pa - lum sa - Urn - /«w
a black cloud.
I. Literally, "great house, palace'*.
THE BEGINNING OF THE FLOOD
167
99- -Hf- <Mf
*TTT3V 5w*m:=fcET
tlu Ramman ina lib - bi - Sa ir - lam - ma - am - ma
Ramman in the midst thereof thunders and
100.
ilu Nabu
Nabu
<
u
and
ilu Marduk
Marduk
il - la - ku
go
ei-m '--^tt-etm c^rr
j»<z ma^ - ri
before,
1/ - & - ku
they go
guzale Pl
as messengers
102.
Sadu(u) u
over mountain and
ma - a - turn
country ;
/#r - gul - //
the anchor
-4- ^r E^yy ^ eg ~ry *£& t=TTT »o3. J^yy *JII
'/« Ur - ra - gal i - na - aj - sab 'M - ^
Uragal tears away; there goes
tiu Nin - ib mi t'b - ra u Sar - di
Ninib, the Storm he makes discharge itself.
-4- «f flf Hffff ^T <M
l/tt <<4 - nun - /itf
The Anunnaki
Id
if - Xu -
carried
K
<y^s^yyyj-y< »*•- -TI* HTC 55 HfTU *-
di - pa - ra - a - //
(their) torches,
ina nam - ri - ir - ri - $u-nu
with their brightness
*TTT* R< Efc ET DM ^yyj
they light up
the land.
106. v ~f A4f
fe "" Ramman
Of Ramman
1 68
THE STORY OF THE DELUGE
Mi 4^ MT ^
iu - mur - ra - as
his whirlwind
jtt l i - ba - ' - u
reached
*f«=TI «*KrleT HTC**jn T <=TJM-T<
Same{e)
the heavens,
mtmma
all
nam - rw a/w
light into
* - tu - //
darkness
*T**HH*jn ••• »*-<tf* ^*W- TMI
«/ - //r - ru
was turned.
«/ jVw - mar a - /*«
No man beholds
a - bu-Su ul u - /a - ad - da - a niU ?l
his fellow, no more were men recognised
HP- *=TJ "♦•
ina Sami(e)
in heaven.
-HP T
ilaniP1
The gods
HI -EI -TI
if - fa - hu
were afraid of
T? *- ^T fcfc £\ »s. ^T *T AHPff ^TT
a - bu - ba - am - ma
the deluge,
// - it - ih - su
they retreated,
me *T H3J tTTT"= T Hf-*TJ V «fflf<MT
i - ft - fu - w 0/10 $ami\t) $a
they went up into the heaven of
116. ►^f- y»»»»
i7ani W
The gods
<£JT IHHJ
kima kalbi
like a hound
,lu A - num
Anu.
^«;i - «« - nu
crouched down,
wra >&/ - ma -a - ti rab - su i - //> - si
in the enclosure (of heaven) they sat cowering. She cried aloud
I. iu-mur-ra-as-su = Sumurrat-su.
THE DESTRUCTION OF MANKIND
169
hp^tt— <mti TJd-T< ii8.tmt-n^«tT
ilu IS - tar
did [Star
Hf-~<C:
il* Be - lit
the Lady
ki -ma a - lit - li
like a woman in travail,
u - nam - ba
lamented
ildniP1
of the gods
TTET
/a - bat rig - aw
with a loud voice :
»**T* <MkJ@JMfTT* TJ^T <M^T<T^
ud-mu ul - lu - u
'That (former) race
lu - u i - tur-ma
has been changed,
/« - $wr ildniP1
the assembly of the gods
a - na
into
A'
//
A'
clay
a$-$u a - na - ku
since I
Mia
in*
■©^•=m^ £-<hh
ak - bu - #
commanded
limullu
evil.
■fif-c
121. <Jgf t^ -^q- _<
When I commanded
»m /« - hur ildniP1
in the assembly of the gods
limullu ana hut - lu - uk ni$t Pl - ia
evil, for the destruction of my people
** ^t -b 3 et "3. yf ^r in cm et
kab - Az
a storm
ak - £1 - ma
1 commanded.
a - na - ku - um - ma
That which I
«/ - la - da - ni
brought forth
Jfu - u
at - ma
— where (is it) ?
ki - 1
Like
17° THE STORY OF THE DELUGE
mare Pl nune Pl u-ma~ai-Ia-a
the spawn of fish it fills
tarn - ta - am - ma Hani?1 $u - «/
the sea!' The gods of
1/11 ^ - ««« - na - ki ba - ku - a // - // - Jfa
the Anunnaki wept with her,
i/frfi ^ at - ru a$ - £/' # - «a £/' - &' - //
the gods (were bo wed i they sat in tears,
\ down, /
kat - ma Sap - ta - $u-nu VI
pressed together were their lips For six
IHHTTI <H@0f >*VffHr< ^.^yytffl
ur - ra u mu - ta - a - //' /'/ - /</X-
days and nights blew
$a- a - ri a - bu - bu me - //« - w / - j<// - /<*«
the wind, the deluge, the tempest overwhelmed
v i3o. ^yy *>- tHTt *y ^ *e -n
Wfl/j si - bu - u u - ma / - //(/
the land. The seventh dav when
*h v yj <y^ ^y t^yyy £- f -ti =-ttt^
&* - $a - a - di it - /u - ra£ me - hu - &
it drew near, there ceased the tempest,
THE ABATEMENT OF THE FLOOD 171
a - bu - bu kab - la la im - dah - f«
the deluge, the storm, which had fought
£* - ma ha - <zi - al - it i • nu - «#
like a host. Then rested
lamlu ul - fia - n - /r- aw mi - #«/ - lu
the sea, it subsided, and the hurricane,
a - bu - bu ik - lu ap - pa - al - sa
the deluge ceased. I looked upon
TIT ET s^TTT wmi mim «+ <H£U
la - ma - /a fa - &'# ku - lu u
m
the sea while I caused (my) voice to resound, but
kul - lal te - ni - $e ~ e - It i - lu - ra a - na
all mankind was turned into
<T^S3tf<T3= «s.<m# *TTT*-m ^HTCHT-
//' - /'/ - /* ki - ma u - ri mil -hu - ra/
• • • w
clay. In place of fields there lay before (me)
MOT* £- M i36. «=y ^y< «=j 3= xp ^ ET
u - jtf/ - /« a/ - //' nap - pa -la - am - ma
a swamp. I opened the air-hole and
«m/ mi - la - kul eli dur
the light fell upon the wall
172
THE STORY OF THE DELUGE
ap - pi - ia
of my face ; *
1 37. sgjr *y <tt ty ^y
«£ - A?/;/ - /»/' - IS - /M<J
I was bowed down,
*tf ^ttt ^h y* -n <hj .38. <^h
at - ta - tab
I sat down,
a - 3tf£ - ki
I wept;
<r/i
over
my cheek
>~<V
yy^y^H <t^etwti
tl - la - ka
flowed
di - ma - a/
my tears.
1 3g.
y^^yy-y ~jE^yyyjHT< ^-^T
ap - pa - //' - /j £/# - ra - a ~ ti
I looked upon the world
yj tty ^y -4o. yj ~ry
tdmtu
sea.
a - na
After
pa - tu*
— all was
<ry £m tj Hf-
XII TA- A AS
twelve (days?)
^ *T ^y Vi
i - te - la - a
emerged
na - gu - 2/
the land.
4«. w ^y
a - na
1 o
v ss: *>-yjy< tg *y ~ ty ^yyy u*. v ^yyyt
the land of Nisir the ship took its course.
Sad 14(14)
The mountain
v:5-*Hjy< ^MTT ^t-et yj^y ^yyj<y-
m<*tuNi - .«r '*« elippa is -hat-ma
of the land of Nisir held the ship fast and
a - na na - a - Jfi
to slip
<tt* ^Tii< '43.T-H *y^ yyy? *t*
«/ i</ - din iitin(en) u - mu Sand(a) u - mu
did not allow (it). The first day, the second day
1. /. e.t "upon my check". 2. pa-tu probably - pdtu.
THE SENDING FORTH OF THE BIRDS 173
v MOT* & *-ffi<
^m
«44- £- V
*!►*
$adu(u) Ni - sir
do.
fa/ - $a
u - flltf
the mountain Nisir
do.
The third
day,
-HI^TTJ *T* v^TTTt ^^vffl< inn
ri - 6a - a u - /w« Sadu(u) Ni - fir do.
the fourth day the mountain Nisir do.
han$u($u) siHaQta) $adu(u) Ni -sir do.
The fifth, the sixth the mountain Nisir do.
siba(a) u - ma i - na ka - $a - a - di
The seventh day when it drew near,
X47. tflT* * ^TT ET ig -II *TTT* + iS3
i* - $e - si - ma summatu u - »w^ - ft'r
I sent forth a dove (and) let (her) go.
■48. ^tt IH -m -II *£ -m MT £& £1
/'/ - lik summatu i - tu - ra - am - ma
The dove flew to and fro1 but
149. « ^ ^T! <tf* «* ^ £ «=A ET tT *TTT ^TT
man-za - 3i* k/ i - pa - a$ - Sum -ma2 is - xa^ - ra
a resting-place there was not and she returned.
.5* *nr* * "SOT tf HPfrHTC *m*-f*IH
a - $e - si - ma sinuntu u - wiaf - Sir
Then sent I forth a swallow (and) let (her) go.
«5«. :^TT IH HTI* -II *£ i£T ^TT k* ET
i7 - /rife sinuntu i - tu - ra - am - ma
The swallow flew to and fro but
i. Lit. "went and returned". 2. I i, Pres. fr. baSu.
174 THE STORY OF THE DELUGE
«5..«H~sTT <^ tS3=g=w^ET tT »=TTT E*=TT
. man-za - zu ul i - pa - al - Sum - ma is - sah - r»
a resting-place there was not and it returned.
153. *m* * *EJf *T TI-m^T ^Hf-tiW
u - U - si - ma a - ri - ba . u - mas' - h'r
Then sent I forth a raven (and) let (it) go.
'54.^TTIH TMTI3ET -PJH^TT V
il - //it a - ri - 6i - ma ka - ru - ra $a
m
The raven flew and the abatement of
TIT— *EA£ET '55.Htt*tTfi «*VAHfffA
me Pl i - /w#r - ma ik - n£ ! /' - Sa - afr - hi
the waters beheld and it came near wading
^~--TTI <tf* -T«=TTT^TT ^TTT^^Tm
1 - tar - ri ul is - sat} - ra u - $e ~ si - ma
(and) croaking, (but) did not return. Then I brought (all) out
TJ^T VMK ^T£TTT<I£J 5^-TTJ
a - na IV tare Fl at - ta - hi ni - ka - a
m
unto the four winds, I offered an offering
157. SeHTAHTCF -VUliy- - <^H
aX - &/« sur - £* - «« ina cli
I made a libation on
£<M- -IT -IT- V sE 158. f < $
*/* - **r - ra/ ta/i(i) VII u VII
the peak of the mountain ; in sevens
*J1* Tf £TT -eft^T ^ £_< -59. tt ^T
karpatu a - da - #i/r k£ - tin i - /id
the vessels I set out, un-
l. Perhaps read ik-kaly "it fed".
THE SACRIFICE ON THE MOUNTAIN
175
Jta/ - // - Su-nu at - ta - bak kanu **" irijftf
der them I heaped up reed, cedar-wood
< tX3\ --TTT
u
and
160. *~*^- Ji
ilaniP1
The gods
smelt
-TUV «6«.-+T
te^TTy- «=M!IT
i - ri - $a
the savour,
Hani?1
the gods
/ - §1 - nu
smelt
* - r* - Sa
the savour
snftn^T] «6a.«f t— <m$ ^tt jcttt 3 *tj
fa - a - fo
that was sweet,
ilaniP1 ki- ma
the gods like
zu - urn - bi ~ e
flies
<^H -11 «<£: H^/nn «63.^t*^t
eli
over
the sacrificer
ip - /<*# - ru
collected.
ul - tu
When
<tf* ^T *- :OTT ET HP- -HI - ■* W V <T3= I
«/ - la - nu - urn - ma '/w Bilit Hani ina ka - $a - di - Su
now the Lady of the gods drew near
i64. ~yy <T- <^T I— £h T— V HP- flf *■ tCTTT
tf -A" *' rabutiP1 $a ilu A-nu - */»
she raised the great jewels (?), which Anu
/' - pu - fo
had made
&' - *' jk - hi - 3fc
according to her wish, (crying) :
ilaniP1
'(What) gods
an - nu - ti lu - u abnu ukrii kiSadi - ia 1
these (are) ! By the (jewels of) lapis lazuli upon my neck,
1 . For **»» uknT kifadi-ia it is possible to read <*bnu sipri-ia, i. e. "By my
(jewels of) lapis lazuli".
176 THE STORY OF THE DELUGE
THJ ^<T- .«. *n— Hf-V--T<
at am - A" time?1 an - nu - ti
I will not forget! These days
^HPPF^TT^^^T T £TT*TT* THJ
afa " su - sa - am - ma ana da - riS at
have I set in my memory, never will I
^ <y_ l67. „f y^ e<£< -E^TT I£J 5^
001 - Si ilant'P1 Hi - //' - ku - ;//"
forget (them) ! Let the gods come
TI ~HT -V Ml & '«• -pHI tyyy yj yj
a - na sur - £* - hi ,/w /fc/ <?i
to the offering, (j>ut) Iet not Bel
^TT -E^TT -^H TI ^T ^ EI 5r
#7 - ii - ka a - na sur - &' - »/
come to the offering,
x69. £1 -ET A4-TTIHJET ^TTIIT^
aS-Su la im - /#/ - ku - /w</ /J - ku - nu
since he took not counsel and sent
TJ*-*- «7o.<f-JBI *fflfT—*fcff A4T-^*TTT*
a - bu - bu u niSe Fl - /i/ #)» - nu - //
the deluge and my people he surrendered
T ^H^TT<T- «7..<tf*-6iT <tf* -ET *- sCTTT ET
<//!</ ka - r<* - J/' ul - /« w/ - la - nu - urn - w<;
to destruction.' When now
~*T!I*TTT *~ ^HV#I «ra.^^ft
''* /?<7 ina ka - Jte - tli - Jw / - mur
Bel drew near, he saw
BEL'S ANGER AT THE ESCAPE OF THE ARK 177
tT^TTTET ***T~ ^TIMTT '73. j|t ^y ^y<
'>« elippa-ma i - tc - ziz ilu Bel lib - ba - ti
the ship ; then wroth was Bel, with anger
^4fs£TTT-^TT W HF- HF- -HP- W TT
im ta It $a Hani ilu Igigi
was he filled against the gods of the Igigi :
'74. ff TJ K-m £1 *TTT*= ^TT ^T Eff< Hf<
at - urn - ma u si na - pis' - ti
"Who then has escaped with life?
"75- TI IT IdMJ* BBS - ^H^llf
at ib - lut amelu ina ha - ra - A"
No man must live in the destruction ! "
<76.~f^TldJ sMU S^T xWMTTT*
'7tt Afoi - i)5 /a - a-fo epui-ma ikabbi
Then Ninib his mouth opened and spake
izakaryar) ana ku - ra di ilu Bel
(and) said to the warrior Bel :
'78.«,^::ttTefT v^y Hf-tynTT? TmHT<
man-nu - urn -ma la la ilu E - a a -ma - ti
"Who but Ea (this) thing
me ^T -HF- *■ '79. <H£U HF- *WT ff
i - ba - an - nu u ilu E - a
could do? And Ea
*s<ra=*Tm ^fcj^f T--TTI xso.^HF-^TTTTT?
i - di - e - ma ka - la Up - n* ilu E - a
knoweth every matter!" Then Ea
12
i7»
THE STORY OF THE DELUGE
3= TU ^ ET
pa - a-$u epuS-ma
his mouth opened and
i EMT <W
ku - ra di
the warrior
ikabbi
spake
Mil *TTT
Bel :
181. ^ tt^ T
izakar{ar) ana
(and) said unto
«»»■ *ST £TTT
a/ - /<j
"Thou
tW t>
abkal
director
HP- T-
of the gods!
i83. <m ^ <j^ ^
jt/ - i - ki - i
So
EMT -T
<
<
£« - ra du
m
O warrior!
-ET *T tSTTT IH ET
ill-advised wert thou that
T¥*-«tT IH-!A-tTt ^--iMTT A<T^
a - bu - fo
a deluge
/W - Aim
thou didst send!
be - «7 /// - //
(On the) sinner
*ff~ A0TTU *s.-<*MTT CT-ET-K
* - jw/</ /;/ - ta - <*-.?«
lav his sin!
be - el kil - la - ti
(On the) transgressor
*T¥~ Dv^TT »M.*jnsCmF Tfff
* - mid kil - /<// - su
lay his transgression!
ru - KJ« - ;//<r at
Forbear, let not
IdJ ^T HT< -TI* £T ^T *T TI TJ ^:
ib - &/ - // - ik Su - r/« - ud ai ir-
(all) be destroyed! Have patience (?), let not (all) be . . . . !
.87.^eeTI!TIH!!T^ TJ*-~*T ^.jh^II
am - ma - ku taS - ku - nu a - bu - ba
Instead of sending a deluge,
tusti
let a lion
EA'S PROTEST AGAINST A RECURRENCE OF THE DELUGE 179
lit - ba - am - ma ///& Pl li - $a - a# - fri - /r
come and mankind let him lessen !
.89. £& et nr mif^ tj *- ~^t
aw - ma - ku ta$ - ku - nu a - bu - 3a
Instead of sending a deluge,
x9o. m 4- ^n C: «*T ^ ET *m H~
barbaru lit - ba - am - wia /*/& Fl
let a leopard come and mankind
li - xa - ah - #/ - ;*r am - #/a - £1*
let him lessen! Instead of
/W - ku - nu a - bu - ba fiu Safa - $i*
sending a deluge, let a famine
lit - $a - kin - ma mala US- am - ma - ku
take place and the land . . . . ! Instead
ih m + tj *- ~*t «94. hf- ^y ^n
Aw - ku - nu a - bu - ba ilu Ur - ra
of sending a deluge, let the Plague-god
//'/ - ba - am - ma niU Fl li$-gi$ a - na - ku
come and mankind let him slay ! I
*// ap - la - a pi - r/> - /1 Hani?1
did not divulge the decision of the
I2»
180 THE STORY OF THE DELUGE
^ y_ I96. ^y g^yy jj< g^ jy ~ry ^yyy
rabuti?1 At - ra - faa - sis $u - na - A*
great gods! Atra-^asis a dream
k - fa£ - ri - Jta/» - ma /i - m - //' Hani P1
I caused to see and (thus) the decision of the gods
is* - me e - nin - »a - ma mi" - //# - £« m/7 - ku
he heard!" Thereupon came he to a decision,
i98.Mi<M!m HF-~ flf~Hf *TTT3 sT^TTT
1 - ft» - ma ,/tt 2fc/ a - «<* //# - bi '>« <r%>/
and Bel went up into the ship ;
199. tT ~ ^T M< t^TI ET <-T* *T *ET HF- 5r
if - bai ka - ti - lii - /wa ul - te - la - an - ni
he took my hand and forth he brought
/a - a - Jfi u$ - te - //' itf - /</£ - mi - /j
me ; he brought forth, he caused to bow down
<««-!< - *E<TC:NETI -x.^yy^^y
sin - niS - ti ina i - di - ia il - pu - «/
my wife at my side, he turned us
pu - ut - ni - /»</ /'s - za - as />/</ bi - r/ - />/ - ni
to one another,1 he stood between us,
*e *m e?ptt <£j -nr <r- -2.tE^y ^~nr
/' - itjr - ra - &//* - «</ - // / - na pa - /ra
he blessed us : "Formerly
1. Literally, **he turned our front".
THE DEIFICATION OF SlT-NAPISHTIM
181
t*t-tt* tj t- ra oar et
m §tl-napi$tim a- me - lu - turn - ma
Slt-napiStim (was) of mankind, but
m
e - mn - na - ma
now
T*MT* < frl M< *TJ^TTT* <HJ^
OT Sit-naptitim u sinni$li-lu lu - u e - w« - «
let Sn-napiStim and his wife be like
ki - i
unto
~fT
KT-E! ao4. et «=TTT*= TH-ET
i/oW J7' »0 - Jf* - ma
the gods, even us, and
lu - u a - £/# - ma
let dwell
m Sit-napi&tim ina
Sit-napiStim
*jn *m* <m
*T- «*
ru - u
afar off
*7
at the mouth
ndrdli Fl
of the rivers!"
- ki
205. j^yy ^r<
few ^ ET
// £« /'« - »i - ma
Then took they me and
ma
afar
r«
off,
ma
at
the mouth of
m t
ndrdli ?l
the rivers
^5J *J<[- *- tfe 5S=
u$ - le - Si - bu - in - «i
they made me to dwell.
THE DESCENT OF ISHTAR INTO HADES.
The arrival of the goddess at the gates of the Lower World.
[K 162.]
a - na mat Id tart kak - ka - ri
• • •
To the land whence none return, the place
[** 13= sfl] - -*W ^ £- ~f <«
1 - // - e ilu War mdrat ilu Sin
m
of darkness, iStar the daughter of Sin
ft - Ztf - ff/i - &J l/ - £ft/J
her ear inclined ; *
3. ^T! -T^Hfff ET ^ ^ Hf- <«
t'S - £«» - ma mdrat ilu Sin
then inclined the daughter of Sin
u - zu - «;/ - j</ tf - ;/</ />// e - ti - <
her ear to the house of darkness,
M~ HF-SwNTOf^T] MJ^T ^TTTT TIT
ii/ - bat ilH Ir - kal - ta a - //</ //// $a
the seat of the god Irkalla, to the house J fr°m y
(which/
1. /. e., "directed her attention**.
DESCRIPTION OF THE DEAD l83
*TJHfU*-I ^T TI^MTM MJ^T
e - ri - bu - $u
la
a - su - 1
u
a - ra
he that enters
comes not forth,
to
4tf£ EE^fT ^
gTT
tf^jn
£m v
-ET
&7r - ra - »/'
fo
a - /<z£ -
• /a - A*
la
the road
whose path
does not
^m tuj wh]
7-
flf ^T
^TTTT
^TT
ta - #/ - rat
i
j - ##
bit
to
return,
to
the house
whose
MRf-m*-i >
•^TT
tew >* *m*
V- MTT*
= ^TT1
* - n' - bu-Su
22/ •
• urn
- WW - u
//a - «
- ra
visitor
is
excluded from
the li]
ght,
«• TJ s£H t
3T AT*
^ ^s~ ^.yj ^yy ^
0 - tor
epire
pi
£« - £«
- us - su - ;/« f
to the place where
dust
is
their bread
t^ihjt^ <r^^T[®] 9.*-*m**jn
a - kal - $u - nu ti - it tu nu - u - ru
• • •
(and) their food is mud. The light
«/ im - jw<z - r// ina e - tu - ti a$ - ba
m
they behold not, in darkness they dwell,
Az^ - Su - ma kima is - su - r/ ?tt - bat
and are clothed like birds in a garment
t*[*H "-<^H s=W<k < fcT*TT3=~*
gap - /1
eli
'*» </<?///
w
t$u
sikktlri
of feathers;
over
door
and
bolt
1. bubu-us-su-nu = bubut-su-nu.
184
THE DESCENT OF ISHTAR INTO HADES
V^AHfff H^DDf »-^=M flf-HT s*f*
fa
- pu - *£ />
is scattered the
- ru
dust.
ilu Ii-tar a
iStar,
- //a
to
the
bdb
: gate
la tari
ina
ka - to - <//' - to
i3.
• na
of the 1 whence none return
lofthel
\ land /
at her approach,
to
amiiu pi fa ba - a - bi a-ma - turn
the porter at the gate the word
/'s - &*£ - kar
addresses :
14. Km s?F t^ T- s=TJ
/*/» - me - ex
Ho! Porter!
amilu
*T- £TTT If
// - fa - a
Open
thy gate!
•5-*T-£TTTTI ^T«=T^H*T ISTJU^T
// - la - a
Open
ba - ab - ka -ma lu - ru - /a/
thy gate, that I may enter,
ff-HTUr i6-«^EeT ^t ^ttt<v^tttt?
a - na - ku
even I !
If
la la - /<// - ta - </
thou openest not
/«/ /'r - r« - ba a - //</ - ku
so that I enter not,
ba - a - bu
the gate,
17. if *HJ }}< <se
</ - ///</// - ha - fw
I will smite
a - &/£ - bir
will I shatter,
dal - ////;/
the door,
sik - /•« - /•//
the bolt
18. tj -BFii m t^f
■ oti/// - ha - a$
I will smite
a
1. mi7 is here probably to be taken as an enclitic particle.
THE GODDESS AND THE PORTER 185
si - ip - pu- ma u - $a - bal - kat '*u daldti Fl
the threshold and tear down the doors,
u-Se-el-la-a mi - tu - ti akilutiP1
I will raise up the dead, that they may eat
3d/ - tu - ti eli bal - tu - ti
• •
(and) live, (and) over the living
i-ma-'-du mi - /a - //' "m*/a /* /«
will swarm the dead. The porter
/a - a-$u i - pu - u$ - ma i - kab - 3i 10 - zak - ka - ra
his mouth opened and spake; he addresses
a - na rabiti(tt) ilu II - tar i - zi - «
the princess IStar : "Stay,
be - el - ti la la - na - da - a$ - Jfi
O lady, thou shalt not throw it down !
lu - ul - lik iumu - &' tu - ia - an - »i a - na
Let me go (and) thy name declare to
tar - ra - // ,7m ^//fl/«
the queen Allatu."
THE LOVES OF ISHTAR.
The repulse of the goddess by the hero Gilgamesh.
[K 23i, K 4579 a + K 8018, S 2112 and R 578.]
a - na du - un - ki Sa tlu Gilgamrt
On the comeliness of GilgameS
1 - «j // - /« - it ru - bu - ut ilu IUar
(her) eyes she cast, did the mighty IStar :
j/ - &/;» - zw<z ,/tt Gilgamci hi - w
"Come, Gilgamesh, be
## - ' - /r <7/ - A/ />/ - /// - ka
thou (my) spouse! Thy strength
/</ - </ - ft' Ai* - a-Su ki - Sam - ma at - /</
on me as a gift bestow and thou
m*W **Hf<ET TI^TUT EI tTTT«=
/// - u mu - // - ma a - »</ - ku lu - «
shalt be my husband and I will be
ISTAR'S PASSION FOR GILGAMESH 1 87
fev^f^Hf ««». i@f ^ try m ^H ^rer
aX - Xa - at - ka lu - Xe - is -2/2 - &* ^"narkabti
thy wife ! I will set thee in a chariot
**WM ukm u frurdsi Xa ma-Xa - ru - Xa
of lapis lazuli and gold whose wheels
<FfHTA^ET iMTK^I ^^THW
fiurasa - am- ma el - mi-Xu kar - na - a - Xa
are of gold and of diamond (?) its horns !
a - na biti - ni i - na e - r/ - 3/' - &z
Into our house when thou enterest,
a - rat - tu - u li - na - aX - Xi - ku
the mighty shall kiss
<EE F~ ^H «e. GDH <-] i£TT
#/* P/ - fo //it - mi - jw
thy feet, there shall bow down
-sftdl^TT^H ^T— -III— <
ina Xap - // - ka Xarrani ?l belt Pl u
beneath thee kings, rulers and
HffflfW '7-HH [«]^TT^T v^ <
rwfo Pl man -da -at Xadi(t) u
princes the tax of mountain and
ma-a - tu lu - u na - Xu - nik - &z 3// - /«
land shall they bring thee as tribute!"
1 88 THE LOVES OF ISHTAR
... ... [~f ty nw +] *in ^^^tet
. . . iiu Gilgamd pa-a-tu i - pu - u$ - ma
. . . GilgameS bis mouth opened and
*ee t* 3 «3. [^ E& -tHf ^TTJ H -Hf
i - &j£ - £* / - zak - ka - ra a - na
spake, he addressed
«ffl *- *T HF- ^TT ^
ru - bu - ut ilu IS-tar
the mighty I§tar : "
46. flf ^T HF- ^ -TT^ J?< <^ -m
a - na ilu Diizi ha - w* - ri
On Tammuz, the spouse
su - uh - ri - /*" - £1 -fa/ - (a a - «a
of thy youth, from year to
Sat - //' />/ - tak - ka - a ial - // - me$ - Jte
year affliction didst thou lay upon him.
48- m r -et *m *jn et ^ttt e^tt <^ et
<?/ - A// - Iii bit - ru - ma la - ra - /»/' - ma
The brightly-coloured ^//<///i/-bird hast thou loved but
lam - ## - si - $u - ma kap - pa - ifa A*/ - te - bir
thou smotest him and his wing thou didst break ;
is - z<? - tf s /'«tf ki - &* - //'/» / - Sis - «
he stands in the woods, he cries :
I. LI. 24 — 45, in which Gilgamcsh refuses Ishtar's offer, arc much broken.
THE FATES OF THOSE SHE HAS FAVOURED 189
-Til *T- 51. £W E^TT <^ EI ih -mi
kap - //' /a - ra - mi - wa w*fa
"O my wing!" Thou hast also loved a lion,
tffT* <KI ^ tfi >* <IEJ sa. f < $
£0 - jw* - ir e - /»« - £1 j/^fl « jffta
perfect in strength; seven by seven
tu - uh - /ar ~ ri - i$ - $u Xu - ut - la - a - ti
didst thou dig for him the snares.
53. £TH e^TK^ ET ^ve^TT ~HT4HF-Satf
ta - ra - mi - ma sisd na - ' 11/
Thou hast also loved a horse, exalted
c* -SST 54. ^IT ^/ ]]< t<M ^T< <
kab - li rt - dab - b& && - ti u
in the battle, bridle (?) spur and
dir - ra - ta tat - //' - me$ - Jw «fa
whip (?) didst thou lay upon him, for seven stages
^t ** et -m -t< t— i 56. enr ^t htc
la - sa -
/wa lal - //' - *«*? - iu
da - /a - #»
to gallop
> didst thou lay upon him,
trouble
<THBT
V^TTTTJ -TTW<T~~
■I 57- TT — rl
&
Sa - ta - a /<// - // - *«*?-
■ Su a - na
and
sweat (?) didst thou lay upon
him, on
Sir*! I
//tt Si" - li - // to'
- /#£ - ka - a
^11 \ <
ummi-Su
his mother
Silili
affliction
i go
THE LOVES OF ISHTAR
HTCl -!< <tt 58. j^TTT E^TT <tt t]
tal - //' - mi
didst thou bring.
ta - ra - mi - ma
Thou hast also loved
ameiu reu
a shepherd
t£HT *- -ET 59. ^H
ta - £« - /a
of the flock,
-*£T ttm -TTX
/« - «/« - ri
the sacrificial flame (?)
la
who
&I (II - /Itf/W - ZWtZ
continually
poured out for thee
& - /<j - ba - ha - ak - ki
slaughtered for thee
6o. *y <& tnr«= et
u - mi - lam - ma
and daily
*TJTt ^ <HJ ~T< 6«. *y m tETT JT El If ^T
i/ - /// - ki - a
kids;
£<rr£ara
a leopard
tam-fra - $i - $u-ma a - /j<i
but thou smotest him and into
-m *t **m -m jit
/«-!// - //r - r/ - £//
didst thou change him,
- /a - ar - r</ - du - £//
there hunted him
a
ka - /</r - ru
the sheep-boy
V s^ & & ". < IHUK £T
Sa ram - /*/' - Su
who was his own !
u
and
xw/* n -
his hounds
to
*TTT* ^T £ V K
tiHdDf -m
w
fo£
;/<j - aS - $a - ku
tore him in pieces.2
I. Ac, his own shecp-boy. 2. Liu, "tore his wounds".
n
to
THE FATES OF THOSE SHE HAS FAVOURED igi
64- j£TTT E^TT <tz ET & JT W* ^T y-
ta - ra - mi -ma I - Su - ul - la - nu
Thou hast also loved ISuIlanu,
E^ *- tT ^H <=eeT <m 65. ^1
0/0*/ urki abi - £/ Jfa
the gardener of thy father, who
^fcJTHMI*eT JT^MTTJ ^MT3=<IS[
ka - ai - nam - ma Su - gu - ra - a1 na - sak - Xv
continually costly gifts would bring thee,
66. *| <~ *w ET *TTT* HTC* EI *m
# - mi - fo/w - ma u nam - ma - ru
and daily made bright
&&J¥<m 76. *r Ff< ^TT JT TJ^T
pa- a$ - fur - ki tarn - ha - §i - Xu a - »tf
thy dish; thou smotest him, into
-Tii -Ei ^tt ~m *t [*m -m jti
</«/ - la - li iu - ui - //r - r/ - fo
a cripple didst thou change him,
77. ^r * <T- 3 JT EI - ^T — T*
/it - $e - Si - 3/' - fo - wtz />/<z &z - fo/
thou madest him to sit in the midst of
ET ^T [ AHfff Hf< (?)] 79. < ttfWfr
ma - na - ah - ti u ia - a - Si
a couch „ and as for me
£TTT«^a«5?:ET <&& VM+ »*£[■■
/</ - ram - man-ni-ma Ai - 1 $a- $u-nu tu-
thou wouldest love me and like them /wouldcst thout
\ [ me]!" f
1. Su-gu-ra-a = fu-ku-ra-a.
THE TREACHERY OF THE GOD ZU.
[K 3454 + K 3935-]
«. Id! *JH ~*m *TTT ^TTT«= s£TTT
ip - hi ilu Bel - u - ta
On the insignia of Bel's dominion
i - na - at - fa - la i - na - $u a - gi - e
gaze his eyes; the crown
be - lu - /*' - fo na - al - &a - a$ ilu - //' - Su
of his dominion, the robe of his godhead,
3. :CTTJJ HTC* I— -4- Hf< I Hf- ft T?
duphmati Fl ilu - //' - $u tlu Za - a
the destiny-tablets of his godhead Zu
// - la - na - lal - zw«i // - ta - na - A// - zw<z
looks upon, and he looks upon
a - bi ildnt'F1 Hi Dur - an - &'
the father of the gods, the god of Duranki
Zt"S AMBITION ig3
»£ - j« ,/w ife/ - u - ti /'j - ;a - fo/
— a longing for Bel's dominion is held fast
T *!TT 3 1 * «f «*TT *TTT<=
i - «a Z# - 3* - $u tlu Zu - u
in bis heart. Zu
/*/ - ta - at - /a / - wrt a - 3i /7tf «/ Pl Hi
looks upon the father of the gods, the god of
Zter - an - ki uk - j« |/M ite/ - u - ti
Duranki — a longing for Bel's dominion
tHf^ tfe-^T 'TIT 3 I *-&tz<Mtl
is - sa- bat i - na lib - 3/' - hi lul - &' - ma
is held fast in his heart. UI will take
£ITTMI*T"~ Hf-T— \\^\m 9.<MST
dupSimati Pl Hani Fl a - na - ku u
the destiny-tablets of the gods, even I, and
ie - ri - e - ti Sa Hani?1 ka - // - ,?«-«*/
the oracles of all the gods
lu - uh - w« - ///// lu - uk - kin - #&*
will I direct. I will establish
'?" ^i/jj7 - a lu - be - lu par -si lu- ma - f - ir
my throne and dispense commands. I will rule
i3
194 THE TREACHERY OF THE GOD ZU
kul • Lit ka - li - hi -an tltl I - gi - gi
every one of the Spirits of Heaven!''
ik - pu- ud- ma lib - /></ - ,?// /// - kit - //// - fa
And his heart pondered on battle,
«3. sffr tTTT <I£J^TT V ^T eHTT «^T ^TT M
ni - r/# ki - i> - .«" Sa if - /<* - of - A/ - /«
• • • •
/ at the \ the hall, where he beheld,
I entrance off
■=TTT* -T V, V,
-m <t- '
*T<£:
H-
*=TJ + ET
u - ka - a - a
•
r/' - aV
// - ////'
*• - ;/// - ma
as he waited,
the dawn of
the day.
Now when
~s=TU*m ^
^TT^HJ
TH—
<H W
//« ;?,/ ,- .
■ ra - /wi/ - ku
mi Fi
t n ft a Ft
Bel was pouring out
the
clear water,
,?<//* - /// - ma i - na '*u kitssi a - git - sit
and taken off upon the throne his diadem
^113= ^- ,6. t^TTTT -TI* I— -!!* & £*!
Sak - nu dups'imati Fl ik - sit - da
lay, the destiny-tablets he seized
ka-tutrSu tlH Bel - tt - //* // - /< - //'
with his hand, the dominion of Bel he took,
^T :^T *TTT* \*\ *ETT1 ■»• «f -TT *!!!*
na - du - u par - si '•" Ait - «
the dispensation of commands. Zii
HIS THEFT OF THE TABLETS OF DESTINY 195
Id! * *» ET v *-TI ^TT HI* ^IT]
ip - pa - rtf - aw iW« - » j - su ik - j«
fled and in his mountain hid himself.
it - ia - at - bak Sa - bar - ra - /«»i fo - £ui
Poured forth was grief, resounding
ku - lu a - bu ma - lik - Su - nu
were the cries; the father, ^ their arbiter,
1=1 *T<«BBH —Til «=TTT "• [<MI *T H
3?« - - ur ilu Bel hi - is - j<z
was Bel, through the hall
iS - ta - pa - ak na - jwwr - r»/ - su
he poured out his rage.
23- Hf- TH ^ -:TTT * Tl J! *£ [v- V] ET
,/a A - nu - um pa - a - Su i - pu - Sa - ma
Anu his mouth opened and
tE c^ ^ 24- [e£ E&] ^H E^TT Tl -H
/ - &/£ - bi i - zak ka - ra a - na
spake, he addressed
Hani?1 mare rl - fo a/* - « tlu Za-a
the gods, his sons: "Who will
^TUTtrEEj a6.[<^y ty^i— *yy?j
//' - nar - w«i eli niSe F1 kal
vanquish Zu and over the peoples of all
i3*
ig6
THE TREACHERY OF THE GOD ZO
£TT — TT! T-
da - ad - me
dwellings
//' - Sar - hi
make great
Sum - hi
his name f "
«7. M- A# *^ EM ty ^TT tTTTt s£
ilu Rammdnu
On Ramman,
gugallu
the ruler,
/j - j« - // l mar
they cried, the son of
■Hf-fl<Mf »«.[«f TKMfJ ^PTET. TJ^T
f7« ^4 - »«/w
Anu;
tlu A - www te - *»<* <* - mi
m
Anu the command to
V M ET m e£e< *|ff I a* [«f A^J
Xa - $u - ma
him
i - zak - X'jr - hi
addressed.
JEA ty t y ^n tyyyt
gugallu
the ruler
w - J«
w
wjr
they cried, the son of
ilu Rammanu
On Ramman
tlu A - num
Anu;
30. HP- Ttt <^
atf E! Ttt ^T W JT ET
//a yl - /////« /V - ;//(/ (/ - mi
Anu the command to
Sit - .?// - WtJ
him
^fe<ymi 3i.|tMf-tH ETi*in -f^-
z" - £<//• - kiir-ht
addressed :
al - /•</
"Up!
son
t!u Rammanu
Ramman,
fc*n*W- Uff tESrA-Hf -T--V--M
da - // - «// at i - /// -
mighty one. unvanquished be
ka - /W - Xc/
thine assault !
32- iSr t?Hi
ni - ir
Conquer
*J Vj Vj tt ^T -T TEJ ^T
''« Za - a
Zu
with
kakki - ka
thv weapon,
I. i\-.«iMi /*.««, 1 i, Prct. fr. .v.iAji
ANU'S APPEAL TO RAMMAN 1 97
33. [^^H -t^TOrsE ^^7 *-
Sumu - ka li - ir - bi i - na pu - frur
that thy name may be great in the assembly of
4. y^ ^ y_ 34. [tEE ^y 3 rjono
ilaniP1 rabulipl i - «rt 3/ - r/'/
the great gods, among
i/d/i * ^ tf ^* ^' - ka ma - hi - ra e
the gods thy brethren a rival thou
^ <y- 35. [jysr ^y t]] J|fe= ^T + *T!T«=
A/r - Si lib - $u - ma lib - ba - nu - u
wilt not possess ! Let there exist, let there be built
E]£y_ 36.[tE^T S3JHH Bm «=TTTT «-T<
parakkani*1 i - na kib - rj/ ir - bit - ti
shrines, in the four quarters (of the world)
<y^ «^ ^h ^y eT JH -TT* ^H
Si - /#£ - ka - na ma - ha - zi - &i
establish thy cities,
37. [EI ff< «fcTT] ^H -6^17 tffl *- TJ ~HT
ma - ha - zu - ka li - ru - bu a - na
w
let thy city enter into
«=imv 38. [^jn ^yy A-fflj «*-nf -eeimti
£T - £//r .?/'/ - ra - afy i - na mah - ri
ithe Mountain i Show thyself strong before
lof the World!/ J
■4- y— ET &*JJ1 m < * -efcJ
ilaniP1 - ma ^tff - rw lu - u Sumi - &i
the gods and mighty be thy name!''
\
198 THE TREACHERY OF THE GOD ZU
tiu Rammanu i - pu - /a &' - hi - ta a - »a
Ramman answered the command, to
"* ^4 - ;iK/» <i3* - .fa a -ma - /w/b 1 - &i£ - for
Anu his father the word he addressed :
a - bi a - na hi - ad la ' - a - ri
"My father, to the mountain that is inaccessible
/* - //tf mtf/i - //1/ d /' « ka - am
who can go! Who is like unto
//a Z/' -# / - na Hani Fl mart ?l - ka
Zli among the gods thy sons?
43. scwr -ti* t— -n* it ^n -t m &
duphmati Fl ik - ii/ - </«/ &/ - ///.? - .\i/
The destinv-tablets has he seized with his hand.
''" Bti - // - /«/ /'/ - U - ki
The dominion of Bel has he taken,
T :$ tiff* *T tEn 45. i«? ^H *TTT*]
//</ - </« - // par - .vi ,/rt Zu - u
the dispensation of commands. Zu
til 3- ^TT4- ET V -! *HTI ^TT -!!* ^TT
ip - pa - r/i - zwj Ai - du - us - ji/ /£ - J"
has fled and in his mountain has hidden himself."
RAMMAN'S EXCUSES 1 99
//tt Rammanu la a - la - ku
Ramman not to go
ik - bi
decided.2
1. Col. II, 11. 5 — 49, and Col. Ill, 1. 6.
2. Eventually Shamash, the Sun-god, caught Zo in his net and recovered
Bel's insignia; see below, The Story of the Eagle, the Serpent, and the Sun-
god, B. Obv., 1. 1 3.
ET ANA'S JOURNEY TO HEAVEN WITH THE
EAGLE.
[K 8563 and R 2, 454 + 79—7—8, 180.]
14.
S5&WI
•
t?^t v
JTET
If
^r
nafru
a - «<* &j ■
- iu ■
- wa
a ■
■ «<i
The Eagle
to
him
to
"f
^ £TTT >
-nr
\t\ e*f< *ffl]
]
'5-hti
-TT!
ilu
i? - /a -
na
is - 2tf£ - for
n
- r/"
Etana
spake :
"My friend,
M tt ]} .
■.'//■
s.
16. !
m -
-H
$u -
/« - a
bright
[thy
ai -
Com
ta
make
countenance (? )] !
e!
m
^T <!- -
tfcj ET !tt ^T
~f
«=!?
[V
lu ■
■ u$ - Si -
*«I -
- ma a - na
Xamt(c')
.Fj
let
me carrv tl
iee up to
the h<
eaven
of
//m y4 - ;/i/w />/a eli irti - ia Su - kun
Anu! Upon my breast lay
[^ -tfcJJ is.
<^W
lira/ - &i
thy breast,
ina
eli
upon
the wing- feathers of
THE START 201
-Til *T- ^TJ £T HTAHfff HII 'T- ^M
my pinions lay thy hands,
«9- - «*H ^<T^EeTJ JMAHfff
10a eli i - <# - ia $u - £i/«
upon my side lay
[*£ * ^fcfl ao. - <^H ** JT
i - </i - ka ina eli irti - $u
thy side!" Upon his breast
TT £TTT ^ fc* ^TT] «• - «<H
if - /a - £011 lira/ - j« ina *//'
he laid his breast, upon
T ^m -111 *T- JT ^TT £TTT ^ -Til [*T- i=T]
«<* - tf;<r kap - /i - f« i$ - ta - kan kap - pi - f«
i the wing- \ his pinions he laid his hands,
(feathers off
«■- <^H ■fWtJT ^TT£TTT*tE
ina eli i - <// - $u iS - ta - kan
upon his side he laid
f I3=[jn *3- *TTT* «=TTK-ET £l 5»£TTT
i - di - $u u - dan - nin - wa ir - ta - bi
his side.1 He made fast (his hold) and great was
v^TT MI £&*- *TTT<= W <HJ [ JT]
bi - lat - su iSlen(en) u - $a - ki - $u
his weight. For one / space of \ he carried him up.
\two hours/
«4. mj HTC TJ ^T V JT £l TF ^T
wafrt* a - na 3fa - $u - ma a - na
The Eagle to him, to
i . Etana evidently did not ride on the back of the Eagle but clung to his breast.
202 ETANA'S JOURNEY TO HEAVEN WITH THE EAGLE
tlu E - ta - na iz - zak - kar du - gul
Etana, spake : "Look,
IdWTI EHJ^T <m*£ *E«*T£MH
ib - ri ma- a - fu hi - j / - ba - <;/ - ft'
my friend, at the land, how it is;
ji/ - ub - 3/ /d/n - turn i - da - te - $a
behold the sea, around it is l
bit ni - me - ki ma -a - turn - me - e* li - mid -da
the abyss; the land perceive
Sadd(a) tarn - /«//* i - /// - r<f t/ - //t/ me - e
/ as a I the sea has turned into I [a little]!
I mountain, f \ water." /
—71 28.yyyj £. *. tyyyt v <JET f£T ETI
.vt///c/(i/) u - mi - ki - .v« - ///</
For a second / space of | he carried him up and
|t\vo hours/
«9- ^T -II TrT ^T V JT ET It ^T
tldfru d - //if .v«J - ,f« - ///</ </ - //t/
the Eagle to him, to
,/tt /,' - ta - «t/ /b - ct/X* - X*(//' f/// - gul
Etana spake : 'Look,
Id! -TTI ' ET If ^ <Ef tE tE «*! ft- <!-
/# - /*/ nid - d - turn ki - / / - /></ - </.v - w"
my friend, at the land, how it is ;
l* Literally, (at) its sides, 2, ma-a-tum-me-e = mafu with the enclitic particle »u\
THE APPEARANCE OF THE EARTH AS THEY ASCEND 2o3
Yna-a - turn - me - e Sib - bu Sal-Sa
for the land a girdle [is the sea]." For a third
u - Sa - ki - Su-ma naSru a - na
t space of i he carried him up and the Eagle to
l two hours/
$a - $u-ma a - na llu E - ta - na iz - sai - &ir
him, to Etana, spake :
3*. £T<*Hf IdWTI eHJ^T <^f«^
</« - gul ib - ri ma - a - tu ki - /'
"Look, my friend, at the land how
i - ba - a$ - Si tarn - /imk i - lu - ra a - na
it is; the sea has turned into
# - ki Sa am*lu rt - tu
i the water- 1 of a gardener." After
\ channel J
e - lu - u a
- na Saml{e)
Sa ilu A - num
going up
to the heaven
of Anu,
5- ►" ZSh}
«f If <^T
^ra «=nr
ina bab
,/m ^4 - #«//«
ilu Bel
into the gate of
Anu,
Bel an
<
u
l/tt £a i - 6a - ' - u
Ea they came.
THE STORY OF THE EAGLE, THE SERPENT,
AND THE SUN-GOD.
[A : A tablet in the possession of Dr. D. W. Marsh; B : K 1547 and K 2527.]
a, obv., 1. 3. £5*y ^ *TTT«*T,iT [tfc-ETO]
naSru lib - ba - $u ub - la
The Eagle his heart prompted
ik - pu - ud - ma lib - ba - $u
he considered and his heart
ub - la a - na ad - jw/ .fa
prompted (him) , the young of
*jn jet/ Ttt I U ^H -
ru - ' - a - $u a - ka - //
his companion to eat
nafru pa - .fa /' - pu - //.? - ma i - c</£ - kar
The Eagle his mouth opened and he spake
[I t& I— JT] 7. tg; !— *H?fl< <^c
<//w man Fl - ^« wJr«- rl siri - mi l
unto his young : "The young of the Serpent
I. mi is a rare form of the enclitic particle ma.
THE EAGLE'S DESIGNS ON THE YOUNG OF THE SERPENT 205
leuuM im 8.tfl^TTET
lu - ku - lu ana-ku e - //' - ma
will I eat I will ascend and
j - na fa -ma - mi its' - «r - rad
into heaven will I [mount]. iIwillswoop\
l down /
/' - na ap - pi is - si - ma a - &z/ iVi - ba
upon the top of a tree and I will eat the fruit1."
<zd - am/ j/ - ih - ru a- tar ha - jj - j#
One of the young birds, abounding in wisdom,
a - na nalri abi - Xu amdta izakar{ar)
to the eagle his father the word addressed :
la fa - /fa/ a - bi U - e - tu $a
"Do not eat, O my father, (for) the net of
«f*T <=E^Tb^T(?)] «a.fT*T*in ET-<
tlu SamaX i - ba - nu-ma gU-par-ru ma-mil
SamaS is laid (?). The trap, the ban
~f *t hi ^ <m -m •*« et
,/M &flf<7£ ib - fo/ - &* tu - &7 - Wtf
of SamaS will fall on thee and
/ - &/r -ru - &z - wrt &z i - ta - a sa tiu SamaS
will catch thee. Whoso the law of SamaS
1. That is, the fruit of the Serpent.
2o6 THE STORY OF THE EAGLE AND THE SERPENT
;'/ - //' - ku tlu SamaS lim-ni$ ina ka - at
• m
transgresses, will SamaS terribly ....
ul iS - me - lu - nu - // - ma ul iS - ma -a
He did not hearken to them and gave not ear
zi - kir man - $u u - ri - *&/ w - ota
to the word of his young one. He swooped down and
*%\
£TTT *TTJ
^ [T—
ten -m <-(?)]
e -
/a - &z/
mare P1
f/ - r/' - w/'
ate
the young
of the Serpent.
B, Obv., 1. a. iHff< ^^T ra T <!^ I!
siru i - na ka - .fa - <// - $u
m
The Serpent when he drew near
TJ~HT «f*T TWtim tE^^J 3.tETtyn
<7 - tia ilu SamaS a - ma - turn i - kab - £/" </</ - dan
to SamaS the word spake : 4 1 will give
Ar - mu a - na riaSri
an account To the Eagle
* - nin - //a £/>/ - /// - ia
Now mv nest
THE SERPENTS COMPLAINT TO THE SUN-GOD 207
kin - ni - ia u tu i - na is - //'
My nest he espied, in the tree
sa - ap - /tu ad - ww/ ~ u - a
Scattered are my young,
«w - u - ri - dam -ma e - ta - kal
He swooped down and did eat
9. fe *■ V *E *- V «f- Sr
/tt/w - »tt &Z i - pu - la - an - »i*
(my young ones). The evil which he hath done me,
%lu Samal a - /»#£ - &z ,/tt SamaS
O Samas", (behold !) Help, O Samas" !
* ^T -sjtf ^ *ETT [-t£Tl S#4 »m
$e - 1/ - ka ir - f* - tu rapa$tu(tu)
Thy net (is like) the broad earth,
»• tT *T *jn ^H «f «=TTTt [*Hfff -TO
gi$'par - ru - ka $amu(u) rukuii(ji)
thy trap (is like) the distant heaven!
». *ee ^! * M< ^H Tl II «=TTT«=
/ - na $e - // - ka ai - u
FYom thv net who
*TTT* [*ETT ETJ 13. tTf Etf< <HH £V
« - // - /«</ * - pi$ limuttim(tim)
hath escaped? (Even) the worker of evil,
208
THE STORY OF THE EAGLE AND THE SERPENT
limutti(ji)
evil,
«f^TT«4TT«= ^a H!I<« <HH-KI
ilu Zu - u mu - kil ri - ei
Zu, the raiser oftheheadof
882 i4.tws*=S?= V *HTT< [^^T
un - ni - ni Sa siri i - na
(did not escape)!" The prayer of the Serpent when
*<^JT] I5-H^T ^HJT *E*-Vfc&ET
Jfe - /»/ - fo ,7m Samal pa - 3to i - />« - la - <//» - /»</
he heard, SamaS his mouth opened and
to
sin
the Serpent
spake :
wr - //a
the road,
e - ti - /£
go into
17. E^V£T
uk - ta as si - &/
Make thy hiding-place
"Take
&j - da - a
the mountain.
-Ill [>*
r/ - mu
a wild ox
<£: me »m\ - «• *T- *T *U ET *TTT ~*T £T
iw/ - i - /u
that is dead.
/>/ ~ te - e - ma
Open
lib - &/ - to
its bowels,
[■^Itf^TTCaL^TT JTU^T 'Q.jfltfc^TTT
ka - ra - <7J
its belly
su
lu - /// - ut
tear,
// - ub - /«j
a dwelling
£-^T<M- [*E~Hf
id - /// /' - fill
make in
*m<M »°- £- -* *TTT*]
kar - .?/ - a«
its bellv.
;////// - mu - u
All
1. ka-ra-as-su •- karas~ht.
THE SUN-GOD'S ADVICE
209
tT ** -IT- W ET <~ [IH E*TT ^TT <s^T ET
ur - ra - da - nim - ma
will come down and
w - su - rj/
the birds
Sa - mj - mi
of heaven
2I- 22- ^J] HTC
naSru
the Eagle
• • • • •
it - it - h' - »a
with them
[j^TT ^t ^H s=fc ET »3- - 0]
il
la - £0
will come
am - ma
and
without
i - du - u
knowing
ma - a -
24. ff[^
nu - ru - ub
a piece of
^TT *T Sr 4Hf- tE Ss (?) £TT TJ M<
hri
flesh
f$ - ie - ni - '
will he seek,
/r
ta - a - ti
swiftly
Es*T tern ~rr SB! *5m ^t^t m^T^m
it - /<* - na - at - lak
will he go,
a - na ku - tu - urn
to the hidden part
/# - hi
his attention
^5y £TTT ET s=fc ET (?) ae. ti ^y
/// - Ja - ma - am - ma
will he turn.
//& - bi
the midst
tif - **TT
$a -bat - j«
seize him
*E
T ^ -TTX « J! *ET
/ - na
when
1 - na
by
e - ri - bi - $u
he has entered,
a - na
Into
£TTT
at - ta
do thou
T HPtt*M
kap - pi-$u
his wing,
27- ^ fc?V*L <3^
nu - uk - &>
tear off
14
2IO THE STORY OF THE EAGLE AND THE SERPENT
kap - pi - hi ab - ri -lu u s u - up - ra - $u
his wings, his pinions and his claws,
bu - ku - un - $u - ma l i - di - $u ana
pull him in pieces and cast him into
J!*T£TTM< MSB. 2*-^! *-*-Hf<
$u - ut - to. - // mu -u/ bu - bu - //'
a pit , a death from hunger
<M@r ^^t:m<tt ^tt^^ttt 3°-Tf~nr
«
f«
- urn -
mi
li - mu - /<z
<7 - /*</
and
thirst
let him die."
At
*/ - &'r ,/w SamaS ku - ra - di siru il - lik
the word of SamaS the hero, the Serpent departed,
/ - //' - /it .?</ - </<? - a ik - Su-ud-ma siru
■ •
[and] went into the mountain. And the Serpent came
a - tid si - ir ri - mi //>-//•- «■ - ma
upon a wild ox and he opened
% ^! J -tjtf M! <SH ^TT ^TT ra *T
//# - ba - Jfw &/ - ra - «m - su i$ - /« - ut
its bowrels, its bellv he tore,
fu - ub - /<j /</ - di i - //</ &/r - $i-$u
a dwelling he made in its belly.
I. buku-un-iu-ma — bukum-iu-ma.
THE SERPENTS RUSE
211
34. £- * tint tf ^Efe HTT-
All
w - su - rj/
the birds
V eeT T-
fa - /wa - /»*
of heaven
*TTM-m]£im -Ti^^H^r <t-*smt
u - ri - da - ma
came down and
ik - ka - la
ate
h - i - ra
of the flesh.
35. ^t -ii m ^ *w 1 ** kt (?)] tj et
«fl/rtt /« - tnu - un - $u i - da - a - ma
[But] the Eagle his evil purpose (at first) suspected and
36. ^y ^y< t£ y
:T^*-TTI <^
it - //' mare Pl is - su -
ri ul
with the flock of birds
did not
H* tyyj <y^ *e ^yy s7. ^y nri
tf=ffJ!
/it - &?/ ii - i - ra nafru
pa- a - $u
eat of the flesh. The Eagle
his mouth
t^V^ ET "« E£< -tH l*=TT T
/ - pu - fa - tf/w - /wa j - zak - ka -
ra tftftf
opened and spake
unto
^T— I 38. [-i<y] ^h <^y ^y *e signer
war* P1 - $u al - ka - nim - ma i ni - rid - ma
his young : "Come! let us go down, and
Sir
\ of the 1
t flesh J
rimt an - m - *
of this wild ox
j »i - ku - /a «j - «i/
let us also eat ! "
39-[^y]^ ^yy ^yyy *m yj^ JK^TT^
ad - mu si ifr - ru a- tar fra - si - Jtf
One of the young birds, abounding in wisdom,
14*
212 THE STORY OF THE EAGLE AND THE SERPENT
40. [T] sg>TT- TIE «<T^IHI TJET^
ana tur - rat a - bi min - di - a -ma - ////w
to turn away the father the word
i - Stfjfc - kar a - 3/ // - //' hr
spake : "Father, in the flesh of
rlmi an - ni - * siru ra - bi - is
this wild ox the Serpent lurks!"
A, Rev., l. 9 4&* £3T T- [ JTJ ^ Hf< ET <^k
«/ /? - me - .fa - ;;« - /#' - w# uJ
He did not hearken to them and gave
/? - /w 0 - <z s/' - kir mari-hi u - ri - </<//« - ///</
not ear to the word of 1 his young 1 He swooped down and
I one. /
;'/ - /(fi - zis ina eJi ri - vie nalru
stood upon the wild ox. The Eagle
F- HI *TTT ^- ^TT *T ^ A«T • ^
. . . inspected the rlesh, he looked carefully
fo /to - ni-Su u ar - ki ~ hi il - /// -
in front of him and behind him. He again
tfl *TTT :=£-< ^TT *T S? 4HF- *E V
// - /vir/ i/ni /'/ - A" - ni i hi
inspected the flesh, he looked care full v in
THE CAPTURE OF THE EAGLE 2l3
pa - ni-Su u ar - hi - $u ir - /a - a - to
front of him and behind him. Swiftly
[Estf] £TTT ^T sWf gn i| ^y jgj [j^g
*'/ - to - na - «/ - /#£ a - na ku - turn
he went, to the hidden part
*yyy3 M :HTm t^ T?(?) H-H-ry *yyy
lib - bi u$ - to - ma - am - a a - na lib - bi
his attention he turned. Into the midst
- *TJ -TTI ^ I *Hffl< tT flf - ^TT -
ina e - ri - bi ~ Su siru is - sa - 3^/ - j« ina
when he had entered, the Serpent seized him by
-TH*M '5- i6-^WI TO I!
kap - pi-Su natru pa - ifo
his wing The Eagle his mouth
i - pu - $a - am - ma a - na siri i - zak - &ir - Jta
opened and to the Serpent spake :
7. [«=i ^y (?)] ~f ^ Ey <^jy *ff htti <t*
«#/ - /« - a« - »/ - ma kima e - ri - Si
'kHave mercy upon me and according to (thy) pleasure
«« - </«/* - na - a lut - /*>» - &* sv/rtt
with a gift will I present thee." The Serpent
/a - to i - pu - $a - am -ma a - »<j «rf/n'
his mouth opened and to the Eagle
214
THE STORY OF THE EAGLE AND THE SERPENT
*Eee£e<*TTU «* tin* HP- t£W ^H El «f*T
i - Stf £ - kar - £«
spake :
u - wdtf - lar - ka - ma tlu Somas'
"If 1 release thee SamaS
e - // - »« £i - i
against us(?) . . .
(7/ - U ~ fit - ka
. . . ., thy punishment
^TTWIMT IJ^I <^W^EIJ «-V
i - jtfA - Jju - ra
will return
rt - Htf
/»i/^ - //i - ia
to me,
la
which
a - fa£ - ka - nu - ka a - «</ - &* &• - *'r - /#
(now) I execute on thee as a punishment."
«■ *=m* -qa <pr st -in *t- i
t -in i
« -
He
hj£ - ki -
tore off
is kap - //' - lu
his wings,
ab - r/ - fo
his pinions
^ ^ .^yy j
/in - bal - /*' - ite
(and) his talons,
*3. [hi e«i *m ji ei
/# - £it - //// - hi - ma x
•
he pulled him in pieces and
^t r<ra= i t
id - di - lu ana
JT *T £111 -
$u - /// - ta
ti
cast him
into
a pit
24. [■*> ^TJ
mi/ - ut
A death
^ ^ ^y< [<y^gy
//w - bu - ti u
from hunger and
.vi/ - um - ////'
«
thirst
tE ^ *TJ
i - jww - ut
he died.
I. ib-ku-un-iuma = ibkum-su-ma
HOW ADAPA BROKE THE WING OF THE
SOUTH-WIND.
[V. A. Th. 348.]
obv., 1. a jy tint ^f [tE -jt* tin* ££ ET
$u - u ~ /u i - g* - ^w -am- ma l
The South-wind blew and
fa - a -$u ut - ti - ib - ba - a$ - $u a - na bi - /' - tu
ducked him under, to the dwelling of
nu - ni
the fishes
■I *TTT* •gfl 83* «^TT ^T! [ JT]
- la - am - §i - /'/ - $u
she made him sink.
u
4. j[ *m* -^!
$u - u - /«
"O South-wind
- m - /*/
[thou hast played] me
AHfff A *ff <© ET^T ■* [~*T £ 3T *TTM
k$ - hi - e - ki
thy tricks (?)
/«# - la
all that
ka - a - ap - f>a - &'
Thy wing
/ - ba - a$ - $u - 1/
there are!
lu - u - ie - bi - ir
will I break!"
i. i-fi-ga-am-ma = ijikamma; the Babylonian pronunciation of k as g
occurs also in 11. 7, 9, 14 and 16.
2l6 HOW ADAPA BROKE THE WING OF THE SOUTH-WIND
m &
*s~nr
E *£ J!
htc* v-
ki - ma
/ - na
£/' - i - fo *
•
As
with
his mouth
he had said,
6. •gfl [JT *TTM ~T< <H w=T & ^T
fa $u - u - ti ka - ap - pa - la
(so) of the South-wind the wing
// - tc - e$ ~ hi - ir F77 « - *»/
was broken. For seven days
lu - i/ - tu a - na ma- a - //' u - ul
the South-wind over the land did not
^ -IT* -TI* «=TTT* Hf- If *- *• Nf ~Hf]
i - zi - ig - g& tlu A - nu a - »d
blow. Anu to
JT^^^TTJeT «f*«T»=TE*TT*ET
$u - uk - ka - //' - $u ilu I - la - ab - r<z - <i/
his minister Ila-abrat
*E T^TT ^ ^TT 9.ffc4l<^5f: JT*TTT*-6£T
i - to - £W - si am - /;// - /// $u - u - tu
spake : "Why has the South-wind
^TT^T f tiTTt^t TJ^T eeTTW<
/? - tu VII u - mi a - na ma -a - //'
for seven days over the land
m
la i - s/ - ga hi - //£ - ka - /</ - .?#/
not blown!" His minister
I. bi-i-su = pl-iu.
HIS SUMMONS BEFORE ANU 217
I - la - ab - ra
Ila-abrat
- at i - pa - 0/ - fo £/ - //'
answered him : "My lord,
m A - da - pa
Adapa,
ma - ar ilu E - a fo
the son of Ea, of
fo - u - /l
the South- wind
=h «=t * "irr »■ ^rr ^t « ^ *
ka - ap - pa - fo if - te - bi - ir
the wing has broken."
Rev., 1. xo. y yj ^yy ^ yj-ry t^ Hf-T^ss:
m A - da - pa a - na pa - »i ,/M ^4 - «i
When Adapa before Anu
for - r/
the king
»• *s ^T <HJ -m 3 £T
1 - /ra ki ~ ri - bi - fo
drew near,
me * IH J! ey -HF- TJ V- ^TT ^TT ET
/* - mu - ur - $u - ma tIu A - nu il - si - ma
Anu saw him and said :
«• £l<J -fcH Iff £TT * £& <~ ^
al - &/ m A - da - pa am - mi - /*/'
"Come, Adapa, why
£TT
JT «=TTTt Hf<
^H w=T £ '
^1
ia
£ u - 2/ /i
ka - ap - pa -
fo
of
the South-wind
the wing
1 . About 34 11., which describe how Adapa, on being summoned before Anu,
reached heaven, are here omitted.
2l8 HOW ADAPA BROKE THE WING OF THE SOUTH-WIND
*• *T »=tif «< S3 55 TTJ^TT^ Hf-TJ~H[
te - e - el - bi • ir m A - da - pa ilu A - na
didst thou break?" Adapa to Anu
ip - pa - al be - i/i a - na bi - *'/
made answer : "My lord, for the house
fo - Hi - ia i - na ga - ab - la - at
of my father in the midst
eHTTfcfcHK ***** TJ^NMTI
ta - am - //' nu - ni a - ba - ar
of the sea fish I was catching
$u - u - tu i - si - ga - am - ma ia - a - W
(when) the South-wind blew and me
*T <M= Hf ~tf «f ^ '7- [If] ^T « ^T
ut - /* - ib - ba - an - ni a - na bi - i/
did she duck under, to the dwelling
+ & <tT* t£TTT ^ ^TT ^TT
«« - /if ul - ta - am - ji - //
of the fishes she made me sink!"
THE SONG OF URA, THE PLAGUE-GOD.
[K 1282 and Bu. 91—5—9, 186.]
$a - na - #/ /a »i - £« /a - 711/ - H
For years without number may the glory of
&/i ra&(<r) ,7« fa ilu Ur - ra
the great lord [Ura endure !] For Ura
i - gu - gu - ma ana sa - pan matdtiP1
was angry and to overwhelm the lands,
KW -^TT <T- -HJ 3. ~yy jej y.
£a - /*" - h - na ii - ku - /*«
all of them, he turned
[tyyyt ^yy ty?j jy] 4. ~f eg «^ ET IH I
u - zu - un - itu ilu I - Jfa/w m<z - lik - fo
his mind; but I§um, his counsellor
tyyyt ^ -yuy Ey *E-TT*idj
u - ni - fru - $u-ma i - zi - id
pacified him and he abandoned [his wrath]
220 THE SONG OF URA, THE PLAGUE-GOD
»■ [<MBJ <m\ If ^ -TI* £TTT
« ki - a - am ik ta - £/
And thus spake
£3s^TT~T Hf-^TMT «3.[v Rj^jn
£a - ra - </« ,/tt 6^r - rw /a 2d - ma - ru
the hero Ura : "Whosoever that song
W TH tt ~HT ~T - fl ^H Hf< I
Xa - a -Xux i - /*</ - </« />;<7 <z - JF/r - // - Xu
m
shall praise, in his shrine
IH*TT-E^TT s£>TI* •••• »s-[Vl JTF
lik -tam-me - ra hegallu .... Jta Xu - mc
plentiful be made abundance .... Whosoever my name
tm*t£H*-*m* ^^TT^PT I3^TTTM<
u - Xar - 6u - u //' - bit kib - ra - a - ti
shall magnify, may he rule /thefourquatersofthei
\ world ! /
x6. W bSTTT 5tf Hf< » E*TT ^T Hf< ^1
fo /a - //// - //' &/r - ra - </« - ti - *</
Whosoever the glory of my valour
sElBI*-**- 17-^TAE^TT ATI Sw<T-
/' - dib - bu - bu ma - /// - ra ai ir - h
proclaims, an opponent shall he not possess!
is. E35 *£!«= VTT «* gr Ee^tt „yy <^
jmWii zammeru Sa i - .c«/r - ra - /;« «/
The singer who chants it will not
xttl^K - T-<M- '9.<-sW ^ <
i - ma - ti ina Xib - // «'// Xarri u
die in the pestilence, unto king and
i. ia-a-iu here and in 11. 23 and 26 is used for sat it.
ITS MAGICAL PROPERTIES 221
r«37 /* - fib a/ - mu- $u amSlu dup - far
noble well-pleasing shall be his speech! The scribe
fo /A - ha - zu i - & - //' fjia »<*£ - n
who learns it will escape from (his) enemy
j
wra a - A'r - /* um * ma - ni
in the shrine of the peoples,
rt - .far £a - #/' - an $u -me i - jaw£ - ka - ru
where continually my name he cries aloud,
// - jsk - un -$u a - pi - // - //' ?# <z #*//
his ear will I open! in the house
TJ ^H sCTTTT *- VIII *TT3= *-
rt - for </»/ - pu Xa - a - $u $ak - nu
where that tablet is set,
~f ^TMT M TJi^^eeT 'OHfTAJT
liu Ur - ra lu a - gu - ug - ma //? - gi - $u
should I, Ura, be angry and destruction should
HF-f3 *5— TH T-<W= <^ ^<T^I
tlu Imina-bi pafar tib - ft' ul i - ft - fci-fu
Imina-bi cause, the dagger of pestilence shall not approach it,
$a - h'm - tu Sak - na - as - su1 % za-ma - rw
immunity shall rest upon it! May that song
%
1. sak-na-as-su = saknat-su.
222 THE SONG OF URA, THE PLAGUE-GOD
fa - a-$u a - na ma - // - jwa Ztf - fa - kin - m a
always be established,
/i - yfof/i ^b - du ul la
may it stand firm for ever!
*7. ET £TTJ TJ Hf< t=Mf A£ <T- -Hf VT ET EeT
ma - la - a - li nap - $#r - J/' - /10 liS-ma-ma
May all lands give ear and
/* - na - du kur - <// - ia niU Pl
glorify my valour, may the peoples
5= ^TT — TTT F ^TT * E^TT ET
&?/ da ad - /w* //' - w» - ra - ma
of all dwellings behold and
//' - far - da - a $u - /«*•
magnify my name!*'
LEGEND CONCERNING THE BIRTH AND
BOYHOOD OF KING SARGON I.
[K 3401 -f- S2ii8 and K 4470.]
«. tgft -tta ~nr
*£$ «=m + t&fc
Sarru - uktn
Sarru dan - nu Sar
Sargon,
the mighty king, king
n ciiu ^t <m
ff ^T HI «■ tOfTT <~
A - ga - de Kl
a - na - ku um - »ii
of Agade,
am I. My mother
e ~ ni - turn a - to" «/ 1 - <//' tf#
was lowly, my father I knew not, 1 while the!
\ brother /
a3« - /'<£7 i - ra - - mi $a - da - a a - /*
of my father inhabits the mountain. My city
"/B A - zu - pi - ra - a • ni Sa i - na a - £1
is Azupiranu, which on the bank
ff£f *T 3f Hffflf <E *TM=9<- 5. *e b*=TT Hf- 5?:
nAru Puratti Sak - nu i - ra - an - ni
of the Euphrates lies. She conceived me,
224
LEGEND CONCERNING THE BIRTH OF SARGON
um - mu e - ni - turn
[my] lowly mother,
tTTT«= C: -4- ^
« - lid - an - ni
she brought me forth.
M *£
T *-*-T!-TTI
i - //a pu - uz - ri
in secret
6. vfl -TAHPPf Hf- 5?=
if
£«// - tf« - //#*
She set me
tEE^T -FT- V JeWTI ^^T HIST
/ - na
in
kup - /I
a basket
la $u - ri
of rushes,
/ - na
with
iddi
bitumen
txtfttft U A 7. Estf *m «f 5F ' Tl-Hf
my door she closed ;
id - dan - an - «/'
she gave me
</ - na
to
im& V -ET ^-e^TMUJ «-^TTV~f :*
the river which (rose) not over me.
tS - la - an - ni
Then bore me
im tj^k^h i-&<m KSfTi--u
»<Jrn a - na
the river, to
<■//
Akki,
the irrigator,
*TTT* satf «H5*:] 9- T -B <m RKTJ--T*
u - />// - an - ;//' m ^4* - ki ,,mWl1 nak-mt
it carried me. Akki, the irrigator,
■* ~H( a hi . Err -ettt :;;h isj
i - na ///-//-...
in
1. So K 4470; K 3joi reads id-dan-ni "she cast mc".
2. K 4470 reads ■ , T^.
HIS RESCUE FROM THE RIVER 225
u - U - la - an - ni m Ak - ki amiiu nak.rne
lifted me up, Akki, the irrigator,
a - na ma - ru - li - $u u - rab - ban - ni
as his own son reared me,
m Ak - ki am*lu nak-me a - na
Akki, the irrigator, as
aw^/w -ti-$u lu - u i$ - £k/i - a/i - /*/*
his gardener appointed me.
»• [H e$ ^ ty ^H Hf< W HP- ~H
^ am*/tt . /,' . ia ilu f$ . /ar
While I was gardener did IStar
lu - u i - ra - man - ni - ma .... IV Sanali P1
love me and for . . .-four years
iarru - u - ta lu - u e - pu - uS
the kingdom I ruled.
15
EXTRACTS FROM PENITENTIAL PSALMS.
i. A lamentation.
[K 493i.]
ba - na - at Hani?1 mu$ - tak - /i - la - at
O mother of the gods, who fulfils
'T^TTIM a.***flfsST JH<HJ*T ~<C:
/#r - /i - $u - nu mu -$e-fa - at ur - &' - /* fo - ///
their commands, who makes the green herb to spring up, O lady of
le - ni - fo - c - ti ba - na - at ka - la - me
mankind who created all things,
/«*/.? - le - Sir - rw/ ^/ - w/r nab - »i - /w
who guides the whole of creation.
urn - mu ilu IS - la ri - /«/w $a
O mother IStar, whose
id - da - a - ia it man-ma la i - //' - hu - u
side no god can approach,
A LAMENTATION 227
be - el - turn itur - bu - turn $a par - pi - sa
O exalted lady, whose command
iu - iu - ru te - el - // - /1/w1 lu - uk - bi
is mighty ! A prayer will I utter ;
fo 1 - // - Jfa fa - a - bu li - pu - $a - an - ni
that which to her (appears) good may she do unto me !
7. m !MTT Hf<
<^ -m
*T tOfTT
be - el - //
ul - /«
K - «0I
0 my lady,
from
the day
f 1 - ifr - ri - ku ma - ' - tfY? fa/ - /« - /i'
when I was young much to misfortune
$a - am - da - ku a - &z/ «/ a - >b//
have 1 been yoked! Food have I not eaten,
3/ - &' - /wot kur-ma - /* me - e ul aX - /1
weeping was my nourishment! Water have I not drunk,
-£V *T HF- M< HT< »o. [*TTT 3 <Mf*
<//>» - /« aw£ - it - //' /*$ - bi ul
tears were my drink! My heart never
ih - di ka - bit - li ul im - mi - lir
rejoiced, my mind was never bright!
1. te-eS-li-tim = testltim. 2. Obv., 11. 6—24.
15*
228
EXTRACTS FROM PENITENTIAL PSALMS
The priest :
ina
In
2. A confession of sin.
[K 4899 and K 4934.]
£TT! & A *T- <h Id! «•
ta - ni - (ft
sorrow
a - Si - ib
there he sits!
via
With
i sfc a ^ *TT- £g= Hf< --IT *ffl ^
>h* - ub - bi - e
m
cries
mar - $u - ti
of affliction,
zu - ru - ub
(in) trouble of
lib - $1
heart,
3.
ina
with
£* - ki - //' Kmutii(ti)
bitter weeping,
/»«
in
s^HT^^ <T-^ 4.<nm ^!! t:i!l El h!<
ta - hi - $1 Km - »i
bitter sorrow,
ki - jha
like
j« - urn - ma - ti
the doves
see tf^T ^ :OTT J| tfr M ^H ^ <T-
doth he moan
Su - up - Su - «£
grievously
mu - £/'
night
< IH-TTI 5-T ~fl -TTKfct^^ <teteeT
k i/r - n'
ana iK-Su ri - /;// - ///' -
/' &' - ma
and day !
Unto his merciful god
like
C=HT<
c£ -H c=TTT^ -Ef 6- tRTT S?-- JH
lit - ti
i - /m - ga - </#
ta - ni - //n
a wild cow
he cries!
Sighing
*TT- ft ^
^TT t^TTT -Hf ^H ~f
7- TI ^T
war - fa - jm
iS - Ai - na - ka - an
a - na
that is grievous
doth he make!
Before
A CONFESSION OF SIN 229
1/1 - Su ina un - ni - »i ap - pa - lu
his god in supplication his countenance
tEE -ET «=T 3 ^w 8. eg *-fl <Jg[
1 - la - a£ - £1 - in i - fo£ - ki
doth fie cast down ! He weeps
it - hu - u ul i - kal - la
that he may approach, that nothing may hold (him) back!
The suppliant :
t - //? - //' lu - i/£ - fo' * - //£ - //
My deed will I declare (to thee), my deed
«/ Sa ka - bi - e a -ma - /1 lu - $a - an - »j
which cannot be declared ! My words will I repeat (to thee),
a- ma - //' «/ &i $u - un - ni - e i - /*
my words which cannot be repeated! My god,
*T¥EHf<~T< li'&H *TfEJ¥<H« <^ V
e - />/? - // lu ~ uk - hi i - pi$ - /*' «// Jfo
my deed will I declare (to thee), my deed which cannot
-! 3 *U l
ka - bi - *
be declared!
1. K 4934, 11. 3— 1 3 and K 4899, Obv., 11. 10 — 18.
23o
EXTRACTS FROM PENITENTIAL PSALMS
3. A prayer for forgiveness.
[K 101.]
The suppliant :
'•UMI ^T<m JT9MI ffV^*TT<B[
ana-ku arad - ki $u - nu - )iu a-$a - as - si - ki
I, thy servant, full of sighs cry unto thee!
Sa an - nu i - $u - u U - //# - ki - e
Whoever sin possesses, thou acceptest
te - me - ik - 3te
his fervent prayer!
a - me - Urn tap - pa - la - x#
The man thou lookest on in pity,
bal - lut
lives,
(7/
O ruler
a- me - lu Xu -u
that man
&z - la - /wtf
of all things,
~< C
lady
/t' - ;// - Se - t' - //
of mankind,
5- <:
*w-
TE
r/Vw - ;//' - /mm
O merciful one,
W
$a
whose
//</
as - /f«r - $a
turning
s^TTJ*- -fe^TTJT ^^Sr
la - a - bu li - &;/ //// - ni - ///'
* •
is propitious, who accepteth supplication !
The priest :
ilu-lu ilu ft - tar-lu
(Since) his god (and) his goddess
-TT* *- < E3tf ~T< I
zi - nu -i£ it - // - fo
are angry with him,
A PRAYER FOR FORGIVENESS
23l
*EeV^^TT<HJ ^HTKT- 7. [<liT v <Igf
i - Sa - as - su - &' ka - a - U
he crieth unto thee!
£/' - JW - ki
Thy neck
£TT A Sm (?)] tA ET £TTTflf~£M< JJ^TT
ji* - #/' - ir - .fa/w - *»# ta - sa - ba - ti kat - su
turn to him and take his hand!
The suppliant :
£a - a - /i' i - Urn
thyself a deity
e - la
Beside
Wftf - te - U - ru
that guideth right
there is not!
<tfk «=E <T- 9. <HJ « w=f 7 ^ Sf ET
«#/> - lis - in - «i - jw#
look on me in pity and
- tj -ti *ro *et?
a - fyu - lap - w
My forgiveness
-e^tt <m *w
ki - ;*#
Truly
// - ki
accept
un - nt - ni
my supplication!
<M 3 ET -efcj - £TTT <Ef Jts= V JH
ki - 3* - ma
declare and
ka - bit - la - &'
let thy spirit
/// - $a - fra
be appeased!
"■TJ<T*EM< ~<*MTM< ^TT AHfff HTC *jn
a - <// /«# - //
When,
be - el - //
my lady,
& + <m »• <M et
thy countenance?
ki - wtf
Like
su - ufi - fyu - ru
will be turned
^TT JCTTT ET V!
su - am - ma - te
the doves
TK^T^:TTT £TTT^-TI ^T s£TTT HP- HTTI]
do I moan,
ta - ni - #«
in sighs
u$ - la - bar - ri
do I abound!
232 EXTRACTS FROM PENITENTIAL PSALMS
The priest :
*3- M *TTT* ff < TJ IT SI *■ &
ina u - a u a - a iu - nu - £<i/
In pain and grief full of sighs
ka - bit - ta - $u bi - ki - turn i - bak - kt
is his spirit ! Tears doth he shed,
ku - bi - e i - &z £ - bi
• m
cries doth he utter!
4. A prayer for forgiveness of sin committed unwittingly.
[K 281 1.]
a - kal el - fu ul a - &// mi - <•
Food that is pure have I not eaten ! Water
bir - /« «/ */£ - //' ik - &# Hi - /'</
that is clear have I not drunk! A fault against my god
- -ET [me <Ttf . ttf] TJ ~* 4- «f Hffi
#>w /<z / - '// - * a - /•«/ (//; - nun
unwittingly have I committed.- In a transgression
ilu iS - ta ri - ia ina la i - di - *•
against my goddess unwittingly
1. Obv.t 1.4 — Rev., 1. 14.
2. Lit. "eaten".
A PRAYER FOR FORGIVENESS
233
*W* -III tt tT.
5- ^ t£t
~f *- < fl
« - kab - £/' - is
fo - /«/»
an - nu- u - a
have I trodden.
O Lord,
my sins
ET AHf- £TT MT «tT II A ^TT -e£T < T?
' - <fo ra - 6a - a fri - fa - lu - u - a
ma -
are many,
great are
my iniquities!
#» - ni c - pu - iu ul i - di
The sin which I have committed I know not!
7-A^T A*Hff-t£T< K^ ^<T^]
bi - it
The iniquity
lit - &#
The fault
i# - tu - u
I have done
a - ku - lum
I have committed,
ul i - <#
I know not!
the transgression
*W -Til
;TT [^ *ee <m «o. m fe
K - &z£ - £/' - su
I have trodden,
«/ i - <//'
I know not!
be - /«»i
The lord
ma
in
^ " gat Mb " bi-$u
the anger of his heart
-TI* D « Hf- ^
lit - kil - man(an) - »i
hath looked upon me!
ii
• t£ <y-
i - lim
The god
*-TI -IT* *TTT 3 I
in
uz - 21
the wrath of
lib - bi- $u
his heart
*W *W A MT «f ft? »■ Hf- ^TT
« - Sam - £i" - ra - a/i - ni
hath visited me!
ilu tf - tar
The goddess
234 EXTRACTS FROM PENITENTIAL PSALMS
*fl ^TT ttfi t] *- *-n ET tTT- tETT ^T!
e - li - ia is - bu - us - ma mar - jj" - i?
with me was angry and to tribulation
tTTT* * « HF- 5£ «3- [^fe tE^K -ET
u ~ U - man(an) - «i i - /tf/w i - du - u la
hath reduced me! The god, known (and) un-
i - du - u u - zar - r# - an - ni ilu is* - for
known, hath afflicted me! The goddess,
*£ ^T < -ET *E ^T *TTT*] ff JT M *T
i - du - u la i - du - u a - $u - u$ - /«
known (and) unknown, trouble
^TT m ~n «s. £ £TTT ^ 4Hf- «=T| ET
if - ku - na a$ - A/ -///'- ' - * - ma
hath brought! I sought (for help) but
«er«f «=m^ -<t< <^ejj~ i6.«=t<htet
man-ma - d« #a - //' ! «/ / - sa-bat ab - /•/ - ma
no one taketh me by the hand! 1 wept but
*E£TTT*T*Eff <ti* E3*MI< ^.t^^^Vi
i - ta - te - ia id it - hu - « &/ - ///' - e
to my side none drew near! Cries
Vi t* « « ET -4- <tf* tE <V « -4- Rfi
a - A<i£ - £/' man -ma - </// w/ /' - £/" - man{an) - /;/'
I uttered (but) no one listened to me!
is. ^y jy w m -in et m <-u
us* - $u - Ai - £// &// - m</ - ku ttl
I am afflicted, I am overwhelmed, 1 do not
I. ga-ti = kati.
A PRAYER FOR FORGIVENESS 235
a - na - fa - al ana Hi - ia rim - ni - i
m
look up! Unto my merciful god
a/ - fa - na - as - bar un - »* - ni a - &j£ - 3i
I turn, my petition I utter!
fo - turn arad - ka la fa - sa - &j£ //*#
O Lord thy servant cast not down! In
me - e $u6 - /#>& - /i na - di ka - as - su sa-baf
• • •
the waters of the flood thrown, take thou his hand !
hi - /'/ - fi ih - fu - u ana da - me - *>£ - /*'
The sin I have sinned to mercy
/* - ir a// - na e - pu - u$ Sa -a - ru lif - fo/
turn ! The iniquity I have committed let the wind carry away !
kil - la - fu - u-a ma - ' - da - a - fi ki - /«#
My manifold transgressions like
zu - ba - //' fo - frit - if/
a garment tear off!
i. ka-as-su = kcit-su.
2. ^u-ba-ti = subati.
3. Obv. 11. 29-37 (= 11. 1—5), Obv. 1. 43— Rev. 1. 6 (= 11. 6—19), and Rev,
11. 36—44 (= 11. 20—24).
236
EXTRACTS FROM PENITENTIAL PSALMS
♦
5. A prayer for mercy and favour.
[K4623 + 79-7-8,24.]
be - el - turn
O lady
ina
in
ru - ub lib - 3*
my heart
s«
the grief of
rig - w* s#r - bit ad - di - ki a - hu - /<// - /iz.
cries in trouble have I raised to thee! My forgiveness
T ^\m ET^TT
aw - si
f "It is 1
(enough!"/
M
ana
Unto
£t - £* be - el - /«/«
declare! O lady,
unto thy servant
£1 - bi-Su libba - &"
say unto him ! Let thy heart
/1 - //« - ufr
be appeased !
<z fW - &" &z /w<z - ru - tt/ - ////« // - £«
thy servant, who hath experienced sorrow,
-TIKI- J! 4.<HTv<m ^TTA^er^ET
rt - c - mu
mercv
ri - ft' - Su
extend to him!
/•/ - Sad - ki
Thv neck
jw - ///' - ir - £«/// - //z<z
turn to him and
// - ki - e ttt - ///>/. - jf« <7//(Z i/fW - ki $a
receive his supplication ! Thv servant, / with \
) whom J
^TTT^-TTA ^TT^TTT- BfcTHKI*
la - gu - #/' ji - // - me it - // - hi
thou hast been angry, deal favourably with him!
1. Obv. 11. 18—26.
PRAYERS FOR MERCY AND FOR PURIFICATION 237
6. A prayer for purification.
[K 254.]
ilu iUari - ia nap - li - «' - i>i - «i - ma
O my goddess, look with pity on me and
like(e) un - ni - ni - w Zrjp- - pat - rv
accept my supplication ! Torn away be
ar - nu - u - a lim-ma-la-a hi - ta - tu - u - a
my sin, forgotten be my transgressions!
3. 4Hf- Hf- -<T< JT^^TW ^H^TW<
' - /7 - //' Up - pa - fir ka - si - //"
Let the ban be torn away, let the bonds
// - ir ~ mu ta - »/ - $/' - <Vi /// - ba - lu
be loosened! My sighing let carry away
the seven winds! I will rend away J my \
\ wickedness, /
issuru ana $anu(t) li - & - /i i - e#r - ti
{lebirde}to the heavens bear it! My misery
nunu lit - bal li - bil nam
let the fish carry off, let the river sweep (it) away!
238 EXTRACTS FROM PENITENTIAL PSALMS
Urn - pur - an - ni nam - mas' -$u - u $a sin
May there take (it) from me the beast of the field,
li - mis - su - tiff - /«' /wr Pl ndri dlikuti Pl
may there wash me clean the flowing waters of the river!
7. A prayer for a favourable dream.
[K 254.]
i. s^y -<y< &z ss: jy -<y< ^ HP- ^- ^y
// - ti lum - »* $u - fi - ka - an - »/* - ma
m
From my wickedness make me depart and
let me be saved by thee!
Sup - ra - an - «/' - 010 Suttu damiktu(tu)
Send thou to me and a favourable dream
eflk& 3.^A<^ Il^I^IIIgJ JSJ<
/«/ - tul
• •
Suttu
a - na - la - ///
•
lu - K
let mc behold !
Mav the dream
I behold
be
damkai(ai)
favourable !
4- -TA <^
May the dream
I? ^T E^T IS!
a - na - Az - /«
•
I behold
ISM
lu - u
be
kinatiat)
true!
.?*///« a - mi - A; - /// ana
The dream 1 behold to
1. Rev. U. 10-
-16.
A PRAYER FOR A FAVOURABLE DREAM 239
damikti{ti) tir - ra ilu ilu
favour turn ! May the god , the god
la Sunati Pl ina reii - ia lu
of dreams, at my head
T «f 7. jy -T!I «eT Hf- S?: ET I? ^T
kan(an) lu - r* - 6a - an - ni - ma a - /*#
stand! M^ke me to enter into
tTTTi ^tt^ *ttmm *mrn- Hf-Hf- m
E - jd^ - ila ekal Hani bit
Esagil the temple of the gods, the house
&z/J// a - na ilu Marduk ri - me - ni - i
of life! To Marduk, the merciful,
a - na damiktim{tim) a - na kata IJ damkati Pl
for favour into (his) favourable hands
<TI cffl & 9- sff* Jit: tflfflf £ ^H
/# - (&» - ni lud - /*// nir - bi - ka
commend me! So will I bow myself before thy greatness,
/«/ - /a - ' - id ilu - ut - ka niie Pl
will I glorify thy divinity, and the people
alt - ia li - $e- pa -a kur - di - &z
of my city will praise thy power !
i. Rev. 11. 20 — 28.
240
EXTRACTS FROM PENITENTIAL PSALMS
8. A prayer for restoration to divine favour.
The priest :
pi - te
Open
ma - ak - «' - Su
his fetter,
4
/1 - £/</ - su
commend him
[K 3i58.]
>— <V1
il - lu - ur - la - Su pu - /«r
his bond, remove
pa - »/' - JF«
his countenance,
3-MC:
Give life to
nu - um - ;wj'r
make bright
1 - /tf
to his god
ba - »# - Su
his creator!
-tfcT^H [COTM^I ^iki^^H
arad - &j
thy servant,
lit - ta - ' - id
that he may praise
kur - di - &i
thy might,
4. jji
-tH -^TT Ife^T m -Ell *TTJ
«dr - bi - £</
that before thy greatness
£TT --TIT T-
da ad - /w^
dwellings !
//* - id - lu - /<z
he may bow down
in all
5. ^
Receive
-III E^TT I
his gift,
^TT <IU *T- <T^ ^ JT 6.
// - ki
accept
pi - di - * - lu
his purchase-money,
//id &/£ - kar
• • •
that in the land of
<HfflfF -EeII&MT^H <^: -TTI fcJU ^
Su/ - ff*Y
peace
w<//* - ra - &/
before thee
//'/ - tdl - lak
he may walk !
1. Obv. 11. 36—41.
I
r
HYMNS AND PRAYERS.
i. Hymn to the Rising Sun.
[K 3343.]
tlu SamaS ina i - Sid Same(e) Zap -pu - fra - am - ma
O Sun-god, on the foundation of heaven l thou hast flamed forth!
■<hW Hf-*TI <ffT~~ t=-<T< 3-£TT*
f 1 - gar Same(e) elluti Pl tap - ti da - lat
The bolt of the bright heavens thou hast opened, the doors
Same(e) Zap - fa - a ilu SamaS a - na ma - a - /i
of heaven thou hast opened! O Sun-god over the land
n - Si - £<z /a.? ~ Sa-a ilu SamaS me - /ajw - me
I thy head thou hast raised ! O Sun-god, with the brightness
HF-*ff ET£TTTTM< «^<KT'
Same(e) ma - ta - a - ti tak - /«/»
of heaven the lands thou hast covered!
1. I. e., the horizon.
2. Obv. 11. 2 — 10.
16
242
HYMNS AND PRAYERS
2. Hymn to the Setting Sun.
[Sp. Ill, 586 and R. Ill, 1.]
- HF- *T1 T
ilu SatnaS ana
O Sun-god, into
ki - rib
the midst
Sa - me - e ina
of heaven when
MRf -TU 3 Mtfl »• <T- a * ^TT I- *U
e - r/ - bi - &z
thou enterest,
Si - ^w
may the bolt
Sa - me - e
of heaven
*MTT EDf ^ <HWf ET IH *•
el - lu - turn
that is bright
3ta/ - m<i lik ~ bu - ku
give thee greeting,
3. ct ^T ^T V F ^ IH *jn «tT TJ :»
da - la - at
may the doors
4. <k: ^tt -
*»/' - Sa - r«/w
May the righteousness
T e*=TT Efc -
- ra - am
thy beloved
fo - me - e
of heaven
su
lik - ru - ba - a - ku
bless thee!
of the minister
na
ka
*T
US
<
- te - Jttr - ku
direct thee!
5- ! *TTTT *T MT Ml ^ ~ 1ST ~T< ^H
In Ebabara,
Su - fo/
the seat of
be - lu - ti - £<i
thy power,
*eett *jm *t ^a mi *ttt* *t- *■ «f ti ti
si - ru - ui - ka Su - a - /*' ,/M .4/
thy supremacy is glorious! May Ai,
1. Here and in 11. 3 f. ^~^~"S is employed for TpT, a form of the 2. m. s.
pron. suffix.
HYMN TO THE SETTING SUN 243
& Zm tm ^T E*=TT ^ £ffl ^H
(it - jar - turn na - ra - am - ta - >&a
thy beloved spouse,
with joy come before thee,
lib - 6a - ka ne - ify - turn
to thy heart rest
J ^ AHfff 8- «r| £TTT «f
// - ni - i# nap ta -an
may she give, may the feast
1 - /« - /1 - &z /tf - Jfa - Aiji - &* &zr - m - du
of thy godhead be spread for thee ! O valiant
mite ~MT ^TT ^T s£TTT ** ^T ^H
id - /w»i |/M $ama$ li - it - ta - i - du - ka
hero*, SamaS, let them glorify thee!
&r - el E-babar-ra a - lik pa - dan - &z
O lord of Ebabara, in thy going may thy path
■^TT H^ »• HP- *T] A£ MT Hf- xfcJ
//" - ft'r '7tt 8ama$ fiar - ra - an - ka
be straight ! O Sun-god thy road
JeH^ IHtik <HMI* I ^TOT^T<T-tH
Su - A*r ur - #a &" - nam ana du - rw - u$ - JV - &i
direct, on the road that is sure for thy foundation
16*
244 HYMNS AND PRAYERS
tifWf »-HP-*fl W eTTM< £!TffffHF-
a - lik ilu SamaS Sa ma -a - ti da - at - an
go! O Sun of the land, judge
.fa pu - ru - us - si - e - $a muS - te - Sir - fa
of its decisions, its director
at - /a
art thou!
3. Hymn to Marduk.
[K 2962 + K 3 1 20.]
«• HID <^ V- »=TTT* - ~f T
n - mi - nu - u ina ildm'P1
O merciful one among the gods!
r/ - mi - nu - */ &7 w/* - ta bul - lu - ta
Merciful one, who the dead to raise to life
*' - ram - mu llu Marduk Sar - ru Sami(e)
loveth ! O Marduk, king of heaven
u irsi/im(jim) Sar Ba - hi- Urn he - el
and earth, king of Babylon, lord of
E - sag - ila Sar E - zi - da
Esagil, king of Ezida,
HYMN TO MARDUK 245
be - el E - via)} - ti - la $ame(e) u
lord of Emafrtila! Heaven and
irsiiim(iim) ku - um - mu e - ma $ame{e) u
earth are thine! The space of heaven and
<HJ-£V mcw^ 8-<MV ^^iim
ir$itim{tim) ku - kjw - mu $i - pat ba - la - tu
earth is thine! The incantation of life
£k - um - w« i-mal ba - la - tu ku - kjw - jwk
is thine! The spittle of life is thine!
10.
a - me - lu - /kjw «i* - JV fal-mat
Mankind, the race black-
kakkadi tik - na - at na - //£ - // ma- la
headed, living creatures as many as
jte - /w<z na - ba - a ina matt ba - $a - a
a name bear (and) in the land exist,
&# - rat ir - £*/ - ti ma - la ba - $a - a
the four quarters of the world, all that there are,
'4-Hf-WTT V <2«* HP- *fl < [<HJ-£V|
,v" -^'i?7 ^ ^ " ^ $ame(e) u irsilim(tim)
the Igigi of the hosts of heaven and earth,
246 HYMNS AND PRAYERS
«5.tf^T ^UWm MJ^T xfcJVTm
ma- la da - $a - a a - na ka - $a- a- ma
all that there are, unto thee
uz - na - f 1 - na ba - $a - a
are their ears inclined!
4. Address to the god Ninib.
[K 2487 and K 8122.]
ap - /« ^u? - ru bu - kur tlu Bel
O mighty son, first-born of Bel,
>W^< *-^&m *EdHT< *TTTTA[E^TT]
hir - bu - u git-ma - lu 1 - //'/ - //" 2? - for - ra
powerful, perfect, offspring of Esara,
$a pu - lufi - lu lit - bu - lu ma - lu - u
who with terror art clothed, who art full of
^£ ^ [J] 4. Hf- *T ^TttT EJ [V
#*r - £0 - lu ilu Ut - #1/ . lu ia
fury! O Utgallu, whose
A* / in - flw# - f)d - ru ka - bal - lu lu - pu - u
onslaught is unequalled, bright
«fflHJ - HM-~ EM— e--
m<i/* - za - za ina Hani Fl rabuti Fl ina
is (thy) place among the great gods ! In
1. Obv. 11. 16—45.
ADDRESS TO NINIB 247
*TTTT* *TTTT £TTT MH ^ TJ-T< V-TTJ
^ - for £7/ ta - ti - la - a - li $a - ka- a
Ekur, the house of festal joys, exalted
ri - $a~ a - ka id - dfii - ka - ma tiu Bel
is thy head, for he hath granted thee, hath Bel
abu - ka te - n/ fo/ - /a/ ildntpl
thy father, that the law of all the gods
ka-tuk - &z tarn -hat ta - <fo/i A" - 1)1
thy hand should hold! Thou judgest the judgment of
le - ni - $e - e - /*' /w£ - /* - Jttr fo $u - $u - ru
mankind, thou leadest him that is without a leader,
eEE^HTf *fliUHr< ■■'•c^TT^Tm JT
i - ka - a e ~ ku - ti ta - §ab-bat kat
the man that is in need! Thou holdest {, th,e rl
I hand of J
en - Si la li - ' - 0 tu - $a- a* - ka
the weak, the man that is not strong thou dost exalt!
&* a - na a - ra - al - // - e $u - ru - du
{°whom} to ^e Lower World /has been broughtl
\ down /
pa-gar-Xu lutira(ra) Xa ar - nu i - hi - u
his body thou dost restore ! From him who sin possesses
248
HYMNS AND PRAYERS
£TTT<V
sfc*<- h-V Hf-I <^I
/a - pat - for <?r - nu
thou dost remove the sin !
-TT* ^ HOT*
si - nu - u
is angry
The man with whom his god
J £- <^TT fcfc *T
/« - fo/ - lam ar - £*3
thou restorest to favour speedily!
«5. «f «T HI If V ^jn
ilu Nin - ib
O Ninib,
a - $a - rid
prince
^^^TT^T *ET£TTT
ku - ra - e/w
a hero
<?/ - /a
art thou!
Hf- T
Hani*1
of the gods,
O lord,
5. Address to Nabu.
[K 3i3o.]
'• m ^ e**t -<t< *tj ^ <u r-efcj
with
* - m« - &' - ka
thy might
Mfl * E« <t]*
* - mu - >t«
no might
///
TT V -Hf- ^T «f
/'/ - .fa - an - //</ - an
can compare!
*■ FHF-] -B B*T -<T< *TJ •* <m -*fcj
,Y" AW/7
O Nabu,
* - w« - >fcw
no might
it - ti
with
ul
thy might
TT W -Hf- ^T -4-
/If - .?</ - an - mj - d/i
can compare!
1. Obv. 1. 1 1 — Rev. 1. 2.
ADDRESS TO NABU 249
it - /1 biti - ka E - zi - da
With thy temple, Ezida,
tltm W* S3T V Hf- -Hf Hf- 4.^TmT<
bi - /»/w «/ # - $a - an - na - an it - //
no temple can compare! With
-s=tt --H m $m <m ^n <wr*
ali - ka Bar - sip KI alu ul
thy city Borsippa, no city
TTVHF-~HfHP- »W< H^^TT^H
i$ - $a - an - na - an it - ti ik - li - ka
can compare! With thy domain,
2fa - £1" - lira ik - lu ul it - $a - an - na -an
Babylon, no domain can compare!
6. Prayer to Ishtar of Nineveh.
[81—2—4, 188.]
a - na far - ra/ */a«i* ^ fa par - /i
To the queen of the gods, ('»•»*"} Ut„d,}
i/5/ii ^ rabuti Pl $u - ut - /« - /»« &x - luX -fa*
of the great gods are entrusted,
a - na be - /// a/tt AftfiM /
to the lady of Nineveh, the ....
1 . Obv. 11. 6 — 1 4. 2. ka-tui-Sa is translated in the previous line after the relative.
250
HYMNS AND PRAYERS
»»►►
HF-JT'
Hani Fl
of the gods,
w tn*i s. t? -nf ^ ^
to - £a - /«
the exalted one,
a - na
to
mdrat
the daughter of
~f<« ^ttt^tt* Hf-*m*<r- rem
'7tt &» /j - // - mat ilu Sam - A' la
the Moon-god, the twin-sister of the Sun-god, who
~«* *BfcHr< s£TTT~iMTT 4.fl~HT
kul - lat
larru - //"
ta - be - el
a - na
all
kingdoms
rules,
to
s^TTI^^T <«HF- ~f*£T «=TTJ <£JTHfTI
pa • ri - sa - at purussd ilat(at) kal gim - n
her who determines decrees, the goddess of the universe
a - na be - lit lame(e) u irsitim(tim)
to the lady of heaven and earth,
ETA-TV IH^TTHK MJ^T *ET^T
ma - #/ - w/
who accepts
las - //' - It
supplication,
a - na
to
le-ma - a/
I her who 1
I hearkens unto/
H^TTI^ -E^TT^T^T ^^5*: 7-Tf^T
ik - r* - bi li - &i - a/ «// - »/ - ni a - na
pleading, who receives prayer, to
4- -£V C: ^
iltim(tim) rim - «/' -
the merciful goddess
T<
//
V
&
who
*E E^TT fi^ ►* s. «f ~TT
t - ra - am - mu
loves (I pray)!
'7tt /? - tar
(To) IStar,
T- W EMT
me - la - ra
righteousness
mimma la
(for) whatever
PRAYER TO ISHTAR OF NINEVEH 251
but - lu - lu 1 - «' - zk - $a da - al - fta- a - tt
is confounded distresses (?) her! The afflictions
mal a- lam-ma - ru mah - ra - ki a - &i£ - &*
which I behold, before thee I bewail.
a - na at - /«» -u -a $u - nu - fii lib - /a - 0
To my words full of sighing directed be
[*m*i «fcTT *fflf <nr "-ff-nr u-m^f
u - zu - un - ki a - na zik - ri - *a
thine ear! To my speech
Sum - ru - ft ka - bit - ta - yfo" /*£ - /a - Jttr
that is afflicted let thy mind be opened!
am - r* - in - »/' &//« ki - 1
Look upon me, O lady, that through
j« - uh - hu - ra - ki libbi ardi - ki
thy turning towards (me) the heart of thy servant
Urn - ra - # j
may be strong!
1. Obv. 11. 4—15.
INCANTATIONS.
i. Incantation to the Fire-god.
[K 2455 + K 3936.]
Siptu itu Gibil $ar - {?u bu - kur
Incantation. O Fire-god, mighty, first-born of
-HP- TJ <MT
*• *E Cl -<!<
<}} -£V
ilu A - nim
1 - /#/ - //
ellitim(Hm)
Anu,
offspring,
bright (and)
vtzizm
-HP- "iTT -ET -
3- e£H -n
fa - ku - turn
•
l7« Ai - la - <zf
»
&/r - [iu
exalted,
of SalaS,
mighty,
S^T <T3= JT
«=TTT«= -<3« -III
■Hf- T"^
id - di - $u
- u zik - ri
*7<z/f /' ^
newly-shining
j, name
of the gods
^H TJ TJ +
4- ^T <L< £-£] 0T S3 ^
ka - tfi - nu
«a - <//» ///«
- da - bi - e
that is enduring,
who gives
offerings
T ~H~~ Hf-WTT 5-VIHI -nfEflirHK
j/i(/ Hani?1 llu Igigi $& - M» na - wi/'r - //'
to the gods, the Igigi, who makes light
INCANTATION TO THE FIRE-GOD 253
a - na ilu A - nun - na - &' Hani?1
for the Anunnaki, the gods
EeH~~ 6-fcT^TT Hf-^THf- VHffKAftE^
rabuti Pl iz - sw '/u GV&7 0i»Jf - ##r - 01 tf
that are great. O terrible Fire-god, destroyer of
Vi^mam ^h^t* *i ^t ra *m*
a - pi - ilu Gibil al - la - lu - «
O Fire-god, powerful one,
mu - ab - bit *" w *i/ - pi Pl
annihilator of the and wicked,
ka- mu - a //>» - »« - /* s/r <*"»*/« ka&api
who burns the evil, the seed of sorcerer
« f kaUapti mu-hal - lik rag - gi zer
and sorceress, who blots out the bad, / the i
I seed off
<im*/« fotfa// u f kaUapti ina
sorcerer and sorceress. At
« - mi an - »/ - i ina di - ni - w
this time in my cause
tEEMfifs^EET »• I^JJPT <T-^
1 - ziz-za - am - ma ku - hi- ud Urn - nu
take thy stand and overcome the evil one.
254
INCANTATIONS
»• <£JT
kima
As
sM— Hf- *<• -<!< *£ HTI jm
falmdni'P1 an - nu - A'
these images1
tt ^TT *- <
i - zu - bu
melt
u
and
1 3. Kffi -sjST -^TT
kaXfapu
may the sorcerer
amilu
/# - fiu - lu
quiver,
lit - ta - at - tu - ku
dissolve.
2
it
u
and
li
i - (iu - /«
quiver,
ta - at - ta - ku
dissolve,
< £- ^er ^n
/ kaUaptu
sorceress
~*TT *-
zu
melt
bu
<
u
and
2. Incantation against an unknown sorceress.
[K 2728.]
• hp- w ht< « y-] £- -tar «tn
liptu
Incantation.
Who art thou,
/
kaUaptu
O sorceress,
Xa
{
-TI* *TTT*
b&5u{u)
»• m v] <MH -^ *
in whosel
heart I
IS
tf - ma/
the word
/j
!imutti(jini)
of my misfortune,
1. The burning of little images made of bronze, honey, clay, bitumen, wood,
etc. accompanied incantations of this class; hence the title of the scries, Maklu,
"Burning".
2. Statin II, 11. I23—I35.
INCANTATION AGAINST A SORCERESS
255
ina
*TTT W W
lid - bi - ial
3. tE >~qf
1 - na Itidni - fa
by whose tongue
Hf ^T *- tmt *jn -II tmt tj 4.
T
i$ - ba - nu - u
are made
ru - fiu - 1/ - <*
my spells,
1 - na
at
«d!H<]V HJ^T^TTT* ^in -^H ^TTT«= If
Sap - //' - Sa ib - ba - nu - u
whose lips are formed
ru - su - u - a
my poisons,
£/' - bi - & /<*£ - bu - su
whose foot-steps2
■^ kaUaptu
O sorceress,
1 - »a
in
mu - u turn
death ?
*Hf <M 3SE -< --© <M
thy mouth,
as - fo/
I exorcise
Itiana - £1'
thy tongue,
/«<* u - ki na - ti - la - a - ti
m
thy glancing eyes,
Xipd n - ki at - la - ka - a - ti
thy active feet,
£*' - ki e - bi - ri - * - ti
thy striding knees,
tor
izzaz(az)
stands
as - fo/
I exorcise
7- fc^VSL ►<
tff - bat
1 exorcise
8. ^Vg_ M
I exorcise
9- E=VPf M
I exorcise
10. fczypf M
I exorcise
1. ina Ub-bi-§a is translated in 1. 1 after the relative.
2. Lit. "in the footstep she has trodden**.
256 INCANTATIONS
ida ll - ii mut - tab-bi - la - a - ti ak - ta - si
thy labouring hands, I bind
1 - <//' - &' a - »a #r - it - ki tiu Sin
thy hands beneath thee! May Sin
el - lam - mi - e li - iat - fa - a pa -gar - ii
in front destroy thy body,
,3. Tf^T <^= «=TTT AT— < ^Pl
tf - na mi - iit me Fl u iidli
into a chasm of water and fire
lid - di - £1 - ma f kattaptu ii - ma si - A/'r
may he cast thee! O sorceress, like the stone
"*"" iunuiii an - ni - c li su - du
of this seal may there glow
^IeTWTI!33 b£ y- tiffs <HT
//' - r/' - ku pa - nu - u - ii
(and) turn pale thy countenance!
3. Incantation against spells and witchcraft.
[K 43 -f K 142 + K 2601.]
&//« //tt Nusiu Sur - £// - « / - /// - //'
Incantation. O Nusku, mighty one, offspring of
1. Maklu III, 11. 89—103.
INCANTATION AGAINST WITCHCRAFT
257
ilu A - nim
Anu,
2. ^y«^ t^T u^^r
/am -til abi bu-kur
image of the father, first-born
-in *m
ilu Bel
of Bel,
3.^tyyyy ^yyt^y 3^*y ~f-II~f<IU
/a r - £// j/j* 3i - nu-ut
child of the ocean, creation
of Ea!
4- £ <y*
at - Ji
-yy^s^yr *yyy* HTC* twi ><w
{
I have raised l
on high I
to thee!
Si *T-
kit - /*'
f with the 1
\ enchantment, J
dipdra
the torch,
amilu
u - /wj/w - /wr - ka
I have given light
kattapu
The enchanter
-TI* T- HP-
HPh
HK* y- HF- s*=
t% - tip - an - ni
hath enchanted me;
<m y- 1
ik - Sip - an - ni ki - tip - .?«
(with which) he enchanted me, enchant thou him!
6. £- ^gf ^yy
/ kattaptu
The enchantress
/#£ - £1/ - an - ni
hath enchanted me;
2*L *J-
kit - pi
l with the 1
\ enchantment, 1
fcA T- Hf- ^ <M T- <T- 7. sff *T- jy
/#£ - ^ - an - /**' &' - Jffjfr - £1
(with which) she enchanted me, enchant thou her!
e - pi - fo
The wizard
*E *- V HP- 5? HI I *£ *- V -HP Sff:
i - pu - ta - an - »i
hath bewitched me;
r with the 1
\ witchcraft,/
i - pu - ta - an - »i
(with which) he bewitched me,
«=fl*-**TT s.ty|^<^y *y*-V~f5r
C - pu - JK *
bewitch thou him!
1. e-pu-su = eput'tu.
e - //? - tu
The witch
tc - pu - ta - an - /**
hath bewitched me;
17
25»
INCANTATIONS
HI *T *- W HF- ^
ip - Su
( with the 1
\ witchcraft,/
te - pu - $a - an - «i
(with which) she bewitched me,
*fi *- ^TT
e - pu - st1
bewitch thou her!
9. ^Hfff< *T ^ -fc£T *T *- W HF- 5*=
The sorceress
/e - pu - $a - an - ni
hath bewitched me;
Id! I *T*-VHF-5f *fi*-*TT *°V
ip - ,?« te - pu - $a - an - ni e - pu - si ia
1 with the 1 (with which) she bewitched me, bewitch thou her! I Those \
I witchcraft,/ I who i
salmani?1 ana pi - /' salmaniP1 - ia ib - nu - u
images after the fashion of my images have made,
*W HF- <F m
u - mas' - A" - /«
have imitated,
*- *W ^T HF- Br *efl
5u - un - na - an - ni - ia
who my form
who mv breath
have plucked,
~^TT E» *m* HUE >*
1/ £« - « tor//' - f<i
have caught,
who mv hair
ulinni - ia ib - /« - ku
who my garment have rent,
eflHKEW ^TT^TJ <tETT^ ^TT*-I
who in going through
13. -HF- -T HF-
may the Fire-god,
1. e-pu-si = epui-ii.
eprati Fl
dust
fr/r ^ - ia
my feet
/'/ - bu~ Su
have hindered.
T
kar - </«
the mighty,
fipat - su - nu
their incantation
INCANTATION AGAINST WITCHCRAFT
259
It
3= £ s£H
pa - a$ - $ir
dissolve !
►-Y*
idi
hpta
Recite the incantation !
4. Some reasons for a curse falling upon a man.
[K 150 and K 8868.]
a - na bit tap - pi - e - Xu i - te - ru - ub
Into the house of his neighbour has he entered?
a - na aXXat tap - //' - e - Xu it - tc - fit'2
To the wife of his neighbour has he drawn, nigh?
3. ►*< !»►►►
dame Pl
The blood of
tap - pi - e - Xu
his neighbour
j« - £0/ /#/ - />/' - e - Xu
The garment of his neighbour
^T «£TTT HTC
// - ta - bak
has he shed?
£TTT — T*
it - /a - bal*
has he stolen?
5.<^MT^^TI mjm ^T *TTT* + <Mffl
»m' - rtf - «« - uX-Xu id - lu la u - ma/ - /# - r»
From his power (?) a man has he not let go free?
6. Estf m ££T ^T
*—
<£jy ht<i
*tf - lu dam - &z
•
ina
kim - ti - /»
A good man
from
his family
1. Maklu I, 11. 122—134.
2. I 2, fr. tejui; K 8868 gives the variant reading itti-hi.
3. K 8868 reads : it-ta-al-ba-aX, "has he put on?".
17*
260
INCANTATIONS
*TTT<= * M *m* 7- Ett ^T ^ ^ s^TTT
u - $e - lu - tt
has he driven away?
MOT* *H *T- Htt MJ^T
1/ - az/ - pt - hu a - «<*
has he broken up? Against
&>* - na pu - #ar - /a
A united household
la - bu - ut - ti - i
one in authority
iz - za - az - 01/
has he set himself?
9- *T- t£ I
In his mouth
is he honest,
*TTT^TI >$<m**& "•*!-■* I HF-^T
/# - ba-Xu
(but) in his heart
la ki - i - /*/'
false !
/«' - t~$u an - na
With his mouth (says he) yea.
*TTT «cT I <tf * -ET '
/# - ba - $u
(but) in his heart
ul - /a
nay?
i. Col. I, 11. 37—46.
ASSYRIAN LETTER- TAB LETS.
x. Letter to the king asking for a doctor to see a sick lady.
i.
[82—5-22, 174.]
a - na
To
^ -II tffi
Sarrt belt - ia
the king my lord,
thy servant
y «f t] h^ t^B «=TTT* Hf< -ET 3-ISJ< <Te£^
m ,/M $ama$ - ot/Ai - uballit lu - u htlmu{mu)
SamaS-mlta-uballit. Greeting
TJ^T £2% -II ^TJ 4-Hf-* <H£U
a - na
iarri
te/i - ia
,7« Nabu
1/
unto
the king,
my lord.
May Nabu
and
//m Marduk a - na tarri beli - ia a - daw - as?
Marduk unto the king my lord be exceedingly,
a - dj« - ni$
exceedingly
lik - ru - bu
propitious.
u - ma- a
amat
Now f the hand- 1
I maid /
Jfa torn' / ilu Ba - a - ga - me - lat
of the king, Ba'u-gamilat,
262
ASSYRIAN LETTER-TABLETS
10. *fc ft tgy flf tyyj « ^T HJ js *y-
iwflr - §a - al a - <fa/i - »tf /a ku - sa - pi
is grievously sick, she cannot
it! *m
la - A<r/
eat ;
11. MOT* EI TJ &*
a - ma - a
now
.torn' 3* - iZr'
let the king my lord
«..k^T<^ "WAHfff »3-K«TI«tTT MI
instructions
US - ^f/«
give,
amilu
dsu iSlcn{en)
that a physician
'4. HP< -^n --H » 5. ^TT 4£ <[-
//'/ - // - ka li - mur - £1"
may come (and) see her.
2. Letter to the king introducing a messenger who has
news for the king's private ear.
[K 498.]
«• IT ^T
a - na
To
Sarri
the king,
be - Hi - ia
my lord,
thv servant
/« Jm/ - mu a - na Sarri
Greeting unto the king,
/wJr Baltili KI Su - u
That Babylonian [/. c. of whom the king already knows]
m tlu Ramman-ilmi
Ramman-ibni.
be - /// - ia
my lord.
<-efcJA*Efl 7-^MTI^H ETflf
//id
to me
/'/ - tal - A<f *»</ - a
came. (He said):
LETTER OF INTRODUCTION 263
di - bi ina pi - id ma -a ina ekalli
"My message with my own mouth I (must be \ into the palace
\delivered),j
lu - bi - lu - u - ni u - ma- a an - nu - £jjr
let them bring me." Even now
n. *~- s£ ->f ^Sm ^ 5*= ^
wia pa - #/* fam fo - Hi - *a
into the presence of the king my lord
« - ji - bi - la - $u Sarru be - Hi
I have caused them to bring him. Let the king my lord
Ttfcjjr 14. t-*- -err <t^»ks?= «s.*t
Ztf - al - $u
*w* - nu $a di - bi- $u-u - »i
umu
ask him
what is in his message.
On
«W^
£TTT *TTT ««- -e=TT W «*f <fs?=
17. >—
XXVIII KAN
tf/« ftMt "/u $a-ad - A'
ina
the 28 th day
from Saddu
•
into
pa - a/i fam' fo - Hi - ia u - « - &' - la - $u
the presence of the king mv lord I caused them to take him.
3. Letter from Apia to the queen -mother reassuring her
during the king's absence.
[K 523.]
..ff~nr Zflaf *£$ ^W *-^T^H
a - na ummi Xarri belli- ia arad - y&a
To the mother of the king, my lady, thy servant
264 ASSYRIAN LETTER-TABLETS
t^mtj 3.-^1 < «pt& tj^t
m
Apia - a ilu Bel u tlu Nadu a - na ummi
Apia. May Bel and Nabu unto J the \
I mother of/
4. ^ W IH UJL *- 5. flf ^T «=TTT«=
Sam' belli -ia lik - ru - bu a - du - u
the king, my lady, be propitious. Now
a - iw« - us - su tlu Nabu u tlu Na - na - a
daily unto Nabu and Nana
7- If ^T
~st ^r m
8.
«=* W TJ HT<
a - na
ba - la - /<i
•
»<// - $a - a - li
for
life
9- <H@J
TJ ee^TT ^H
*T^
*°-W fc^
u
a - ra - &z
u - mu
ite for
and
length
of days
for the king of
malali belt - i<z «
?tHT
Sarri belli -ia
^1 1 1
ummi
the lands, my lord and
\ for the
\ mother ol
\ the king, my lady,
12. tyyyt
Bf: -El l3- iff4
t&m ^ II
« -
sal - /<! ummi
Sarri belli - a
do
I pray. Let the mother of
the king, my lady,
'4. in t=TTT«= ff<£W< 15. &E3MH— TTI V
lu - u ha -ma - li amdu mar-hp - r/ Sa
be of good cheer (?). A messenger of
^t *m t« i6- v ~*ra < ^m
du - un - ku ia ilu Bel u tlu Nabu
favour from Bel and Nabu
LETTER TO THE QUEEN-MOTHER
265
17-
it - ii
with
far matati
the king of the lands
18. x ^ 1R
fo - i/r' - f <i
my lord
19.
it - ta - lak
goeth.
4. Letter to the king from Kudurru explaining why he has
been prevented from coming to thank the king personally
for a favour he has received.
• TJ ^T
a - na
To
[K 81.]
V V
far matati
the king of the lands,
be - Hi - ia
my lord,
arad - &z
thy servant
m Kudurru
Kudurru.
May Erech
<H@J
i/
and
a - na
unto
-£" - an - «<z
E-ana
IH nn **-
/rife - ru - bu
be propitious.
.far matati be - /'/*' - &
the king of the lands my lord
4- *T >* *-TI -^TT
« - mu - us - su
Daily
,/M /tor
to IStar of
:<§IT<IU <H£U Hh^T^TTJ MJ^T .
*7rw/fe *'
Erech
£< ^yy^ y^
fo/a/ napfati Pl
the life of
u
and
'V11 Na - na - a
Nana
a - na
for
-II ^TJ *TTT*5fI@J
&m beli - ia u - w/ - /a
the king, my lord, I pray.
266
ASSYRIAN LETTER-TABLETS
m Iki$a{$a)-aplu amSlu asu $a tarri be - ili - a
lkiSa-aplu, the physician, whom the king my lord
7- tj ~nr
a - na
to
M <T^ **R
but - ti
la
save my life
i$ - pu - ra
sent.
«£ - tal - lit - an - «i
has kept me alive.
9. v Hf-tii <vm <m~&r if^r
Hani**1 rabutiP1
May the great gods
of
$ame(e)
heaven
and
irsitim(titri)
earth
a - na
unto
&//' - /</ //it - tar - ra - bu u
the king, my lord, be propitious, and
Xarri
'*tt kussi hirri belt - ia lib - bu - u
the throne of the king my lord in the midst of
Hf-*fl TJ^T £TMTs£ IS! IHI*- »-V
heaven
for
</</ - r/if
ever
/« - kin - ««
establish.
For
<Ert&E^T TJ^TUT <hM *£$ -II TI
/;//' - /' - ///
dead
(7 - 7/<7 - X'tt
was I
u
and
torn/ beli - </
the king my lord
,3. tjiTt «*T* <- -Hf- ^ t^TT «=T £TTT TJ HT<
f/ - bat - /// - a// - ///
hath caused me to live;
ta - ab - ta - a - ti
the benefits
I. bulti-ia is contracted from bullufi-ia.
LETTER FROM KUDURRU 267
$a Sarri be - Hi - ia i - na mufy - hi - ia
of the king my lord towards me
ma - ' - da a - na a-ma - ru ia Sarri
are many. To see the king
fo - *7i - /'a at - /a/ - £<z um - ma a/ - /<a£ - 01a
my lord I went, (saying) : "I will go and
/a - «i fa fa/r/' &// - ia am - war - ma
1 the 1 of the king my lord I will behold, and
I countenance 1
u - rad - di - e - ma a - bal - //// ameiu ra}) .
I will go down and live." The . . . .-officer
<^V ^T
^<TT
ao. tj ~nr
*<m<m
ul - iu
faarrani IJ
a - na
Uruk KI
from
the road
to
Erech
ut - Ziir - ra - an - ni um - ma amdlu ra^
turned me back (saying) : "A cap-
• • •
tain from the palace a sealed letter
a - na muf} - ft - &z ;'/ - ia - fo - '
to thee has brought;
268
ASSYRIAN LETTER-TABLETS
25. ^y ^y< fc^if
it - //' - ia
with me
if — nr
a - na
to
la - »jj» - fit - is - ma
thou must go."
Erech
te - * - mi*
The instructions
1 - «fa£ - kan - ga a - «tf £7n*>& ^
he carried out and to Erech
ul - tir - ra - an - ni
he brought me back.
lu - u i - <//
know!
-9- ^ -II T|
Let the king my lord
5. Letter to the king from Akkulanu asking for an answer
to a previous letter.
[K 604.]
• TJ^T t&m -II ^TJ ..-tty-tH
a - na
To
hirri
the king
bili - ia
my lord,
<;rd</ - ka
thy servant
T-I& -*-£!*- *-M< <Hffi^ TJ^T
m ^>t - kul - A/ - ////
Akkulanu.
lu - // $ul - wtt
Greeting
t/ - na
unto
Sarri
the king
-II W
my lord.
4. «f -&
May Nabii
<
and
//w Marduk
Marduk
1. i~&ak-kan-ga = Uakkamma (Uakkan-ma).
LETTER FROM AKKULANU
269
5- TJ ^T
a - na
unto
fcEHFFF
Sarri
the king
-II W
bili - ia
my lord
e. jh *m *-
lik - ru - bu
be propitious.
7-<HWJ>* ^TT ^3S -II w *.imt&
JM - w« ia Sarri belt - & tu - «£
Prosperity to the king my lord, joy
*TTTttF~ I 9.<H@J flMtfc e^T— I
libbe ll Pl - $u u tu - ub Sire Pl - to
for his heart and health for his body!
10.
t*HTI*ff »-^TT *TJ — TTM<*Eff
In
gab - ri - c
answer
Sa
to
e - £7'r - //' - ia
my letter
12. jj^
forrw be - ///'
may the king my lord
3. \} ~HT B$ -p=T I
a - na amilu ardi-ht
unto his servant
i4. *T **- MT
Ztf -pu - nz
send.
LETTERS FROM TELL EL-AMARNA.
i. Letter from Burraburiash, king of Karduniash,
to Amenophis IV, king of Egypt, begging for larger presents
V and for his co-operation against the Assyrians.
\fc^«H~/ [Bu. 88-io-i3,8i.]
I57JT- U5S ki-
i. Tl ^T ^ HI Htt IH -m -m ^Tl
a - na Ni - ip - hu - ur - ri - n - *<z
To Nipburiria,
king of Egypt, speaks
w/w - *«# Z?//r - ra - bu - ri - ia - a$ $ar
thus BurraburiaS, king
1,14/11 ATci - ra - du - ni - *'a - #,? ahu - ka - »iti
of KarduniaS, thy brother.
a - //<j /'a - a ■ Si $u - ul - ww </ - na
With me it is well; with
ka - a - ia biti - ka aUati?1 - £<i
thee, thy house, thy wives,
GREETINGS TO THE KING AND HIS HOUSEHOLD
271
s^fHHH^fcj Y-JrH 6-K^^K -SfcJ
/war* ^ - ka
thy sons,
jko/j - ka
thy land,
thy horses,
=fcJ
am*/« rabuti*1 - *a
thy nobles,
'>" narkabdti?1 - /to
thy chariots
^t-h^mt mmw***
da - an - ni - fif
exceedingly
ul - lu
Since
lu $U - ul - ffttf
well may it be.
ab - bu - u - fli
my father
<M£U
and
ab - bu - ka
thy father
T< TJ flf< <tt [-IT]
/*/ -A" a - fra - mi - tf
with one another
s. ^TT*-sHTT ^T^^- 9. JK^EI^T
ta - bu - ta
m
friendly relations
id - bu - bu
established
$u - ul - ma - na
rich
ba - na - a
presents
if ^n
a - na
to
<tT* *T 3 <=ee Igfl .o.<h@j T>
ul - te - bi - i - lu u
they sent and
a - fra - mi - tf
one another
- HTTI 1MTT t^TTT
;w* - ri - el - ta
any desired object,
^r ^ ^m if ~nr if }}< & ^tt
ba - /«' - fa
though precious,
a - na
to
a - fta - mi - if
one another
272 LETTERS FROM TELL EL-AMARNA
<tf* -TI* IM] «=!!!«= . »■ ^ -Hf Hf- ~HT
«/ ik - lu - u i - na - an - na
they did not refuse. Now
a - fru - u - ai II ma- na fiura^i a - na
my brother 2 manehs of gold as
JeT <tf * EET 5*: t^f <^ *T tk «f ^T
Jte - ul - ma - ni - i<z «/ - /* - &' - 1 - la
a present for me has sent;
i.. eg ~ry Hf- ~H EeT <|jf -TTA ET If ^T
1 - na - an - na - w<z frurdsa ma - a -ad
now much gold,
ma - /<z fa a£ - bi - ka $u - £1 - /a
as much as thy father, send;
« Sum - /wtf /«/' - 1 - if wi - £1 - */ fa
and, if it is less, half that of
j£ - bi - ka fa - £/" • i - la am - wi - »i"
thy father, send. Why
TT ET^I
<JJ -TTA -#T * 53 *TJ ^T
7/ ffid - na
liurdsi tu - U - bi - e - /<i
(only) 2 manehs
of gold hast thou sent?
15. e=E ^T -4-
^T ~T <^ ^TT «f ~H
i - na - an -
na du - ul - //' 1 - »<i
Now
the work in
REQUEST FOR MORE GOLD 273
bit Hi ma - a - ad
u adannit
the temple is great
and with vigour
'«• flf «=T £TTT © *TTT«= £1
Id!*- Stf
§a - ab - ta - ku - u - *»tf ip - pu - u$
have I undertaken (it) and am carrying (it) out;
<?WTA ETTJ^TT Jf^^T <7- <H£fl
hurasa ma - a - da $u - £/' - /a w
much gold (therefore) send. And
^/ - Az *»/' - im - ma $a fya-a$- ha- a - /</
do thou for whatsoever thou desirest
/' - na matt - /'tf $u - up - ra - am - ma
in my land send
li - el - ku - ni - /% - ku
m
that they may take (it) thee.
19. *e ^T ^ -Til EI- ~sfT TJ S3 ^
1 - //tf Ajw - n' - ^tf/ - 3K a - bi - ia
In the time of Kurigalzu my father
T flf< TJ TJ «=TTTfe= *m* w=T 3 JT *■
Aw - na - fra - ai - u ga - ab - bi - $u - nu
the Canaanites with one accord
a - na mu - ulj - fri -$u el - /tf - tf/ - rw - »i
to him sent
18
274
LETTERS FROM TEIX EL-AMARNA
cm ti tj
ti ^r
-r -
"Hf" tw1
V
um - ma - a
a - na
•
a« - «i*
mdii
as follows :
"Against
the border of
the land
«. W- IH] £TT t* £l *£
S^ ~fcT -I<J <M
nu - ur - </cz -
am - ma /
«j
f - ba -
al - ki -
let us go down and
let
us make
an
£TTT K4 E!
22. [^y
-!<]
^H
s£
/a - <w» - ma
it -
/i
&7
/'
invasion and
>
yith th
ee
let
^•gTKKt&m
fl*-*TTT*
TUJ
23. ^>f!
^m
»/' - Jta - £/ - /«
a - bu - » -
«i
j/i -
/*/' - /a
us form an alliance."
My father
•
this
(reply)
1MTT sHTT w=T MT J! *- ►
Hf<
24. £*""
m Ei tj
*/
sent to them,
2/m - ma -a
as follows :
25. ^ ^y ^ ^
///« - u$ - $e - ir
"Cease (seeking)
;#rt - rtf - ku - u - /*/'
form an alliance.
!< t^f ff ^T
/'/ - //' - ia
with mc
26. fezS^: ^y
Sum - #/</
If
<i - na
to
£►►►
hirri
the king
of
Mi - /'v - r/ - 1
Egypt
// - //
against
II A ten
my brother
£TTT *ET £TTT ^T -Sf ^TT ET 27- ^y Hf<
ta - «/ - td - na - uk - r<; - w</
ye arc hostile and
it - //
with
KURIGALZU'S FIDELITY TO EGYPT 275
gfT & A4 ey s£TTT ^T t£!TT - -fcfcj ^T
$a - ni - im " ma ta - at - ta - a$ - ka - na
another ally yourselves;
a - na - ku ul at - la - ka - am - ma ul
as for me shall I not come and shall I not
fi flf< «£T **T IU -^ <T- «=E *9- <HJ tE
a - ha - ba - at - ku - nu - $i - i hi - 1
plunder you? For
1/ - /* - /iz «<z - a$ - ku - nu a - bu - u - at
with me is he allied." My father
a.? - 3to/» # - bi - £<z «/ iS - «m' - $11 - nu - //
for the sake of thy father did not hearken to them.
3.. eg ^y «f ~nr ^ ^ g^yy yjyj *m*
/' - //a - an - //<* AS - $u - ra - «i - «
Now as to the Assyrians
^yy nry^ ^yy ^ ^ ^yj 3.. yj ^y
r/<z - gi - «7 /w - ni - ia a - na - ku
my subjects have I
«/ a$ - pu - r# - a£ - £a &' - 1
not . sent to thee concerning
<y^ <k: jy ^ 33. yj ^y v ^H
/1 - mi - $u - nu a - »<z 010ft* - &j
them? To thy land
i8»
276
LETTERS FROM TELL EL-AMARNA
am - mi - ni
why
34. «^v t]
ium - ma
If
MTT 1ST m *TTT*
el
li ku - u
are they come?
m
ta - ra - af} - ma - an - ni
thou lovest me
<T- ET TJ HK
&' - ma - a - //' *»/'
any business
hi *- *m* j^t
ip - pu - a - fo
carry out,
<tt ^4 ET
im - «a
35. -ET
la
let them not
-TTI E« -T< JT *-
r/ ku It - $u - nu
their failure (in their enterprise)
ku - u$ - $i - da - $u - nu - ti
secure.
36.ff^T JK^ET^^H TTT ET^T
a - //rf
to - «/ -
■ ma - ///' -
ka
111
WtZ - /*</
As
a present for th
cc
3
manehs
s^fl flf v
V
37- <
W
r
TTT
a*"11 «/7//
$adi
//
V
simillu
.to
of /#/>/> lazuli
j of the \
\ mountain/
and
5
yoke
of
t^!B v E^TT T*^
TTT
TTT
TT
£TB
^TT—
J/J«- ''7
hi
r
'>" mirkubal-isi rt
•
horses
for
5
wooden
chariots
38. 4&* VT S3 -ET -j& Ef
ul - U - hi - Ai - ak - ku
have I sent thee.
LETTER FROM TUSHRATTA 277
2. Letter from Tushratta, king of Mitani, to Amenophis III,
king of Egypt, sent with an image of the goddess Ishtar
into Egypt.
[Bu. 88—10—13, 78.]
a - na m Ni - im - mu - ri - ta
To Nimmuria,
Air m*'M Mi - 1/ - n" - i afii - ra
king of Egypt, my brother,
fra - /a - ni - a Sa a - ra - * - a - mu
my son-in-law, whom I love
3. <\-w W ^ MI 4HF- TJ ET «f ^
« Az i - ra - ' - a - ma - an - ni
and who loves me,
<HT s=a?f eT
4. ecttt et t -i m -it- tsnnr
£1 - £/' - ma
um - ma m Du - itf - ra/ - /a
speaks
thus DuSratta,
tE ttTH Hf- 5*= 5. ^TI
.far J//
- /" - ta - an - »/ .fa
king
of Mitani, who
*se e^TT 4HF- TJ * -*fcJ «=H * --H ET
i - ra - ' - a - mu - ka e - mu - ka - ma
loves thee, thy father-in-law.
6. Tf ~ry ^ <V <WW ^ ft ~q
a - na
ia - Si
W - ;w«
a - na
With
me
it is well;
with
278
LETTERS FROM TELL EL-AM ARNA
ka - a - Sa
thee
lu - u
may
Sui - mu
it be well,
awm m*w- <&m* 7-tj^t
a - na
with
Tatumbipa
*TTTT ^H TJ ^T £- £TTT TJ
£*// - ka
thy house,
a - na
with
/
t& £- t$fi s. yj ^y ^^y ^H *gTT
my daughter,
a - na
with
cjj&z// - ka
thy wife
whom
ITT MT 4Hf- TJ •* m *W <NRRRf ^
ta - ra - ' - a - /wh lu - u lul - jwi/
thou lovest may it be well ;
9.yj^T tHEyy—^fcJ yj^y ^y— ^h
a - na assa/i ?l - k a a - na mare Pl - ka
with thy wives, with thy sons,
a - «rf
with
EQ5 I— Eh
ameluti Fl rabuti
thy nobles,
o. fi ^y
with
cyary— rH yj^y t^v^yyy
W
'>" narkabati*1 - *u
thv chariots,
<7 - «</
with
thy horses,
k,i
with
^ T
thl TJ ^T v -fcfcj
thy troops,
</ - na
with
mati - ka
thy land
<hW ff ^T
12
and
</ - na
with
/h//w - wtt - £</ (fannis(is)
all that is thine exceedingly
ISHTAR'S DESIRE TO GO TO EGYPT 279
dannis(is) dannis(is) lu - u Xul - mu
exceedingly exceedingly well may it be.
«/ra - ma ,/M Mar $a alu Ni - i - na - a
Thus (spake) iStar of Nineveh,
$ey vv h-TII 3 ^ <T- ^T E! ff-Hf
&//'/ malati gab -
3i - i - $i - na - ma a - na
the lady - of all
lands : "Unto
•
V <S: t] -HI t£
'5. *ee ~HT ^ •en
maiu Jlf,- . £ . „• . ,•
1 - 7*0 w<j// Jta
Egypt
into the land which
I? E^T! A~f TJ •*
m <^ ih m i-
a - ra - ' - a - *»«
lu - ul - lik - ku - me
I love
1 will go,
/// - us - sa - $/' - ir - me a - nu - um - ma
I will depart (?)."
Verily
*e -Hf Hf- ^T
.7. <^ *T *flf ^^! £l
/' - na - an - na
ul - le - e - bil - ma
now
have I sent (her) and
^T -Til ^H
/'/ - /a/ - ka
she is gone.
■»■ ff *- sCTTT ET
** -Hf *Hffflf **TT
a - nu - ww - ma
1 - 7*0 /rr - si
Indeed
in the time of
280 LETTERS FROM TELL EL-AMARNA
ff Eiffel '9-Hf-"4^ *zm «*~H
a - bi - /ii - 0*0
,7w /f/</r biitum(tum) i - »<*
my father
iStar, the lady, into
v f?TT If <!-
£&T HTTI --H -• <M£1
Wfl/i ia - a - is
/'/ - tal - ka u
that land
went and
ki - i - me - e i - na pa - na - a- nu - um - ma
just as formerly
«. S^T s£TTT 3=HJ ET ^ *T Hf S3 -I <V
/'/ - /a 3fa£ - ma «/t - ie - # - £*" - du - iil
she dwelt (there) and they honoured her
«• MHBJ] <=ee ~HT Hf- ^T KBtf «=TI
a i - na - an - na afyi - ia
so now may my brother
TJ^T <JT »3.<^fcj ^y tfr^TTJ^
</ - «d A' - jtu fli ia pa - n a -a- nu
ten times more than formerly
-e£?TT -TTA HI 3 tT ^TT **■ BBtf M=TJ
// - #/' - /# - hi - m - J/'* ahi - /i/
honour her. May my brother
-m\\ HTT A HI a ^T ^TT ^^T flf<<T3^TJ
// - £7 - ib - £/- /j - su' i - ;/</ ha - di - ^
honour her, with joy
«5. ^TT yiT «^H JT ET -^TT :J < E^TT
// - mii - iir - iu - mi/ // - du - u - n? s
may he allow her to return.
i. II 2 Pret. from kabatu with pron. suffix.
2. II i Prec. from kabatu with pron. suffix. 3. 1 1 Prec. from taru.
INJUNCTIONS FOR ISHTAR'S SAFE RETURN 28 1
rf-Hf-^ C-ET ^TH-«=TJ BBtf*sfl
"" /Jtor &///
&j - me - e ahi - ia
May iStar, the lady <
)f heaven, my brother
<MSJ *£!¥ <y 27.
. ^TT sf « HF- ^T <f-
u ia - Si
//' - ij - f«r - an - na - J/'
and me
protect
T F ^TT 4tff
►* F~- 28. <Hgg
/ . C li - im
Sandii Pl u
for 100,000
years and
hi - du ~ /a ra - £*' - /<z &//'/ 1&I//
great joy may the lady of fire
a - na ki - fo - a - a/ //' - /*/
unto both of us
-EST ^T m HP- ^KT- ET 3o.<^iaj <jgj*e
/*' - id - <//>/ - #« - na - Si -ma u ki - i
give and thus
muz? ** st^m*
/a - a - bi /' ni - pu - uS
good shall we do.
1. ta-a-bi = fjfri.
2. The last two lines of the letter, the meaning of which is uncertain, are
here omitted.
OBSERVATORY REPORTS.
i. Reporting the date of the Vernal Equinox.
[K 15.]
umu VI KAN Sa arbu Nisdnu u - mu
On the 6th day of Nisan, the day
u mu - Si Sit - ku - lu VI
and the night were equal. Of 6 periods1
*y ^ 5- W t&v ^ ^ <I- e. ^ +.&
u - mu VI mu - Si llu Nabu
was the day, of 6 periods was the night. May Nabu
,/m Marduk a - //# .farr/ //*• - /' - //
(and) Marduk unto the king, my lord,
lik - ru - bu
be propitious.
I. The {2xv ^£>~ is proved by this and similar passages to have been a space
of two hours.
THE VERNAL EQUINOX AND LUNAR OBSERVATIONS 283
2. Reporting a successful observation of the moon.
[K 716.]
1.
£1
r
HFf-
ma - sar - tu
A watch
m -
ITT
it ~ ta - sar
we kept.
£tt« JM7X KAN
On the 29th day
Hf- «< 3-
'lu Sin
the moon
^ £TTT <=TT- 4. «f -& <
/*/' - la - mar t,u Nadu u
we saw. May Nabu and
HP *jn 5. Tf ~HT *£$ -II <^Tf
'/M Marduk
Marduk
a - na
unto
Sarri
the king,
belt - ia
my lord,
6.jH*jn*- 7.*gTT T~Hr*-<ff ^TT
lik - ru - bu
be propitious.
^TT *TTT ^TT
alu ASSur
the city of ASSur.
Sa
From
m Na - bu - u - a
Nabua
Sa
of
3. Reporting an unsuccessful observation of the moon.
[K 297.]
m
■ TJ ^T *£$
-II ^Tf
*• -t*J ^H
a - na Sarri
&/* - ia
ffnzt/ - £<z
To the king,
my lord,
thy servant
>f <w m tj 3.
B8? Eh < -
-T< 4. ^TT
ilu iStar-iddin-apla
<"»*l« rab - eSreti(ti) Sa
Star-iddin-apla
the chief
of
284 OBSERVATORY REPORTS
TI ~*T W
5- ^!
^TT k: HP-
.... P{
$a
«/a ^r^' - //«
the astronomers
of
Arbela.
e. ign< <r^ ^
7- TI ^T
■fes -11 ^ti
lu - u $ulmu(i
mu)
a - na
fflm &//' - i<z
Greeting
to
the king, my lord.
8. «f ^
~f «*t
9- HF- <W ^TT
,7« i\fo£«
//«
Marduk
ilu htar la
May Nabu,
Marduk
(and) iStar of
-s=TT - Hf-
10.
TI^T
&& -II *ETf
*/M ^f*fl' - ilu
j - «j
Aim" fo/r* - ta
Arbela
unto
the king, my lord,
lik - ru - bu ina umi XXIX KAS ma - sar - tu
be propitious. On the 29th day a watch
'4. ss: £TTT W <KTTI ^X2&& £TTT*TT- HT<
ni - ta - sa - #r
•
hi - /'/
ta - mar - //'
we kept.
At the house of observation
.6. A4f ^TTTI
« 7. Hf- <«
-ET ^ 4£
irpitu
'/tt Si/j
/</ ni - mi/r
(there were) clouds.
The moon
we did not see.
18. ^ g=
*T T t&
i9. <y **$
"r*« &&l/«
umu I ^A\
Urn - mu
The month Sebat,
the 1st day,
the eponymv
T -II £-- v < TI
m fii-f-/iarran-$dtfu(u)-a
of Bel-()arran-sadua.
LUNAR OBSERVATIONS 285
4. Reporting a lunar eclipse.
[K 88.]
a - «a <jm*/i< ikkaru belt - ia arad - ka
To the chief gardener, my lord, thy servant
y «f * •* - 3. e^ ET- < *T 4- ^T
m ilu Nabu-Sum-iddina amglu rob - efrete(te) Sa
Nabu-Sum-iddina, the chief (of the astronomers) of
Afciai ^7 '7« Nabu ilu Marduk a - na
Nineveh. May Nabu (and) Marduk unto
ee^EeT 7-11^ IH^m^ *•*! <Vt^
<lwt'/tt /fehrnt fctf - ia lik - ru - bu umu XIV KAN
the chief gardener, my lord, be propitious. C On the 14 th day
■HHfff-^T 9-^T! «f<« 10.55: £m
masartu hi tlu Sin ni - ta - ,wr
a watch of the moon we kept.
1 1- HP- «< Hf- <-£ I2- tT JS t^
llu Sin a/aid is - sa - &i/i
The moon was eclipsed.
REPORTS FROM ASSYRIAN ASTROLOGERS.
i. From Nabu-ahe-erba.
[K 692.]
enuma Sin ina ar*lu Kislimu umu XXX KA^
When ihc moon in the month Kislev, on the 3oth day,
in nam mar $ar Afar - /« *' jjuz kakki
is seen, the king of the Western land with (his) arms
Sumku/u(/u) hi m iiu Nabu - a[ic Fl - erba
/(shall achieve) ( From Nabu-abe-erba.
\ a conquest. /
2. From the chief astrologer.
[K fc«)3.]
'• T <<< - <r- r I <£fT *T T y
enuma Sin ina namuri-lu kima umu I K-*S
When the moon in its appearance as ontheistday,
umu XXVIII K ,N innammar limuliim(tim) Mar - tu Kl
(so) on the 28 th day is seen, (there will be) evil fortune for the Western land.
REPORTS FROM ASSYRIAN ASTROLOGERS 287
3-T <« *T «m*& <T- 4. <M
cnuma Sin umu XXVIII KAN innammar dumku
When the moon on the 28 th day is seen, i -there wiiiboj
J 'l prosperity I
v3Vv<U <HH v *TT- -tIT <HT 5. W
mdtu Akkacli KI limuttu mdtu Mar - tu Kl ta
for Akkad, evil fortune for the Western land. From
ESS th ]} ^TT
amelu rafi m fcu
the chief astrologer.
3. From Akkulanu.
[K 694.]
cnuma umu XVI KAW Sin u Samas itti a - ha - miS
When on the 16th day the moon and the sun with one another
<M~~ ■■*£$?? T *£55 fr\ MI^
innamru fl Sarru ana Sarri nukurta umaar(ar)
are seen, king against king hostility will direct,
3.1SS - *TTTTEM TJ^T <Kr~HT^T
Sarru ina ekalli - $u a - na mi - na - at
the king in his palace for the space of
<WTCA 4. *TTT* £m £H <£TT \
ar - hi u ta sar Upa ll nakiri
a month will be besieged, the feet {°[ctlJjc.}
a - na mali~$u ameiunakiru ina mati-Su Sal - ta - ni$
into / his land 1 the enemy in his land triumphantly
\(will come),/
288
REPORTS FROM ASSYRIAN ASTROLOGERS
^H
*• 1 <«
*« jt m <
ittallaku Pl
will march.
enuma Sin ina arbu Duzi In - u
When the moon in the month Tammuz either
umu XIV K™ lu - u
on the 14th day
or
umu XV KAS
on the 15 th day
'/M Samti id innamir{ir) Xarru ina
the sun has not been seen, the king in
an
with
ekalli - ht
his palace
*TTT* £TTT ^H
« ta sar
will be besieged.
l (there will be) 1
I prosperity I
w/ww A" J7/ ^/1V innammar-ma
On the 1 6 th day should it be seen,
matu Akkadi K1
for Akkad
y -& -* -? i ^
'" Ak - *»/ - la - ///
Akkulanu.
zH ***J <m
xo. <hh
Subarii KI
limuttu
for Subartu,
evil fortune
< v ^TT- -^!
"•^TT
« "»•»'« 3A?r - /a
hi
and the Western land.
From
SOME ANCIENT BABYLONIAN LAWS.
[K 25 1.]
I.
«^ET %W TJ^T TIKI]
Sum - ma
If
ma - ru
a son
a - na
to
a - bi-$u
his father
«/ a - 3i a/ - ta
"Thou art not my father"
ik - ta - hi
says,
1/ - ga - la - ab - Xu
they shall brand him,
ab - bti - ut - turn
in fetters
*E W -& ^T I <M@! TJ ^T <ff *T
i - $a - <z£ - £<zji - Jf«
place him
and
a - na
for
kaspi
silver
*EHTC*fl<I *w^*T EMU TJ^T
i" - /*a/» - din-iu
sell him (as a slave).
,?«;» - ma
If
ma - rt
a son
a - na
to
TTKsrI <^ jr:iIT <tt **f Hf< -TI^^TIT^
«/« - mi-Su ul um - »i a/ - ti
his mother "Thou art not my mother"
ik - ta
says,
19
hi
290 SOME ANCIENT BABYLONIAN LAWS
* *t ssrn *m ^v *m* er- *- et
mu - ut - la - as - su u - £«/ - bu - ma
his face they shall brand and
a - la - am u - sa - afr - fta - ru - hi u
the city they shall forbid him and
*E ^T «=TTTT *TTT* * £-£ J! 3. «^ eeT
i - na biti u - h - su - Su him - ma
from the house they shall drive him. If
n*-. i er-mjr <^ ei -m *& ^ttt
a - bu ana ma - ri - Su ul ma - n <2/ - /a
a father to his son 'Thou art not my son"
ik - ta - bi ina
says, from house
i - te - el - la
he must depart.
EeT -TTI J! \tV ET If -III *ET £TTT
ma - ri - Su ul ma - a - r/" a/ - /</
her son "Thou art not my son"
M/f u
lse and
wall
rum
If
um - mu
a mother
!
to
1% - ta - £/' i'«a £1// 1/ u - ?ia - a - ti
says, from house and household stuff
i - te - */ Jfo/w - otj a$ - $a - ta
he must depart. If a wife
I. mu-ut-ta-as-su = mutt at -su.
LEGAL RELATIONS OF HUSBAND AND WIFE 291
mu - us - su i\ - si - ir - ma «/ *»« - ti
her husband hates and "Not my husband
at - ta ik - ia - bi a - na na - a - ru
m
art thou" says, into the river
i - na - ad - du - Su Sum - »ifl »i« - /« a - na
let them throw her. If a husband to
aS - Sa - ti - Su ul aS - Sa - ti at - /a
his wife "Thou art not my wife"
# - /a - 3/' */2 »ra - »a &w/>* i - 3fa£ - £a/
says, */2 maneh of silver he shall pay.
Sum -ma a - me - lum ar - da
If a man a slave
i - gu - ur - ma im - tu - ut iff - ta - lik
hires and he dies, (or) gets lost,
*'/ - ia - &a - ta it - ta - pa - ar - &j
(or) runs away, (or) disappears,
« f'm - ta - ra - su i - <# - ^ 3fa
or falls sick, as his hire for
1. mu-uS'Su = mut-su.
l9»
292 SOME ANCIENT BABYLONIAN LAWS
u - ma - Ami
1/ 7V4. A ^JV.
Jfe - am
one day
x/2 (a measure of)
corn
i- ma - an - da - # </
he shall measure out.
i. Rev., Col. Ill, 1. 23 — Col. IV, 1. 22.
PROVERBS AND SAYINGS.
«. ff m -mi tj mw <m ~nr »m -i<
§a - at - tu a - for fa' - na - tu - /i
Hostility is among (one's) servants,
&7r - f /' a - ka - /i a - for /a - Jfi - Su - /i'
slander where with oil
# - /« - <rf - A* w-&/r - rw t'fla «/i fo - mm - ma
one is anointed. A servant in another city
ri - e -$u id - ru - /«/» fo u-ma - ag - tan
is a high officer. Friendship is for a day,
<m ~nr *m »m w ^tt e^tt u -t<$ 4. y
&* - na - /« - tu fo da - ra - a - ti ana
service is for ever. With
ka - la da - 011 - j% « u - la - pa
every one is he friendly and into an alliance
1. Sm. 61, 11. 12—15. 2« IMd» !• l6^ 3« ^'^«» U-9— !!•
»•
294 PROVERBS AND SAYINGS
la - bi - il alpu na - ha - r* -fafli - me
enters. The ox of an enemy weeds
i% - &*/ a#« ra - ma - ni - fo £/' - ri - tf
doth eat, one's own ox in a fat pasture
ni - 1/ ina na - n /«£ - ba - A" - ma
lies. By a stream thou art, but
**eH £TT ttf £TT *JH «=T*—H(£T -
/»« - &i da - ad - da - ru ap - pu - na-ma ina
thy water stinketh8 exceedingly; in
hi - ri - i tab - ft' - ma su - fu - up - pa - ha
a plantation thou hast been, but thy date
fcTT-E3r 7. ^T^I!^ V *****
/war - /«/« /*# - da - /in /a torn'
(was) gall. To give is the king's (privilege),
fu - ub - bu la la - hi - i' na - da - nu
to make joyful is (the privilege) of the ruler. To give
.fa larri dum - mu - hu la a - &z - rj£ - £i/
f is the king*s\ to show favour is I (the privilege) \
I (privilege), ( \of the governor./
i. K 4347, Obv., Col. Ill, 1. 6 f. 2. 80—7—19, i3o, 11.6—8. 3. Literally,
"(is) a stink". 4. K 4347, Rev., 11. 19 — 24. 5. tu-ubbu — tubbu. 6. Sm. 61,
1. 5 f. 7. Ibid., 1. 7 f.
TEXTS
TO BE TRANSLITERATED AND TRANSLATED
Inscription of Tiglathpileser I.
Engraved on the rock, near the source of the Tigris.
- H7I £* *T W ~V
ei- w -ii f~ ti
I Hf I IU mJ< n tnTT A E^II
s« v- If T-V*TM=*M-
« v - EI ^H OT £TTT
-ii *r<r*: v v-nftE-m
10
mi i v^i^-iii ^i
Inscription of Assur-nasir-pal.
From his statue in the British Museum.
'T~V*-TJ « EI- « tW+ « I
« v- -ii w+ « Ei- « MnnFv-
298 INSCRIPTION OF ASHURBANIPAL
« I « V- *]] <*}& « £h «
v tTTI ~HT ~Hf 6 TJ **=T «^T ET- Hf<
wK sM^-Hf '^fT-^T «=ETT^^T
»TJ^T <^TTI *TTT* HOE 5* V
Hunting-inscriptions of Ashurbanipal.
i. From a relief in the British Museum, representing the king pouring a
libation over four dead lions.
*ETT E^TT TJ -T< * tTTTt v -e^TT >* ^T
4
INSCRIPTION OF RAMMAN-NIRARI III 299
2. From a relief in the Louvre, representing the king seizing a lion by
the ear and slaying it.
« Ti ^r m hf- a ^ ti « 1 «
YHNk<M - «^HF- £TTT AH- ~T< *EeTJ
- <EETT ^TJ IH -mi sT ~*TT • V
Inscription of Ramman-nirari III.
From a stone slab in the British Museum.
[51-9—2, 35.]
■« I « v- « W - sEI -V
3 « HP- WIT *T ^T 1^1 fir W • « -E!
V^T-f- «=TTT^ ^! M *TTT* '-THJI t^TTT
TJ <Ts£ *T -£*• 7 ^ ~T< W <T3= >*
3oo
INSCRIPTION OF RAMMAN-NIRARI III
<£JT-TTI TJ T-HF-*T<T-< -« £h «
«=THy- « I « v
« « ^T
V^Hf- TJ T-f <T^ET^HF- -«
~WT- »-<!< V ^v ffA-HF-^HfTU
4t^tgf V T-^*cTJ
5 ^ ^yy &Eff< £TT —TIT <
T
^T
*I4HF-
7 «f A4 < -HF- «*T -TTI ^& ^TT
20
21
«
v J! t- -m <
vv <m
£T^JT^ V T ->f <Ts£ ET •/- HF- « *TTI*-
« ^ *TT^ <T^ E£ff *TTTT <*£ ^!T^ * v E*=TT
mV^T ET£TTTTM< JT^-eST3 *<V
T -Hf- - -Til -^H *T- « 3=
►W-
«5
TJIH
ill -ITI
:< *y ^ « ~y<
26
w
~V tn*-< ^!TE!I
SENNACHERIB'S FOURTH CAMPAIGN 3oi
The subjugation of Babylonia by Sennacherib in
his fourth campaign.
From a cylinder in the British Museum.
[No. 1 2174.]
coi. in, 1. 4» tE -ry W *fi ^H -ITI ■*!?
«f ^p ^ ^ tyyyt ^ £j «j_ ^ Ey
« tCTTT EI ~H[ *T *6ft **Vflf*T ^T<Bf^f
ij^i vtyyni^i^r «i?-^tit -j&a
^^1 t-hkhtc* ew-iii^tj «*gn
TJ&TJvi- -tfc-nr ^TT 3 ^I -e£T *TTT* -t£T
fc£IIl!£E <MM «Jf*TTT* A£^TI
£111 tf< -II* ^ <--W I A«tt - El
tin hi*i*iiieei *«=t^ ^^teem
50 yj ^y v m y ^ ^y *m H ~<
as=e*=tw- *jmii«= M-^^^^-Hf
^IT ^ ^1 T? *W » tfH -III ^TJ -£II -III *ff
1. I.e., ™&t* Bit -m la-kin.
2. I. c, amilu Kal-da-ai, the Chaldean.
1
302
SENNACHERIB'S FOURTH CAMPAIGN
■ i
Ml
I.t
J;
<h <M £ m + ET » *TTT* *T HTTI *J
tMT* *!¥»«&: £f »«fT
ET£- v
cE^T <HJHJI*- ^!<ME! <HW
:T -s=TTT I
56 ^ mw «f et ti
*T -£V sT ££ ^!T^ hH s£ ^TT*
Kw< T
I * fcfTTT i^y I 5« ^
*TIT* ET * OT TJ A *T -£V TJ <T^
^T! ^T ~T< ^ I
v I 59 <ty* ^
ktT 3= E^TT *T - «=TTT«= v JJ s^ ET £- -ET
s^^ tT!Tc=v^TTET -sTTT— I h=t g
*H&^TT *m**T- *WT- <-sfcM
Jft *iST T- I 6* E^S v <^T ET<H
63
T &£e E^TT ^te t^T *- <HI
m TJ II <W!I -!< *sfl I «f -V ^T 2< ^
set ^M^T^TTT* *^*Tm ^stE<I£J^
ASHURBANIPAL'S CONQUEST OF ELAM 3o3
«%&zm v-tjaur < svv<ir
^v-JHa s^MI
The conquest of Elam by Ashurbanipal.
From a cylinder in the British Museum.
[No. 1 2168.]
coi. v, 1.90^- ny^y< «f a < «f<^
<MTI <T^ *TJ ET *J IH * ***¥
T tTTTT « tBJ HfT -^n « *<^TeeT<HJ »*mi
93
F ^T< Hfl* Eff< HTTI ^
- -tTT tBQT T «=|W HT Tl "s=TT ^TT t^^-KI
v *T « ^ ATI «=ETf rc& £AT ^T «=H
TJ£*< *TTT**jn *Mfl**jn HJ-eeWI
TJ^T ^^t<M!I^T «Hf-<W TJ<T-~
-tTT t=fc= -4- — v ►*• <T- 98 yj ^y
^ ATI ^ -TA <tt tjTTt t£hfl -m ET
99
<M TJ fcfc HPk 3 I *- ~T< ™ sCTTT ET
H^THf *j*ni - B1&& T~f^TJ
3o4 ASHURBANIPAL-S CONQUEST OF ELAM
-TA<tt -+s:-T< *?ATJ«*T? Ss-TIiS^
■« Tfls es*t ear *tj ^ « *m im—
»>T?<Te£ *tflT~- 3tT~~ f 5r*«=
►fT «*JT< -<T-EI <TT ^T-TTA«=Tf ^
<IB «=m v <^l ET <IH xfcj -eE=TT [I ■&
-s«¥ -t?^ <jg < *tt?t>- tm>=¥tw
.«- -ty T-ep TMk t«Evn<T*«=Tf:
■-- etiett— *tt>bt- <£>**/ <*n«=T?:
►HI T— ■■' T <m « tfcl ETT *TT <<
v <^T ET <IEJ ••' <tt evTT y- :£T :
tlBs ^T e=TTTT ET d ~* T £TTT * <=TTT«
..3-eTT^T^^ T?<T3- ^MTAeT? ?
tTT tETTT An <MU Etyr ■■< tfcr -ET «*
-& £\ *T " « T? ~f -cTT T— -
-T-TTAeT? TTT tTT -H «=TH Hfffi -►
<xfcj T- sT -m "gTT "tTT A En HI
THE SACK OF SUSA
3o5
H&JT*T »7^H^T<T-^ <HSJ -s=TTT
IeTT -t^TTFHKI w=T®T -S-TT »8^TT
TU- *TTT3I*ffl ^H*TM*-
*Tff T
SM^-ffi «* *TTT* *HI 4« ~H— I*TR
II-II «HF-T— I -MWT— I VJTI
V*TTT*I «tTHT
t^ < ET- £iej^T.
*TTT«= ET AHf- *T? tin tfe ^ ' »5 <HJ *TTJ
v <^T ET <M *ff *jn rfc eeT *tf -TTI *jn
1M
126
TTI TJ TJ <MTI ~T< *STJ W
*f A < ~f <W «> *TTT* V -TT* ~*TT *te
s**f e=TTT^ -TTI ten - >*TT JT V ~f
ETtf<^TT eMTIT* **3=Hf ~H— I*W
- TJ ^H *T- ^TT£= ~T< I *W -J& £T *T
130
Tfv -fA. < ~f<w <E^m
*TTTTEM~~ I >**TIWsfc *TTM'
mT T
& «rj *y ^ eT
*TTTT
20
3o6 INSCRIPTION OF ESARHADDON
-fcfflf *-< ff Hf<I *■ ™ ITT <R *T I
coi. vi, i. x ^yy ^ y— v <^y et <Ef
TJ <r^ *m a *t T- Hf- ^ *ff
* *ttt* 3ife= a *jn ^it^j^ <^tt k^^
v-u*er mtj^tt *eethh- *jttt^tt
-et *m*wiai - *yyy:3 • *ttt* * h &* et
Inscription of Esarhaddon recording the restora-
tion of Eanna, the temple of the goddess Ishtar.
From a cylinder in the British Museum.
[81—6—7, 209.]
yj ~ry -HF- C^TT — V- ^^ Hf<
*w~a -Hf-*!* < <m~&r ^t*jim<
«f T— v *jii A-yyy ~y< . ^m z<m <^y
*jn «st T? -i< *httt< -y< -&ryy ^-y yj hk
**= E^yy <se HP- ti «r *w«= -^T 3 v
DEDICATION TO ISHTAR
3o7
•TTI <S<
*T -TTI *fl Hf< m z& v
^ <k: HTC* -TTI W <M « Id! ~^T* -ET -^TT
'— T*I *TTT* £- ~Mf *JH ^^H^TTMM
^TT ^T V-
<M£H
-S^TT *£ HT<
«VHffflF-t:H«*T ^TTT~HTTM< V*2=M<
Hf-T— W<[-m *TTTMff MI* ~f ~HT >V
<ET^m *TTTT~f~HT hC ^<ST<HT *E
ET-HT< IeI » T Hf- ^ B8?i *£J ^Hf
ET-^TTT* ^ *fff *- t^m I *£$
<HT »Hf<-m^T JTtt Hf-A
«* -s£T *T HTAHffF *TTT 3
Til *TTT
S^TTTT HF-«*T <~Eff< Hf-SmSrs*:
■ V <tf* -^T «^TT A -TTI I TJ ^T
■+A ~fff«r ^tii«=ttt Hhtmrn
-HP- <-TT < Hf- <W
12
HF- T- ET- T'
20*
3o8 INSCRIPTION OF ESARHADDON
-II F I mj ^ M ET & t] v ^
£TT ~Hf Hf- 1 *fflf * TJ -Hf V- ^Hfflf -I
^TTT^ HF- HOT* HT< I *- < y-^v-s?
Hf-A -vTII ^ ^TII < ~f<W HF-T-
^ *T I *TTTT ^ ^ ,8 ^ ^^ *&*
tM •pit* tTTT^mr tmiEM ^^tm«
TITLES AND GENEALOGY OF THE KING 3og
^-miV- MOT* *Nfffi I *■ -<T< 6T «=TTT«=HII
^m<M &t£l*JlL~&r fc^tTTT^^!
<©*nM< jum< »***-£[ *TmHF-~nr
*M Hf- TJ <C±T *TTT* -s£T ~HT &
~f <W "i«*fl V *£$ ETA£ *E*-JT
3lO INSCRIPTION OF ESARHADDON
b=TTTT te% I— 1 33 £ e^TT -<T< I S= *T AHf- *tif
ET *TTT £TTT I ^ >V JT *T I- -II I
*TTT* MI 3] ET1 <E ET ^TT ET -<T< I
<MTI/ sflT* *m= njx <m ET * *e
-TTI^THM <^-^TT « Hf- <W *E
-V *- Hf< <T- *T JT TJ -e£T R< T
JT^^TET ff* £<Mf*eff TVIEK
WUV *<-*fcI* ^v ~Hf<H^TTI
AHffMT- *TT— Hffflf t^^mt
v _ *yy_ ^j <y.*y jyyj^y
»*&w~rWlET ET «=TTT «T< *E s&: JT «=TTT*
fc^TTHf<I *T*TAHf-«=tif ET «=TTT &TTT I
IH*EH »**££fcJ*TTT* <WW ^<=ETJ
I5PLT JT^JT^T H!«<E -^T*<B -
&HTII *W*Hfff «-TI*-TTi:3I Hf-T
I. Reading uncertain; u-si-bi ma, if correct, = uitipi-ma.
INSCRIPTION OF NABONIDUS 3li
^TTTtfc^^^^ <£JTH< 4.V ^^H^TTT*
■=TTT* -qfif >*H «H 4a Hf- ^TT — ^
Inscription of Nabonidus commemorating the re-
storation of the temple of the Moon-god at Ur.
On four cylinders in the British Museum.
[K 1689, K 1690, K 1 69 1 and K 1692.]
^im-TT^^IT ♦*^f HPT— ET-T
tITTt -pIT* -^TT M *f - T Hf- <WR -n^
3 12 INSCRIPTION OF NABONIDUS
3EI »<T-*TI tm«= *m HP< -^-n
sO: ^TT -n- J! TJ Hf< * T H HF- a
*E*-jyEy --ET ^^3= -E^TT M Mf
.« tTTTt ^yys£ e<$>< * *e ~ry HF- 5*
^ ^!! -IT- J! TJ *T - -EJ ^ -TTI ^TT
-ET 3 -TTI 4tfT- ET - *£ ^T m rt* HFTI
<METJ TJ ^TT -III -7 ~eT £TTT -S I
<5«><ET -TI-^T «f<« -II ~H
~H— W HF-T— 30 t^ <T- tJj ~f*fl
EM— -II tyryTtTH^ET- »V <m*m
HIS PRAYER TO THE MOON-GOD 3l3
coi. ii, i. . :£T <y>- ~yy Ey • *=yj *- zfl
'fl-Hf ^TTTT JHJH< • R< <W= ^fT
^tttt *tts= *ttmw - «=tttt -yy* ^yy
^M^W^T- »*TTTTT— Hf-*TTT* Hr<xfcJ
* <m@j *- «=yyy< h< Hf- *m* h< >*H
*eM< *TTT3 *fflfW I «jy^ymiEy
-eT ^ ^ IM tint - H ^T HF- *m* H< -*H
th-<i< >7<mti Hf-*ff ^yy^yyjy^-
- -EST © *- * tfeTf TJ H< T ~^T& ^
H-«=TTT*-<T<^H *EW< JT/HP-^ET
<y- t£31 h< ^^h *» <h@j v
y ~*TH *£$ 55* « s£ ^TT^ -*£[ *TTT*
3 14 INSCRIPTION OF NABONIDL'S
^4- *yyy* mJ< -tH ev ~<T< * **!! *s~ ^5T
*-ET-E^TT*TJ fl< *T3
VOCABULARY
I
\i
ill
VOCABULARY.
ai
ai
aiu
aibu
abu
abubu
abQbiS
ababaniS
abbuttu
abaku
abiktu
abkallu
abSlu
interj. : "alas!"; employed as subs. : "grief, pain",
particle of prohibition : "not". Cf. Hebr. **K.
interrogative particle : "where ?". Hebr. **£.
interrogative pronoun : "who, which ?". Cf. Hebr/K.
"enemy" ; sometimes written ia-a-bu. Hebr. 2$k.
"father". Ideogr. fc^J. Hebr. 2$.
"flood, deluge"; Marduk's weapon, "thunder-
bolt (?)".
adv. : "like a deluge".
"fetter". Hebr. nbj^.
Pret. ebuk, i sing, abuk : "to carry off (as spoil)".
"defeat". Ideogr. <J>- <J^.
constr. st. abkal : "spokesman, director". Ideogr.
HffflfT-.
Pret. ubil, tibia ; Prec. lubil, libil : "to bring, carry,
conduct; to dispense (commands); to prompt,
urge (with libbu "the heart" as subject); to lay
(the hand upon)". Cf. Hebr. ^3ln, Hif. of bT
(t. e. ban).
Ifteal, Part, muttabbilu : "to bring, carry".
Shafel, Pret. uSabil, uVebil\ Imper. Subil : "to bring,
cause to bring, send".
3l8 VOCABULARY
Ishtafal, Pret. uttabil, ultebil, usibil : "to cause to bring,
to send".
biltu constr. st. bilat : "tribute, taxes ; burden, weight ; ta-
lent". Ideogr. ^f^fcflff
abullu "great gate, city-gate". Ideogr. t^-} E|*~-
abnu constr. st. oban : "stone". Ideogr. Ejf^f Hebr. pK
abru "wing, pinion". Hebr. *|JJK.
abarakku "governor".
abSiu Prec. Ifabi/; Pres. fabat, ibbai : "to destroy; to be
destroyed, disappear". Hebr. 13HL
Piel, Pret. u'abbit, ubbit\ Part, mu'abbit : "to destroy,
annihilate".
Nifal, Pret. innabit : "to fly, escape".
Ittafal, Pres. ittabat : "to fly, run away".
aga fern. sing, agdta, demonstrative pronoun : "this"; the
form aga is also used for all numbers genders and
cases.
agU "crown, tiara, diadem".
agQ "stream, river".
agagu Pret. igug : "to be angry".
aggxi fern. sing, aggatu : "angry, furious".
aggiS adv. "angrily, in wrath".
uggatu "anger".
agammvL "swamp" ; written with determ. Jy^f. Hebr. DJ&
agappu "wing of a bird".
agaru Pret. igur : "to hire".
agurru see igaru.
adi "up to, to, until ; together with" ; adi mati "how
long?". Ideogr. *-^J. Hebr. 1J?.
■
adQ adv. "now".
adG "age, long period of time".
adQ "to fix, ordain".
VOCABULARY
3ig
ada
adaguru
admu
udmu
adannu
adannii
Adarxx
adarxx
adattu
ahu
w
ahamiS
w
ahu
w
aha
w
ahazu
ahulapi
[aharu]
aharrvt
ahrQ
w
akalu
akalu
alu
Piel, Pret. tartA/i ; Inf. «</</« .: "to fix in place ; to or-
dain, appoint; to determine",
plur. ade : "ordinance, command",
"vessel for incense",
"the young (of birds, serpents etc.)".
"generation, race",
"a fixed time".
adv. "exceedingly, vigorously". Ideogr. £j E|^«
the month Adar. Ideogr. *-£^% ^- Hebr. *n$.
Pret. edur : "to fear",
(i. e. adantu), plur. adndti : "dwelling",
"brother" ; a&u a&u "the one the other".
Ideogr. E5ff& Hebr- H$-
adv. "together"; ana aJiamtt "together, to one another";
itti ahamti "with one another",
"side; bank of a river; shore of the sea",
fem. afritu : "hostile".
Pret. Tftuz; Pres. t'ifiaz : "to hold, seize; to learn;
to begin". Hebr. NIK.
Shafel, Pret. u$ahiz\ Pres. utahaz : "to cause to take".
Nifal, Pres. innafyaz : "to be taken",
adv. "how long?"; ahulapi kibu "to proclaim forgive-
ness (to some one)",
"to be behind". Hebr. nn$.
"the West-wind". Ideogr. ^f|L tjy*. *^J. Cf.
Hebr. Tln$.
fem. plur. ahrdiu : "future"; ina a^rai ume "in the
future". Cf. Hebr. JDETK, mtj*-
Pret. ikul\ Pres. ikkal, 2 sing. takal\ Part. dh'I, masc.
plur. akiluti : "to eat". Ideogr. ^t^f. Hebr. b^tji.
Ifteal, Pret. itakal : "to eat",
"food". Ideogr. Xf.
plur. alani : "city". Ideogr. >-^TT.
320 VOCABULARY
aladu Pret. utid; Pres. ullad : "to bear, bring forth"; fem.
part, alittu (for dlidtu) "woman in travail, mother".
Hebr. lb\
Ifteal, Pret. ittalad : "to spawn".
Piel, fem. part, mtiallidatu : "to bear".
ilittu "child, offspring".
alSku Pret. illik, 2 masc. sing, tallik, 1 sing. <z-/#; Prec. 1 sing.
lullik; Pres. illak, 1 sing. aUak\ Imper. a-tikf al-ha
Part, alik ; Perm. 3 plur. al-ka : "to go, to come"
alaku ri§ut (or ana ri$ut) "to go to the help of"
alik idi "ally"; alik pant "leader; predecessor".
Ideogr. £^|. Hebr. *!J^n.
Ifteal, Pret. and Pres. ittalak "to go, walk, proceed".
Ideogr. £^J £j^J.
Iftaneal, Pret. and Pres. ittanalak "to go along or
round".
Shafel, Pret. ufflik : "to cause to go" ; karmuta Wuku
"to cause to fall in ruins".
alaktu "path".
alikutu "going, advance".
allaku "active, quickly-moving".
malaku "going, course".
alalu Pret. ///// : "to bind, to hang, to hang up".
alalu "to be void, to be nothing".
ul negative : "not".
ullu "denial, nay".
[alalu] "to be strong".
alilu "strong".
allalu "strong, powerful".
ellatu "might, forces; family relatives".
allallu a brightly-coloured bird.
alpu "ox". Ideogr. £.]£. Hebr. P]bK.
amU "to speak".
VOCABULARY
321
Ishtafal, Pret. and Pres. uStamt : with libbu "to think,
direct the attention to".
amatu constr. st. amdt : "word, command ; thing". Ideogr.
"word, speech",
"ban, curse; oath, compact",
plur. amiluii : "man"; for amel urki see aralfu.
Ideogr. ££&.
attnVL
mamitu
amelu
amllu
\
amelutu "mankind".
aznmaku "instead of".
aznmini
ammatu
amaru
"why ?".
"earth".
Pret. emur, Imur; Pres. immar; Imper. amur, fem.
amrl : "to see ; to find ; to read (in an inscrip-
tion)". Ideogr. <J>-, <J*- J*".
Ifteal, Pret. itamar : "to see".
Nifal, Pret. innamir; Pres. irmammar; Inf. namuru :
"to be seen; to be found".
tamartu "observation" ; bit tdmarti "observatory".
interj.: "help!"(?).
constr. st. amat : "maid, handmaid". Ideogr. £-V.
Hebr. H$£.
prep. "to". Ideogr. T.
constr. st. an: "receptacle, place"; an $illi "dungeon".
the god of heaven.
amaSSa
amtu
ana
anu
Anu
AnQtu
>"divinity".
AnumQtu)
[anahu]
tanlhu
w
SQnuhu
[anahu]
anhutu
"to sigh, lament". Hebr. nj$.
"sighing, sorrow",
"full of sighs".
Pret. enafr; Pres. innafr : "to grow weary; to de-
cay"; la dnifru "unwearied".
"ruin".
21
322
VOCABULARY
anSku
anaku
anumma
[ananu]
annu
unninu
[ananu]
anantu
annu
annGnu
amnu
anini
ninu
nini
annQ
I
annQ&im
anakati
5sQ
asamu
asmu
simtu
asmaru
[apu]
personal pronoun : "I". Hebr. "^J^.
"lead". Ideogr. >->Jf- *~TJ. Hebr. ^J$.
"verily, indeed".
"to be gracious". Hebr. JJH.
Ifteal, Inf. uinennu : "to weep, pray, supplicate";
inf. used as subs, "prayer, supplication". Cf.
Hebr. jJOnff.
"mercy, grace; consent, yea",
"prayer, supplication",
"to be hostile",
"opposition, fight, attack",
"sin, error, wickedness",
"sin, fault, transgression".
personal pronoun : "we". Hebr. ^HJ, ttHJIjt.
anni (gen.), anna (ace); fem. annitu, anriiii (gen.),
anmta (ace); masc. plur. annutiy annutu\ fem. anndti,
demonstrative pronoun "this".
adv. "now".
(fem. plur.) "she-camels".
"physician". Ideogr. E^fr ]} ^JJ.
"to be adorned".
"adorned".
constr. st. simaf; plur. simati : "ornament, adornment,
honour"; la simati "property or position unlaw-
fully held". Ideogr. J>- ^J.
"lance" ; written with determ. £:| , e. g. *'*u as-mar-t.
"to shine forth". Cf. Hebr. HB\
T T
Shafel, Pret. utapti, ufrpi; Imper. hipa\ Perm. Supu :
"to cause to come forth, call into being, create,
make; to make bright; to praise, glorify".
VOCABULARY
323
Sapu
apSlu
aplu
apsu
appu
appunnama
apparu
ap&anu
asu
situ
si'atu
satu
assaru
• •
[aJJru]
afcsu
afrSru
Ishtafal,Pret.«3to2//, us'tepai\u-si-bi-ma=us'tepi-maQ)~\ :
"to cause to appear ; to make bright, to adorn ;
to be called into being, to be created",
"bright, brilliant, glorious".
Pret. ipul\ Pres. ippal : "to answer",
constr. st. apil : "son". Ideogr. |^, t^^5|-
"ocean, abyss". Ideogr. »-^|| ^-^-J*
(i. e. anpu) : "countenance ; top (of a tree)". Cf.
Hebr. rjg, D?§K.
adv. : "mightily, exceedingly; on a huge scale, of
huge stature",
plur. appare, appardti : "reed-bed, swamp",
"yoke".
Pret. usi\ Pres. ussi; Part, asu : "to come or go forth,
to escape ; to come forth (from the mouth), to be
decreed". Hebr. KJ£\
T T
Shafel, Pret. ulfest; Part. muUsu, fem. mu-to-sa-at ;
Inf. Susu : "to cause to come or go forth,
to send forth, to bring out; to allow to es-
cape, to let go; to drive out; to take one-
self off".
"exit; that which comes forth; offspring"; si-it
lib-bi-ia "my offspring" ; sit pi "that which comes
forth from the mouth, speech, word"; sit SamSi
"the rising of the sun, the east".
"eternity"; urn strati "days of old"; u-mu sa-a-ti
"eternity".
substantive of uncertain meaning : kima as-sa-ri
edti ippariid "like an assaru alone he fled".
"to fear, to reverence". Cf. Hebr. TtfiiF.
Iftaal, Pret. utakku : "to be obedient".
"obstinate, rebellious".
"to be precious". Hebr. "ljJV
21»
324
VOCABULARY
alfru
SGkuru
afrrabu
akrab-amelu
'aru, aru
urtu
mu'irrUtu
tBrtu
aru
arba'u
ribQ
Sribu
argamannu
aradu
ardu
ardQtu
arhu
arhi&am
arhiS
araku
fem. akartu : "precious, costly".
masc. plur. tukuruti : "costly" ; ht-ku-ru-tim Xarru-
u-tu "treasure of the kingdom",
"scorpion". Ideogr. ^-^ — TTT ^-' Hebr. 2^pp.
"scorpion - man". Ideogr. ^— ^ — TTT ^= F»yyr
Pret. 'lr : "to set out" ; $a-ad la '-a-ri "an in-
accessible mountain".
Piel : "to send ; to rule" ; Part, mu'irru "ruler".
"command".
"leadership".
plur. tirett : "law, command; divine oracle;
will, design".
Pret. ura : "to bring, carry, carry away".
fem. irbitti, irbitta : "four". Ideogr. t~~t~~7 ^.
Hebr. J^n*.
"fourth". Ideogr. Xff.
"raven". Hebr. Dljp.
"red purple, crimson"; written with determ.
I^IlE : "crimson wool". Hebr. J^riK.
Pret. urid\ Pres. urrad : "to go down; to swoop
down". Hebr. TV.
~T
Shafel, Pret. ufrrid; Perm, Surud : "to bring
down",
constr. st. arad; plur. arddni : "slave, servant".
Ideogr. ►►^y.
"servitude, submission, vassalage",
constr. st. arah : "month". Ideogr. »-^*"*^.
Hebr. m\
adv. : "monthly",
"quickly, speedily".
Pret. irik : "to be long". Hebr. rplK.
Piel, Pret. urn/:; Pres. urrak : "to lengthen;
VOCABULARY
325
[aralru]
arki
arku
arkiS
ark&nu
arallQ
arammu
arnu
arafru
urlfu
urlfltu
arSru
irritu
araru
arurtu
arattQ
aSabu
to be very long"; urrak ume "he will have a
long life" (cf. Hebr. D^ T^tf?)-
"to be behind".
"behind, beneath, after". Ideogr. £Z^JE^.
"situated behind ; future" ; fem. plur. arkatu, employ-
ed as subs, "the back, the rear; the future".
Ideogr. £Z?JE^f.
"backwards, back".
"afterwards".
"the lower world, Hades".
"battering-ram".
constr. st. aran : "sin".
Prec. lirik : "to be green; to be or become pale".
Hebr. plj.
am'el urki : "gardener". Ideogr. ££m ^- tT g^THf.
"green herb".
Pret. trur : "to curse". Hebr. *n$.
"curse".
mGSabu
Subtu
aSamSutu
"to be hot, to burn". Hebr. Tin.
"drought".
"mighty".
Pret. uh'6; Pres. ulfSad; Part. d$(i)bu\ Perm, ahb, 3 plur.
a$-5i, aS-ba : "to sit; to dwell". Ideogr.
Hebr. 3tf\
- T
Ifteal, Pres. ittd$ab\ Imper. tiSab, plur. kK-ba; Perm.
tahb : "to sit down; to dwell".
Shafel, Pret. uSeh'b : "to make to sit, to seat; to
cause to inhabit, to settle (trans.)".
Ishtafal, Pret. uUelib "to cause to dwell",
"dwelling". Cf. Hebr. 3^1&.
constr. st. lubat : "dwelling". Ideogr. ^J^eJ ^J- Cf.
Hebr. nplp.
"tempest, hurricane".
326
VOCABULARY
aSnSn
aSaru
aSru
aSirtu
eSr&ti
aSaru
aSru
aSriS
aSru
aSar
aSriS
aSaridu
aSSSu
uSSu
aSSSu
a&uStu
aSSu, aSSum
"bread".
"to be gracious, to favour". Cf. Hebr. *N#K, H#£.
Piel, Inf. uUuru employed as subs, "pardon".
"shrine, sanctuary".
plur. airaH : "shrine".
(plur.) "shrines, temples".
Pret. iUr\ Perm. 3 plur. diru : "to bow down,
humble oneself",
"meek, submissive",
"humbly".
constr. st. a$ar\ plur. d$raii\ "place". Cf. Hebr.*|tt^K.
"in; where; during",
"against",
"first in rank ; chief, leader, prince" ; aplu alaridu
"son of highest rank". Ideogr.^jy^: ^Jf^, *^-.
"to found". Cf. Hebr. #■$*.
Piel, Pret. u!hf : "to found",
"foundation",
"to be sorrowful".
Piel : "to afflict" ; Perm. uMu! "afflicted",
"trouble, sorrow",
"in order to; because of; since"; sometimes
in combination with the relative : a$$u $a
"since .
aSSatu
atu
itQtu
atalU
atmU
atSru
"wife". Ideogr. £-£Ej. Hebr. H#K.
"to see".
Piel, Pret. uttu (written uf-/u, //-///) : "to perceive;
to choose, elect",
"the chosen, elect",
"eclipse". Ideogr. >->f- ^t£:.
see amU.
"to exceed, to abound". Hebr. 1JT, -|fl1l
Shafel, Imper. lutir : "to make preeminent".
VOCABULARY
327
atru
Saturn
atta
atta'u
attu
e
ebSru
ebirtu
ebirtan
nlbartu
nibirtu
egU
egU
egirtu
edu
ediS
edu
edu
edeSu
iddiSQ
iddiS&Q
esSu
eSSGtu
ezebu
constr. st. atar\ fem. atartu "abounding in".
"mighty, glorious".
fem. atti\ masc. plur. attunu\ personal pronoun :
"thou, you". Hebr. flfi**, Ijlfc, DJJK.
"fang(?)'\
in phrase at-tu-u-a "as for me".
E
particle of prohibition : "not". Cf. Hebr. "V.
Pret. ebir, tbir : "to pass over, cross, traverse, pass
through" ; bir-ki-ki e-bi-ri-e-ii (Part. fem. plur.) "thy
striding knees". Hebr. "13J?-
"further bank, opposite side (of a river)",
"on the other side, beyond",
"crossing (over a river)",
"opposite side (of a sea or river)",
"to sin, go astray".
Pret. egi : "to delay, be slack",
"letter". Hebr. TT$*.
"one, alone". Hebr. "Il^t
adv. "alone",
"flood". Cf. Hebr. IK.
see idU.
"to be new". Hebr. #1$.
Piel, Pret. uddiH; Part. muddtX; Inf. udduSu : "to re-
new".
"newly-shining".
(/. e. edfu) "new". Ideogr. t^p^f.
"newness"; ana ettiiti "anew".
Pret. ezib, Iztb : "to leave, abandon". Hebr. 31JJ.
Shafel, Inf. Suzubu "to save"; Suzubu ina "to pre-
serve from".
328
VOCABULARY
ezezu
1ZZU
izziS
VLZZX1
efa
efatu
efSru
ekQ, ikU
ekatu
ekallu
ek$mu
ekurru
elu
eli
elu
Pret. ezuz, Jzuz; Perm. 3 plur. iz-zu : "to be angry,
furious". Cf. Hebr. tBJ.
Ifteal, Pret. iteziz : "to be angry",
fem. izzitu ; "angry, terrible",
"angrily, in wrath",
"anger, wrath",
"to be dark"; bit c-ti-c (Inf.) "house of darkness".
Cf. Hebr. rflpj?.
"darkness".
Pret. etir, itir : "to protect, save, spare" ; with prep.
ina "to spare from". Hebr. "UPJJ.
Nifal, Pret. inni/ir; Prec. i sing, lunnifir : "to be saved",
"starving, in want",
"want, need",
plur. ekallali : "palace". Ideogr. ^JUI ^T*~* Hebr.
Pret. ekim, ikim (3 sing, i-kim ; 3 plur. e-ki-i-mu) : "to
capture, take away from, detach",
plur. ekurri, ekurrati : "temple".
Pret. eli, Hi; Pres. ellr: "to be high; to go or come
up, to ascend ; to depart, make off". Hebr. nSjJ.
Ifteal, Pret. iteli, i/eld; Part, mut-tal-lu : "to be exalted;
to go up; to emerge; to depart".
Piel, Pret. ulli : "to raise".
Shafel, Pret. u&li, utela; Prec. lihli; Imper. Suli : "to
raise, to lift up ; to bring in ; to carry up ; to
drive away".
Ishtafal, Prtt.-uMfli, ult'eli : "to bring up or out",
"over, upon; against; beside, in addition to; unto";
ana eli, ina eli "to" ; also written e-la "beside, with
the exception of". Ideogr. ^►►^J. Cf. Hebr. 7J?.
fem. eli/u; plur. eluti, fem. eldti : "high ; shrill, loud";
eldli "the zenith".
VOCABULARY
V
329
eliS
ullQ
ullanu
ellu
teliltu
ellamu
ellamU
ellatu
elmlSu
>
elippu
elesu
•
ulsu
•
emu
emu
ema
emQ
emSdu
nlmedu
emeku
emlf
enfru
:}
"above".
"distant (of time)"; gddu ulld "for ever"; ultu ulld
"from of old",
"distance"; ultu ulldnumma "when, as soon as",
fem. ellitu ; plur. elluti, fem. elleti : "bright, pure".
Ideogr. ^^.
"purification",
"front"; ellamu'a "over against me". Cf. Hebr. DTW,
adj. "in front, before".
see [alalu],
a brightly-shining precious stone, "diamond (?)". Cf.
Heb. tf^n.
"ship". Ideogr. t| *zjfl-
"to rejoice". Hebr. fay.
Ifteal, Pret. iUM$ : "to rejoice",
"joy, exultation",
"father-in-law". Hebr. DFT.
T
"place, space".
"in, among"; also written e-tm.
Pret. emi; Perm, emi : "to be like". Cf. Hebr. H?pp.
Ifteal, Pret. iiemi : "to become like".
Shafel, Pret. uSimi: "to make like, reduce to a state of".
Pret. imid; Imper. 2 fem. sing, en-di-tm-ma = emdi-ma :
"to stand; to lay upon; to cast down, subdue".
Hebr. IfcJJ.
Ifteal, Pret. itemid : "to take a course (of a ship)".
Piel, Pret. ummtd : "to set up, erect".
Nifal, Pret. innimid : "to advance",
"dwelling"; kussu nlmedi "seat",
"to be deep". Hebr. p©J£.
"wise".
33o
VOCABULARY
emulfu "might, power"; plur. emuke, emuka "forces".
nimelfu "wisdom"; bit nimeki "the Abyss".
temelfu "fervent prayer".
enu, inu "time"; as conj. "when".
enuzna
inuma
> "when". Ideogr. |.
enO
enQ
eninna
eneSu
enSu
[es&ku ?]
esGru
epiru \
epru J
epeSu
epi&tu
ep€£u
ipSu
Pret. eni : "to make void, make of no effect ; to van-
quish, overcome, humble". Ideogr. ^►-J^. Cf.
Hebr. njp.
Nifal, Pret. in-nin-na-a, in-nin-nu-u : "to be annulled".
fern, enltu : "lowly". Cf. Hebr. 1JJ, *jy.
"now; thereupon".
"to be weak, to decay". Cf. Hebr. #JK.
"weak".
"to distress (?)"; i-si-ik-$a.
Pret. isir : "to enclose, imprison, besiege; to take
captive". Hebr. -©$.
Iftaal, Pres. utasar : "to be enclosed, besieged".
constr. st. epir; plur. eftiri, eprdfi: "dust". Ideogr. £~^TT.
Hebr. n^JJ.
Pret. tpuS; Pres. ippul; Imper. cpu$, ip-hi\ Part, cpilu :
"to do, make"; pa cprtu "to open the mouth, to
speak"; larruta eprtu "to rule a kingdom, exercise
sovereignty". Ideogr. *y~.
Iftaal, Pret. itapul, iteput : "to make; to deal with".
Shafel, Pret. uhpiS : "to cause to make or build".
plur. epteti, ip-$a-iu : "deed, action; insignia (of do-
minion); occurrence"; ip-ht limutti "evil fate".
Pret. lputy 3 fern. sing. tipul\ lmper. fpui; "to be-
witch"; Part, epilu, fern, ipiltu "wizard, witch".
Ishta/aly Part. fern. muWpiUu "witch, sorceress".
"witchcraft".
VOCABULARY
33l
esenu
esepu
eseru
usurtu
eseru
usurtu
elflu
era
em
erebu
erSb SamSi
niribu
erebu
erinu
ereSu
eriStu
meriStu
meriltu
erSSu
ir&Su
Pret. e$in9 l$in : "to smell .
"to add to, increase".
Piel, Pret. ussip : "to add to".
"to bind, to enclose". Cf. Hebr. *[%%.
Piel : ? u-fir.
plur. u$urati : "boundary, end".
"to form". Hebr. -|Jf\
Piel, Inf.* u$$uru : "to make, fashion",
plur. usurdti: "sculpture, relief; usurii §almi "image,
statue". Ideogr. HT ^d^=.
const, st. ekely ekil : "field, estate, territory". Ideogr.
tpttt-
Pret. in) iri : "to be pregnant, to conceive". Hebr.
T T
"copper". Ideogr. £*<~|»
Pret. irub, Irub; Pres. irrub\ Imper. erub; Part, iribu:
"to enter ; to set (of the sun)". Ideogr. >-g£:J.
Cf. Hebr. 3n$.
Ifteal, Pret. iterub : "to enter".
Shafel, Pret. uSirib; Imper. Xurib : "to make enter,
to bring in".
Ishtafal, Pret. uSierib : "to make enter",
"the setting of the sun, the west". Ideogr.
Hf- *T I If Cf- Hebr- au, ai?e.
"entrance".
Pret. iriba, er-ba : "to increase". Ideogr. ►^TT.
"cedar". Ideogr. f| Jg^J^pf. Cf. Hebr. p£.
"to desire, wish for".
constr. st. irfat "desire". Hebr. fltj^^.
"wish, desire; desired object",
"smell, sweet savour".
332
VOCABULARY
eSa
eSltu
te£a
eSgallu
[eSBru]
"to trouble, disturb"; Perm. eh\ Hi "troubled",
plur. effii : "trouble, disturbance",
"ruin; hurricane".
"mansion".
iSaru
tnB&aru
mlSaru
eSertu
eSreti
eSSu 1
e£&Qtu J
etellu
etillu
efeJJru
}
metilfu
Pret. ih'r : "to be straight". Hebr. -|#\
Shafel, Imper. SuSir : "to direct"; Perm. Xuiur
"led".
Ishtafal, Pret. uMetir; Prec. hVetir; Part. multeiiru\
Inf. tutiluru : "to direct, lead",
fern, tlfartu, iHrtu : "right, righteous". Hebr. *1^#
"righteousness". Hebr. "NJ^SJ.
constr. st. eierit : "ten"; for tVen titrit see i£t€n.
Ideogr. ^. Hebr. 1^?J7.
see aSaru.
see ed&Su.
"lord"; fem. etillitu "lady, queen".
Pret. etiky itik\ Pres. ittik\ Imper. etik : "to go, march,
advance; to traverse; to go through or into, to
transgress". Hebr. pfi^.
Ifteal, Pret. t'Mik, etetik : "to go, march".
Shafel, Imper. $utik\ with prep, itti : "to cause to
depart from, to remove from".
"course".
1
ibbu
ibru
ibrQtu
I
precative particle : "come!
"bright".
"friend". Hebr. 1311.
"friendship".
»*
VOCABULARY
333
igaru
agurru
idu
plur. igaru, igarc, igardti: "wall". Ideogr. ^|y|T ^w<-
Cf. Hebr. njn.
"brickwork".
plur. idd, iddii : "hand; side; might, strength; pos-
session; hire, price for hire"; idi, idd "at the side
of". Ideogr. ^&$fl. Hebr. T.
idu, edQ Pret. idi; Perm. idi\ Part. *</« : "to know, take
knowledge of, understand; to see, choose, elect";
ina la idi "without knowing, unwittingly". Hebr. JH\
Iftaal, Pret. utaddi : "to be known, to be recognised",
pitch, bitumen". Ideogr. J^ jEl^T-
iddU
iddi&Q
iddiS&Q
idlu
idirtu
izzu \
izziS J
iku
iku
ikdu
ikkibu
ikkaru
iklitu
ikribu
ilu
iltu
Hutu
illurtu
ilittu
'iltu
ilt ami
>
see edeiu.
"man, lord, hero". Ideogr. t^J]^.
"grief, misery".
see ezSzu.
"small water-channel",
see eku.
"strong, mighty, courageous",
"sin, fault".
"gardener". Ideogr. Kpfj *~£E|«
"darkness", tjflj ^f **f- = bit ikliti (?) "dark
chamber". Cf. Hebr. S3H.
- T
see karabu.
plur. Hani, He : "god". Ideogr. *-*^-; rarely written
£ff_, plur. £ff_ Jr— Hebr. 7H.
constr. st. ilat\ plur. ildti : "goddess",
"godhead, divinity",
"bond, fetter",
see alSdu.
"bann, curse",
see i&tSnu.
334
VOCABULARY
imhullu
imznu
immeru
imnu
imeru
imtu
ina
inu
Inu
inbu
inuma
"evil wind, hurricane".
"day".
"lamb, sheep". Ideogr. Jgf >$Z^\. Hebr. IStf.
"right hand, right". Hebr. p£\
"ass". Ideogr. £^TS:. Hebr. met].
const, st. imat : "breath, spittle, foam, poison". Cf.
Hebr. HfiH.
prep, "in, by, through, during, in the time of"; some-
times written in. Ideogr. *— .
see enu.
plur. ina, in'e : "eye; part, share". Ideogr. ^T*~; in plur.
frequently written tfJ$-. Hebr. |?g.
constr. st. Mb : "fruit; manly strength, virility".
see enu.
"now".
issuru
issuriS
irfati
irnittu
irpitu
urpatu
irsitu
•
irritu
ir€$u
irSu
irtu
iaii, iSti
see iSlfu.
see epe&u.
"wood, tree". Hebr. pj,\
"scanty, few". Cf. Hebr. pp[.
plur. issurdti : "bird". Ideogr. ►TT.
adv. "like a bird".
plur. subs, used adverbially : "swiftly".
"triumph, victory".
"cloud, clouds".
plur. urpdti : "cloud".
"earth ; district". Ideogr. ^][E|. Hebr. JHK.
see araru.
see ereSu.
"couch". Ideogr. £] ^$E^. Hebr. ttr$.
constr. st. irat : "breast". Ideogr. p^£\
personal pronoun : "me".
VOCABULARY
335
iSdu
i&dahhu
iipatu
i£ku, islfu
islfatu
iSaru
iS&akku
iSatu
iitu
iStSnu
iltanu
i&ten
\
i&ten eSrit
iStBniS
i&tar
iati
itu
itpe&u
itutu
ittu
itti
u
Q'a
Pret. (with meaning of Pres. also) Jh : "to have,
possess ; to be", ldeogr. JJ^\ Cf. Hebr. &\
constr. st. ihd : "foundation ; lower or hinder part";
ilfid Same "the horizon",
"bridle (?)".
"quiver". Hebr. PIB#K.
"portion, possession, property",
"chain, fetter". Cf. Hebr. pttty.
see [eSBTu],
"ruler". ldeogr. tfz *£] *>fl>
"fire". ldeogr. £^p|> *"HF~ ^T HP~> ^e ideogr.
for Gibil the Fire-god, is also employed for
i$alu "fire". Hebr. tfK.
prep, "from"; adv. "after"; i$tu Ubbi "from, out of".
ideogr. t^yyy.
"north, north-wind". Ideogr. AJt >pTT /Tffc.
"one". Ideogr. J, which with phon. compl. ►J^ is
frequently written *¥-TT. Cf. Hebr. fittfj?, ^'pV.
"eleven". Cf. Hebr. rnfcj? "O^g.
adv. "together",
"goddess". Ideogr. *J(- <t|^|, **f- <^. Cf.
Hebr. mntrfc, nintztf .
see iSSi.
"boundary; ordinance, law".
"prudent".
see ata.
plur. itati : "side". Cf. Hebr. HK.
prep. "with", ldeogr. /JET.
u
copula : "and"; written ^, <|^JgDf. Cf. Hebr. \ 1.
interj. : "alas"; employed as subs, "grief, pain".
336
VOCABULARY
ubSnu
ubSru
uggatu
ugallu
udrnu
uzzu
uznu
"finger; peak, summit". Ideogr. H[ *£:YY.
.»>
uhhu
uknU
uksu
ul
ullu
ullQ
ullU.
ullanu
ulinnu
ulapu
ulsu
•
ultu
uma
umu
Uznu
I
umiSam |
umussu J
Qmatan \
Umagtan J
urnSrnu
umma
ummu
"servant".
see agSgu.
"storm, hurricane".
see admu.
see ezSzu.
constr. st. uzun : "ear; mind, attention" (cf. bdiuy
Sakdnu). Ideogr. ^|^, in plur. frequently writ-
ten ^|4f . Hebr. JJfc.
plur. uM* : "trick (?)".
"lapis lazuli". Ideogr. *ft'<§ ^ ^.
"longing".
see alalu.
demonstrative pronoun : "that".
see elu.
a garment. Ideogr. JEJ JEJJ^-
"bond, alliance". Cf. Hebr. r^K, rp^fc.
see elesu.
prep, "from"; adv. "after, since". Ideogr. ►£:|y|.
adv. "now".
"storm". Ideogr. ^J.
plur. time : "day"; ina umftu, ina umiSuma, inu umiht,
inumilum "then, at that time"; iUu umimma
"henceforth". Ideogr. ^J. Hebr. 0t\
adv. "daily".
adv. "for a day".
"beast".
adv. "thus"; introduces direct speech.
"mother". Ideogr. £tt»**T- Hebr. QX.
VOCABULARY
337
ummanu
ummanu
umman -
ummatu
unlku
unkenna
unninu
unfcu
unutu
usurtu
•
uru
urhu
urkarinnu
urpatu
urJfu
urJfltu
urru
urtu
uSu
uSultu
}
uSumgallu
uSmanu
uSSu
"craftsman"; also mar ummanu Hebr. JftK.
plur. ummane, ummanati : "tribe, people; host, forces,
troops". Ideogr. ^f, ^f ^fcjf
manda "tribal hordes",
"host".
plur. untkett: "kid",
"the whole; full strength"; see SakSnu. Ideogr.
see [an&nu].
"signet-ring; sealed letter".
plur. undti: "furniture, household stuff".
see e§&ru.
"enclosure, field". Cf. Hebr. imK.
T Tl\
constr. st. urufri "road". Hebr. PHfc.
a precious wood. Ideogr. HT YET.
see irpitu.
see araJfu.
"light, day". Ideogr. *J ^JJ. Hebr. Tilt
see 'Sru.
a precious wood. Ideogr. £| t^J^*
plur. uJfloti: "blood-vessel, channel for the blood,
artery",
"monster-viper". Ideogr. ^\*- ^^UJ^.
"camp". Cf. Hebr. PDbWj.
see a£&£u.
ba'u
babu
Pret. and Pres. iba : "to come, reach, go". Hebr. MS.
Piel-Shafel, Pret. uXba't: "to storm against, plunge
down upon",
plur. babdti, babani: "gate". Ideogr. £>^f.
22
338
VOCABULARY
biblu
bubatu
bufyalu
bafSlu
baflu
bafiltu
bakQ
bikitu
bakru
bukru
balQ
bala
balu
beiu
belu
beitu
bSlGtu
BelQtu
x4>: u
bel-pahati
bUlu
billudQ
constr. st. bibil : "inclination, desire"; bibil libbi
"prompting, desire of the heart",
"hunger, famine; food, bread",
"male beast",
"to cease". Hebr. biff}.
fem. bafiltu : "discontinued, at an end"; la baflu
"unceasing".
plur. baflati: "discontinuance, discharge"; see ra$G.
Pret. Mi ; Pres. ibaki ; Perm. bakt\ 3 plur. baku :
"to weep". Hebr. ,-Q5>.
Iftaal, Inf. bitakku "affliction",
"weeping".
"young of the camel",
constr. st. bukur: "first-born". Hebr. TD3.
"not to be, fade, go to ruin". Hebr. n^3.
Piel, Pret. uballi: "to destroy, bring to an end, cut off".
Prep, "without".
Pret. ibil, ipil\ "to conquer, subdue, rule".
plur. bile : "lord"; bel adc "one who is faithful
to commands"; bcl mamtti "one who is faithful
to an oath" ; bil salimi "ally, confederate" ; la
bil kussi "one with no claim to the throne" ;
bel narkabdti "commander of the chariots", writ-
ten E£w ^n t] £<J T"^' ldeoBr- ^11-
Hebr. b$?3.
constr. st. be' HI : "lady". Ideogr. ^, £"E|? *~<«
"lordship, rule, authority, dominion".
the power or dominion of the god Bel ; written
governor". Ideogr. ££££ >-JJ ►JI^-
"four-footed beast ; cattle",
"divine command".
VOCABULARY
339
balafu
balafu
balfu
balfutu
[balkatu]
[balalu]
balm
biltu
band
binutu
bUnu
bunnannQ
nabnitu
banu
bakamu
ba'aru, baru
baru
baru
biru
Pret. iblut\ Pres. ibalut: "to live". Ideogr. £K.
Piel, Pret. uballit ; Pres. uballat ; Imper. bullit ; Inf.
bullutu ; "to cause to live, give life to, quicken,
raise to life".
Iftaal, Pret. ubtallit\ "to keep alive",
"life". Ideogr. ►<{< +£].
masc. plur. bal/u/i: "living, alive",
"state of being alive"; bal-fu-su-un ik-$u-da kata11-
ai "my hands captured (them) alive".
Shafel, Pres. ufabalkat : "to tear down".
Nifal, Pret. ibbalkit : "to fall upon ; invade ; revolt
against". Ideogr. ►>-[£.
"to pour out". Hebr. SSa.
Piel, Inf. bullulu : "to smelt ; to confound",
"side, bank",
see abSlu.
Pret. ibni\ Pres. ibani\ Imper. bmt; Part, bdni,
banu ; Perm, bant, fern, banat : "to build, make,
form, create, beget". Ideogr. ^Z. Hebr. nj^«
Nifal, Pret. and Pres. ibbani: "to be built, formed,
created ; to be laid (of a net)".
Ittafal, Pret. tttabni: "to be created, restored",
"creation, product ; building, structure",
"formation, origin, beginning",
"form".
"creation, creature",
"bright, beautiful ; rich, precious".
Pret. ibkum ; Imper. bukum : "to tear in pieces".
Pret. ibar ; Pres. 3 plur. ibarru : "to catch".
Pret. t'bri; Pres. ibari\ "to see, gaze upon".
Shafel, Pret. ufabri: "to cause to see",
"seer". Ideogr. EJ$ff **"•
"glance ; midst" ; ina blri "between, in the midst".
22*
340
VOCABULARY
birtu
tabritu
baru
biriS
barbaru
birku
[barSmu]
birznu
bitrumu
barSku
bir^u
birltu
basu
buSG
baSSmu
baSmu
bltu
constr. st. birit : "glance ; midst ; clearness (?)" ; ina
birit "between, among" ; me birtu "water of clear-
ness (?)", 1. t. water that is clear.
"sight, wonder"; plur. iabrdti: "marvellous treasures".
"to be superabundant". Cf. Hebr. K*19> K*"12L
Piel-Ishtafal, Pres. uitabarri: "to be sated, to abound
with".
adv. "in luxuriant pasturage".
"leopard" or "jackal". Ideogr. JJ^J >$- ^pyj.
plur. birkd, birke : "knee" ; tar-bit bir-ki-ia : "my off-
spring". Hebr. ^9
Piel : "to weave coloured threads".
"brightly-coloured cloth, variegated stuff". Ideogr.
tf^y. Hebr. Dttp.
"brightly-coloured".
Pret. ibrik : "to flash (of lightning), to blast",
"lightning". Hebr. p^S.
"fetters".
Pret. ibU ; Pres. ibatt (rarely written ipaii) ; Part.
bd$u, bd$i; Perm, bah'; "to be; to be inclined,
directed". Ideogr. ^T^.
Shafel, Pret. uSabti : "to cause to be, to create"
(Ideogr. JJ^-, in proper names); fatta Subfa "to
commit sin".
Ishtafal, Pret. tdtabSi: "to make, create",
"property, possessions". Ideogr. ^P H^ ^ T.
Pret. ibhm : "to build, form, prepare".
Piel, Pret. ubaUim : "to form".
LI **
"viper .
"house ; temple" ; bit Hi "temple" ; bit durdni in op-
position to aldm ': "walled or fortified cities"; bit
nakamti "treasure-house" ; bit tukldti "stations for
troops". Ideogr. t^ffy. Hebr. JVJ.
VOCABULARY
341
bithallu
batnu
batalfu
"saddle-horse"; sometimes written with determ.
word of uncertain meaning.
Pret. ibiuk : "to rend, tear ; to cut off, separate".
Piel, Pret. ubattik : "to cut through, sever". Cf.
Hebr. p£©.
Nifal, Pret. ibbatik : "to be destroyed",
"cleft, fissure, breach"; batka sabatu "to close a
breach, restore",
"destruction".
Subtalftu "flood"; written $ub-lak-li, which can also be read
ru-$um~fi.
bitrumu see [barSmu].
batlfu
butalfu
gabbu
gabrVL
gabaSu
gabSu
gibSu
gugallu
gadu
guzalu
guhlu
[galabu]
gallG
galtu
gamalu
gimillu
gitmalu
"all, the whole".
"answer, reply".
Pret. igbuX: "to be firm, hard, proud".
"mighty".
constr. st. gibiS : "multitude".
"ruler, director". Ideogr. >^^ ^1*^-
prep, "up to ; together with".
"messenger, servant, minister". Ideogr. "£►£ ^f J*\
"stibium".
Piel, Pres. ugallab : "to brand".
"evil demon, devil".
fem. galittu : "terrible".
Pret. igmil ; Imper. gimil : "to complete ; to spare
(the life of)"; with ina "to spare from". Cf.
Hebr. b&\.
"mercy, sparing of life"; gimillu lurru "to requite,
take vengeance", see t&ru.
"perfect".
342
VOCABULARY
gamSru
gamru
gimru
gammalu "camel". Ideogr. fc^TE£ ^ ££| ^^J, ^jT£^ \^
E^zJ. Hebr. b$%.
Pret. igmur : "to complete, bring to an end". Cf.
Hebr. n£$.
Ifteal, Inf. gitmuru employed as subs, "perfection,
excellence".
Piel, Part, mugammiru : "to carry out, achieve",
constr. st. gamir: "perfect",
constr. st. gimir : "entirety, the whole" ; kal gimri
"everything ; the world".
gimirtu constr. st. gimrat ; plur. gimreti : "entirety, the whole";
kiUat kal gimreti "the whole of the world",
"appointed offering",
"district (?)".
"wing, feather",
"piece of land, field".
plur. gdre : "enemy, opponent". Cf. Hebr. 7T§, iTU|.
"way ; campaign, expedition",
"snare, trap".
"to strengthen, fortify". Cf. Hebr. *Utf£.
"mighty".
fern. giHrtu : "strong, powerful".
magSaru "might, strength".
gitmalu see gamalu.
ginQ
gunu
gappu
gipSru
gam
girru
giSparru
gaSaru
gaSru
gi&ru
D
[da'abu]
dabSbu
dibbu
Part, daibu: "to overwhelm (?)".
Pret. idbub ; Pres. idabub, idibub : "to speak, converse,
proclaim ; to plan, intrigue"; Mi. . . . tdbuti dababu
"to establish friendly relations with". Cf. Hebr.
22% 33TT.
"speech, message". Cf. Hebr. H2H.
VOCABULARY
343
dabru
dagalu
daddaru
dadmu
Du'uzu
DQzu
daku
tiduku
diku
dakkassu
dalabu
dalibtu
dalahu
dalihtu
w
dalalu
dallalu
dullu
daltu
damu
ditnu
dimtu
damamu
dumSmu
masc. plur. dabruti: "mighty".
Pret. idgul; Imper. dugul: "to look at, behold";
dagil pant "subject of, tributary to".
Shafel, Pret. u$adgil\ Perm. Sudgul: with panu "to
entrust to",
"stink".
plur. dadmi : "dwelling, habitation",
the month Tammuz. Ideogr. »%**^ ^E|. Hebr.
nao.
Pret. iduk : "to slay". Ideogr. £<^. Cf. Hebr. ^p[.
Ifteal, Pret. tdduk: "to slay".
"battle".
Pret. t'dki: "to summon, assemble".
word of uncertain meaning.
"to be in trouble".
Piel, Part, mudallibu : "to afflict, oppress".
plur. dalbati, da-al-pa-a-le : "affliction".
"to confuse, to disorder" ; Inf. daldfru employed as
subs, "trouble"; 4fc*ff Iv^\ *&* d*l%u "dis-
turbing wind, whirlwind". Hebr. Plb^.
Shafel, Inf. Sudluhu : "to confound, destroy".
plur. daljidti: "disturbance".
Pret. idlul: "to bow down, humble oneself, wor-
ship". Cf. Hebr. b^j.
"cripple".
"service, work, task".
constr. st. dalat\ plur. daldii: "door". Ideogr. £:[
►■H*. Hebr. nH
"blood". Ideogr. ►<. Hebr. tfj.
plur. dimd : "tear". Cf. Hebr. JJOT.
"tears, weeping". Hebr. njjfi*5!-
Pres. idammum : "to lament, moan".
"howling, lamentation".
344
VOCABULARY
dimmu
dam&Ifu
damlfu
damiJftu
dumlfu
dunlfu
dimtu
dimtu
dSnu
dinu
daianu
dan&nu
I
dananu
dannu
danniS
dannatu
dannutu
dandannu
dun If u
dapnu
dapinu
"column, obelisk".
"to be friendly, favourable, propitious". Ideogr.
<Mf. mm-
Piel, Inf. dummukw. "to make favourable; show
favour",
fern, damikiu ; plur. damkuti, fern, dawikaii : "friendly,
good, favourable ; health -giving (of water-supply);
trusty (of warriors)". Ideogr. ^J*-^.
"mercy, favour"; plur. damkaii "good deeds".
Ideogr. <Mf, £- <Mf.
"favour, good fortune; comeliness". Ideogr.
plur. dimati: "pole, post".
see dimu.
Pret. idin ; Pres. iddn : "to judge".
"judgment". Hebr. pr.
"judge". Ideogr. <Jtfz »*?. Cf. Hebr. |*I.
"to be strong".
Piel, Pret. udannin ; Inf. dunnunu : "to strengthen,
make fast",
"might, power",
fern, dannatu ; plur. dannuti\ (em.danna/i: "strong,
mighty". Ideogr. £]]}, ^JJ ^.
adv. "very much, exceedingly"; also written with
phonetic complement is, /'. e. dannis, Ideogr. tTTJ.
"foundation, base; distress, affliction (ideogr.
<m eh'-
"strength, strong point, fortress"; ali dannuti "for-
tress, stronghold",
"strong, all-powerful",
see damSku.
"strong, mighty",
"strong".
VOCABULARY
345
duppu
dipSru
dupMmtu
dupSarru
darn
daris
dUru
dirratu
duruSSu
daSu
[da&Q]
"tablet". Ideogr. t£\lT\.
plur. dipdrdti: "torch". Ideogr. ►Jf^ £Z^p| J*".
plur. dupUmdti : "destiny - tablet". Ideogr. t^Uyj
"scribe" ; usually written E*?ff ►CITTT E^IrT* '" e'
ameiu dup-Ur.
fem.daritu; plur. ddru/i, fern, ddrati: "lasting, conti-
nual, everlasting"; ana ddrati "for ever, continu-
ously" ; parak ddrati "an everlasting shrine". Ideogr.
^yy ^yy. cf. Hebr. -m
adj. "eternal"; ana ddriS "for ever",
plur. durdni: "wall"; dur appi lit. "the wall of the
face", 1. e. "the cheek"; see also bitu. Ideogr.
&
"whip (?)".
"foundation".
Part. daiS : "to tread under foot, crush, destroy".
Cf. Hebr. tin.
"to abound, be luxuriant". Hebr. tify%
Piel-Shafel, Pret. uX-daX-$a-a : "to cause to have in
abundance, to endow with".
[zabu]
zazu
zahalu
zakaru
Pret. izub : "to melt, dissolve". Hebr. 3N.
"to divide".
Piel, Pres. uzdz : "to divide".
a bright stone or metal.
Pret. izkur; Pres. izakar: "to name, call upon, pro-
claim, speak, tell" ; Suma zakaru "to name a name",
1. e. "to bear a name, to exist". Cf. Hebr. IJT*
Piel, Perm, zukkur: "to name"; Xu-ma la zuk-ku-ru
"they were not named, did not exist".
346
VOCABULARY
zikru
zikaru
zikru
zikritu
zalpu
zaliptu
zamG
zumbu
zamSru
zatnaru
zammeru
zammertu
zumru
zinu
zinQ
zananu
zananu
zanSnutu
zifru
zuku
zakapu
zifrkuratu
[zafratu]
zalftu
zifrtu
constr. st. zikt'r: "name, speech, word, mention,
renown". Hebr. IpJ.
"male ; man" ; zikru kardu "valiant hero". Ideogr.
5£J, >&\. Hebr. -PJ.
plur. zikreti: "women of the palace". Ideogr.
"wicked".
constr. st. zalpat : "wickedness, iniquity".
Piel "to exclude from" ; Perm, zummu "excluded
from".
(1. e. zubbu): "fly". Hebr. 3«|.
"to sing". Hebr. *1BJ.
u
song .
plur. zammcre : "singer, musician". Ideogr. E3?5
■If*
plur. zammerefi: "female musician". Ideogr. -{+-
constr. st. zumur, rarely zutntr: "body".
"to be angry".
"angry".
"to rain".
Shafel, Prcs. uiaznan : "to cause to rain",
"to provide for, care for, support",
"provision, abundance".
Pret. izlk : "to blow, storm, rage",
constr. st. zuk : "foot-soldiers"; zuk lipe "foot-
soldiers, infantry".
Pret. izkup, tikup : "to place, set up, erect". Hebr.
"peak of a mountain ; temple-tower",
"to be sharp, pointed",
"sharp, pointed".
LI »»
"spur .
VOCABULARY
347
zSru
zirutu
[zarQ]
zeru
zarabu
zarbiS
zurbu
[zarbabu]
Pret. iztr; Pres. t'zirri: "to hate, conceive a hatred
for"; Part, za'iru "enemy". Hebr. TIT.
Piel, Imper. ztr: "to abandon".
plur. zirati: "hatred".
Part, zaru: "to beget". Cf. Hebr. JTI].
"seed, descendants". Ideogr. ►<£, ^. Hebr. JHJ.
"to be oppressed".
Piel, Pret. uzarrib : "to oppress, afflict".
adv. "in trouble".
constr. st. zurub : "trouble, affliction".
Nifal, Perm. 3 plur. nazarbubu : "to fume, to be
furious".
habasu
habatu
hubtu
w
hegallu
hadG
hadiS
w
hidutu
hazanu
w
hafti
hafti
him
hitu
hifitu
haftu
\halu]
H
3 plur. Perm. (?) ha-ba~§u\ "to be filled, swelled
out (?)".
Pret. ifrbut; Pres. ifyabai : "to plunder",
constr. st. fyubut : "booty ; captives",
"abundance". Ideogr. ££*E *"TI^'
Pret. ihdi\ "to rejoice"; with prep, ana "to rejoice
in or at"; Inf. fradu employed as subs. "joy".
Hebr. H^PI.
adv. "joyfully".
plur. hiddti\ "joy". Ideogr. ^^JJ.
plur. hazdndli: "ruler, governor". Ideogr.
-II ^TT (?)•
Pret. ihit\ "to see, survey".
Pret. ihti\ Pres. faffi: "to sin". Hebr. KipPl.
"sin" ; bel fati "sinner".
plur. hitati: "sin, iniquity".
"sceptre". Ideogr. £j f£i, £] ^ t£:.
Pret. Hul\ "to tremble, quiver". Cf. Hebr. bTl.
348
VOCABULARY
haialtu
halsu
w •
halaJfu
Sahlu^tu
[hamu]
hamafu
hitmufiS
hamafu
hamamu
w
hSmiru
hanSu
hasasu
haslsu
hipu
hasbu
halfu
hard
ha'iru
hamiru
"array, host". Cf. Hebr. b?PN
plur. ^j/^, balsam : "fort, entrenchment"; written
*<TT ^ £"££• Cf- Hebr- r^o-
Pret. #/# : "to be destroyed ; to flee". Ideogr.
JJ< If
Ifteal, Pret. tfrfah'k: "to be lost".
Piel, Pret. uhallik ; Prec. lihallik ; Part. muhalUku ; Fnf.
kulluku : "to destroy, cast down",
"destruction".
Perm. 2 fern. sing, fiamati: "to be of good cheer,
be comforted (?)".
Pret. ihmut\ Imper. frumut: "to hasten",
adv. "swiftly, in haste".
Pret. t&muf: "to burn".
Piel, Pres. uhammaf: "to make glow, to light up".
Ishtafal, Part. muUahmifu : "to flame, burn".
Pret. ihmum : "to rule, direct",
see hS'iru.
"fifth". Ideogr. ^. Hebr. MftJtJ.
Pret. ihsus : "to think, conceive, plan, invent ; to
recollect, to set in the memory".
Ifteal, Imper. htssas (for lii/sas) : "to understand",
"wisdom, understanding".
Pret. i/ipi: "to shatter, destroy; to split".
Ifteal, Pret. ihtepi : "to shatter".
Piel, Part, muhippi, muhip : "to shatter, destroy",
subs, of uncertain meaning.
Pret. ihik: "to mingle together (intrans.)".
Pret. ifyn ': "to dig".
Iftaal, Pret. ulitarri : "to dig".
Shafel, Pret. uSahri "to cause to dig out".
"spouse, husband".
VOCABULARY
349
hirtu I
Mratu J "Sp°USe' Wife"-
huribtu "desert". Hebr. nyjfl.
harbaSu "power of striking terror, fury".
[harmafu] "to destroy".
Shafel, Part. mu$barmitu : "to destroy".
[harmamu] Shafel, Prec. Itibarmim : "to overpower, destroy".
hurSsu "gold". Ideogr. ^f ►JJ^. Hebr. jmp.
"way, road". Ideogr. {5^:.
plur. hurtoni\ "mountain, wooded highland". Cf.
Hebr. B^n.
harranu
hurSu
\
hirtu
hiratu
w
ha£5hu
w w
huSShu
w w
huSahh
haSalu
w
hitmufiS
hatanu
see ha'iru.
Pret. *##: "to hasten, set out, go". Hebr. Eftn.
Pret. #&£, #&# : "to long for, desire".
WW /
hunger, famine".
"destroyer",
see hamafu.
"son-in-law". Hebr. jrilj.
tabu
tabu
fabiS
tabtu
fibu
Pret. itib ; Pres. itdb, itib : "to be good, well-pleas-
ing". Hebr. 31B.
Piel, Part, mufibw. "to make joyful"; Inf. fubbu
(constr. st. tub) "joy".
fern, tabtu : "good, pleasant ; loud (of the voice)".
ideogr. ^ tryyy*.
"joyfully, cheerfully".
plur. tdbtdti (?) : "benefit".
"to sink". Hebr. J73Jp.
Iftaal, Pret. uttibbi: "to make sink, duck under".
350
VOCABULARY
fabahu "to slaughter". Hebr. PISjp.
Piel, Pres. utabbah : "to slaughter".
\ahuy tehu Pret. ithi\ Pres. ifehi, itibhi : "to draw near, ap-
proach".
fifu, tfttu "clay, mud, earth".
femu "understanding, mind; account, instructions, com-
mand". Hebr. Dfffc.
farSdu "to drive away, hunt". Cf. Hebr. T^p.
Piel, Pres. uiarrad: "to hunt".
ki
ki'am
kizna
kitne
kabasu
kibsu
kibru
kibratu
kabatu
kabtu
kabittu
kibatu
K
conj. "as, when, after, since, for". Hebr. '•J.
prep, "like, according to".
adv. "thus".
prep, "like, as, according to ; corresponding to, in
place of"; adv. "as soon as". Ideogr. <^|J.
"just as".
Pret. ikbus : "to tread". Cf. Hebr. D33.
Piel, Pret. ukabbis ; Part, mukabbisu : "to tread down,
trample on".
Shafel, Inf. Sukbusu : "to cause to tread down, to
batter (of siege-engines)",
constr. st. kibis : "footstep, tread",
constr. st. kibir : "bank (of a river)",
plur. kibrati: "region; quarter of heaven". Ideogr.
^. Hebr. TJW-
"to be heavy, weighty". Hebr. *T39-
Piel, Pret. ukabbit, ukebit : "to honour".
Iftaal, Pret. uktebit : "to honour",
fern, kabittu : "heavy, weighty, pre-eminent,
with pron. suffixes kabtat'. "spirit, mind; midst (:f.
"abundance, great quantity".
VOCA3ULARY
351
kudurru
kuduru
kiki
kakku
kukku
kakkabu
}
:f-*J-. Hebr.
kikkiSu
kalu
kalu
kalu
kalu
"boundary, frontier". Cf. Hebr. T13, ^3-
adv. "so, to such an extent".
"arm, weapon". Ideogr. £j JEJ.
"darkness".
plur. kakkabdni : "star". Ideogr.
"reed-house",
"to hold". Hebr. b».
Piel, Part, mukilu : "to hold ; to hold high, raise".
Pret. iklu, ikla ; Pres. ikallu, ikalla : "to hold back,
restrain, prevent ; to withhold, refuse". Hebr.
T T
Pret. ikla ; Pres. ikalla : "to cease, come to an end".
Hebr. nb?.
constr. st. kal: "all, the whole". Ideogr. £jlI.
kalamu "all, everything ; of every kind".
kaliS "altogether, completely".
constr. st. kalab : "dog, hound". Ideogr. ^J^-J JEJ.
Hebr. nSs.
kalbannati (plur.) siege-engines.
[kalalu] "to be complete". Cf. Hebr. b1??.
Shafel, Pret. ufaklil; Part, muSaklilu; Inf. Suklulu :
"to complete".
Ishtafal, Part. muUaklilu, fern. muX-lak-li-la-al : "to
carry out, fulfil".
kullatu "totality, all, the whole"; also written kul~la-ta-an.
kilallan \
• .. ••* r "both ; on both sides".
kilallS J
kalamu see kalQ.
[kalamu] Piel, Pret. ukallim ; Inf. kullumu : "to cause to see,
show to, display".
[kalmQ] Nifal, Pret. ikkilmi: "to look upon".
kalbu
352
VOCABULARY
kaliS
kamQ
kamu
kamutu
kamaru
kamaru
kamariS
[kamaru]
kamatu
kamutu
kimtu
[kanu]
kanu
\
see kalQ.
Pret. ikmi, t'kmu ; Pres. ikammi : "to conquer, over-
come, take captive".
plur. kamuti: "bound, captive".
"captivity, condition of imprisonment"; kamutsu tiki
"as a prisoner he took him".
"enclosure".
see ki.
"family".
"family".
Pret. ikmil: "to be angry".
"anger, wrath".
"thy, thine".
Pret. ikmis : "to bow oneself, to bow down".
Iftaal, Pret. ukiammis : "to be bowed down, over-
whelmed".
Ishtafal, Pret. ultakmis : "to cause to bow down".
"to strike down"; Inf. used as subs., e. g. ka-mar-
Su-nu a$-kun "I struck them down".
"net".
adv. "in a net or snare".
Piel, Inf. kummuru : "to make plentiful".
Iftaal, Prec. lik-tam-mc-ra : "to be made plentiful".
see kamQ.
see klmu.
Piel-Shafel, Pret. uSkm : "to humble oneself, make
obeisance \
Pret. ikun ; Pres. ikan ; Perm, kdn, kin : "to stand,
be established, be firm, endure". Ideogr. ^J,
Hnw^H- Hebr- P3-
VOCABULARY
353
kaianu
kaian
kaiana
Piel, Pret. ukin ; Part, mukinnu ; Perm, kun ; Inf.
kunnu, constr. st. kun : "to set, fix, make firm,
hold fast, found, establish, appoint, arrange";
kun libbi "truth, constancy".
Iftaal, Pret. uktin : "to set, fix, arrange".
"continuous, enduring, imperishable".
kmi£
kittu
[kanu]
adv. "continuously".
kaianamma
kinu "firm, sure, established, true". Ideogr. ►TJ^ *~^~T-
Hebr. fj.
adv. "truly, legitimately, carefully",
"right, justice".
Piel, Pret. ukanni: "to prepare carefully".
klnatatu "service ; servants".
kanaku Pret. iknuk: "to seal".
kunukku "seal". Ideogr. Cf|~^r *~JTT.
kananu "to crouch down".
Piel : "to press down" ; Perm, kunnun "bowed,
crouching".
Pret. iknuS : "to bow down, submit".
Ifteal, Perm, kitnuhi "subject".
Piel, Pret. ukannti : "to force into submission".
Shafel, Pret. ufaknrt, utikmlt ; Part. muSakntiu : "to
cause to submit, bring into subjection",
adj., plur. kanSufi: "subject",
"to bind, take captive".
Ifteal, Pret. iktasi: "to bind, fetter".
Iftaal, Pret. uktassa'. "to be bound"; ideogr. J*"(?),
€. g. J pjyyy = uktdSSCL (?).
"fetter, bonds".
Pret. iksu : "to cover, to hide oneself". Hebr. Hp9«
Iftaal, Pres. uktassi\ "to serve as a hiding-place for".
kanSSu
kanSu
kasu
kasltu
kasu
23
354
VOCABULARY
kisukkiS
Kislimu
kussU
kaspu
kusapu
kusarikku
kapadu
kappu
kippSti
kappu
kaparru
kupru
kissu
• «
karu
[karO]
kiretu
kiru
karabu
ikribu
karamu
karmu
karmiS
karmQtu
karmatu
karSnu
adv. "in confinement".
the month Kislev. Ideogr. *%_y tjiE* Hebr.
"throne" ; kissu nimedi "seat". Ideogr. £| £-£ ^y.
i- ^J. Cf. Hebr. KB3-
constr. st. kasap : "silver, money". Ideogr. 4$ ^\
Hebr. rp$.
subs, of uncertain meaning,
"ram (?)" ; plur. written ku-sa-rik-ti.
Pret. ikpud : "to plan, think, consider, ponder on".
(/'. e. kanpu) "wing". Hebr. P|33.
(plur.) "the ends (of heaven and earth)". Cf. Hebr.
rw map.
"hand". Hebr. rp.
"sheep-boy".
"bitumen". Ideogr. ]} £E<*J *] t£] Tf Cf* Hebr-
"dwelling, hall".
"wall". Ideogr. *£]]}.
"to fetch, bring".
Ifteal, Pret. ikteri : "to summon".
"banquet". Cf. Hebr. 7T$.
"plantation, garden". Ideogr. £j ^EjTHT
Pret. ikrub\ Pres. ikarrab : "to be propitious, bless,
pay homage to".
Ifteal, Pret. iktarab : "to be propitious, to pay ho-
mage to".
"prayer".
"to cast down, overthrow".
"rum .
adv. "like a ruin".
"ruin" ; for karmuta Hduku see alSku.
"food, sustenance, support",
"wine". Ideogr. £l!K .
VOCABULARY
355
kurunnu
karru
karSu
karaSu
karaSu
kisibbu
kaSadu
ki&ittu
kiSadu
[kaSapu]
ki&pu
kaSSapu
ka&Saptu
[kaSaru]
kaSaSu
kiSSatu
kaSusu
ki&ittu
kiStu
katu |
ka&u t
ka$a I
kitu
"sesame-wine". Ideogr. ^ ^jy^r.
"costly raiment".
"belly". Cf. Hebr. feTO.
"destruction".
"seal".
Pret. ik$ud\ Pres. ikaiad\ Imper. kufad : "to reach,
come up to, draw near, approach, come; to
seize, take, attain to; to conquer, overcome".
Ideogr. V-
Piel, Imper. kuttid : "to attain to, secure".
Shafel, Pret. uSakh'd : "to cause to attain ; to cause
to conquer"; with katu "to cause the hand to
conquer, to deliver into the hand".
"booty; possession; prisoners".
"neck; bank of a river". Ideogr.
Pret. iktip ; Imper. fuh'p : "to enchant, cast a spell
upon". Hebr. P]#5-
"enchantment, sorcery". Hebr. r^S.
"sorcerer". Ideogr. Kj!jj *"£|p<f ►^TT* Hebr.
"sorceress". Ideogr. ^t- ^mT ► ►^Jf-
Pret. iktir : "to repair, set up again".
Pret. ikSai : "to assemble, collect (?)".
"host, totality, the world". Ideogr. <*<« , J, ^.
"darling, beloved".
see kaSadu.
plur. kiWu "wood, forest".
fern, kdti, kdh'y plur. katunu, kalunu, personal pro-
noun : "thee, you".
"cloth". Ideogr. Jg[ *|-, i^-.
n*
356
VOCABULARY
kat&mu Pret. iktum : "to cover; to close (the lips);
overwhelm".
Piel, Inf. kuttumu : "to cover completely".
kuttumu "covered, hidden".
kitru "alliance".
katrQ "gift, present".
to
IS
WQ
litu
la'atu
multa'Qtu
la
la
la
littu
[labSbu]
libbatu
libbu
liblibbu
lubultu
labSnu
libittu
negative particle : "not". Hebr. tfb.
Pres. Mi : "to be able".
fern, constr.st. It' a/: "strong, mighty, powerful"; laWu
"impotent, weak, unable", Ideogr. ^j^J *"TI^-
"strength, might; triumph, victory",
"full extent (?)".
"to wish".
"will, pleasure, determination",
precative particle; particle of emphasis used with
3 and i pers. sing, and plur. Hebr. V?-
conj. "or" ; lii . . . lu . . ., lu . . . u . . ., lu . . . u
///... "either . . . or . . .".
"wild ox",
"wild cow".
Perm. 3 fern. sing, labbat, 3 masc. plur. labbu : "to
be angry, to rage",
"anger",
"heart; womb, bowels, courage"; ina libbi, libbi,
libbu "in, in the midst of"; ana libbi "against".
Ideogr. ^Jjy. Hebr. 3^, MS.
"offspring, descendant",
see laba&u.
"to lav or cast flat".
plur. libndli : "brick". Ideogr. -&£%. Cf. Hebr.
VOCABULARY
357
labaru
labariS
labiru
labasu
lubaSu
lubuStu
lubultu
nalbaSu
labuttG .
libittu
lifu
lalQ
111 at u
lamu
limu
lim
limetu
limltu
lamadu
lim&nu
Pret. ilbur, ilbir : "to grow old".
Shafel, Pret. ufalbir; Pres. utolbar : "to cause to
become old, to prolong; to grow old",
adv. "into old age" ; labaril alaku "to become old",
fern, labiriu ; plur. masc. labiruU\ fern, labirati : "old,
former"; H-ma la-bi-ri-im-ma "as of old".
Perm, labtt, 3 plur. Iab-$u : "to clothe oneself, be
clothed" ; uldpa labaSu "to enter into an alliance".
Hebr. tf 3^.
- T
Ifteal, Perm, titbui : "to be clothed".
Shafel, Pret. uialbX : "to clothe",
"garment".
"garment".
"robe, garment".
"ruler, governor".
see labanu.
"hostage".
"fulness, abundance"; la-li-c balati "the fulness of
life",
"evening". Hebr. n^S.
Pret. tlmi, ilnu\ Perm. Iamt\ 3 masc. plur. lamu : "to
surround, catch, besiege".
Shafel, Pres. uSalmi\ Inf. iulmu : "to enclose, catch",
"period; eponymy".
"thousand".
"neighbourhood".
Pret. ilmad\ Imper. timad, h'-mid-da : "to learn, to
perceive" ; lam-du (Perm. 3 plur.) "trained". Hebr.
Piel, Pret. ulammid : "to teach". Hebr. *!©*?.
"to be evil".
358
VOCABULARY
liznnu
limniS
limuttu
luznnu
lumSSu
lasamu
llpllpi
lapatu
SalpQtu
/afcff, li^Q
li&Snu
la'Stu \
lltu
littu
fern. limuttu\ plur. masc. limnulij fern, limniii : "evil,
wicked, hostile". Ideogr. <J»-JJ»-|»
adv. "evilly, terribly".
"evil, misfortune". Ideogr. <^JfcJ, £- <MM*
constr. st. lumun : "evil, wickedness, evil purpose",
plur. lu~ma-ti : certain stars,
"to gallop".
"descendant". Ideogr. ^Jjy wfc-J* >^y^.
Pret. iiput : "to turn, overturn, destroy". Hebr.
neb.
Shafel, Pret. uMpit : "to destroy".
"destruction ; misfortune".
Pret. ilki, ilka ; Prec. lilki\ Pres. iieiii) Hikki\ Imper.
Iiki\ Part, likii, fem. li-ka-at, li-kat : "to take, catch,
receive". Ideogr. *~<y^. Hebr. H[?^.
Ifteal, Pret. ilteki : "to take possession of".
plur. Itianati : "tongue, speech, nation". Ideogr.
-JiTt^J. Hebr. J1^.
see [ie'u].
see lu.
ma
ma
ma
mu
mag am
migru
magsaru
M
enclitic particle of emphasis : the forms mc, nu, mi
and mu also occur,
enclitic particle : "and".
adv. "thus, as follows"; introduces direct speech,
plur. me : "water". Ideogr. Jjr. Cf. Hebr. 10, *£, D*£.
Pret. imgur : "to render obedience to, to gratifv" ;
Part, magiruy plur. mdgire "obedient",
constr. st. migir : "darling, favourite",
see gasaru.
VOCABULARY
359
ma'adu
madu
ma'adu
madu
ma'adiS
l
I
mu'du
madadu
madatu
madattu
mehQ
mahazu
mahhu
mahhataS
muhhu
muhhu
mahSsu
maharu
Pret. //k'a/, i»w</; Pres. Mia'stf : "to be numerous,
many, much, to swarm". Cf. Hebr. TittJ.
fern, ma'alfu, mattu ; plur. ma'aduti, fern, ma* add ft :
"many, much".
adv. "greatly, exceedingly, much" ; a/ra ma'adrt "in
great numbers".
plur. ww'<# : "abundance".
Pret. itndud\ Pres. imandad: "to mtasurt". Hebr.TlO.
see nadanu.
"storm, tempest".
"city, town". Cf. Hebr. Wl, 11110.
fern, mahhutu : "prophet, prophetess".
adv. "like one possessed".
ina muhhi, ana mu/tfri ' : "on, upon; concerning; to,
towards; against",
"skull".
Pret. tm&af, Pres. imah^as : "to smite". Hebr. pfl£.
Ifteal, Pret. imdafa's, imda^his : "to fight"; Part.
plur. mundahhise, mundafrse "warriors" ; Inf. mithusu
employed as subs, "battle, attack".
Pret. imfrur) Imper. mufrur : "to correspond to,
rival; to oppose, fight; to go or come before;
to pray to ; to take from ; to receive favourably ;
to be first, to have preeminence" ; Part, mahiru
"opponent, rival"; la ma^ar (Inf.), la maftra, la
mafiri "invincible".
Ifteal, Perm, mitfrur : "to correspond to, to lie over
against".
Piel, Pret. umafchir, umahir\ Prec. limaftbir : "to come
before; to bring before, offer"; Inf. mubfiuru
employed as subs, "offering", c. g. mub-fru-ru u-
ma-bir "I offered an offering (libation)".
36o
VOCABULARY
mahariS
mahru
mahrQ
mihru
w
mihirtu
%0
muhru
mithariS
tamharu
miftu
meku
maksu
makkuru
namkuru \
nakkuru J
znalQ
Shafel, Pret. ulamhir : "to seek out, visit, punish".
Ishtafal, Pret. uMamfa'r : "to set, place".
Nifal, Pres. immahar : "to be equalled",
"against; in greater degree than, surpassing",
constr. st. mafyar : "front" ; maftri, mahar, ana matin,
ina mabri "in front of, before, against" ; adi mahri
"into the presence of ; disk mafyri "predecessor" ;
iarru $u-ut mafi-ri, lar ma-fiar "a former king".
Ideogr. ^J*-.
fern. mahntu\ plur. masc. mafyruii, mabrutu : "first,
former",
"battle, storm",
"front" ; constr. st. mihrit, mihrat employed as prep.
"before, over against",
constr. st. mufyur : "homage",
adv. "together",
"battle".
"club (?)". Ideogr. t] HJ ►HP-
word of uncertain meaning,
"bond, fetter",
"property, possessions". Ideogr. ^ ^Jjy^. Cf.
Hebr. 130.
V V
"property".
Pret. imli : "to till ; to be full, to be full of, to
be fulfilled". Hebr. «S&.
- T
Ifteal, Pret. imtali : "to be filled with".
Piel, Pret. and Pres. umalli, u-mal-lu-u, u-ma-al-la-a :
"to fill up" ; with katu "to fill the hands with,
deliver into the hands of, invest with".
Iftaal, Pret. um-ta-al-la : "to fill with".
Picl-Shafel, Pret. uimalli : "to fill".
VOCABULARY
36 1
malQ
mala
milu
malahu
malaku
I
maliku
malku
malikutu
malkQtu
milku
malaku
millu
melammu
malmaliS
rnulmullu
malasu
multa'utu
mama
mima
mimma
mimmvL
mamman
mummu
mamitu
manvL
I
constr. st. mal : "fulness" ; mai, mala, mala $a "as
many as, as much as". Hebr. fcOfcJ.
fern, mantu : "full". Hebr. k!?B.
"flood, stream".
"sailor". Ideogr. g^ft ^:JJJ |^f Hebr. n^tt.
Pret. imlik : "to counsel, take counsel"; malaku
milku "to come to a decision", e. g. mi-Iik-$u
mil-ku (Perm.) "he came to a decision". Cf.
Hebr. ^SftJ.
Ifteal, Pret. imtalik : "to take counsel with one-
self; with negative "not to take counsel with
oneself, to be ill-advised".
constr. st. malik : "prince; arbiter, counsellor".
Hebr. ^.
"rule, empire ; position of counsellor",
"lordship, dominion",
constr. st. milik : "counsel".
see alSku.
"troop, gang (?)".
plur. melamme : "brightness, splendour, majesty".
adv. "into two parts, asunder".
"dart, spear, javelin".
Pret. imlus : "to pluck out".
see [l&'u].
see manma.
see minma.
see minmQ.
see manman.
"uproar, confusion".
see amQ.
Pret. imnu ; Pres. imanu, imam: "to count, reckon,
362
VOCABULARY
mBnu
minGtu
tnanQ
minQ
mandattu
manzazu
manzaltu
manShtu
manSma
manma
mama
minma
mimma
mima
\
minmQ \
mimmu J
manman \
mamman |
mannu
minQtu
misQ
[masaku]
allot; to recite fan incantation t ;
(Inf.) "without number". Hebr. 7
"number"*
plur. mindJi: "number; space, period",
"maneh" ; generally written ^J *~T- Hebr. H^.
gen. mini, mini ; ace. mimdr interrogative pronoun :
"what ?".
see nadanu.
see naz&zu.
see nahu.
indefinite pronoun : "anyone"; with negative "no
one".
indefinite pronoun : "anyone, any".
indefinite pronoun : "anything, everything, what-
ever"; mimma $um$u "everything that bears a
name, i. e. that exists ; everything, various ob-
jects, of every kind".
indefinite pronoun : "anything, whatever, all of";
also "something of, a little of", e. g. mimmu Seri
"early dawn".
indefinite pronoun: "anyone"; with negative "no
one .
interrogative pronoun : "who ? whom ?".
see manu.
Pret. imsi ': "to wash".
Piel, Prec. limissi ': "to wash clean, purify".
Shafel, Pres. uSamsak : "to withhold, keep back,
conceal".
Ishtafal, Pres. uitamsak: "to be kept back, hindered".
musarQ |
muSarQ \
u;
?»
inscription .
VOCABULARY
363
[masu]
masu
•
[masaru]
[masaru]
misru
9
massaru
• •
massartu
• •
masartu
malfatu
malfittu
milftu
maru
Perm. mts : "to be little, to be less (?)".
Perm, mast: "to be wide ; to be enough, sufficient".
Piel, Pret. umassir : "to divide".
Nifal, Pret. immasir : "to be banded together (?)".
constr. st. misir ; plur. misra/u, misreti : "boundary ;
section ; territory".
see nasaru.
Pret. imkut: "to fall, fall upon".
Ifteal, Pret. imtokut\ "to fall".
Shafel, Pret. utemkit, utimki/ ; Part, mufamkiiu : "to
overthrow"; Inf. iumkutu (ideogr. ^JTT) employed
as subs, "conquest".
"ruins".
tamartu
maru
mSrtu
marUtu
mSr-Sipri
m&riltu
mirSnu
marasu
znarsu
constr. st. mikit : "chasm, abyss".
"to send". '
Piel, Pret. uma'ir ; Pres. uma'ar, umar : "to send ;
to rule ; to command, to commission" ; Inf. mu*uru
employed as subs, "rule, lordship". Ideogr. JEJJ.
Iftaal, Pret. umtaUr : "to command, enjoin upon".
"present, gift".
plur. mare : "son" ; mar mart "grandson" ; mare alt
"townsfolk". Ideogr. f^, £j£ t^\-
constr. st. marat\ plur. marati'. "daughter". Ideogr.
"sonship". Ideogr. ►J^V' £§E, £§E.
"messenger, envoy" ; written ^^ Jf Jg[J, ^^
see erSSu.
"power (?)".
Pret. tmras : "to be steep, difficult ; to be strong".
masc. plur. marstiti: "steep; difficult, grievous".
364
VOCABULARY
marasu
marsu
marsis
znararu
znartu
naxnurratu
mu'irrutu
marSu
meriStu
znartu
ma&u
mu&u
muSltu
musabu
masadu
masdu
masahu
masku
masalu
Perm, man's : "to be sick".
Ifteal, Pres. imtara$\ "to be or fall sick".
Shafel : "to make sick" ; Perm. Sumrus "sick, af-
flicted".
"sick, woeful, afflicted".
adv. "afflicted, in tribulation".
"to be bitter". Hebr. Tip.
Shafel, Pret. uXamrir; "to make bitter, to cause
to rage (of weapons)".
"gall". Cf. Hebr. TTrfi, ,TT)&.
constr. st. namurrat: "anger, rage".
see 'aru.
mislu
tamsllu
tna&lu
fern. maruUu : "evil" ; the fem. maruitu is also
employed as subs, "sorrow",
see ereSu,
see mararu.
Pret. imSi : "to forget".
Nifal, Pret. immati : "to be forgotten",
"night".
plur. muSdfi : "night",
see asabu.
"to overcome".
Iftaal, um-da$-$ad : meaning uncertain,
word of uncertain meaning.
Pret. imSuh : "to measure",
constr. st. maSak : "skin, hide". Ideogr. »r|
"to be like". Cf. Hebr. b#&J.
Piel, Pret. umuHil : "to make like, to imitate".
Shafel, Inf. htmhdlu : "to make like, to divide
into equal parts",
constr. st. mih'l : "half",
"likeness, image",
constr. st. ma$al : "whole".
TT-
}
see [eSSru].
VOCABULARY 365
[maSaru] Piel, Pret. umaHir; Prec. h'meSir; Pres. umaUar\ Imper.
muttir : "to leave, forsake, abandon ; to loose, to
let go free; to permit, allow; to cease".
Iftaal, Pret. umdaXHr : "to let loose".
m&Saru
mi&aru
znuSarQ • see musarQ.
xnuSitu see mu§u.
znati "when?"; adi mati "how long? when?". Hebr. "flft.
xnatima "whensoever"; ana tnatima "for ever, always".
matu plur. mdtoii : "land". Ideogr. *£, £| fctTT'
matu Pret. imui\ Pres. imot : "to die". Hebr. rflft.
Ifteal, Pres. imtut : "to die".
mitu plur. mttuti, mi-iu-ta-an : "dead".
matu "death".
mutu "man, husband". Cf. Hebr. n&.
mithariS see maharu.
mitlutu "might, power".
rnatima see matf.
matlfu "sweet drink, mead". Cf. Hebr. prift.
mettifu see efSku.
muttu "front".
/rnittiS "before".
muttatu "countenance, face".
N
ni enclitic particle, appended to verbs especially in
relative sentences,
[rre'u] Pret. inV : "to stop, restrain, hinder". Hebr. Ktt.
nltu "enclosure".
nabu Pret. Mi; Pres. inambi; Imper. ibi\ Perm, nabi : "to
call, name; to command; to appoint, proclaim";
366
VOCABULARY
nibu
nibittu
nibbu
nabSJu
nuballu
nablu
nabnitu
nibariu
nibittu
nibittu
nagQ
nagbu
nagSgu
nSdu
nS'idu
nSdu \
tanattu
tanittu
nadQ
iuma maim "to be named, bear a name, exist**.
Cf. Hebr. f^
Ifteal, Pret. iitabi : "to name, call by name".
Piel, Pret. umamiiy umamha : **to cry aloud, lament'*,
"number",
constr. at, mint : "name ; chosen one, elect"* ; nihil lumi
"mention of the name, name**,
"enclosure (?;**.
Pret. Mu/, Oul : "to destroy**.
Ifteal, Pret. and Pres. ittabali "to destroy; to steal (? ".
"talon, claw (of an eagle)'",
"flame".
see banQ.
see eb&ru.
see nabG.
plur. nage : "region, district, land".
constr. st. nagab : "the whole".
Pres. inagag : "to cry, to bellow".
Prec. 3 plur. li-na-du\ Pres. ina'ad, i-na-du : "to exalt,
praise".
Ifteal, Pret. ittaid : "to exalt, glorify; to exalt one-
sell"; Part, mutta'idu "arrogant".
"exalted". Ideogr. ^*IT- JV, ^
plur. tanaddtu : "glory, honour".
"glory, honour".
Pret. iddi\ Pres. inadi\ Imper. idi\ Perm, nadi : "to
throw, cast, cast down ; to lay (a foundation), to
set or place (a dwelling), to found (a shrine);
to dispense (commands); to raise (a cry), to re-
cite a spell or incantation (ideogr. ►►V^^=TTj).
Ifteal, Pret. ittadi : "to lay, bring upon".
VOCABULARY
367
nad^nu
nudunnQ
mandattu
madattu
madatu
nadru
nazazu
manzazu
manzaltu
Sezuzu
nahu
nihu
nihtu
manahtu
nihesu
\
i
nuhSu
Iftaneal, Pret. ittanamdi : "to utter (a spell)".
Nifal, Pret. innadi : "to be cast".
Pret. iddin\ Pres. inaddin, inamdm, iddan \ "to
give, deliver, grant, allow; to sell; to make,
create" ; nadan (Inf.) Satti "yearly gift". Ideogr.
fcj^f Cf. Hebr. JJU
lfteal, Pret. iitadin : "to hand over".
"gift".
"tax, tribute".
plur. masc. nadruti : "fierce".
Pret. izztz'y Pres. izzaz; Imper. iziz\ "to stand,
stand up, take one's stand". Ideogr. t^T.
lfteal, Pret. ittaziz : "to stand, take one's stand".
Shafel, Pret. uteziz, uSeziz, uSziz : "to set, set up,
fix, establish",
"place, station, resting-place" ; man-za-az bdb
e-kur "that stood before the gate of the
temple".
(*. e. manzaztu) : ^place, position",
masc. plur. lizuzuti : "erect, reared on end".
Pret. inufy : "to rest; to be appeased". Hebr. ITU.
Piel, Pret. uni/i; Prec. tinth; Inf. nuhhu : "to bring
to rest, compose, pacify; to overpower, con-
quer",
fern, riihtu : "quiet, peaceful",
"rest",
"couch".
Pret. ihhis\ Pres. inafihis, inamfyis \ "to subside;
to go, depart",
lfteal, Pret. ittehis : "to retreat",
"abundance".
368
VOCABULARY
natalu
niflu
nakkuru
nikiltu
[nakamu]
nakmu
nakamtu
naka.su
niksu
nakaru
nakaru
nakiru
nakru
nakriS
nukurtu
[nSlu]
nalbaSu
[namu]
Pret. ittul\ Pres. inatal, ma/tat : "to look, behold,
gaze, look up, glance".
Ifteal, Pres. and Pret. Hiatal \ "to look upon, see".
Iftaneal, Pres. ittanatal : "to gaze",
constr. st. nitil : "look, sight",
see makkUru.
plur. nikldti : "cunning; cunning plan, device". Cf.
Hebr. bpj.
"to heap up".
Piel : "to heap up, hoard"; Perm, nukkum "stored,
heaped up",
"heaped up, hoarded",
plur. nakamdti : "treasure" ; bit tuxkamti, plur. bit na-
kamdti, "treasure-house".
Pret. ikkis : "to cut off, to cut down".
Piel, Pret. unakki$\ Imper. nukkis : "to cut off, tear
off",
constr. st. nikis : "cutting off; breach",
"to be altered ; to be hostile". Cf. Hebr. *p}, "IpJ,
• : t
Iftaneal, Pres. ittanakar : "to be hostile".
Piel, Pret. unakkir ; Pres. unakkar : "to alter, change
(trans.)".
lftaal, Pres. uttakkar : "to be altered",
"hostile; foe".
plur. nakiri- : "enemy, foe". Ideogr. >i^-. ^►Tyr At-
fern, nakirtu : "hostile"; as subs, "enemy". Ideogr.
adv. "as a foe, with hostile intent".
"hostility". Ideogr. £- >i^-.
Perm, nit: "to lie, lie down". Cf. Hebr. ^HJ, SSnj.
see labaSu.
Piel, Pret. unammi : "to destroy".
VOCABULARY
36g
nimedu
namkuru
nimedu
namaru
Inu J
namru
namirtu
namrirru
nammaiSu
nini
ninu
nUnu
nQn-amSlu
nindabu
nannaru
nisQ
nisiggu
nasahu
nasaku
nismatu
nasaJfu
nasJfu
nisiJftu
napahu
napharu
napaSu
see emedu.
see znakkUru.
see emg^ru.
Pret. immir : "to shine, be bright".
Piel, Pret. unammir ; Pres. unammar ; Imper. num-
mtr : "to make bright, to give light to",
fern, namirtu : "bright",
"brightness, light",
"brightness",
"beast".
see aninu.
"fish". Ideogr. ^f<.
"fish-man". Ideogr. ff< £$£ *£\tf[ JgJ.
"offering, free-will offering". Ideogr. {^ *~*z^x$.
Cf. Hebr. nyfl.
"light".
Pret. isst : "to retreat, recede from". Hebr. ppj.
"spoil from hunting (?)".
Pret. issub\ Pres. inossafr : "to tear away or out,
to carry off, remove". Hebr. npj.
Pret. t'ssuk : "to set in position, to grasp (a weapon)",
"will, purpose",
"to glorify, extol",
"lordly, magnificent",
"splendour, costliness"; nisikti, abni nisikti, nisikti
abn'e "precious stones".
Pret. ippufy : "to flame or shine forth"; ideogr.
^, e. g. napafya(Jia) ilu SamSi\it) "sun-rise, the
east". Cf. Hebr. prfip.
see pahSru.
"to breathe, breathe freely". Cf. Hebr. ©jg).
Piel, Inf. nuppuSu : "to let breathe, to give ease to".
24
370
VOCABULARY
napiitu
nappaSu
naptanu
nasu
•
[nasalii]
nasmadu
nasaru
nisirtu
massaru
• •
massartu
• m
masartu
nalfu
nalfQ
nilfu
nalf-me
naffbu
nasaru
with pron. suffixes nap$at\ plur. napldti : "life;
living creature, person". Ideogr. ^JIV*- Hebr.
"air-hole, window".
see patSnu.
constr. st. nas : "portion of an eagle's wing, wing-
feathers".
"to sink (?)".
Shafel, Pret. uSamsil : "to cause to sink".
Ishtafal, Pret. ultam§il : "to cause to sink".
see saznSdu.
Pret. i$sur ; Imper. usur : "to watch, keep, pro-
tect". Ideogr. E5ff& Hebr. *)¥}.
Ifteal, Pret. ttta§ar\ with massartu as object : "to
keep a watch".
"watching, guarding; store, treasure"; bit nifirti
"treasure-house"; amat nisirti "hidden word,
secret".
"watchman".
J "watch". Ideogr. *-JI ^fflf, -fl ^fffl -TJ.
Pret. inuk : "to lament, wail".
Pret. ikki : "to pour out (a libation), to offer (an
offering)". Ideogr. ►AJ^. Cf. Hebr. rvpjtp.
Ifteal. Pret. ittaki \ "to offer",
plur. nihe : "libation; offering, sacrifice"; btl niki
"sacrificer". Ideogr. <5^^, sometimes written
with determ. J^fJ.
"irrigator". Ideogr. £££ ]} *-£-]*.
"depth". Cf. Hebr. apj.
Pret. ikkur, ikur ; lmper. ukur : "to destrov, pull
down". Cf. Hebr. If?}.
VOCABULARY
371
>
nam
nam
nem
nlru
narU
nlru
nQm
narSbu
nurbu
narbQ
nirbu
niribu
narkabtu
naramu
naramtu
niraru
niSSi 1
niSti J
nSSu
naiQ
nlSu
niSittu
neSu
niSu
plur. ndrdti : "stream, river". Ideogr. JffiT. Hebr.
Pret. indr, intr; Imper. nlr : "to slay, destroy, van-
quish",
"destroyer".
"inscribed tablet of stone",
"yoke". Ideogr. grj IeJTTH-
"light".
Piel, Part, mu-nir-bu "destroyer",
constr. st. nurub : "fragment, piece".
see rabQ.
see erebu.
see rak&bu.
see ramu.
"helper"; occurs in a number of proper names,
e. g. Ramman-nirari.
personal pronoun : "us".
Pret. inuS : "to totter, be in ruins; to slip".
Pret. 1H1; Imper. tit; Part, now, constr. st. nai ; Perm.
nah' : "to raise, bear up ; to bear, carry, bring ;
to carry off, capture"; with tamfraru "to make
ready for battle". Hebr. K^J.
Ifteal, Pret. itta$i\ "to raise, bring; to raise, cast
(the eyes)",
"raising, invocation"; nii kati "raising of the hand,
invocation, prayer",
constr. st. niiit : "darling",
"lion". Ideogr. Jg[ *£EII-
"people" ; plur. niii : "peoples ; men, mankind".
Ideogr. ^y^f.
24*
372
na£&ku
naSaJfu
nairu
niSittu
niati
natVL
nitu
nataku
VOCABULARY
"to bite". Hebr. "5|#J.
Piel, Pres. unaUak : "to bite, tear".
Pret. iSh'k : "to kiss". Hebf. p#J.
Piel, Pret. unattik : "to kiss".
Nifal, Pret. 3 plur. in-mlf-ku : "to press on, jostle
one another (?)".
"eagle". Ideogr. £5^| ►JJ. Hebr. n#J.
see na£G.
see niSSi.
"to strike".
Piel, Pret. unatti : "to smash, shatter",
see n&'u.
Jfteal, Pret. ittatak; Prec. littatuk : "to dissolve, melt,
disappear". Cf. Hebr. Wl).
iba \ rrr wn?
\ fern. «&///* : "seven". Ideogr. tjj. yjy. Hebr. J?3£.
siba
sibi
sibu
sabasu
sagu
sadu
sadaru
sidru
[sahQ]
sihu
w
sahalu
sahmaStu
sahapu
"seventh". Ideogr. ^«
see Sabasu.
"to starve, be in want".
Pret. *><*</ : "to destroy".
Perm, sadir : "to set oneself in battle array; to
carry on (a rebellion)",
"line of battle". Cf. Hebr. T7Q.
Perm, si'/ii, 3 fern. sing. si-)ja-ti '. "to disappear, cease;
to revolt".
Piel, Pret. usahhi : "to destroy, blot out, overthrow",
"revolt, rebellion",
Pret. ishul : "to pierce",
"rebellion".
Pret. ishup : "to overwhelm". Hebr. c-jnp.
VOCABULARY
373
saharu
sihru
sihirtu
w
sukkallu
sikkdru
sakapu
[salQ]
[salQ]
taslitu I
teslitu J
salamu
salimu
salimiS
salmu
suluppu
salatu
sum mat u
Pret. isfrur : "to turn, turn towards; to surround,
harass, infest". Cf. Hebr. *1PID.
' - T
Ifteal, Pret. issahur, issafrra; Pres. i-sab-fru-ra : "to
return".
Piel, Pret. usafyfyir\ Imper. sufrfrir; Perm. suJ}f}ur\ Inf.
subburu : "to turn, to turn towards".
Ishtafal, Pret. uMasbir, uMd$bir : "to cause to sur-
round, to surround with".
Nifal, Inf. nasfruru : "to be turned, to turn oneself
(from anger)".
Ittanafal, Pres. ittanashar : "to turn oneself towards".
constr. st. sifrir : a precious stone.
"enclosing wall ; neighbourhood ; full extent, whole" ;
ana sifrirtrtu "in its full extent",
"minister, servant". Ideogr. ^JU^-
"bolt". Ideogr. f | ^JJ^ >~<*. Cf. Hebr. T3pJ.
Pret. iskip\ Pres. isakip : "to cast down, overthrow;
to cast oneself down, to rest".
Pret. is-lu-u : "to cast off (a yoke)". Cf. Hebr. fl^p.
Piel, Pret. usaili; Pres. u-sal-Ia, u~sal-lu; Inf. sullu :
"to pray".
"prayer, supplication".
Pret. t'sh'm; Imper. silim : "to deal favourably with,
be gracious".
"mercy; alliance, confederacy",
"favourably, mercifully".
subs, of uncertain meaning, occurring in phrase
a-$ar sa-al-me.
"date". Ideogr. ^t^\ fe E|-
"household".
plur. summati : "dove". Ideogr. >-e£:T ^-JT.
374
VOCABULARY
sizntu
sinuntu
sinniS
sinniitu
sanS&u
sunJfu
sisQ
sipQ
sapahu
sapanu
sippu
saparu
sapariS
saparu
selfru \
surfflnu
sararu
serSi \
iirls |
siSSu
situ |
sittu J
sattukku
see asSznu.
"swallow". Ideogr. ^|^ ^jj.
"female, wife". Ideogr. £-.
Pret. isnik : "to oppress ; to hold fast".
"want, hunger".
plur. sue : "horse". Ideogr. £^E V ^TT« Cf-
Hebr. DID.
"to pray",
"to loose, scatter, bring to naught"; Perm, sapih
"loosened".
Piel, Pret. usappifi; Part, musappifr, mu-st-pi-ifi : "to
scatter, break up, shatter". Cf. Hebr. H6Q.
Nifal, Pret. issapify : "to be scattered".
Pret. ispun ; Pres. isapan : "to cover, overwhelm, cast
down, overcome, subdue". Cf. Hebr. JBQ.
plur. sippe : "threshold",
"net",
"in a net".
Pret. iskur, iSkur : "to speak, to command".
Ittafal, Pret. ittalkar : "to speak".
constr. st sikir, sekar : "word, command".
"drink-offering, libation".
"to oppose, resist". Hebr. Tip.
"sweet drink, mead".
"sixth". Ideogr. ffi. Hebr. V&0.
masc. plur. sittuti : "the others, the rest".
"regular offering". Ideogr. ^Jt^ *-£^J-
VOCABULARY 375
pu "mouth ; word, command". Ideogr. ^t^f. Hebr. Pl$.
pagru constr. st. pagar : "body, corpse". Hebr. ^Jfi.
padQ Part, pddu : "to loose, to free" ; Id pddu "unsparing,
without mercy". Hebr. ,T^.
pidQ "purchase-money".
padanu "way, path".
puzru constr. st.puzur; plur. puzrdti : "secret, concealment".
pihQ Pret. iphi ; Imper. ptfti : "to close, shut".
Ifteal, Pret. iptefc : "to shut".
pihQ "to steer"; Part. pefiu "steersman, pilot".
J "district, province, territory"; bel pafidti "governor".
pahStu I Ideogr. ^|J^.
I "governor". Ideogr. ££^ HH^- Cf- Hebr- n09-
pihatu "district, province". Ideogr. ^|J^.
paharu "to collect (intrans.)".
Ifteal, Pret. iptabar : "to collect (intrans.)".
Piel, Pret. upa^hir, u-pi-hi-tr : "to collect (trans.);
to strengthen". Ideogr. J^J^J.
puhru constr. st. puftur: "whole; assemblage; might, strength,
support; host, forces". Ideogr. ►£^_|.
puhuru f. pufyurtu : "united".
napharu "entirety, the whole". Ideogr. ^E| £j.
pafu "boundary, border, limit ; all" ; pdt gimri "entirety,
the whole, the entire extent". Ideogr. ^E^.
pataru Pret. iptur\ Pres. ipattar : "to tear away, remove".
Hebr. *)©$.
Nifal, Pret. ippatir : "to be torn away".
pafru constr. st. pa/ar : "dagger". Ideogr. ►^Ifl.
paku "misery (?)".
palU "reign, year of reign ; symbol of royalty, ring (?)".
Ideogr. ►►-|^.
376
VOCABULARY
[peiu]
pulu
palahu
palhiS
pulhu
puluhtu
[palkQ]
palkQ
pallukku
[palasu]
pHSu
[paltvf]
panu
pananu
pa^Sdu
[paffalu]
paru
[paru]
Piel-Shafel, Pret. ufyel : "to conquer, overcome .
Ideogr. ►►~|^\
"stone, stone-block".
Pret. iplah : "to fear, be afraid ; to reverence".
Ifteal, Pret. iptalab : "to fear".
adv. "with fear".
"fear".
constr. st. pulfrat; plur. pufyati : "fear, terror".
"to be wide".
Shafel, Pret. u$-pal-ki : "to open wide".
masc. plur. palkuti : "wide ; fat".
"circuit, boundary". Cf. Hebr. "JjSfi.
Nifal, Pret. ippatis; Pres. ippalas; Imper. naplis\ Inf.
naplusu : "to look upon, behold ; to look upon in
pity".
lttafal, Inf. itaplusu "to gaze upon".
"mine (in siege-operations)".
Nifal, Pret. ippalti, 3 plur. ip-pal-tuu : "to be de-
feated".
constr. st. pan : "face, countenance, front" ; pan, ina
pan, ana pant "before" ; ina pdna "formerly" ; far
pa-ni "a former king"; lapan (Hebr. *}§f?) "before".
Ideogr. <y»-. Hebr. D*JB.
adv. "formerly" ; i-na pa-na-a-nu-um-ma "formerly".
Pret. ipkid; Imper. pikid : "to inspect; to control;
to entrust or commend to (for safe -keeping)".
Hebr. 1j2$.
Ifteal, Pret. iptekid : "to appoint".
Piel : "to make mighty"; Perm, pukkul "mighty".
plur. pari : "mule". Ideogr. ^*TE£ Jtt^^f~? £^J?E
Imper. purti : "to cut off".
Piel, Pret. uparri' : "to cut otf, sever".
VOCABULARY
377
pir'u
piru
[pardQ]
parzillu
[paraku]
parku
[parkQ]
parakku
parasu
purussu
. piristu
parsu
[parSru]
[paraSu]
[parSadu]
paSahu
paSfSLfu
"offspring, descendant". Ideogr. ^^.
plur. pirdni, pirdti : "elephant". Ideogr. £5^ ^IT"
Shafel, Part, mul-par-du : "to make bright".
"iron". Ideogr. ►►f- >f-. Hebr. b^ft.
Shafel, Pret. uSaprik, with ina pan : "to bring upon
with violence, cause to happen to; to display
force towards".
"bolt (of a door)".
Nifal, Pret. ipparku; Inf. naparku : "to cease; to dis-
appear, depart".
Ittafal, Pret. ittaparka : "to disappear".
plur. parakke, parakkani : "shrine, room, chamber"..
Ideogr. E^f-
Pret. iprus : "to divide ; to determine, decide". Ideogr.
►*r. Cf. Hebr. D^fc.
T
Nifal, Pret. ipparis; Pres. ipparas : "to be decided;
to stop, cease".
"decision". Ideogr. ^(^ ^-.
"decision".
constr. st. para$ : "command, statute, ordinance".
Ideogr. ^fz >~^-.
Piel, Pret. uparrir\. Part, muparriru : "to break in
pieces, shatter". Cf. Hebr. T1.1B.
Iftaal, Pret. uptarrir : "to be broken, to be shattered".
Nifal, Pret. ippan'S; Part, muppariu : "to fly, to fly
along". ,
Ittafal, Part. muttapriSu : "to fly".
Nifal, Pret. ipparSid; Inf. napariudu : "to fly, to es-
cape, to disappear"; ina kati naparSudu "to dis-
appear".
Pret. ipXaft : "to be appeased, to be satisfied".
Shafel, Pret. uiaphf} : "to appease, to satisfy".
Pret. ipSi/'y Pres. ipalit : "to blot out, deface, destroy".
378 VOCABULARY
[pa££jru] "to be strong; to be grievous".
Sap&a&u "tribulation, affliction".
Sup&u&u "troubled, afflicted".
paSaru Pret. tphir: "to loosen; to subdue (wrath)".
Piel, Prec. Upaihr : "to loosen, dissolve".
Nifal, Prec. UppdHr : "to be loosened, to be laid
open".
paiaSu Pret. iphiS : "to anoint".
Nifal, Pres. ip-pa-al~h : "to be anointed".
pSSiSQtu "anointing with oil, trade of anointing".
paSSaru "dish". Ideogr. £{ ^|c3^TT-
pitu Pret. iptiy iptd ; Pres. ipatti, iptfi, ipiiti ; \mper. piti, pita\
Part, pitu : "to open ; to declare, divulge, reveal
to". Hebr. nnfi.
petu "opener (of a gate), porter". Ideogr. Kfft »TT~ ^^.
pUtu "face, front".
patSnu "to eat".
naptanu "feast".
pitpanu "bow"; sometimes written with determ. £j.
patSffu Pret. iptik : "to make, create ; to make or mix (wine)".
pit If u constr. st. pitik : "structure".
pattu plur. pat'iu-te : word of uncertain meaning.
sabu plur. sdbe : "warrior" ; in plur. "people, mankind" ;
sdbe kaUi "archers" ; sdbe tiduki "warriors". Ideogr.
*J,Rw*f Cf. Hebr. X?X.
[sabQ] Piel, Imper. subbi : "to look at, behold".
sabaru Shafel, Pret. uhisbir : "to inform, to acquaint with".
sabStu Pret. isbat\ Pres. isabat, isabbat; lmper. sabat; Part.
sdbif : "to hold, grasp, hold fast, take, capture;
to undertake (work); to exorcise"; harrdna sabdtu
VOCABULARY
379
sibittu
subStu
sSdu
•
sQhu
• %0
sehSru
\
sahru
sihru
a W
suhritu (?)
silu
sj7u
saltu
sulatu
[sa/a/u]
"to take the road, set out"; with todu as object
"to take to the mountains" ; ina katd §abit (Perm.)
"taken in the hands", /'. e. "in captivity" ; fa-bif
ar-ka-ti "that was behind".
Ifteal, Pret. ifsabat; Inf. H$but (for sitbut) : "to take;
to begin"; with harranu as object "to set out".
Piel, Pret. usabbit : "to take, capture".
Shafel, Pret. u$a$bit : "to cause to take (a road),
to despatch ; to cause to take (a habitation),
to station, to settle".
Ishtafal, Pret. u$la$bit : "to cause to take (a road);
to cause to take (a position), to post".
Nifal, Pres. i^abat : "to be held fast",
"captivity, durance",
"garment". Ideogr. JEJ.
Pret. tfud : "to glow",
"wish, desire (?)".
Perm. 1 sing. $i-ift-ri-ku : "to be small, young".
Piel, Pret. usabfrir\ Pres. usafthar : "to diminish, to
lessen; to deprive of, exclude from".
Iftaal, Pret. ussafyhir : "to depart (?)".
masc. plur. $%bruti : "small, petty, young". Ideogr.
"youth".
plur. file : "rib ; side". Hebr. p^, yb%.
"to fight".
"hostility, battle".
"battle".
"to overshadow". Hebr. SS^.
Piel, Pret. usallil : "to set as a covering, to spread
out".
sillu "shade, shadow, shelter". Ideogr. £| ^^« Hebr. Sjf .
38o
VOCABULARY
salmu
salmu
saltu
salStu
sumu
satnadu
simittu
nasmadu
m
senu
m
[senu]
sipru
supru
susQ
• •
sissu
• • •
sSru
siru
m
slrutu
sir
siru
sarahu
sirlalu (?)
sirmahu
sarapu
sirpu
sirritu
constr. st. salam ; plur. salmdnu, salmdni : "image".
Ideogr. 3I/<£S^» V"- Hebr- n!?¥-
fem. fatimfu; fem. plur. ?almati: "dark, black" ; salmat
kakkadi "the black-headed", i. e. "mankind". Cf.
Hebr. ma1?*.
see silQ.
"thirst". Hebr. K$$.
Pret. ismid : "to yoke, harness, equip, gird on" ;
Perm. 3 fem. sing. Sandal, 3 masc. plur. sandu
"girt, equipped". Cf. Hebr. n©¥.
plur. simdati : "yoke". Ideogr. J*~. Hebr. *!&¥•
"yoke".
plur. ^«<r : "sheep". Cf. Hebr. Jrt¥.
Pret. isan, isin : "to fill with".
"lapis lazuli". Ideogr. J^Z^f ^ V ►f^-
"claw". Cf. Hebr. pfitf.
"marsh, marshland".
"bond, fetter" ; sometimes written with determ. tT
"field, plain, desert". Ideogr. ^^- ^£E« t^£^}.
fem. sirtu : "high, exalted, august". Ideogr. ►£EjJ.
"supremacy, majesty".
Prep, "on, upon, over; against"; ana sir "to, upon";
siris* "to" ; si-ru-uS-Su "upon him", si-ru-us'-s'u-un
"upon them". Ideogr. fc^^r-
"serpent". Ideogr. ^> yj|<.
Pres. isarrah : "to cry aloud, chant". Hebr. rH^.
written sir-la-la : portion of a temple, "facade (?V\
"monster-serpent".
Pret. isrup : "to dye with"; Perm. 3 fem. sing.
sarpalf 3 masc. plur. sarpu "dyed with",
word of uncertain meaning,
plur. sirriti : "affliction". Cf. Hebr. "HJ^.
VOCABULARY
38i
"colossal serpent, dragon". Ideogr. y» JIJ^ ^^jE.
see siru.
see asQ.
[*ff'u]
Jfabu
IfibQ
Jfibitu
kubbQ \
Jfubu J
Jfablu
kablu
Jfudmu
kaia
JfQlu
JfalSlu
killatu
kullultu
kamQ
IfanQ
kannu
Ifinnu
Ifapu
K
a measure.
Piel, Pres. ukd : uto wait". Hebr. HJj?.
Pret. Mi; Pres. ikabbi; Imper. fobi\ Part. tabu; Perm.
kadi) kibi : "to speak, proclaim, command". Ideogr.
Ifteal, Pret. and Pres. iktabi : "to speak, say",
"word, command". Ideogr. ^t^J ^TTT^*
plur. kubbi, kube : "cry".
constr. st. kabal : "midst; battle, assault, storm".
Ideogr. Effittf Cf. Hebr. b^p.
adj., fem. kablitu; fem. plur. kablati : "in the midst";
ina kablat "in the midst of",
"front"; as prep, "before", kud-mc-lu-nu "before
them". Cf. Hebr. D^.
Pres. ikallu : "to burn". Hebr. nSp.
t It
"cry". Hebr. *7lp.
Piel : "to abuse, disgrace". Cf. Hebr. b*?pr-
plur. killati : "sin, transgression, offence".
"iniquity .
Pret. ikmu\ Part, kamu : "to burn".
"reed". Ideogr. ^J|^, Hebr. HJfJ.
"frontier (?)".
"nest; family, household". Hebr. |j?.
Pret. ikup : "to fall in, become ruined".
382
VOCABULARY
&5pu
&uppu
kasaru
kisru
kakkadu
l^alflfaru
Ifarabu
IfirBbu
kirbu
[fraradu]
kardu
Pret. ikip : "to entrust to".
Ifteal, Pret. iklipa : "to entrust to".
plur. kipani : "governor, prefect"; written with
determ. ^JS*.
"chest, basket ; cage" ; i$$ur kuppi "a caged bird".
Pret. iksur : "to bind ; to seize, take".
Ifteal, Perm, kissur (i. t. kitfur) - "to form".
Iftaal, Pret. ukia^ir : "to collect, to rally (intrans.)".
Ideogr. fcgfcj pgyf (?).
constr. st. ki$ir : "might ; battalion" ; cf. rab-kifir.
"head". Ideogr. ^Jt^: J^J. Cf. Hebr. Tp^j3.
"ground,* soil; land".
Pret. ikrib : "to approach, draw near". Hebr. DHE.
Ifteal, Perm, kitrub : "to draw near for battle, to
attack"; Inf. kitrubu employed as subs, "attack,
assault".
Ishtafal, Pret. ultakrib : "to bring near",
constr. st. kind : "midst, interior; bowels"; ktriby
ina kirib "within". Hebr. 2*D.
"to be strong",
fern, karittu : "strong, valiant, heroic, courageous".
Ideogr. jy ^Jt^.
karradu "strong, brave, valiant". Ideogr. JJ*~\ ^yjt^.
karradutu "strength, valour".
1^ urdu "might, power".
plur. kurddi : "strong, valiant; hero, warrior".
Pret. ikrid : uto come, arrive".
"horn"; part of a chariot. Ideogr. ^JJ. Hebr.
"to break off, to bite off". Hebr. |Hj2.
"slander" ; karsi akalu "to slander",
"drying up, abatement".
fruradu
fraradu
karnu
karasu
karsu
Ifaruru
VOCABULARY
383
IfaSu
f^aStu
fpatu
£atu
Pret. iklS; Imper. kii; Part, kdtt : "to give, present,
bestow" ; Inf. kd$u employed as subs. "gift",
"gift".
plur. kaUti : "bow". Ideogr. £j <^tf. Hebr. n^fj.
plur. kdte, kdtd : "hand". Ideogr. ET-
Pret. ikti : "to come to an end ; to be accomplished".
Piel, Prec. likattd : "to bring to an end, destroy".
Shafel, Pret. uSikii : "to bring to an end".
r&u
re'Qtu
rltu
ru'a
[rabu]
rebitu
rabu
rabQ
rabiu
rabiS
rubu
R
"to pasture ; to rule". Hebr. HJ^.
"shepherd". Ideogr. S^JgJ, E^ J^JgJ.
"shepherding, rule".
"pasture, pasturage".
"companion, neighbour". Hebr. g*j.
"to be wide, broad". Hebr. DIT1.
"wide space or square (in a city)". Cf. Hebr. DlTI.
Pret. trbi : "to be great; to increase". Hebr. J%n*
Ifteal, Pret. irtabi : "to be or become great".
Piel, Pret. urabbi \ "to make great, raise to authority;
to rear, bring up".
Iftaal, Pret. irtabbi : "to praise, magnify".
Shafel, Pret. and Pres. uSarbi : "to make great, mag-
nify; to raise to power".
Piel-Shafel, Pret. uSrabbi : "to make great, to raise to
power".
fem. rabitu ; plur. rabuti, fem. rabdti : "great", ideogr.
^J*-; employed as subs, "high officer, noble",
ideogr. ^pp^J^; for rab Hkkatutu see Sikkatu.
"greatly, gloriously, majestically".
fem. rubdtu : "great, exalted"; employed as subs,
"noble, prince". Ideogr. ►^fflf> Kff¥ * J||J.
384
VOCABULARY
rubutu
narbu
nirbU
SurbU
tarbitu
rab-SsU
rab-e&rBti
rab-lfisir
tab". . . .
ribu
[rabSbu]
rabasu
•
[ragSgu]
raggu
targigu
rigmu
[radu] -
[radQ]
rubu
rabasu
\j .
rabasu
ribsu
"greatness, loftiness, might"; rubut litar "the mighty
IStar".
"greatness".
fem. lurbutu : "great".
"child, offspring".
"chief astrologer". Ideogr. K^j ^J*- ]} ►^TJ.
"chief" (lit. "chief of ten"). Ideogr. gSff £j^
"captain". Ideogr. ^ ^ r-H J^H'
an officer. Ideogr. Kpfj ^J*~ *4^.
see arba'u.
Piel-Shafel, Prec. hlrabbib : "to make great or mighty".
Cf. Hebr. syj.
Perm, ro£z?, 3 plur. r^f« : "to lie in wait, lurk ;
to cower down". Hebr. yy\*
"to be wicked".
"wicked".
"sinner, wicked man".
constr. st. rigim ; plur. rigm'c : "cry, lamentation ;
din, clash (of arms)".
Pret. irdi : "to go, march".
Ifteal, Pret. irtedi : "to go".
Shafel, Pret. and Pres. utardi : "to cause to go ;
to cause to flow, to make discharge itself" ;
urha Surdu "to take the road".
Piel, Pret. uraddi : "to add".
Piel-Shafel, Pret. uSraddi : "to add".
"spell, sorcery".
Pret. irhus : "to trust to, to put hope in" ; em-
ployed with prep. eli.
Pret. ir/iis; Part. rdhi$u : "to overwhelm".
constr. st. rihis : "downpour".
VOCABULARY 385
rakabu Pret. irkob : "to ride; to mount a chariot". Hebr.
Shafel, Pret. utarkib : "to cause to embark (on
a ship)".
Ishtafal, Pret. uUarkib : "to sling on (a weapon)".
rakbu "messenger".
rukUbu "riding, chariot".
narkabtu plur. narkabdti : "chariot". Ideogr. t| lp<|. Cf.
Hebr. TO^Tp.
rakasu "to bind". Hebr. D5^.
Ifteal, Perm, ritkus : "to bind fast, set in order".
Piel, Pret. urakkis : "to fix, to cast up (entrench-
ments)".
riksu constr. st. rikis : "band, bond ; barrier, bounds".
markasu "bolt (of a door)".
ramu Pret. irdm, irim; Pres. tram, in relative clause tram-
mu, in letters from Tell el-Amarna ira'am, iraham ;
Part, ra'tmu : "to love" ; with double ace. "to
grant to". Ideogr. £X^AHf. Hebr. DPH.
reznu "mercy".
rlminU \
) fern, rimriitu : "merciful .
rimnu J
*
narSmu "love, affection ; darling".
naramtu "darling".
ramu Pret. trmt, irmd; Pres. trami; Part, ramu : "to cast,
to cast down ; to set or take up one's dwelling,
to inhabit". Cf. Hebr. !"»>
Ifteal, Pret. irtame, with Xubtu as object : "to set one's
dwelling".
Shafel, Imper. Surma, with Subtu as object: "to cause
to inhabit".
Piel-Shafel, Pret. u$-ram-ma : "to cause to dwell
or inhabit".
25
386
VOCABULARY
ramQ
rimvL
rVLtnxi
ramaku
ramamu
ramanu
ramnu
r$su
rusU
rasSbu
rapSSu
»
rapSu
ritpaSu
rlsu
risGtu
m
rasapu
[refcu]
rujru
riku
raSU
Pret. irmu : "to be loosened".
Piel, Imper. ru~um-me : -"to loose ; to forbear".
plur. rtmdni : "wild ox". Ideogr. ^^. Hebr. DK*j.
fem. rumtu : "high, exalted".
Pret. irmuk; Pres. irammuk : "to pour out".
Pret. irmum : "to thunder".
Ifteal, Pret. and Pres. iriamam : "to thunder".
"self".
"to crush".
Piel, Prec. lira9 is : "to crush, shatter, destroy".
"poison".
Piel, Pret. urassib : "to slay".
"to be broad".
Piel, Pret. urappiX; Pres. urappal; Part, murappthi : "to
broaden, to increase",
fem. rapaUu, rapaltu : "broad, great, wide-spreading".
Ideogr. 2£3J.
"broad, great",
"helper",
"help".
Pret. irsip : "to fit together, to build". Hebr. ^IST^.
Pret. ir'ek : "to be distant". Hebr. piT}.
fem. ruktu; plur. masc. rukuti, fem. rukdti, rukiti\ "dis-
tant (of time and place); broad, extensive"; ina
ruki "afar off". Ideogr. ^Hftf
masc. plur. rikuti : "empty"; rikutis'unu ku$$ida$unuti
"their failure secure". Hebr. |T").
Pret. irSi\ Pres. irah'; Imper. riSi : "to have, possess";
rema, or salima, or taidra, ralu "to have mercy" ;
batilta rasu "to take one's discharge, to desert".
Shafel, Pret. u$ar$i, u$ar$d : "to cause to have" ; batilta
lurlu "to cause to cease, to discontinue".
VOCABULARY 387
marSitu "possession".
[r$$u] Pret. irl$ : "to rejoice, to be glad".
Ifteal, Pret. trfiS : "to rejoice, to be glad".
riSatu (pur.) "exultation, shouts of joy".
rBSu "head, summit ; beginning, dawn (of the day) ; chief,
high officer". Ideogr. ^y|t^z. Hebr. ttftf*l.
reStU "chief, principal, of highest rank; primeval".
rBSUtu "slavery, service".
raSubbatu "might".
[raSSdu] Shafel, Pret. vfartid : "to found, establish, make
firm, strengthen".
ruSSU "lordly, sumptuous".
see r$'u.
B'atu \
itu J
> "spittle, slaver; breath". Ideogr. ^^J.
ritu
rG
ratu
ritpaSu see rapaSu.
£a relative pronoun "who, which"; genitive particle;
employed as conj. "for, since".
[SS'u] Pret. <tf7; Pres. i$e%i\ Imper. &7; Perm. U'i: "to see,
survey ; to seek, to take heed for". Hebr. HJJtp.
Ifteal, Pret. tWe'i : "to seek, to seek out, to care
for".
Iftaneal, Pret. titani'i, Afienj't; Pres. iMeni't : "to seek,
to look carefully; to look after, to care for".
Seu "corn, grain". Ideogr. ^.
SU fern. Si; plur. masc. Sunu, Sun, fern. Sina; personal
pronoun : "he, she, they".
SG fem. 51; plur. masc. Xunu, Sunuti, fern, Hnaii, tinatina\
"that".
SebG Pret. iSbi: "to be satisfied with". Hebr. J?5tt7.
2S*
388
VOCABULARY
Sibbu
Sibfu
Sabasu
sabasu
Sabaru
Sabru
SabaSu
Subtu
Subtafptu
Sigaru
SagaSu
Sadu
Sadu
SadU
[SudU]
Sud-Saku
[SidG]
Sadadu
Siddu
Sidu
• Sadahu
[SadSlu]
Sadlu
Sidimmu (?)
SSzuzu
"girdle".
"rod, sceptre ; pestilence". Hebr. tMTtf.
Pret. isbus : "to be angry" ; with k&ddu "to avert
the neck (in anger)".
Pret. tSbir; Pres. iSabir : "to break, to shatter*.
Hebr. 13p.
Ifteal, Pret. ittebir, iltebir : "to break".
Piel, Pret. uSabbir, uSebir : "to break".
Ittafal, Pret. itteSbir : "to be broken",
"wound". Hebr. -\yp.
Pret. iSbui : "to hinder",
see aSabu.
see batalfu.
"bolt (of a door)".
Pret. iSgtS : "to slay, destroy",
"to be high; to rise".
plur. fade, Saddni : "mountain". Ideogr. ^.
the East, the East-wind. Ideogr. 4^ff V E^JT-
constr. st. Sud : "highness, supremacy" ; Sud tamhari
"generalship in battle",
"officer" ; written E^fc ^E| *\ ^J]^
plur. Side : "gift, present".
Pret. ifdud, i/dud; Imper. Sudud : "to drag, to draw ;
to have patience (?)".
plur. Side : "district".
Pres. iSaddih : "to advance".
"to be wide".
Piel, Part. muSamdilu : "to widen, to increase".
fern. Sadiltu\ masc. plur. Sadluti \ "wide, of broad
extent",
"raging hound". Ideogr. JJ^J ►<
see nazazu.
VOCABULARY
389
[Sahu]
[SahSdu]
SahSfu
Sahlulptu
Suharruru
Saharratu
Sahtu
w
SSfu
SafSfu
SafSru
Safru
Sifru
SukUdu
Sakkanakku
Sakkanaku
sikkatu
Pres. iiaft/fi : "to wade (in slime)".
Ifteal, Pret. iUafrid : "to prance, to rear".
Pret. fif&uf; Imper. Suhuf : "to tear off"; Perm.
Hh-tu "taken off (of a diadem)". Cf. Hebr.
see halS&u.
Pret. uXftarir : "to be or become narrow, to sub-
side".
"grief.
"humble, submissive".
Pret. i$uf\ Prec. 1 sing. Ia$ut\ Pres. Hat : "to drag,
to draw, to bear (a yoke)". Cf. Hebr. tMTtf.
Pret. #/«/; Imper. futut : "to tear".
Pret. titur, ilfur : "to write, inscribe".
"written, inscribed" ; Sumu Sa/ru "inscribed name,
record of name".
constr. st. Mir : "writing, inscription" ; Mir Sumi
"record of name".
}
"spear".
"governor , viceroy" ;
also written $a-ka-an-ki.
Ideogr. <^ i^tf, £%% <^ ^T
*H'
SakSnu
"conquest, triumph"; rab hkkati "conqueror",
whence the abstract noun rab sikkatuti "migh-
tiness in battle, prowess in the fight".
Pret. iikun ; Pres. tiakkan ; Imper. Sukun, 2 masc.
plur. $uk-na-a : "to set, place, set up, set in
position, establish, appoint; to make (a li-
bation or offering); to send (a deluge); to
raise (the voice) ; to execute (a punishment)" ;
with double ace. "to place something on
someone"; abikia Sakanu "to defeat"; tita $a-
kdnu "to triumph, prove victorious"; uzna
390
VOCABULARY
Saknu
Siknu
Sikittu
Suknat
Sukuttu
maSkanu
Sakaru
Sa'alu
Sakdnu "to direct the attention"; lilana lakdnu
"to prepare for a feast" 5 pufyra lakanu "to give
support to" ; ana rifufi .... lakanu "to come
to the help of"; Perm, fah'n, $ak-nu "situated,
placed". Ideogr.1^. Cf. Hebr. ptp.
Ifteal, Pret. iMakan, t'sakan; Imper. $itakan\ Inf. Sit-
kunu : "to place, lay; to establish, fix, set up,
found"; abikta Sitkunu "to defeat"; atala h'tkunu
"to be eclipsed"; pufyra or unkenna Sitkunu "to
exert one's full strength" ; Perm, titkun "drawn
up (of line of battle)".
Iftaneal, Pret. iUanakan "to make".
Shafel, Imper. SuSkm : "to cause to be established,
to set, to place".
Nifal, Pret. tltfakin; Inf. naSkunu : "to be established;
to be done, to be accomplished ; to take place" ;
with prep, itti "to be allied with".
Ittafal, Pres. i/taSkan, with prep. /'///' : "to be allied
with".
"governor, director".
constr. st. iikin : "image ; construction". Ideogr.^p.
plur. tiknati : "creature".
(constr. st.) : "creature, being".
"equipment, pomp".
"place, site" ; afar ma$kani$u "the place where it
stood".
"to be drunk"; 3 masc. plur. Perm. (?) h'-ik-ru.
Hebr. -QXf.
Pret. tVal : "to ask"; with Sulmu "to greet". Hebr.
Ifteal, Pret. i$~ta-al : "to ask; to seek for".
Piel, Pres. u$aJal : "to cry or clamour for, to de-
mand".
VOCABULARY
391
taSiltu
Suluhhu
[SalStu]
SalfiS \
SalfSniS J
Sullufu
[SalSfu]
SalSlu
Sallatu
SallatiS
SalSmu
Salmu
Salamtu
Salimtu
SalmeS \
SalmiS J
Sulznu
SulmSnu
SulmaniS
SalpUtu
SalSu
SSmu
plur. taUldti : "joy, festal joy".
"command, decree".
"to have power". Hebr. tD?t^.
"triumphantly".
"triumphant".
Piel, Pret. ufallif : "to pierce".
Pret. iUul : "to carry off, to plunder". Hebr. byl$.
"spoil, booty",
adv. "as spoil, as prisoners".
Pret. iUim : "to be complete, intact; to be com-
pleted, to come to pass; to prosper". Hebr.
Piel, Pres. uSallam ; Inf. Sullumu : "to keep intact,
to preserve; to cause to prosper, to restore the
fortunes of".
constr. st. tolam : "dead body, corpse".
"corpse".
"completeness, entirety; prosperity, immunity from
disaster"; ina Xatimti "thoroughly".
adv. "safe and sound".
constr. st. lulum : "prosperity, safety, peace; greeting;
the setting (of the sun), the west". Ideogr. ^ft^.
"present, gift". Cf. Hebr. jbbtt.
adv. "in peace",
see lapatu.
fem. Ulultu : "third". Hebr. Vfi^p.
Pret. iSim ; Imper. Sim ; Perm. $dm : "to establish ;
to determine, decree". Hebr. D'ltP.
Ifteal, Pret. ttfim, ilfim : "to determine, decree; to
lay upon".
Piel, Part, mutimmu : "to determine, decree".
3$2
VOCABULARY
Simtu
SamQ
SamSmu
SemU
SSmU
taSmU
Sumu
Suznelu
Sammu
Summa
Samnu
[SamSru]
[Samaru]
Samru
iumurratu
SitmuriS
SamSu
Samutu
Simtu
[Sana]
plur. Simdti : "destiny, lot; affair, business",
plur. Same : "heaven". Ideogr. *-^f-. Cf. Hebr.
BUS?-
"heaven".
Pret. tSmi; Pres. iSimi, iSimmz; Imper. Stmt; Perm.
Semi, 3 fern. sing. Semat : "to hear". Hebr. Pfittf.
"obedient; favourable, propitious".
"prosperity, success".
"name"
U
Ideogr. *£I f J, ^YT^T-
Ideogr. >^. Hebr. D#.
left". Hebr. Sfcfc.
'.'plant, herb, weed".
conj. "when, if".
constr. st. Soman : "oil".
Hebr. ]$$.
Ifteal, Pret. iStammar : "to keep, preserve ; to re-
verence". Hebr. *l&ttf.
"to be violent".
"violent; rapid, turbulent (of a river)".
"whirlwind".
adv. "furiously".
"the sun". Ideogr. ►^p- ^|. Hebr. Cttttf.
"rain".
Sanu
Sin a
&amtu
[Sana]
see Samu.
Pret. tint, iS-ni- : "to repeat, to do a second time" :
iS-ni-9 ip-kid "he again inspected". Hebr. H3tf.
Picl, Pret. uSanni, tdannd; lmper. Sunni, Sunna\
Inf. lunnu : "to repeat, to relate",
fern. Sanutu : "second". Ideogr. TT. Hebr. *J#.
"two"; ina SindSu "into halves". Ideogr. TT. Hebr.
"repetition ; time, times". Ideogr. J.
"to be otherwise, different". Hebr. nj\p.
VOCABULARY 3g3
Piel, Pret. uSanni : "to alter, distort" ; Sunnu /emu
"to lose one's senses",
Iftaal, Pret. usanni (i. e. uUannt) : "to alter, distort".
SanU fem. fariiiu "other, another",
SangU "priest". Ideogr. tJJJ, &]]]] >f-.
SangQtu "priesthood". Ideogr. tgJTT.
SUnuhu see anahu.
SanSnu Pres. tiannan : "to equal, to rival"; Part. Saninu
"rival". Ideogr. ^t£: Jf
Nifal, Pres. fitfanan : "to be equalled".
Sinnu plur. tinnd, tinndti : "tooth, tusk; ivory"; hnni piri
"ivory". Ideogr. ^t^. Hebr. pp.
Sanunkatu "queen".
Sanitu see [Sand].
&as& Pret. #.«', i/w; Pres. iiassi, t'hsst : "to cry, to speak".
SGpu plur. J*/*, Upa : "foot". Ideogr. ^£E«
SupQ a siege-engine.
&&pa see [apQ],
[SapShu] "to scatter"; Perm. fapu& "scattered".
Nifal, Inf. natpuhu : "to be scattered, ruined".
SapSku Pret. iSpuk : "to pour out". Hebr. *?j6tp.
Ifteal, Pret. iStapok : "to pour out".
SapSlu "to be low". Hebr. ^Wp.
Shafel, Inf. SuSpulu : "to abase".
Saplu constr. st. fo/j/ : "under part" ; fapaf, ina Sapli "beneath,
under".
Saplu fem. Sapiltu : "low, lower".
SapliS adv. "below".
SapSru Pret. tf/«r : "to send, to send to".
Ifteal, Pret. iltapra : "to send".
Iftaneal, Pret. iManapar : "to send".
Sipru constr. st. tipir : "message ; work, craft ; concern,
matter" ; for mSr-Sipri see mSru. Ideogr. J^J.
3 94
VOCABULARY
Suparruru
SapSafru
SupSuffu
Saptu
SipStu
Siptu
Sa^a
&akQ
Sa&U
ma&lfitu
Salfalu
sukultu
Sukuru
Saru
[Saru]
masaru
[saru]
me&ru
SSru
Siru
Sum
Surbu
Sarbabu
[SarShu]
Pret. uiparir : "to spread (a net)".
see [pa&ajru].
constr. st. lapat : "lip". Hebr. HB^.
"fleece, wool". Ideogr. TETT^:.
constr. st. hpat : "incantation". Ideogr. T^-^f--
"to be high".
Piel, Pret. ulahki : "to make high, to raise, to
carry up".
Shafel, Pret. and Pres. uSaSki; Inf. htiku : "to exalt".
fem. Sakutu : "high, lofty" ; employed as subs, "ruler",
"high, exalted",
"to drink".
Shafel, Inf. iuJfku : "to cause to drink". Hebr.
"drinking ; watering (of cattle)". Cf. Hebr. njJTpO.
Pret. iikul; Pres. iiakkal : "to weigh, to pay". HebF.
Ifteal, Perm. Xitkul : "to balance, to be equal".
"weight". Ideogr. <Jg[ J*"(?).
see a^aru.
"wind". Ideogr. 4^ff . Hebr. ngfc.
"to go, to pass, to pass over". Hebr. *ffl&.
"wheel".
"to grow, to increase".
"wealth, possessions".
"morning, dawn". Hebr. "IHttf.
"flesh, body". Ideogr. £^>~<. Hebr. n«#.
"reed, rush".
see rabQ.
"dread (?)".
"to be mighty".
VOCABULARY 3g5
Ifteal, Imper. litrab : "to show oneself strong"; Part.
muttarfru, multar^u "mighty".
Piel, Inf. Surrufru : "to make mighty ; to increase, to
augment".
Sarhu "strong, mighty".
Saruhu fem. Sarufrtu : "mighty".
Sirls see sBrSS.
Sarapu Pret. tirup : "to burn". Ideogr. JEJe. Hebr. *fl^.
&ar££u Pret. iSruk; Pres. tHarrak; Imper. iuruk, : "to present,
bestow upon".
Sirilftu "gift, present".
Sarru constr. st. far; plur. Sarrdrn': "king". Ideogr. fcj^plj, ^.
Sarratu "queen".
SarrUtu "kingdom, kingship, royalty".
SuriSu word of uncertain meaning.
SurSu "root". Hebr. tfltf.
SurSiS adv. "from the roots".
SSrtu "hair". Ideogr. JE£[£. Hebr. njjfc.
Sertu constr. st. iirit : "sin ; punishment".
&a£u fem. SdXa ; plur. SdSunu, $d$un ; 3 pers. sing, and plur.
of the independent personal pronoun (in the gen.
and ace): "him, her, they"; rarely used for Suatu, latu.
SuSu "sixty".
SaSmu "fight, battle".
SaSmeS "to the fight".
£u£l?Q see Saku.
Satu Pret. Mi : "to drink". Hebr. TVtf.
maStltu "drink". Hebr. nijtfftj.
Satu "to sweat (?)"; Inf. employed as subs. "sweat-(P)".
[SStu] Pres. (Set : "to escape".
S&tu "net, snare".
Suatu | fem. Haft; plur. masc. Xuafunu, Wunu, fem. Suatina,
\
SStu J Wina ; demonstrative pronoun : "that".
3g6
VOCABULARY
%atu, Sat
Satu
SitmuriS
Saturn
Sattu
Sattu
SattiSam
Suttu
Suttatu
genitive particle; relative pronoun "who, which";
employed as conjunction "since".
the South-wind, ldeogr. 4^ff ^TTTT ffiT-
see [SamSru].
see atSru.
constr. st. 3fo/ : "duration ; eternity" ; ina iat "during",
e. g. ina Sat muti "during the night".
(i. e. iantu\ pur. Sandti : "year". ldeogr. >^S, *^S
«f- >~T]. Hebr. 71X0.
adv. "yearly",
plur. htndlu : "dream". ldeogr. ^-J^ ^f ►• ^f.
Hebr. |tfj, nptf.
"hole, pit; snare (for lions)".
ta
tiba
tiba
tabaku
tabalu
tabalu
tubuktu
tabrltu
tidaku
tizkaru
tabazu
w
tahaziS
w
takSlu
"spell, incantation".
Pret. itbi; Pres. itabbi, itibbi\ Perm, tebi : "to come
on, to advance, to draw near (for attack)".
Shafel, Pret. uUtbi : "to cause to advance, to bring",
constr. st. tib : "approach, attack, onslaught".
Pret. itbuk; Imper. tubuk : "to pour out, to shed".
Ifteal, Pret. ittabak : "to pour out, to heap up".
Ittafal, Pret. ittatbak : "to be poured out".
Pret. itbal : "to carrv awav".
"flock, herd".
plur. tubkati : "side, quarter of heaven",
see bara.
see daku.
"high, exalted".
"fight, battle", ldeogr. *-£$%, »-fel»-Hf.
"for battle".
Perm, tokil : "to trust in".
VOCABULARY 3gj
Piel, Pret. u/akkt'I; Part, mutakkilu : "to strengthen,
give encouragement to".
Nifal, Pret. ittakil : "to trust in".
tiklu plur. Hkle : "helper".
tukultu "might, strength; help"; plur. tukldti "troops". Ideogr.
takiltu "purple"; with determ. JEJjE "purple wool". Hebr.
tilu "mound". Ideogr. ^f^J-
tSliltu see ellu.
tallmu fern, talimtu (constr. st. talimat) : "twin"; ahu talimu
"twin brother".
[tal&mu] Pret. itlim : "to present to".
Shafel, Pret. utatlim : "to entrust to"; Perm, iutlum
"entrusted".
[ta'Smu] Piel: "to command, rule"; Part, mufa'tmu, muteimu
"ruler".
tamQ Pret. ifmu, itmd; Pres. itamu, itamd, itammd : "to speak,
to address; to pray"; iamu itti "to speak to, to
address".
tSmdu see t&mtu.
tamahu Pret. itmuh : "to take, hold, grasp".
Ifteal, Pres. ittamah : "to take, hold".
Piel, Pret. utdmmih : "to hold fast, to bind as a
captive".
Shafel, Pret. uUtmih : "to cause to take" ; with kdtu
or irtu "to place in the hand" or "on the breast".
tamharu see znahSru.
temenu "foundation-inscription ; foundation".
temelfu see emBfcu.
tuznru "sacrificial flame (?)".
t&tnartu see amaru.
tamartu see mSru.
398
VOCABULARY
"neighbourhood",
see maSalu.
plur. tdmdii : "sea". Ideogr. |^
see [anahu].
"men, mankind".
see nadu.
| ^ifcj. Hebr.
taiaru
taiartu
turratu (?)
see [salti].
"neighbour; helper".
plur. tukmate, tukumdte, tumkumdte, tumkumdtu : "oppo-
sition, battle". Ideogr. fij |*"*.
Pret. itur\ Imper. tur : "to turn, turn back, return;
to be turned to, to be changed, to become"; in
combination with another verb "to repeat, to do
a second time". Ideogr. ^JJ, ^JJ^ Jf Hebr.
Piel, Pret. utir; Imper. fir; Part. mu/Jru; Inf. turru
"to turn, change, convert; to turn back (trans.)
to bring back, restore ; to requite, to punish (sin)"
with gimillu "to avenge", mutir gimilli "avenger"
pan niri turru (sometimes shortened to turru) "to
turn the front of the yoke", /'. e. "to turn back
(on a journey or expedition)".
Iftaal, Pret. uttlr : "to turn, change, convert; to be
turned, converted".
adj. "returning, going back".
subs, "mercy", see ra£Q.
"return".
"turning aside".
VOCABULARY
399
taru
[tarU]
tarbltu
targigu
targullu
tarSku
tarSsu
tarsu
»
tarsu
m
tirsu
tarSru
"protector".
Pres. itarri : "to croak (?)".
see raba.
see [ragSgu].
"anchor (?)".
Pret. itruk : "to fail (of the heart), to lose courage".
Nifal, Pres. ittarak : "to fail, to cease".
Pret. itru$ : "to stretch, to stretch out".
Shafel, Pret. ufatris : "to lay, set up, erect".
occurring as prep. tarsi "opposite" ; ana tar$i "against" ;
ina tarsi "before, into the presence of". Ideogr. £^£\
"upright, honest",
constr. st. tin's : "stretching out ; direction" ; ina tirsi
"in the time of"; tin's kati "stretching out of the
hand", 1. e. "desire, object of desire".
Pret. tintr : "to shake, tremble".
Ifteal, Pret. titarar : "to tremble".
tertu
see
'aru.
te&a
see
e£a.
ta&iltu
see
Sa'Slu.
ta&rnQ
see
SeznG.
I
4
t
\w
I
%.
t .
!,
\
%
\
* *
i
f
3 "OS 010°???
STANFORD UNIVERSITY LIBRARIES
STANFORD AUXILIARY LIBRARY
STANFORD, CALIFORNIA 94305-6004
(415) 723-9201
All books may be recalled after 7 days
DATE DUE
4
280 J**- (T9 1996
210
F$ 101996
fa
9
Live Music Archive
Librivox Free Audio
Metropolitan Museum
Cleveland Museum of Art
Internet Arcade
Console Living Room
Books to Borrow
Open Library
TV News
Understanding 9/11